NEGATIVE 


NO.  94 


COPYRIGHT  STATEMENT 


The  copyright  law  of  the  United  States  (Title  17,  United  States  Code) 
governs  the  making  of  photocopies  or  other  reproductions  of  copyrighted 
materials  including  foreign  works  under  certain  conditions.  In  addition, 
the  United  States  extends  protection  to  foreign  works  by  means  of 
various    international    conventions,    bilateral    agreements,    and 


Under  certain  conditions  specified  in  the  law,  libraries  and  archives  are 
authorized  to  furnish  a  photocopy  or  other  reproduction.  One  of  these 
specified  conditions  is  that  the  photocopy  or  reproduction  is  not  to  be 
"used  for  any  purpose  other  than  private  study,  scholarship,  or  research." 
If  a  user  makes  a  request  for,  or  ater  uses,  a  photocopy  or  reproduction 
for  purposes  in  excess  of  "fair  use,"  that  user  may  be  liable  for  copyright 
infringement. 

The  Columbia  University  Libraries  reserve  the  right  to  refuse  to  accept  a 
copying  order  if,  in  its  judgement,  fulfillment  of  the  order  would  involve 
violation  of  the  copyright  law. 


Author: 


Robrtzatm,  Evart  Grant 


Title: 


The  a  b  c  of  exhibit 

I  ■ 

planning 

Place: 

New  York 

Date: 

1918 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION  DIVISION 

BIBLIOGRAPHIC  MICROFORM  TARGET 


MASTER   NEGATIVE   « 


ORIGINAL  MATERIAL  AS  FILMED  -    EXISTING  BIBLIOGRAPHIC  RECORD 


I 

I 


■«•..' 


Business 

263 

R76 


mmmm'immmm 


Routzahn,  Evart  G.  m 

...  The  a  b  c  of  exhibit  planning,  by  Evart  G.  Routzahn| 
...  and  Mary  Swain  Routzahn.    New  York,  Russell  Sage 
foundation,  1918. 

xiv,-7:M  p.  plates,  plans,  diagrs.  20^'".  (Survey  and  exhibit  series,  ed. 
by  S.  M.  Harrison) 

Editor's  preface  Signed:  Shelby  M.  Harrison. 
Bibliography :  p.  217-221. 

1.  Exhibitions.  2.  U.  S.— Soc.  condit.  3.  Social  surveys.  i.  ^outz^n, 
Mrs."Mary  Bray  ton  (Swain)  1880-  (joint  author]  ii.  Harrison,  Shelby 
M.,  ed.    III.  Title,    i v.  Title :  Exhibit  plafming,  the  a 'b  c  of. 

Library  of  Congress  ^         HV10.A2R7 


Copy  2. 

Copyright    A  506146 


is22w3i 


RESTRICTIONS  ON  USE; 


TECHNICAL  MICROFORM  DATA 


RLM  SIZE: 


3Drvvvx 


DATE  FILMED: 


REDUCTION  RATIO: 


U-  2Z'^'A 


TRACKING  #  : 


\Xx 


IMAGE  PLACEMENT:  lA    (H^    IB      IIB 


INITIALS: 


\a]-vJ 


/yis*V 


C>'^^4- 


FILMED  BY  PRESERVATION  RESOURCES.  BETHLEHEM.  PA. 


Intentional  Second 
Exposures  due  to 


Photographs 


CJl 

3 


w 

R> 

—  m 

—o 

3  I 

Vm^  |HHBHi 

CO     «9 

N  CO 

(Ji 
OvX 
^-< 
00  M 

O 


'^ 


ill 


0,0 

o  m 

CfQ  ^ 


4^3  :^ 

QQ     ^J  BUM 

0(/)  ^ 


X 


N 


M 


^ 


5V: 


4i^ 


V' 


O 

3 
3 


4t. 


> 

in 


^, 


s 

3 
3 


Mill 

1.2 

= 

9 

Hill  Oi      II 

O 

Islsl 


s 


Is) 
(30 


c> 


00 


ro 

O 


N3 


1.0  mm 


1.5  mm 


2.0  mm 


ABCDEFGH I JKLMNOPQRSTU  VWX  YZ 
abcdetghijklmnopqfstuvwxyz  1234567890 


ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 
abcdefgh  i  j  kl  mnopq  rstu  vwxyz  1 234567890 


ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 

abcdefghijklmnopqrstu  vwxyz 

1234567890 


ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 
2.5  mm  1234567890 


^\r 


V 


fe^ 


.<'^ .  #^ 


y> 


^t3 


fo 


^fp 


•^. 


'^. 


^^>#. 


6^ 


A-  ^^  2'^ 


iy 


4^ 


.^ 


^ 


V 


^ 

« 


"Sp 


^^ 


o 
o 

>  C  CO 

7^  O  o» 

ni 

39 
O 

m 


'i^ 


4^ 


^ 

^^b 


en 

3 


3 
«3' 


■jf  "'• 

3x 

■S  9C 


5  0 

ll 

^-< 


ffi'  -^ 


3r; 


^1 

N  (IB 


Columtna  IHniberstttp 


LIBRARY 


School  of  Business 


If 


Siillc 
ir 

Hi 


IM 


jy 


/A 


sj' 


i 


SURVEY  AND  EXHIBIT  SERIES 

EDITED  BY  SHELBY  M.  HARRISON 


THE  ABC 
OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 


BY 

EVART  G.  ROUTZAHN 

ASSOCIATE   DIRECTOR 

DEPARTMENT  OF   SURVEYS   AND   EXHIBITS 

RUSSELL   SAGE    FOUNDATION 


AND 


MARY  SWAIN  ROUTZAHN 


NEW  YORK 

RUSSELL  SAGE  FOUNDATION 

MCMXVIII 


~(Jbyu.'0 . 


~  ^ 


7 


Copyright,  1918,  by 
The  Russell  Sage  Foundation 


H 


Printed  October,  1918 
Reprinted  June,  1919 


D  X55 

1?U 


^ 


WM  •  r.  FELL  CO  •  PRINTERS 
FHILADELFUIA 


EDITOR'S  PREFACE 

HOWEVER  much  men  may  disagree  as  to  the  applica- 
bility to  American  conditions  of  the  program  of  re- 
construction of  the  British  Labor  Party,  there  is  one 
plank  which  will  command  well-nigh  unanimous  approval. 
It  runs:  **The  Labor  Party  has  no  belief  in  any  of  the  prob- 
lems of  the  world  being  solved  by  good  will  alone.  Good  will 
without  knowledge  is  warmth  without  light.  Especially  in 
all  the  complexities  of  politics,  in  the  still  undeveloped  science 
of  society,  the  Labor  Party  stands  for  increased  study,  for 
the  scientific  investigation  of  each  succeeding  problem,  for 
the  deliberate  organization  of  research,  and  for  a  much  more 
rapid  dissemination  among  the  whole  people  of  all  the  science 
that  exists." 

There  are  many  ways,  of  course,  of  carrying  out  such  a 
doctrine.  At  least  two  of  them  had  taken  form  in  this  country 
long  before  the  British  Labor  program  was  announced,  indeed 
long  before  the  war.  The  social  surveys  and  social  exhibits 
which  have  had  such  wide  currency  in  the  last  ten  years  are 
merely  other  names  for  the  careful  investigation  of  the  prob- 
lems of  society  as  they  emerge  in  particular  localities,  and 
for  the  specialized  and  wholesale  educational  use  of  the  in- 
formation brought  together  in  these  and  other  ways.  Indeed, 
the  survey  has  been  repeatedly  defined  as  the  application  of 
scientific  method  to  the  study  of  community  problems,  plus 
such  a  distribution  of  the  resulting  facts  and  recommendations 
as  to  make  them,  as  far  as  possible,  the  common  knowledge 
of  the  community.  The  survey  has  thus  combined  social 
investigation  and  popular  dissemination  of  data,  and  in  the 
latter  the  exhibit  has  played  an  important  part. 

But  the  exhibit  may  lay  claim  to  being  an  independent 
social  force,  also.     In  America,  for  example,  as  in  Great 

•  ■  a 

m 


EDITOR  S   PREFACE 

Britain  and  elsewhere,  recent  years  have  seen  an  increase  in 
scientific  studies  of  all  kinds.  If  the  resulting  facts  are  to  be 
made  the  most  of  they  must  be  put  within  the  reach  of  all, 
and  more  quickly  than  heretofore.  The  exhibit  by  presenting 
ideas  in  ways  that  are  interesting  and  readily  grasped  by  the 
ordinary  individual  has  proved  an  effective  means  to  that 
end. 

While  social  investigations  and  popular  educational  cam- 
paigns, as  typified  in  surveys  and  exhibits,  have  been  carried 
on  extensively,  they  have  not  begun  to  keep  pace  with  the 
need.  Nor  have  they  always  been  made  as  effective  as  they 
could  and  should  have  been.  It  should  no  longer  be  re- 
garded as  enough,  in  the  exhibit  field,  for  instance,  merely 
to  fill  a  hall  with  pictures,  diagrams,  and  models;  if  informa- 
tion is  to  be  spread  effectively  through  symbols,  more  of  the 
existing  experience  in  interest-compelling  presentation  should 
be  taken  advantage  of. 

It  is  recognized  in  both  surveys  and  exhibits  that  a  stan- 
dardized technique  has  not  been  fully  worked  out.  Still  a 
beginning  has  been  made.  Enough  experience  has  been  ac- 
cumulated to  justify  recording  it  and  putting  it  at  the  dis- 
posal of  those  interested.  With  a  view  therefore  to  increasing 
the  use  of  investigation  in  dealing  with  current  community 
problems,  and  to  making  such  investigations  more  effective, 
and  with  a  view  also  to  the  wide-spread  employment  of  better 
methods  of  disseminating  helpful  information,  the  Survey 
and  Exhibit  Series  has  been  planned. 

The  present  book,  the  first  in  the  series,  deals  with  the 
exhibit  side  of  the  series.  It  gives  attention  mainly  to  the 
initial  stages  of  exhibit  production,  the  period  when  decisions 
are  being  made  as  to  scope,  purpose,  and  methods.  As  the 
title  indicates,  it  is  frankly  introductory,  dealing  for  the  most 
part  with  the  first  questions  which  arise  when  graphic  educa- 
tional work  is  to  be  planned.  It  urges  the  kind  of  intelligent, 
foresighted,  and  early  planning  that  will  mean  a  well  directed 
shot  at  a  mark  rather  than  an  aimless  discharge  at  everything 

which  hits  nothing. 

iv 


EDITOR  S    PREFACE 

The  material  presented  is  drawn  from  the  experience  and 
observation  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Routzahn  over  a  long  period, 
during  which  they  directed  the  planning,  preparation,  and  use 
of  many  exhibits,  advised  with  many  who  were  struggling 
with  practical  exhibit  problems,  and  visited  and  studied  lit- 
erally hundreds  of  exhibits  in  their  various  stages  of  develop- 
ment. With  but  few  exceptions  the  suggestions  offered  have 
been  tested  in  practice  either  by  the  authors  or  by  others 
whose  work  they  observed. 

Science,  philosophy,  and  religion,  someone  has  remarked, 
are  the  three  handmaids  of  civilization.  To  help  to  put  what 
they  have  to  teach  at  the  disposal  not  only  of  the  favored 
few  but  of  the  many  is  the  motive  behind  this  publication. 
That  way  lie  democracy  and  sound  progress. 


Shelby  M.  Harrison. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGB 

Editor's  Preface i« 

List  of  Illustrations xiii 

CHAPTER  I 

Introductory       i 

CHAPTER  II 

Having  a  Plan 5 

CHAPTER  HI 

Why  Do  You  Wish  to  Have  an  Exhibit?     ...  12 
The  Special  Function  of  an  Exhibit    .       .       .       .14 

Advantages  of  Exhibits 17 

Limitations  of  Exhibits 19 

By-products  of  Exhibits 20 

CHAPTER  IV 

Who  Should  See  THE  Exhibit? 21 

Selecting  the  Audience 21 

Classification  of  Audiences 24 

Understanding  the  Audience 27 

CHAPTER  V 

What  Will  You  Do  With  Your  Exhibit?    ...  30 

Community  Exhibition 31 

Convention  Exhibition 34 

Train  Exhibits 36 

Traveling  Campaign  Exhibits 38 

Loan  Exhibits 40 

** Drop  in"  or  Casual  Exhibition         ....  41 

Exhibits  at  Fairs 43 

Museum  of  Social  Welfare 44 

Window  Exhibits    .       . 46 

Exhibits  for  Waiting  Room  or  Oifice  ....  47 

vii 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 


PAGE 


Exhibits  for   Post  Offices  and   Railroad  Waiting 

Rooms 4 

Class  Room  Exhibits 4^ 

Platform  Exhibits 49 

Multiplication  of  an  Exhibit 5© 

CHAPTER  VI 

What  Do  You  Wish  To  Say  In  Exhibit  Form?    .  .     53 

Choice  of  Subject  Matter      .       .       ...  53 

Material  Suited  to  the  Purpose  of  the  Exhibit     .  .     54 

Material  Appropriate  to  the  Audience       .       .  -55 

One  Idea  at  a  Time 57 

Material  to  Fit  the  Occasion 58 

Subject  Matter  Adapted  to  Space      .       .       •   ;  ;  5^ 
Subject  Matter  Adapted  to  Expression  in  Exhibit 

Form ^ 

Sources  of  Information ^ 

CHAPTER  VIl 

What  Exhibit  Forms  Will  Best  Express  Your  Facts 

AND  Ideas? ^ 

Panels ^ 

Posters ^ 

Charts  and  Placards ,   *  ^    '  ? 

Panels  Reproduced  as  Halftones.  Slides,  and  Leaflets  69 

Illustrations  for  Panels 7o 

Photographs 7» 

Sketches,  Maps,  etc •  72 

Diagrams 73 

Objects  and  Models 74 

Moving  or  Flashing  Devices 77 

Exhibits  of  Speech  and  Action 77 

Demonstration  of  a  Process ^ 

Group  Demonstration  ' °® 

•  •  • 

Vlll 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Small  Conferences 82 

Baby  Health  Conferences 82 

Plays  and  Tableaux 83 

Addresses  and  Stereopticon  Talks       ....  84 

Motion  Pictures 85 

Exhibit  Programs  86 

CHAPTER  VI 11 

How  Will  You  Utilize  the  Floor  Space?  ...    89 

Placing  of  Exhibits 91 

Placing  of  Exhibit  Units  in  a  Group  .       .       .       .91 
Arrangement  of  Demonstration  Space       ...     94 

Floor  Plan  of  the  Exhibition 96 

Making  the  Floor  Plan 99 

CHAPTER  IX 
How  Shall  the  Exhibit  BE  Interpreted?    .       .       .101 

The  Explainer 101 

Short  Talks  for  Interpretation 104 

Interpretation  Through  Titles,  Labels,  and  Explana- 
tory Statements 105 

Printed  Matter ^      .       .106 

CHAPTER  X 

How  Will  the  Project  be  Organized?    How  Get 

the  Exhibits  Made? 108 

Responsibility  for  the  Exhibition        .       .       .       .108 
An  Exhibition  Directed  by  a  Permanent  Organiza- 
tion        no 

Exhibition  Organization 112 

The  Organizing  Committee 113 

Finding  a  Director 113 

Making  the  Plan 1 14 

Organizing  the  Administrative  Machinery        .       .114 
Exhibit  Committees .115 


iiillll 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PACB 

Getting  the  Exhibits  Made  .       .  .       .       •   n9 

Organization  for  the  Publicity  Work  .       .       .       .123 
The  Management  of  the  Exhibition    .       .       .       .125 

Oversight  of  Hall  and  Exhibits 126 

Floor  Management '27 

Explainers  and  Demonstrators 128 

Attendance  of  School  Children    .       .       .  •   »30 

Paid  Workers *5' 

Sales  and  Concessions    ,       .       .       .       •       •       •  *3* 

CHAPTER  XI 
How  Will  You  Advertise  Your  Exhibit?    .  .133 

Publicity  Methods  for  an  Exhibition  .  .133 

Planning  the  Publicity  Methods 136 

News '39 

Advertising '4* 

Personal  Participation M3 

Out-of-town  Publicity M^ 

Those  Who  Do  Not  Come M7 

Publicity  Made  Educational M^ 

Publicity  for  Loan,  Rent,  or  Sales  Exhibits      .       .  148 

CHAPTER  XH 

How  Will  You  Follow  Up  the  Exhibit?     .       .       .152 
Distribution  of  Printed  Matter i53 

Reference  Lists  and  Displays        .       .  .  •  •   *  54 

Enrolling  Supporters  or  Memberships  .  .  .155 

Mailing  and  Visiting  Lists     .       .       .  *.  -  •   »56 

Utilizing  the  Exhibit  Organization      .  .  .  157 

CHAPTER  XI 11 

How  Much  May  We  Spend? '59 

What  the  Money  Pays  For »6o 

What  Have  Other  Exhibits  Cost?       ....   162 
How  Expenditures  Should  be  Distributed         .       .164 

X 


table  of  contents 

PAGE 

CHAPTER  XIV 

Two  Illustrative  Plans  For  Using  Exhibits     .       .   167 

I.  A  Plan  for  a  State  Campaign  Centering 

Around  a  Traveling  Exhibit      .       .       .       .167 

Object 167 

Audience .   168 

Use  of  the  Exhibit .       .169 

The  Exhibit  Itself 170 

Arrangement 174 

Getting  the  Exhibit  Made 174 

Exhibits  of  Speech  and  Action 175 

Publicity  . .       .   177 

Organization 178 

Cost 181 

Follow-up  Work 183 

Extension  of  the  Campaign 184 

II.  An   Exhibit  for  Continuous   Educational 

Work 185 

Purpose  and  Audience 185 

The  Exhibit 186 

Getting  the  Exhibit  Made 188 

Publicity  and  Use  of  Exhibit 188 

Cost .       .       .191 

APPENDICES 

A.  The  Basis  of  the  Exhibit  Budget    ....   195 

B.  Outlines  for  Committee  Work 199 

C.  Stamford  Baby  Week  Exhibit 212 

D.  An  Example  of  an  Explainer's  Talk      .       .       .215 

Bibliography. 217 

Index 223 


XI 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

Miniature  Street  Scene ^43 

A  Badly  Overloaded  Panel         .       .       .       .       .       .14b 

Poster  Exhibit  on  Babies'  Sore  Eyes  .  .  .  "  24a 
Poster  Exhibit  on  Babies'  Sore  Eyes  (continued)  *  '.  24b 
Train  Exhibit ^^ 

"Drop-in"  Exhibit  on  Health  .  .*  ]  [  '  .'  35^ 
A  Demonstration  in  a  City  Square  .....     36b 

A  Window  Display .  coa 

A  Window  Exhibit  on  Food  Conservation      .  .  *     cob 

Suit  Case  Exhibit .'       .     5od 

Construction  Details  of  Suit  Case  Exhibit  ,  .  [  soe 
Multiplication  of  Exhibit  Panels  .  .  .  .  ,  5of 
A  Scene  Reproduced  in  Three  Dimensions     .       [  54a 

Subject  Matter  Adapted  to  Exhibit  Use  .  .'  '  54b 
Panel  Form  for  Wage  Commission  Data  .  .  !  54c 
Good  Health  Habits  Made  Interesting   .  54d 

Various  Uses  of  Circles  ....]!!  6oa 
Picture  Diagrams        •.....!.     60b 

Diagrams  of  Percentages .'60c 

Chart  on  Feeble-mindedness  ....!!  6od 
Technical  Versus  Popular  Exhibit  Forms  .       .  6oe 

Material  Not  Adapted  to  Exhibit  Use  .  .  !  *  6of 
Sketches  That  Attract        •       ....  64a 

A  Sample  Exhibit  Pane!     ..!!![  64b 

A  Good  Exhibit  Panel        ••....  6&1 

Poster  Reproduced  as  a  Lantern  Slide     .       .       [  68b 

Poster  for  Bulletin  Board  of  a  Shop  or  Factory  *  '  72a 
Photographs  in  Exhibits     ....  72b 

Photographs  That  Tell  a  Story         *  72c 

Objects  Attached  to  Panels       .       .       .  72d 

A  Picturesque  Use  of  a  Map     ...  74a 

Cleverness  Versus  Clearness      ....*"  74b 

xni 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 


Two  Ways  of  Illustrating  the  Fly  Menace      . 

A  Diagram  Having  Motion       .... 

A  Clock  to  Emphasize  Regularity    . 

A  Demonstration  Well  Adapted  to  an  Exhibition 

"Mrs.  Docare"and  "Mrs.  Dontcare"    .       . 

A  Musical  Program  in  Competition  With  Exhibits 

A  Play  Court  as  a  Central  Entertainment  Feature 

The  Playhouse  of  an  Exhibition 

Scene  From  a  Play  About  Babies     . 

A  Layout  Sheet    ....... 

Uses  of  Flashing  Lights 

Sequence  of  Ideas  in  Panels       .... 
Confusing  and  Uninteresting  Grouping  of  Exhibits 
Well  Planned  Grouping  of  Exhibits  in  a  Booth 
An  Object  Lesson  in  Bread  Making  on  a  Train 
Poor  Grouping  of  Panels  and  Objects  in  a  Booth 
Arrangement  of  a  Demonstration  Booth 
An  Object  Lesson  Given  by  Contrasting  Models 
Floor  Plan  of  Chicago  Patriotic  Food  Show    , 
Floor  Plan  of  the  Springfield  Survey  Exhibition 
A  Counter  Display  Well  Arranged    . 
Bad  Arrangement  of  Exhibits  on  a  Counter  . 
A  "  Last  Word  "  Section  of  an  Exhibition       . 
Post  Cards  from  France     .       .       . 
Advertising  Devices     .       .       .... 

Campaign  Printed  Matter 

A  Successful  Window  Card        .... 

A  Distinctive  Announcement     .       . 

An  Attractive  Method  of  Displaying  Pamphlets 

Panel  From  "Eye  Accidents"  Series 

Model  of  a  Night  Recreation  Scene 


PAGE 
76a 
76b 
76b 
78a 
78b 

8oa 

Sob 

86a 

86b 

88a 

88b 

90a 

90b 

90c 

9od 

94a 

94b 

98a 

98b 

98c 

98d 

98d 

104a 

104b 

136a 

136b 

142a 

142b 

154a 
i86a 
186b 


XIV 


I 

INTRODUCTORY 

IN  the  following  pages  we  have  aimed  to  set 
down  on  behalf  of  people  who  may  wish  to  use 
exhibits  for  promoting  social  welfare,  what  we 
believe  to  be  the  chief  considerations  involved  in 
any  exhibit  plan.  The  suggestions  offered  are  in- 
tended to  be  helpful  especially  in  the  initial  stages 
of  an  exhibit  project  when  decisions  are  being  made 
as  to  scope,  purpose,  and  method. 

In  preparing  these  pages,  we  wish  it  had  been 
possible  for  us  more  successfully  to  follow  the  ad- 
vice which  it  has  been  our  custom  to  give  to  would- 
be  exhibitors.  That  advice  is  to  "visualize  your 
audience."  When  we  attempt  to  visualize  the  ex- 
hibitors of  social  welfare  work  who  may  seek  help 
from  this  book,  we  despair  of  finding  for  any  large 
proportion  of  our  readers  a  common  basis  of  ex- 
perience, of  standards  of  effort  and  achievement, 
and  of  proposed  expenditure.  How  to  address 
them  collectively  thus  becomes  a  problem. 

Among  the  persons  who  have  written  or  have 
come  to  us  for  advice  or  information,  those  whom 
we  have  sometimes  wished  we  might  advise,  and 
those  with  whom  we  have  co-operated  in  preparing 
exhibits  are: 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

People  who,  on  the  one  hand,  have  had  consid- 
erable experience  in  social  welfare  exhibits;  and 
others  in  whose  mind  the  phrase  "social  welfare 
exhibit"  produces  no  picture  at  all  because  they 
have  never  before  seen  one  or  thought  about  one. 

People  who  want  to  make  a  single  chart  for  use 
in  connection  with  a  meeting;  and  others  who  wish 
an  elaborate  exhibition  in  order  to  carry  on  an  ex- 
tensive campaign. 

People  who  do  not  want  to  spend  any  money  on 
their  exhibit ;  and  others  who  want  to  get  the  best 
results  from  a  generous  expenditure  of  it. 

People  who  differ  with  us  radically  about  many 
of  our  ideas ;  and  others  who  do  not  think  ideas  are 
necessary  or  important  in  an  exhibit. 

These  individuals  or  groups  do  not  constitute  a 
homogeneous  body  to  which  to  offer  suggestions. 
Indeed,it  is  to  be  feared  that  the  main  purpose  which 
possible  readers  of  this  book  will  have  in  common 
is  a  negative  one— that  of  seeking  a  kind  of  help 
that  they  will  not  find  here  and  of  finding,  on  the 
other  hand,  what  they  would  not  have  dreamed  of 
asking  for.  Our  experience  leads  us  to  believe  that 
those  who  seek  advice  in  preparing  an  exhibit  too 
often  believe  that  their  chief  problems  are  such 
questions  as  whether  panels  should  be  made  on 
composition  board  or  canvas;  whether  they  should 
make  their  exhibits  so  that  they  can  be  shipped  by 
parcels  post  or  freight ;  where  ready-made  mate- 
rial can  be  borrowed  for  a  particular  occasion,  and 
how  much  can  be  crowded  into  a  given  space.  We 


INTRODUCTORY 

believe  that  only  too  often  the  real  problems  of 
would-be  exhibitors  are  not  these  at  all,  but  such 
questions  as  how  to  find  the  special  and  limited 
audience  to  whom  their  exhibits  should  be  ad- 
dressed and  adapted;  how  to  select  from  a  mass  of 
information  such  facts  and  illustrations  as  will 
catch  the  attention  and  hold  the  interest  of  this 
special  and  limited  audience;  whether  an  exhibit 
is,  after  all,  the  best  form  in  which  to  present  their 
message;  and  other  questions  that  strike  deeper 
than  the  mere  mechanics  of  preparation,  essential 
as  that  is  also,  in  its  place. 

It  is  such  matters  as  these  that  we  wish  to  put 
before  our  readers  for  consideration,  believing  that 
the  reason  why  many  of  them  have  not  first  of  all 
made  sure  that  these  questions  were  being  ade- 
quately handled  is  that  they  have  not  thought 
about  them  or  appreciated  their  importance.  But 
until  exhibitors  do  realize  the  significance  of  just 
such  problems,  and  that  they  come  first  in  the  se- 
quence of  steps  in  exhibit  making,  the  lesser  ones 
are  of  practically  no  consequence  at  all. 

So  we  shall  visualize  our  readers,  with  their 
widely  varying  experiences  and  purposes  in  rela- 
tion to  exhibits,  as  a  group  to  whom  we  hope  to 
suggest  a  method  of  approaching  their  particular 
projects,  and  upon  whom  we  would  urge  a  keener 
analysis  of  the  steps  to  be  taken  in  carrying  them 
through. 

A  good  exhibit  has  definite  usefulness  which  jus- 
tifies careful  planning.    There  has  always  been  the 

3 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

need  of  some  quick,  ready  method  of  spreading  in- 
formation that  will  arouse  public  interest  in  a  nec- 
essary reform;  for  instance,  in  housing  conditions, 
in  public  attention  to  health,  in  the  community's 
attitude  toward  play.  Information  on  social  wel- 
fare is  growing  rapidly,  and  we  must  close  the  gap 
between  the  small  group  of  socially  informed  people 
who  keep  abreast  of  this  knowledge  and  the  great 
mass  of  those  whose  understanding  and  co-opera- 
tion must  be  gained  before  the  application  of  the 
knowledge  can  be  made. 

The  exhibit  has  already  played  an  important 
part  in  closing  this  gap,  particularly  on  the  sub- 
jects of  public  health,  child  welfare,  and  the  care 
of  certain  groups  of  people  who  have  become  depen- 
dent. But  for  the  most  part  it  has  been  a  clumsy 
tool,  awkwardly  used.  Its  technique  is  not  yet 
established.  It  has  not  reached  that  point  where 
anyone  can  say,  "This  is  the  best  way."  For  this 
reason  this  volume  is  not  presented  as  a  text  book. 
What  we  are  trying  to  show  in  these  pages  is  that 
the  exhibit  has  possibilities  beyond  any  that  have 
yet  been  realized  as  a  factor  in  the  spreading  of 
social  ideals. 


II 

HAVING  A  PLAN 

TO  a  great  extent  all  kinds  of  business  ven- 
tures are  now  being  studied  and  analyzed 
from  many  angles.  The  man  who  has  some- 
thing to  sell  studies  the  market;  the  methods  of 
selling;  methods  of  display;  whether  this  corner 
'  or  that,  this  neighborhood  or  that,  is  the  strategic 
location  for  disposing  of  his  particular  kind  of  mer- 
chandise; the  Organization  and  management  of 
employes;  the  psychology  of  credit  giving  to  cus- 
tomers; the  psychology  of  advertising.  In  fact, 
each  and  every  element  in  the  enterprise  is  thought 
out  in  relation  to  the  result  desired,  which  is,  of 
course,  business  success.  Any  enterprise,  large  or 
small,  has  a  much  greater  chance  of  success  if  it  is 
approached  with  a  clear-cut,  definite  plan  based  on 
such  analysis  as  a  good  business  man  would  make. 
If  this  method  were  applied  to  the  plan  of  a  social 
welfare  exhibit,  the  elements  of  the  problem  would 
probably  resolve  themselves  somewhat  as  follows: 

1.  Purpose.  What  are  the  results  sought?  Why 
does  it  seem  likely  that  an  exhibit  will  help  to  bring 
about  these  results? 

2.  Audience.  What  groups  or  types  of  people 
do  you  wish  the  exhibit  to  reach?    Even  among 

5 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

these  you  may  need  to  make  a  choice.    If  so,  which 
groups  can  you  hope,  or  does  it  appear  practicable, 

to  reach? 

3.  Method  of  Exhibiting.    What  will  you  do  with 

the  exhibit? 

A.*     Jl    JL«Av>«C« 

Where  will  you  display  it?  In  a  vacant 
store,  a  library,  an  armory,  a  railroad  car? 

b.  Time. 

For  how  long  will  you  display  it?    A  week, 

a  month,  a  year? 

c.  Occasion. 

What  sort  of  an  occasion  will  you  make  of 
it?  A  conspicuous  event?  An  incident  to 
some  larger  occurrence?  A  specialized 
project? 

4.  The  Exhibit  Coatent  What  are  the  raw 
materials,  the  facts,  the  ideas  to  be  set  forth? 
What  are  the  tests  of  their  suitability  and  adapt- 
ability? 

5.  Form  of  Exhibit  Material.  What  types  or  forms 
will  best  display  your  raw  materials?  That  is, 
are  small  panels  to  be  used,  or  models,  cartoons, 
and  objects,  or  combinations  of  several  of  these 

forms? 

What  special  features  or  attractions  will  add  to 
their  effectiveness? 

6.  Exhibit  Arrangement.  How  will  you  utilize 
your  floor  space? 

7.  Interpretation.  How  shall  the  exhibit  be  ex- 
plained to  visitors? 

6 


having  a  plan 

8.  Organization  and  Construction.  Under  what 
auspices  will  the  exhibit  be  carried  on?  How  can 
professional  and  volunteer  co-operation  be  organ- 
ized for  preparing,  advertising,  and  using  the  ex- 
hibit?   How  will  you  get  it  made? 

9.  Publicity.  How  will  you  induce  people  to 
come?  Or  if  you  have  an  exhibit  which  you  wish 
others  to  borrow,  rent,  or  buy,  how  will  you  get 
them  to  do  it? 

10.  After-use.  How  in  your  follow-up  work  will 
you  clinch  the  favorable  impression  created  by  the 
truths  taught  by  the  exhibit?  How  make  people 
act  upon  what  has  been  demonstrated? 

11.  Cost.  How  much  should  be  spent  on  the 
whole  enterprise?  How  distribute  the  sum  to  cover 
panels,  booths,  management,  advertising,  and  the 
other  items? 

An  exhibitor  or  exhibit  committee  could  easily 
prepare  a  plan  by  following  the  letter  rather  than 
the  spirit  of  the  above  outline.  He  could  complete 
this  plan  in  a  brief  time,  but  if  followed,  the  results 
would  be  of  small  value.  The  analysis  of  this  plan 
in  relation  to  a  baby-week  campaign,  for  instance, 
might  run  something  like  this: 

The  purpose?  To  save  babies  and  to  get  more 
baby  nurses. 

Why  an  exhibit?  Because  everybody  likes  to 
look  at  pictures  and  objects,  especially  those  about 
babies. 

The  audience?  We  want  the  public,  everybody — 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

mothers,  fathers,  city  officials,  everyone  who  will 
come. 

What  will  be  the  method  of  exhibiting?  We  will 
get  the  largest  hall  in  town  and  fill  it  with  pictures 
and  panels  of  babies  and  with  baby  things.  The 
exhibit  will  be  open  all  day  and  each  evening  for  a 
week.   While  it  lasts  it  will  be  the  biggest  event  in 

town. 

The  exhibit  content  and  form  of  material?  We 
will  write  around  and  borrow  as  many  exhibits  as 
we  can  get  about  health,  milk,  babies,  and  anything 
relating  to  child  welfare.  We  will  ask  the  health 
department  to  lend  us  any  material  it  has;  the 
stores  will  give  us  baby  things;  the  visiting  nurses 
have  some  photographs.  The  schools  will  make 
some  signs  for  us.  The  nurses  will  talk  to  the 
mothers.  We  will  have  a  different  speaker  every 
afternoon  and  evening,  and  motion  pictures  if  we 
can  get  them.     Everybody  comes  if  there  are 


fff 


movies. 


»» 


Organization?  A  few  people  do  all  the  work 
anyway,  so  we  will  not  have  any  committees,  but 
we  will  invite  the  leading  organizations  to  help 
and  put  a  lot  of  names  of  prominent  people  on 
our  letter-heads  to  give  the  affair  the  proper 
backing. 

Construction  time?  We  can  be  ready  in  two  or 
three  weeks  if  we  can  get  the  exhibits. 

Publicity?  The  newspapers  will  give  plenty  of 
space  to  anything  about  babies,  so  we  will  have  no 
trouble  on  that  score.    We  will  use  window  cards 

8 


HAVING  A  PLAN 

to  advertise,  and  give  dodgers  to  the  school  chil- 
dren to  distribute. 

After-use?  The  nurses  will  do  the  follow-up 
work  and  get  the  results  desired. 

Cost?  Everything  is  to  be  contributed,  but  a 
few  of  us  will  "chip  in"  and  pay  for  incidental  ex- 
penses or  any  deficit. 

Such  a  plan  and  an  analysis  as  this  is  not  an 
unusual  method  of  approach  to  the  organizing  of 
an  exhibit,  except  that  all  exhibits  are  not  thought 
out  even  as  conscientiously  as  was  the  case  in  this 
imaginary  baby-week  campaign. 

We  may  go  further  and  imagine  that  the  com- 
mittee which  thus  analyzes  its  job  held  what  it  con- 
sidered to  be  a  very  successful  exhibition.  Many 
people  came.  The  papers,  as  prophesied,  gave 
much  space.  Some  people  spoke  with  enthusiasm 
about  the  affair.  Some  definite  results  were  checked 
up,  as,  for  instance,  the  finding  of  a  number  of 
babies  that  needed  medical  attention.  But  before 
this  committee  too  hastily  decides  to  do  the  same 
thing  in  the  same  way  again,  we  should  like  to 
ask  it  to  examine  its  success  a  little  more  closely. 
Many  people  came,  no  doubt;  but  were  they  the 
people  to  whom  the  exhibit  was  addressed?  Did 
as  many  of  these  come  as  might  have  attended  had 
a  well-directed  effort  been  made  to  interest  them? 
And  of  the  people  who  did  come  and  who  looked 
and  listened,  how  many  do  you  feel  confident 
grasped  what  the  panels  and  cartoons  were  really 
meant  to  convey?    Did  they  show  any  evidences 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

of  being  impressed  with  their  truths  or  of  going 
home  resolved  to  do  their  share  toward  saving 
babies?  And  that  space  in  the  paper;  was  it  filled 
with  the  kind  of  news  that  grips  the  reader's  mind 
and  imagination?  Did  it  really  carry  your  message 
or  was  the  space  mostly  taken  up  with  mention  of 
"prominent  people"  who  loaned  their  names? 

Even  with  the  most  careful  planning  we  cannot 
be  sure  of  success,  and  we  can  be  much  too  easily 
satisfied  with  vague  results  that  give  pleasurable 
emotions  to  a  committee  which  is  not  ready  to 
apply  the  sound  after-discipline  of  checking  up. 
A  businesslike  method  calls  for  an  examination  of 
the  project  at  the  moment  of  undertaking,  and  for 
a  careful  and  thorough  study  of  all  sorts  of  details 
at  several  stages  of  preparation. 

In  the  following  pages,  each  of  the  questions 
asked  in  the  list  given  above  is  discussed.  As  the 
term  "  exhibit  "^  covers  many  diverse  types,  and  as 
exhibits  of  social  data  present  special  difficulties 
as  well  as  special  opportunities,  we  have  not  at- 
tempted to  lay  down  rules  in  relation  to  any  of  the 
factors  involved.  Furthermore,  we  are  keenly 
aware  of  the  extent  to  which  personal  preferences 
and  opinion  govern  one  in  making  suggestions. 


»  A  distinction  is  made  throughout  this  book  in  the  use  of  the  terms 
"exhibit"  and  "exhibition."  Exhibit  is  used  to  designate  the  thing 
exhibited,  a  panel,  a  poster,  a  model,  or  a  device,  one  or  a  group  of 
the  units  which  taken  together  make  up  the  total  display  of  the  ex- 
hibition. By  exhibition,  on  the  other  hand,  is  meant  the  event  or 
the  occasion,  the  thing  you  go  to;  it  includes  the  exhibits  as  a  whole, 
the  act  of  exhibiting  or  showing  them,  and  the  personal  performances 
going  OR  in  connection  with  them. 

10 


HAVING  A  PLAN 

Still,  by  applying  the  methods  of  analysis  generally 
accepted  in  other  fields  to  the  problems  of  an  ex- 
hibit, we  can  arrive  at  some  fairly  acceptable  prin- 
ciples and  conclusions  as  a  basis  for  working  out 
individual  exhibit  problems. 


II 


Ill 

WHY  DO  YOU  WISH  TO  HAVE  AN 

EXHIBIT? 

THOSE  who  see  their  objective  clearly  may 
answer  our  title  question,  "  Because  we  want 
to  get  something  done.  We  wish,  for  in- 
stance, to  show  foreign  women  of  the  tenements 
that  flies  carry  disease,"  or  "We  want  to  create  a 
demand  for  a  law  raising  the  age  limit  for  compul- 
sory education." 

A  clear  purpose  in  undertaking  an  exhibit  may 
seem  so  obvious  as  scarcely  to  need  stating.  Yet  it 
happens  in  a  surprisingly  large  number  of  instances 
that  those  who  plan  exhibits  see  their  objective  so 
vaguely  as  to  say  in  answer  to  the  question  of  pur- 
pose, "We  want  an  exhibit  to  show  at  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Woman's  Club,"  or  "We  have  been 
offered  space  in  an  industrial  exposition  and  we 
want  to  get  up  an  exhibit  to  put  in  it."  An  exhibit 
is,  to  be  sure,  something  to  show  or  with  which  to 
occupy  space,  just  as  a  speech  can  be  something  to 
occupy  tirhe  or  fill  the  air  with  sound.  We  are  all 
aware  of  the  futility  of  speeches  of  this  sort,  but 
curiously  enough,  many  people  are  readily  satisfied 
with  exhibits  that  are  merely  something  to  show 
and  to  occupy  space,  even  though  the  rather  pur- 


WHY   DO  YOU   WISH   TO   HAVE   AN    EXHIBIT? 

poseless  plan  may  call  for  much  effort  and  not  a 
little  expense. 

With  a  definite  purpose  in  view,  with  a  clear 
end  in  mind  toward  which  all  your  planning  is 
directed,  you  can  test  each  step  in  the  exhibit 
preparation  by  its  usefulness  in  relation  to  that 
purpose.  If  your  exhibit  is  aimed  to  teach  tene- 
ment mothers  to  keep  flies  out,  you  know  at  once 
that  you  must  devise  special  methods  of  inducing 
this  reluctant  group  to  come  and  see  your  exhibit  ; 
that  detailed  scientific  or  technical  charts  demon- 
strating the  method  in  which  flies  carry  disease 
germs  will  not  be  very  convincing  to  them;  that 
in  addition  to  making  the  fly  menace  clear,  you 
will  need  to  demonstrate  very  simply  and  prac- 
tically how  windows  can  be  screened  at  small  ex- 
pense, or  how  as  an  alternative  it  is  at  least  possible 
to  keep  flies  away  from  the  baby  and  from  the  food. 
In  fact,  everything  you  do  in  preparing  for  the  ex- 
hibit— the  choosing  of  time,  place,  ideas,  forms, 
words,  explainers,  follow-up—is  almost  sure  to  be 
different  from  and  much  more  specific  than  would 
be  the  case  had  you  not  clearly  defined  your  objec- 
tive and  directed  your  whole  effort  toward  it. 

If  the  effort  is  worth  making,  obviously  the  end 
in  view  must  be  something  worth  while,  and  you 
are  likely  to  reach  that  end  just  in  so  far  as  you 
start  out  with  a  definite  and  worth-while  purpose 
and  keep  the  purpose  before  you  at  every  step  of 
the  preparation.  Most  social  workers  at  best  can 
accomplish  but  a  small  part  of  what  they  would 

13 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

like  to  do.  Why,  then,  waste  effort  on  making  an 
exhibit  for  so  vague  a  purpose  as  just  to  lend  to 
women's  clubs  or  to  show  at  an  annual  meeting  or 
at  county  fairs?  Why  fire  a  stray  or  scattering 
shot  if  it  is  possible  by  taking  aim  to  hit  a  target? 

The  Special  Function  of  an  Exhibit 
We  have  been  somewhat  insistent  as  to  the  im- 
portance of  the  exhibitor  seeing  clearly  the  definite 
purpose  to  be  served  by  the  use  of  an  exhibit.    A 
necessary  condition  of  having  such  a  purpose  is  an 
understanding  of  what  results  may  reasonably  be 
expected  from  an  exhibit.    We  have  asked,  "What 
do  you  wish  to  accomplish  by  means  of  an  ex- 
hibit?" and  a  fair  counter  question  may  well  be, 
"What  can  we  expect  to  accomplish  through  one?" 
Our  reply  to  this  would  be  that  the  function  of  an 
exhibit  in  a  campaign  of  education  is  to  get  atten- 
tion and  to  create  public  opinion.    The  exhibitor, 
for  example,  whose  purpose  was  to  stimulate  a  de- 
mand for  a  law  raising  the  age  for  compulsory 
education,  probably  had  this  function  in  mind. 
Before  a  legislature  will  pass  a  measure  requiring 
children  to  go  to  school  one  or  two  years  longer, 
legislators  must  be  made  aware  of  a  public  opinion 
in  favor  of  such  a  law.    This  public  opinion  may 
be  created,  to  some  extent  at  least,  by  placing  be- 
fore the  citizens  in  exhibit  form  such  striking  facts, 
illustrations,  and  convincing  arguments  as  will  get 
the  attention  of  those  who  may  have  been  indif- 
ferent, will  grip  their  imagination  and  set  them  to 

14 


%1 

.a 

■Ci. 

S 

o 

v. 


*-> 
E  '^  = 

O   f^   rt 

«i:  d*  -^ 

3   «   "-^ 
u  E  = 

'-    PS 

aj  c  oj 

^  rt^ 

3J  w  ^ 

"0.79.  O 
O  22  to 


-■^ 


o-S. 

O    C 

"35  ^ 

O    D. 

Cl.  3 

<U    "^ 

:=£ 

^•2 


E^ 

3  o  2i 


ir> 


(J 

a. 


E 

o 


H 


u 
Z 

UJ 

u 

H 
U 

UJ 

cc 

H 
CO 

UJ 

a: 
D 
H 
< 


C 

E 

.OJ 

(/I 

3 

E 

_  </) 

rt  '^ 

E  "" 
=  t» 

O   § 


a3  >^'a 

gj  "C     D. 

3-£2 


Cl 


1) 

S?    OJ  «5 

o  _2  ««- 

-E  j_.  ''^ 

^   C  I- 

«.    <l^  3 

^  E  SP 

1/5  S: 

«-  D  5 

Ox:  2 


c   > 

t  >» 

O   > 

4-1 

c  — 

o 


o  r-  =  c  c 

S"      .    aj  •*-•  ■*-• 


>    ™  id 

>  o      ^ 

•=XIJ=    3 
Si    U    3J= 

.E  >^u  o 
«  >      o 

•^  ii»   C    ^ 

-a  x:  OS  «^ 
o  o  g- 


a> 


o 

en 


O 

JC 


.Et3 

•^  S 

.E 


13  a> 

*-  x: 
o 

+-<    PS 
in 
rt  — 

t-  a; 

Se 


bO 

rs 
CUD  O, 

•S  c 

-g  o 
>   C 

o  _o 

O    u 

c  -a 
c/5 


as 


C    (U 


14a 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

like  to  do.  Why,  then,  waste  effort  on  making  an 
exhibit  for  so  vague  a  purpose  as  just  to  lend  to 
women's  clubs  or  to  show  at  an  annual  meeting  or 
at  county  fairs?  Why  fire  a  stray  or  scattering 
shot  if  it  is  possible  by  taking  aim  to  hit  a  target? 

The  Special  Function  of  an  Exhibit 
We  have  been  somewhat  insistent  as  to  the  im- 
portance of  the  exhibitor  seeing  clearly  the  definite 
purpose  to  be  served  by  the  use  of  an  exhibit.    A 
necessary  condition  of  having  such  a  purpose  is  an 
understanding  of  what  results  may  reasonably  be 
expected  from  an  exhibit.    We  have  asked,  "What 
do  you  wish  to  accomplish  by  means  of  an  ex- 
hibit?" and  a  fair  counter  question  may  well  be, 
"What  can  we  expect  to  accomplish  through  one?" 
Our  reply  to  this  would  be  that  the  function  of  an 
exhibit  in  a  campaign  of  education  is  to  get  atten- 
tion and  to  create  public  opinion.    The  exhibitor, 
for  example,  whose  purpose  was  to  stimulate  a  de- 
mand for  a  law  raising  the  age  for  compulsory 
education,  probably  had  this  function  in  mind. 
Before  a  legislature  will  pass  a  measure  requiring 
children  to  go  to  school  one  or  two  years  longer, 
legislators  must  be  made  aware  of  a  public  opinion 
in  favor  of  such  a  law.    This  public  opinion  may 
be  created,  to  some  extent  at  least,  by  placing  be- 
fore the  citizens  in  exhibit  form  such  striking  facts, 
illustrations,  and  convincing  arguments  as  will  get 
the  attention  of  those  who  may  have  been  indif- 
ferent, will  grip  their  imagination  and  set  them  to 

«4 


14a 


O 


•ft. 


O 


Z 

o 

H 
UU 

Ul 
Qi 

H 

UJ 

ai 

H 
< 


'    M  52 

nj   c-  •"■ 

EX 

c  "^     • 

o  t^  15 

4J  T3  aj 
3  «  u 

aj  c  <u 
o  "2  (« 

OJ    c    > 

2i  E  ^ 

3    O    4> 

^   z 

.  —  « 

0._bp  S 
(U  'C  O. 

3  xs 

V)    1> 


31 
■SI 

o  c 

.a.  >. 

Xl    V 

'(«  ■rr 

o  a. 

Q.  3 

<u 

Q. 


E 

aj 
(/) 

3 

E 


E 

o 


a. 

as 
10 


u 

«  S  «s 


C  (/) 

">  ti  "" 

>    C  w. 

rt>  **  =3 

^  E  5P 

£  z 

S-^  O 

oH:E 


T3 

C 

ca 


I-  w 

aj  I- 

E  '" 

E  ^ 
o  E 
^3 
bO  o 
c  > 
c  >, 

E  m 
O  o 
U    3 

~    O 

c  a 

o  ^ 

*-' 
4-1 

c  — 

o 


(U 


(U 


>    O        ^ 
*^   u   3  J= 


■=  >  ^  o 

a,  t^"^^ 
""  c  ^ 

|i»M  ^, ,    I^Hia 

c^    C    o 

O   O    o 

o  2  = 


C 

.9 
•t-t 

cs 

<u 

k> 

(U 

E 

o 
(/] 


o 


(U 


0)    fc- 
k. 

.—  o 

3-s 

XJ  o 

~  c 


TO    g 


(U 


u 


O 

«  — T 


00  O. 

■E  c 

-a  o 

2.2 

O  u 


(A 

CIS 


i"B 


N    U 


^E 


£.2 
lu  a. 

O    (A 


'^ 


SCHOOL    ITEMS   OF   INTCREST 


'^^.J^OJl    . 


^tUSaOBi  LiMlllCS  il  aCKITlir  SCMMlS-aflJ  UTftC  IIMieM  lIMASIf  J. 

TBrw  fmm,in.m.  m,m  w»t» nnm  "' 


iittCMiifuniitfs 

ltK|iAlDOff.«ieariii 


IK  ifiiii'-iisJiiiif  fu  iiii  ri  iitf, 
tM  (liriei Ill  bftm  tfumm  mmt 


iiMtiiiirtis. 

tOflllt. 

Ev  mwm. 
Mreitic. 
wustt 

SIWIMS. 


Ill ' 

11, fill. ; till, ill :,;;:iiii  i 


l.l'M.1.1il'"ll    I. 


J'WJV-llil  UlfWHII'  IMICfl: 

rue-iK  Mu  KLi«  rue  f»  no.  ^^ 
mint  ti  14  scwii  iiTMBtt  m  nrnm  mu 


'' '''" '' ' '"  ''<' ' - ':>u  ii'ittiiif  ■  TI4NIC  mills  FM  tuam.m  m 

' '"*  *  CiMlflCTllHitifi  IT  riff  iWiiiit  ff  ittcw.  i  icn««ii 

'imsfi  i«t  iTC'iiiMn  m  foii  irsiiiiiMTiii  itmm.  liim  im  tm 


seifot  mutt  II 


siwf  iimm. 


il«l  II  iiiT  aiMiiiM!  scNiou*  iiiia  mmt  ir  mu  mn 
g||_tifiiii  mi.  iMiiuiL  flut-MNi  isiw  fi  wiis  «r  ciir  or  m, 

ifiis  if  eirniLtCMUiEM  cmiileo  ti  caMricTc  mum  urn 
,. . ,  loiKiaiTiiii  lis  lifiicii  tfrEiOiM  twruco  wio  mmm. 


mmHiktsni 


TI  riiciii  cNiLOtci  uufi  ti  mis  or  m.  i  cainiMAicf  nri 


rarnc 


\    !'■  xDL'i    ( )vi  ki  (i\i»i  1)   l*\M  r 


14b 


A  Badly  Overloaded  Panel 

The  illustration  opposite  is  an  example 
similar  to  that  on  page  61  of  a  mistaken 
idea  of  the  functions  of  exhibits.  It  was 
one  of  a  large  series  of  panels  most  of  them 
as  heavily  worded  as  this,  the  whole  group 
forming  one  feature  of  an  extensive  exhibit 
which  was  in  turn  only  a  small  part  of  a 
great  exposition.  Clearly  it  was  not  appro- 
priate to  display  on  walls  such  information 
as  this,  which  in  order  to  be  comprehended 
required  the  closest  examination.  Then, 
too,  the  reading  matter  itself,  when  one 
has  endeavored  to  give  it  close  attention, 
proves  to  be  mainly  a  catalogue  of  accom- 
plishments. 

The  difficulty  in  reading  so  much  mate- 
rial is  greatly  increased  by  the  exclusive 
use  of  capital  letters.  Compare  this  panel 
with  any  of  those  reproduced  on  other 
pages,  where  the  text  is  in  lower  case  type, 
and  note  the  difference  in  readability.  The 
gummed  letters  used  on  this  panel  were  to 
be  had  only  in  capitals  with  a  shiny  sur- 
face, both  of  which  facts  prove  serious 
drawbacks  to  their  use  in  the  text  of  exhibit 
panels.  Capitals  are  excellent  for  titles,  for 
brief  statements,  and  for  occasional  em- 
phasis; but  no  one  ever  thinks  of  printing 
a  book  or  even  a  leaflet  all  in  capitals,  and 
neither  should  the  text  of  a  panel  be  made 
up  entirely  of  them. 


»5 


SCKOOl    ITEMS    er    IHTtitCST 


mu  35  Tfl  50  CWf PJLir  S£L£CT£» 
COUIir»T.  :  '' 

EaUAUr  OIIIO£0.  BETWECI  STIrt 

lOOKS  SEIT  IT  U  EA 


EACH  CORTAININS 
f  9(M  ONE  OF  mi  LAICESr  LIISARO  II  m 
U      OlEi  DI/IINt  THE  TE«l.l.fiS8.S00  BOMS. 

TE4MEI.  SfSlllCm 

-.  -_-fflirE*CHOS'US£. 


I 
i 


mmu  FMESE  ciijstfflfly  immi$  m  m  mmi  of  mme  e  ^ert  r£4ci»£R 

•ifl?/*!^*!"  "  *"*  ""  ""'"  *"^  T"  *"''•  *""  THE  SCHOOL  m  TAlflSMI  THEM  HOW  TO  REIO, 

■•r  KfELWiii  I  mn  m  etflo  loois  n  the  earliei  nm  of  smoil  Lif£.A»o  of  making  f ufure 

^  liADEIS  AIO  nmU  FW  •  ,„  LIIHAUIES. 

Hi  mfUUm  SF  KiMOEDEARTEN  METHOOS  U  TEACHIIIS  DEAF  ILIMD  A  HO  OTHER 
KARBICAPrtB  CWUIEI.  IliUtURATlOl  Of  TElMiifi  £|«ilSH  TO  FOREISk-MRN  KII«[)Et6*»TE»  MOTHERS. 

'«««.  r.  I™':fil!5,f  ""*"'"'  "'"""  "  ^"""""OS  0F3VER-A8f  SIRL!  BELOW  THE  7»  TEAR. 
:!r.SrFP^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  '"  ^*  ''''''  ^'^^""^  ^^  ^^"'"«  ^"^'^^ 

Mfaiai  mttS?-fA*!i!«^*i"Jr'^*'  "'"^**^  ""*^^  ^""^  L'«  WILT  THE  TNIMSS  TAUSHT. 
MEOICAL  IISfECTJtl  IN  CMfClATtOR  WITH  »fS(TI»S  PHYSiCIARS  AIO  »(lttf|  Of  THE  OEPARTMERT  OF  HEALTH. 

'after  SCrOfli  SeSi.*""'"  "^  ^*"^'"'""  "°^"'  ^^*""  '^  "«f  f«HW*i  ^^ *CH£RS  IH  SCHOOLS 

6ARiEllTS^«r*"^"  ""^  81f  C^ILDHEK  4«0  WORH  ATSRAOl/ATIOH  EXERCISES.  182.178  FULL  SIZE 

,r.«.,^  fSrARliSHED  III  MART  ELEMEllTART  SCHOOLS.  WEEKLT  DEPOSITS  BT  PUPILS  WITH 

TEACHERS.  TOTAL  DEPOSITS  PLACED  IN  SAVtISS  8ANX.  INOIVIDUAL  PASS-BOOKS  ISSUED  TO  PUPILS  AT  END  OF  TERM. 

«..««r-r««..I«!.L!f  "",*""•  ""^^^"^  OF  CAPITALS  CHILDREN  ENABLED  TO  COMPLETE  EDUCATION  WHO 
iOttJ  OTNCIWtSC  BE  COMPaLEO  TO  GO  TO  WORK;  CLOTHING  AND  MEDICAL  ATTENDANCE  SUPPLIED  WHEN  NECESSART 

For  The 

SSlSmVeWCAtViT^^^^  ^^  ""^'^  '^"'^"^"  """^  '*  '"""'*"•"'  "'<fOfiMANCE  WITH 


A  Badly  Overloaded  Panel 


14b 


A  Badly  Overloaded  Panel 

The  illustration  opposite  is  an  example 
similar  to  that  on  page  6i  of  a  mistaken 
idea  of  the  functions  of  exhibits.  It  was 
one  of  a  large  series  of  panels  most  of  them 
as  heavily  worded  as  this,  the  whole  group 
forming  one  feature  of  an  extensive  exhibit 
which  was  in  turn  only  a  small  part  of  a 
great  exposition.  Clearly  it  was  not  appro- 
priate to  display  on  walls  such  information 
as  this,  which  in  order  to  be  comprehended 
required  the  closest  examination.  Then, 
too,  the  reading  matter  itself,  when  one 
has  endeavored  to  give  it  close  attention, 
proves  to  be  mainly  a  catalogue  of  accom- 
plishments. 

The  difficulty  in  reading  so  much  mate- 
rial is  greatly  increased  by  the  exclusive 
use  of  capital  letters.  Compare  this  panel 
with  any  of  those  reproduced  on  other 
pages,  where  the  text  is  in  lower  case  type, 
and  note  the  difference  in  readability.  The 
gummed  letters  used  on  this  panel  were  to 
be  had  only  in  capitals  with  a  shiny  sur- 
face, both  of  which  facts  prove  serious 
drawbacks  to  their  use  in  the  text  of  exhibit 
panels.  Capitals  are  excellent  for  titles,  for 
brief  statements,  and  for  occasional  em- 
phasis; but  no  one  ever  thinks  of  printing 
a  book  or  even  a  leaflet  all  in  capitals,  and 
neither  should  the  text  of  a  panel  be  made 
up  entirely  of  them. 


"5 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

asking  questions,  to  talking  the  matter  over  with 
their  neighbors,  to  reading  more  fully  on  the  ques- 
tion in  the  newspapers  and  in  the  reports  of  inves- 
tigators, and  finally,  in  some  way  to  making  their 
convictions  register  through  their  representatives 
in  a  new  law. 

Or,  to  choose  a  simpler  illustration,  you  may  hold 
an  exhibit  which  has  as  its  object  to  show  house- 
wives  that  commeal  is  a  valuable  and  desirable 
substitute  for  wheat.  The  exhibit  of  foods  pre- 
pared with  this  substitute  will  arouse  their  interest, 
but  further  information  must  be  given  them  in  the 
form  of  printed  recipes  that  they  may  carry  away 
with  them,  and  even  through  cooking  demonstra- 
tions in  order  to  translate  this  aroused  interest  into 
the  successful  home  use  of  cornmeal. 

Still  another  illustration  is  supplied  by  an  ex- 
hibit which  presents  the  "high  lights"  of  the  find- 
ings of  a  community  survey.  The  exhibit  attracts 
the  attention  of  citizens  who  had  never  before 
taken  an  interest  in  social  problems  and  sets  the 
case  before  them.  Selected  facts  and  problems  are 
made  graphic  and  interesting.  The  newspaper  ac- 
counts and  the  survey  reports  then  give  the  more 
detailed  information  on  which  any  program  of 
future  civic  action  must  be  based.  Finally,  it  is 
through  the  initiative  of  the  citizens  themselves, 
whose  interest  has  been  fired  by  the  striking  way  in 
which  a  few  facts  have  been  presented  in  the  ex- 
hibit and  further  developed  in  supplementary  data 


i6 


WHY   DO  YOU   WISH   TO   HAVE  AN    EXHIBIT? 

of  survey  reports,  that  action  will  be  taken  on  the 
findings. 

We  believe,  then,  that  by  clearly  recognizing 
that  the  function  of  an  exhibit  is  to  attract  atten- 
tion to  and  arouse  interest  in  a  particular  need, 
exhibitors  will  save  a  considerable  part  of  the  effort 
that  is  now  wasted  in  ineffective  presentation.  If 
you  are  determined  to  get  people  interested  in  your 
subject,  you  are  not  likely  to  risk  driving  them 
away  from  the  exhibit  by  failing  to  make  it  in- 
viting, nor  will  you  select  the  kind  of  informa- 
tion or  present  the  amount  of  it  that  you  must 
know,  if  you  consider  the  question  at  all,  will 
only  bore  them  and  dull  their  receptiveness  unless 
their  interest  happens  to  be  already  as  keen  as 
yours. 

Advantages  of  Exhibits 

If  we  agree,  then,  that  the  function  of  an  exhibit 
is  to  get  people  interested  in  a  subject  or  to  create  a 
demand  that  a  certain  thing  be  done,  the  next  ques- 
tion is:  What  are  the  particular  advantages  of  this 
form  as  a  method  of  arousing  interest?  Why  pre- 
sent the  subject  in  the  form  of  an  exhibit  rather 
than  as  a  lecture,  a  printed  report,  or  as  an  article 
or  series  of  articles  in  newspaper  or  magazine? 

While  exhibits,  of  course,  have  their  limitations, 
they  also  have  a  number  of  advantages,  among 
them  the  following: 

I.  An  exhibit  can  be  made  so  striking  as  to 
attract  the  attention  of  people  who  would  not  go 


II 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

to  a  lecture  or  read  a  pamphlet  or  otherwise  be- 
come informed  on  the  subject  exhibited. 

2.  It  is  a  quick  method  of  presentation,  giving 
ideas  in  a  form  more  readily  grasped  than  through 
description  or  exposition.  Moreover,  it  appeals  to 
all  sorts  and  conditions  of  men;  to  those  who  read 
editorials  as  well  as  to  those  who  get  no  further 
than  the  baseball  news  or  the  comic  page  in  the 
evening  paper. 

3.  By  bringing  people  together  to  receive  your 
messa^.  instead  of  by  giving  it  to  them  one  at  a 
time,  as  in  the  sending  out  of  reading  matter,  you 
have  created  a  sort  of  group  attraction,  each  visitor 
feeling  the  interest  of  his  neighbor  and  being  stimu- 
lated to  an  interchange  of  talk  about  the  things 
illustrated. 

4.  It  is  possible  to  estimate  the  number  and  the 
kinds  of  people  who  attend  your  exhibition  and  to 
form  a  partial  judgment  of  their  reaction  to  it, 
whereas  you  can  only  vaguely  estimate  the  im- 
pression that  a  press  story  or  a  leaflet  makes  upon 
its  readers  or  the  number  who  read  it. 

5.  Through  an  exhibition  public  attention  may 
be  focussed  on  one  idea  during  a  brief  period  to 
such  an  extent  that  it  becomes  a  live  issue  in  the 
community,  or  at  least  a  live  topic  of  conversation. 
It  is  a  method  of  intensive  cultivation  of  public 
interest. 

6.  The  exhibition  "  explainer,"^  meeting  people  in 

*  See  Chapter  IX,  How  Shall  the  Exhibit  be  Interpreted?  for  defi- 
nition of  this  tenn. 

18 


WHY   DO  YOU   WISH   TO   HAVE  AN    EXHIBIT? 

small  groups,  has  an  opportunity  for  valuable  per- 
sonal contacts,  such  as  printed  reports,  and  even 
lectures,  do  not  offer.  Furthermore,  the  visitor  can 
ask  him  questions  which,  in  the  case  of  the  printed 
page,  he  cannot  ask  the  author. 

7.  In  educational  or  publicity  work  there  is 
usually  room  for  a  new  scheme  or  method.  One  of 
the  great  values  of  an  exhibition  is  that  it  offers 
the  possibility  of  telling  the  old  story  and  the  old 
facts  in  a  new  form.  Many  social  or  civic  welfare 
campaigns  pass  through  a  slack  or  stale  period 
when  the  energy  of  their  promoters  and  the  interest 
of  the  public  flag.  By  means  of  this  new  method 
of  telling  your  story  through  pictures,  models,  ob- 
jects, and  other  devices,  a  new  life  and  a  new  force 
are  given  to  your  propaganda. 


■ ;1 


4 


LIMITATIONS  OF  EXHIBITS 

It  is  obvious,  on  the  other  hand,  that  exhibits 
have  their  limitations;  it  cannot  be  laid  down  as 
an  invariable  rule  that  the  exhibit  form  of  educa- 
tional work  will  meet  most  adequately  every  need 
in  the  spreading  of  information  and  the  arousing  of 
interest  in  questions  of  social  welfare  which  may 
arise.  Most  of  the  limitations,  however,  have  to 
do  with  the  amount  of  detail  involved  in  the  plan- 
ning and  the  construction  of  exhibits.  The  other 
drawbacks  for  the  most  part  are  not  peculiar  to  ex- 
hibits but  are  found  in  all  other  forms  of  educa- 
tional campaigning.  Instead  of  dwelling  upon 
them  here,  therefore,  such  difficulties  are  discussed 

19 


h    P 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

and,  wherever  possible,  dealt  with  constructively 
throughout  the  chapters  of  this  volume. 

By-products  of  Exhibits 

Finally,  exhibits  often  produce  valuable  by- 
products. An  exhibit  prepared  jointly  by  various 
organized  groups  often  brings  about  better  co- 
operation and  more  cordial  relations  than  existed 
before.  Working  together  on  concrete  proposals, 
instead  of  only  among  abstractions,  is  a  sane  and 
stimulating  process. 

Objectifying  the  purpose  and  the  hoped-for  re- 
sults of  your  campaign,  selecting  the  salient  points 
of  information  that  you  wish  emphasized,  and  try- 
ing to  express  them  within  the  necessarily  limited 
space  of  the  exhibit  so  clearly  that  the  uninformed 
may  get  at  least  an  introductory  understanding  of 
them  often  serve  to  clarify  your  own  ideas.  Pro- 
moters of  social,  educational,  or  health  move- 
ments, often  without  realizing  it,  begin  to  speak 
of  their  subjects  chiefly  in  professional  or  technical 
terms,  which,  if  continued,  destroys  the  force  of 
their  message  to  a  large  body  of  their  listeners. 
The  necessity  to  return  to  stating  their  propaganda 
in  language  so  simple  that  it  will  be  easily  grasped 
by  the  mind  unfamiliar  with  the  ideas  expressed 
often  shows  them  the  long  distance  they  have 
traveled  from  the  people. 


30' 


IV 
WHO  SHOULD  SEE  THE  EXHIBIT? 

WE  have  said  that  getting  people  inter- 
ested and  informed  on  certain  definite 
conditions,  ideas,  or  things  to  be  done 
is  the  chief  function  of  an  exhibit.  We  should  carry 
that  statement  a  step  further  and  say  that  getting 
the  "right"  people  interested  and  informed  is  the 
measure  of  its  usefulness.  The  right  people  are 
those  who  can  be  helped  by  the  exhibit  or  who,  in 
turn,  can  help  in  accomplishing  the  purpose  of  the 
exhibit.  If  this  is  to  promote  back-yard  or  vacant 
lot  gardening,  you  want  to  show  the  garden  exhibit 
to  people  who  have  unused  yards  or  who  are  inter- 
ested in  providing  summer  occupations  for  children 
and  grown-ups. 

Selecting  the  Audience 

Our  first  step,  then,  after  we  have  made  up  our 
minds  to  have  an  exhibit  on  a  certain  subject,  is  to 
decide  who  should  see  it.  Determining  the  audience 
is  first  in  the  plan  because  we  need  to  adapt  every 
other  part  of  it  to  attracting,  informing,  and  influ- 
encing our  clientele.    We  must  note  their  practical 

21 


•I 


i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

interest  in  the  subject  matter  or  purpose  of  the 
criiibit,  their  points  of  view,  their  traditions,  the 
amount  of  intelligence  they  possess,  or  their  par- 
ticular need  of  the  facts  to  be  set  forth.  We  want 
to  know  also  whether  the  reform  or  thing  proposed 
upsets  old  customs  or  perhaps  affects  their  pocket- 
books. 

Again,  we  will  want  to  hold  the  exhibit  where  the 
people  we  hope  to  reach  can  see  it  conveniently, 
under  circumstances  and  at  times  agreeable  to 
them.  For  instance,  if  we  want  to  reach  mothers, 
many  of  whom  are  Jewish,  we  won't  choose  a 
Hebrew  holiday  nor  set  up  the  booths  in  the  Sun- 
day school  rooms  of  a  church.  If  the  exhibit  is  to 
interest  working  people,  we  won't  have  all  the 
special  features  in  the  mornings  and  afternoons. 
Moreover,  the  exhibit  must  present  its  facts  in  a 
manner  that  will  be  easily  understood  and  it  must 
be  advertised  in  ways  that  will  attract  the  atten- 
tion of  its  proposed  clientele.  To  accomplish  all 
these  things  we  must  first  know  just  who  compose 
this  clientele,  what  they  are  like,  and  plan  accord- 
ingly. 

But  to  differentiate  the  people  who  should  be 
reached  and  to  lay  plans  to  interest  them  is  not 
always  as  simple  as  it  would  seem  to  be  in  the  illus- 
trative case  of  the  people  to  whom  to  show  your 
garden  exhibit.  If  your  purpose  is  to  get  a  law 
passed  by  the  state  legislature,  for  example,  the 
people  to  be  influenced  are  the  legislators.  The 
exhibit  may  do  this  directly  by  being  displayed  be- 

22 


WHO  SHOULD  SEE   THE   EXHIBIT? 

fore  these  legislators,  or  indirectly  by  influencing 
the  people  who  tell  them  what  to  do.  This  latter 
group  would  include  the  leaders  or  influential  peo- 
ple and  the  mass  of  voters.  If  there  is  not  yet  any 
strong  public  opinion  in  favor  of  your  bill  you  prob- 
ably want  to  reach  the  mass  of  voters.  But  your 
time  and  opportunity  may  be  limited  so  that  you 
can  at  best  reach  but  a  small  percentage.  There- 
fore, under  careful  planning,  you  will  study  the 
situation  in  the  legislature  first.  You  may  find 
there  certain  centers  of  opposition  and  that  the 
best  thing  is  to  go  into  the  enemy's  camp  to  do 
your  work.  It  thus  becomes  clear  that  in  a  care- 
fully mapped  out  campaign  you  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  choose  from  among  many  possibly  desir- 
able people  a  clearly  visualized  audience,  selected 
because  it  is  important  that  its  members  get  the 
facts. 

Furthermore,  you  avoid  much  waste  effort  by 
admitting  at  the  start  that  you  can  reach  but  a 
part  of  those  whom  you  would  like  to  reach.  Con- 
centrating your  effort  on  a  certain  audience,  there- 
fore, means  to  choose  special  groups  from  among 
those  who  ought  to  see  the  exhibit.  Emphasis  may 
be  put  upon  those  through  whom  you  hope  for  the 
most  support,  or  who  most  need  the  information, 
or  even  upon  those  you  may  be  able  to  reach  most 
easily  by  such  limited  funds  as  you  have  available. 

For  example,  for  a  recent  small  exhibit  on  babies' 
sore  eyes^  the  desired  audience  included: 

*  For  halftone  reproductions  of  this  exhibit,  see  pp.  24a  and  24b. 

23 


11 


1. 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

1.  Public-spirited  people  who  were  in  a  position 

to  promote  legislation  making  treatment  of 
babies'  eyes  at  birth  compulsory. 

2.  Doctors  and  midwives  who  would  give  the 

treatment. 

3.  Mothers  who  should  be  most  vitally  con- 

cerned in  the  welfare  of  their  own  babies. 
It  was  decided  that  the  exhibit  would  lose  much 
of  its  force  and  directness  if  the  appeal  were  made 
to  people  with  such  varying  points  of  view  as  these 
three  groups.  So  the  choice  fell  on  the  mothers, 
particularly  on  the  poorly  educated  mothers  whom 
it  was  necessary  to  make  understand  a  few  simply 
stated  facts.  The  appeal  to  these  women  could 
not  have  been  made  half  so  direct  and  simple  had 
they  not  been  selected  as  the  one  definite  group  for 
whom  the  exhibit  was  prepared.  Incidentally,  the 
appeal  probably  lost  little  of  its  force  and  value  to 
a  much  larger  and  more  intelligent  audience. 

Classification  of  Audiences 
When  we  speak  of  "definite  groups  of  people" 
as  making  up  a  desired  audience  we  mean  those  for 
whom  the  exhibit  should  have  some  special  signi- 
ficance. Fortunately  these  people  usually  possess 
certain  traditions,  interests,  or  circumstances  in 
common.  The  classification  given  below  indicates 
some  of  the  factors  to  be  taken  into  account  in  dis- 
tributing people  into  prospective  exhibit  audiences 
or  clienteles.  These  groups  are  by  no  means  mu- 
tually exclusive,  but  they  are  composed  of  indi- 


?% 

o 

■« 


o 


o 

a 
U 

?^ 

<^ 

CO 


""""■ 

" 

M 

cs^ 

0 

^P" 

^ 

1 

So 

s 

^ 

r-2 

^ 

m 

F-    <u 

s 

^-' 

^ 

/ 

ll 

-cS 

/ 

3  • 

— V    a> 

^  JET 

/ 

■*^  1 

«  p- 

/ 

0 

C 

r 

sss 

Zi' 

^ 

"S 

k 

</> 

c 

r 

a. 

2 

-0 

J- 

Ik 

JZ 

•^^ 

(= 

*l 

m 

en 

c 

-a 

c 


c 

c 
> 


1/5 

'E 


3 
"a 


O.  '"t 

CI.  4, 


-T3 


o 


> 
UJ 

Oi. 

o 

C/5 

UJ 

n 
< 

CO 

z 
o 


I 
X 

UJ 

ce: 
ui 

H 
1/5 

o 
a. 


ce 
a 

c 
o 

«  y 

U    3 

U      Q 

T3  a. 

■<--  b> 

O  Si 
<^  « 
^O 


P3 


a> 


I- 

C  T3 
—    RJ 

.0    lU 


o 


o 

■^rf  LLm 
O 

o. 

JZ 


(SI 


x: 


II 


24a 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

1 .  Public-spirited  people  who  were  in  a  position 

to  promote  legislation  making  treatment  of 
babies'  eyes  at  birth  compulsory. 

2.  Doctors  and  midwives  who  would  give  the 

treatment. 

3.  Mothers  who  should  be  most  vitally  con- 

cerned in  the  welfare  of  their  own  babies. 
It  was  decided  that  the  exhibit  would  lose  much 
of  its  force  and  directness  if  the  appeal  were  made 
to  people  with  such  varying  points  of  view  as  these 
three  groups.  So  the  choice  fell  on  the  mothers, 
particularly  on  the  poorly  educated  mothers  whom 
it  was  necessary  to  make  understand  a  few  simply 
stated  facts.  The  appeal  to  these  women  could 
not  have  been  made  half  so  direct  and  simple  had 
they  not  been  selected  as  the  one  definite  group  for 
whom  the  exhibit  was  prepared.  Incidentally,  the 
appeal  probably  lost  little  of  its  force  and  value  to 
a  much  larger  and  more  intelligent  audience. 

Classification  of  Audiences 
When  we  speak  of  "definite  groups  of  people" 
as  making  up  a  desired  audience  we  mean  those  for 
whom  the  exhibit  should  have  some  special  signi- 
ficance. Fortunately  these  people  usually  possess 
certain  traditions,  interests,  or  circumstances  in 
common.  The  classification  given  below  indicates 
some  of  the  factors  to  be  taken  into  account  in  dis- 
tributing people  into  prospective  exhibit  audiences 
or  clienteles.  These  groups  are  by  no  means  mu- 
tually exclusive,  but  they  are  composed  of  indi- 

24 


x: 


El 
^    -J  = 


■V  mm 

r.    '^  ^ 


=   Ez 

r     -'  ^ 
Z      /.    CL 

C_    ^    3 

-      C  ^ 

•—  n 
C    -.r. 


N 
X 


24a 


II 


M  ••> 

S?  e 
o 

x:  <r 
o  3 

rt  O 

-C  JO 
(4    m 


2  "= 

Bi  ■t-J 

x:  rt:  .t/5 

O  ?3  « 

o  "" 

j5  .t:  "* 

-=    C    X  ^ 

-^^       <   >M           ^  C^ 


> 

o  «- 


s  x: 
o  *-• 

u  •« 

^ 1    "^ 

— 1    ^ 

"o]    > 


^'^ 

o  E 

O   i» 

*->  "^ 

o  o 

O    il 


c  "S 

o 

Jo    i« 


JC    c 


(4    *-• 


aj    ~ 

3  T3 
■*-*  ■*" 
u 

a  3 

2   « 

o  *~ 

x:  X 


a>  is 
^  .S 

>    ?3 


O  T3 

O  .3 

JC  ^ 

■C 

o  o 

E  *- 


O 

x: 


O    (A 

4-^    X! 

c  *- 
«-•  .^ 

E'o 
<u 
W5  = 

c   rt 


DC  C 

.£  o 

«     <U 
*-      1/5 

C  X3 


-o  O 
E  ^ 


Pi 


</) 

u 

a>  c 
>  ra 


c~  E 


c  x: 


V 


>  -C 


u 

aj  -c 

c  o- 

en   bC 


OJ    c  •- 

O    fli  ^ 

aj    it>  3 

*-  'J 

o£  C 

*'  x:  « 

E  aj  </) 

>  -o 

O  0^  ^ 


c  1* 
Qj  ~- 
(/>  (« 

£i  E 

C 


.2  >. 

*-"!        C 

ao  E 

bO 

3  ^ 

"2  o. 

C      Q 

O. 
22   rt 


2S-^E^ 


O  X)    > 


m 
bO 

a. 

in 

3 

.2 
> 


"^Tif 


f 


o     ^y  =, 
_j  *  >  <  ^>- 

■^—  — )  ^-o 

_  -I  I  §  5S 

O   O  /J  "~"  ^ 

3  O 


O) 


V 


4> 

x: 

H 


24b 


WHO  SHOULD  SEE   THE   EXHIBIT? 

viduals  or  bodies  to  whom  a  certain  exhibit  should 
be  specially  interesting  or  applicable.  They  may 
be  defined  according  to: 

Occupation.  Merchants,  mine  owners,  mine 
operators,  factory  owners,  superintendents,  miners, 
railroad  workers,  skilled  mill  workers,  day  laborers, 
clerks,  professional  people,  housewives,  farmers, 
lumbermen,  and  the  like.  A  complete  list  would  be 
long.  We  would  naturally  aim  to  get  housewives 
to  come  to  an  exhibit  on  food  values,  industrial 
workers  and  employers  to  one  on  industrial  acci- 
dents. 

Background  of  Information.  The  college  grad- 
uates, high  school  graduates,  those  with  grammar 
school  experience  or  less,  illiterates,  people  with 
poor  or  average  education.  We  may  divide  this 
group  again,  in  relation  to  its  knowledge  of  the 
special  topic  of  the  exhibit,  as  having  none  at  all, 
or  having  a  general,  a  technical,  or  a  specialized 
knowledge  of  the  subject.  An  exhibit  demonstrat- 
ing food  values  in  terms  of  proteids,  carbohydrates, 
fats,  and  minerals,  and  the  measuring  of  foods  in 
calories,  would  obviously  not  be  intended  for  the 
ordinary  cook,  tenement  mother  or  housewife,  but 
for  people  familiar  with  these  terms. 

Age.  School  children,  adolescent  boys  and  girls, 
young  men  an4  women,  mature  people.  An  ex- 
hibit on  sex  hygiene  will  need  to  be  planned  with 
very  careful  reference  to  the  particular  age  and  sex 
of  the  audience  it  is  intended  to  reach. 

Degree    of    Responsibility.     Parents,     teachers, 

25 


* 


I 


r  f 


■ 


i 


fj^>- 


i^   ^   c       ujuj 


-c^-S  cS 


0 


QC       LU 


S3    LLJ    ^^ 


o  ^  JB  o;So     >-  S  ^  -J 


X  U 


in 

O     B 
D-   — 

C 
« 

Q. 


OJ 


x: 


24b 


WHO   SHOULD  SEE   THE   EXHIBIT? 

viduals  or  bodies  to  whom  a  certain  exhibit  should 
be  specially  interesting  or  applicable.  They  may 
be  defined  according  to: 

Occupation.  Merchants,  mine  owners,  mine 
operators,  factory  owners,  superintendents,  miners, 
railroad  workers,  skilled  mill  workers,  day  laborers, 
clerks,  professional  people,  housewives,  farmers, 
lumbermen,  and  the  like.  A  complete  list  would  be 
long.  We  would  naturally  aim  to  get  housewives 
to  come  to  an  exhibit  on  food  values,  industrial 
workers  and  employers  to  one  on  industrial  acci- 
dents. 

Background  of  Infonnation.  The  college  grad- 
uates, high  school  graduates,  those  with  grammar 
school  experience  or  less,  illiterates,  people  with 
poor  or  average  education.  We  may  divide  this 
group  again,  in  relation  to  its  knowledge  of  the 
special  topic  of  the  exhibit,  as  having  none  at  all, 
or  having  a  general,  a  technical,  or  a  specialized 
knowledge  of  the  subject.  An  exhibit  demonstrat- 
ing food  values  in  terms  of  proteids,  carbohydrates, 
fats,  and  minerals,  and  the  measuring  of  foods  in 
calories,  would  obviously  not  be  intended  for  the 
ordinary  cook,  tenement  mother  or  housewife,  but 
for  people  familiar  with  these  terms. 

Age.  School  children,  adolescent  boys  and  girls, 
young  men  andi  women,  mature  people.  An  ex- 
hibit on  sex  hygiene  will  need  to  be  planned  with 
very  careful  reference  to  the  particular  age  and  sex 
of  the  audience  it  is  intended  to  reach. 

Degree    of    Responsibility.     Parents,     teachers, 

25 


iiiiiiiiii I II I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

ctergymen,  city  or  state  officials,  employers,  labor 
leaders;  or,  ie  other  words,  the  persons  who  can  di- 
rectly promote  reforms  for  the  benefit  of  those  under 
theircontrol  or  guidance.  An  exhibit  on  law  enforce- 
ment should  reach  the  city  or  state  officials  charged 
with  the  administration  of  the  laws  involved. 

Qigtnized  Gfoups.  Members  or  officials  of 
organized  bodies  that  may  speak  for  their  whole 
membership,  as  vestries  of  churches,  trustees  of 
colleges,  managers  of  hospitals,  officers  of  labor 
unions,  lodges,  civic  and  commercial  associations. 
A  proposed  civic  improvement,  such  as  a  play- 
ground or  a  series  of  infant  welfare  stations,  needs 
the  support  of  the  organized  bodies  of  a  com- 
munity, and  the  exhibit  should  be  seen  by  repre- 
sentatives of  these  in  their  official  capacity. 

Pmnts  of  View  Toward  fhe  Topic.  Friends  of 
the  movement  or  people  indifferent  to  or  opposed 
to  it.  An  exhibit  whose  object  is  to  get  a  child 
labor  law  passed  will  probably  be  planned  to  arouse 
the  conscience  of  indifferent  people  or  to  bestir 
friends  of  the  movement  to  action .  Since  to  do  this 
may  require  a  dramatic  presentation  of  bad  con- 
ditions endured  under  the  present  law  or  its  abuse, 
it  is  hardly  to  be  expected  that  the  exhibit  would 
win  over  employers  whose  humanity  is  being  chal- 
IcMgpd  or  whose  pocketbook  is  likely  to  be  affected 
by  the  proposed  new  law.  At  any  rate,  the  exhibit 
would  hardly  be  planned  for  them  primarily. 
Those  groups  and  individuals  whose  sympathies  are 
normally  with  such  a  reform  should  be  enlisted  first. 

36 


WHO   SHOULD  SEE   THE    EXHIBIT? 

Wealth  or  Poverty.  People  of  great  wealth 
on  the  one  hand,  or  those  receiving  bare  living 
wages  or  less  than  a  living  wage,  on  the  other,  will 
not  be  greatly  interested  in  an  exhibit  on  ways  of 
reducing  waste  in  the  home;  with  the  first  group 
the  incentive  is  slight,  and  with  the  second  the 
possibility  of  saving  is  practically  nil  But  an 
exhibit  of  home-made  ice-boxes,  fireless  cookers, 
or  the  like,  has  a  direct  appeal  to  people  with 
moderate  incomes. 

Understanding  the  Audience 

A  number  of  other  factors  besides  those  that 
can  be  listed  under  group  definition  must  be  con- 
sidered in  visualizing  your  audience.  Will  it  gather 
solely  in  answer  to  your  invitation  or  to  the  direct 
publicity  of  the  campaign,  or  will  it  be  assembled 
for  some  other  purpose  rather  than  the  exhibit? 
Will  people  merely  "drop  in"  casually  or  will  they 
be  led  to  come  for  the  purpose  of  seeing  the  ex- 
hibits? Will  they  be  in  holiday  mood,  as  at  an 
amusement  park,  or  preoccupied,  fagged  and  hur- 
ried, as  at  a  convention?  Will  they  be  sightseers 
with  a  desire  to  look  at  everything,  but  with  atten- 
tion quickly  distracted  as  at  an  exposition;  tired 
and  confused  because  of  long  standing,  crowding, 
and  noise,  as  at  a  fair? 

As  has  already  been  indicated,  the  circum- 
stances, traditions,  and  interests  of  the  people 
who  constitute  your  audience  have  a  direct  bear- 
ing on  the  content  and  form  of  your  exhibit. 

27 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

These  considerations,  such  as  deciding  what 
kinds  or  groups  of  people  should  see  the  exhibit, 
and  planning  it  in  direct  relation  to  their  mental 
capacity  and  their  industrial  and  social  affiliations, 
are  emphasized  here  because  they  are  ordinarily  so 
much  neglected.  Exhibitors  are  probably  misled 
by  the  methods  of  those  advertisers  who  spread 
their  advertising  broadcast  without  much  apparent 
effort  to  sort  out  from  the  mass  of  people  those 
most  likely  to  buy  their  product.  But  social 
workers  do  not  have  the  enormous  financial  re- 
sources which  this  method  of  finding  a  public 
requires.  There  are  many  advertisers  who  aim  to 
girdle  the  globe  with  engaging  statements  about 
their  products.  We  all  know  how  impossible  it 
was  for  years  to  escape  from  Sunny  Jim  and  Sozo- 
dont.  But  newspaper  and  billboard  publicity  are 
only  parts  of  the  selling  plan  of  these  merchants. 
They  have  many  methods  of  reaching  selected 
groups  with  special  selling  schemes  adapted  to 
them;  and  in  this  latter  effort  they  do  exactly 
what  is  advocated  here — they  seek  to  visualize  and 
understand  their  audience.  The  social  welfare 
exhibitor  has  neither  money  nor  effort  to  spend  on 
"broadcast"  exhibiting,  and  if  he  should  venture 
to  display  his  posters  and  panels  without  any  rela- 
tion to  a  selected  clientele,  he  would  be  likely  to 
exhaust  his  resources  and  to  have  nothing  left  with 
which  to  follow  up  his  initial  efforts. 

Again,  many  exhibitors,  even  after  selecting 
their  prospects,  promptly  forget  them.    Recently 

28 


WHO   SHOULD   SEE   THE    EXHIBIT? 

a  poster  on  health  habits  was  prepared  especially 
for  school  children.  But  those  who  prepared  the 
poster,  after  deliberately  deciding  that  its  appeal 
was  to  be  made  directly  to  school  children,  must 
have  straightway  forgotten  their  decision,  because 
the  poster  said  as  many  things  to  parents  as  it  did 
to  children.  Some  of  the  terms  used  were  quite 
unfamiliar  to  them.  And  assurance  that  children 
would  follow  the  kind  of  advice  given  was  almost 
wholly  dependent  on  the  initiative  of  their  parents. 
Although  the  thing  is  not  easy,  it  is  nevertheless 
worth  while  to  concentrate  one's  exhibit  effort  at 
a  given  time  and  place  on  a  particular  group.  This 
does  not  mean  leaving  out  other  groups  entirely. 
It  means  reaching  one  group  in  one  way,  a  second 
in  another,  and  ultimately  accomplishing  much 
more  because  each  effort,  however  small,  has  been 
effective. 


29 


WHAT  WILL  YOU  DO  WITH  YOUR 

EXHIBIT? 

THIS  question  needs  to  be  answered  before 
we  are  ready  to  consider  the  content  and 
form  of  the  exhibit.  It  includes  several 
closely  related  questions  which,  for  convenience, 
we  may  consider  under  the  general  topic,  "  Method 
of  Exhibiting."    These  questions  are  as  follows: 

1 .  Time.  Will  the  exhibit  be  permanent  or  tem- 
porary? If  temporary,  will  it  be  shown  for 
a  few  days  or  weeks?  If  permanent,  continu- 
ously or  at  intervals? 

2.  Place.  Will  it  be  displayed  in  a  single  city, 
town,  or  neighborhood,  or  by  traveling  be 
seen  by  many  people  in  different  localities  or 
states?  In  what  sort  of  a  place  will  it  appear? 
A  window,  a  school  room?  A  small  hall?  An 
armory?    A  railway  car? 

3.  Circumstances.  Will  its  appearance  consti- 
tute a  special  event,  thoroughly  advertised, 
or  will  it  be  incidental  and  make  but  a  casual 
appeal  to  passers  who  may  see  the  exhibit  and 
drop  in?  Will  it  be  related  to  any  other  oc- 
currence (as  a  convention),  or  is  it  to  be  an 
affair  by  itself? 

30 


WHAT  WILL  YOU  DO  WITH  YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

These  three  considerations  then,  time,  place, 
and  circumstances,  form  the  basis  for  classifying 
the  exhibit  enterprises  noted  below.  The  distin- 
guishing feature  of  a  given  type  of  exhibit  is  in 
some  instances  the  place,  in  others  the  time  or  cir- 
cumstances, but  not  necessarily  all  three.  The 
various  types  described  here  will  serve  also  to 
suggest  the  wide  range  of  possibilities  in  the  use 
of  exhibits. 

The  extent  of  the  enterprise  and  the  auspices 
under  which  an  exhibit  is  held  are  to  some  extent 
considered  in  the  discussions  of  types  which  follow, 
but  it  seems  best  to  leave  the  detailed  discussion 
of  these  factors  for  other  chapters. 


Community  Exhibition 
By  a  community  exhibition  is  meant  one  held  in 
the  largest  hall  available,  lasting  one  or  two  weeks 
and  made  a  conspicuous  event  because  of  the  na- 
ture of  the  facts  gathered,  the  impressiveness  with 
which  they  have  been  displayed,  and  the  partici- 
pation of  various  important  bodies,  together  with 
the  widespread  publicity  campaign  accompanying 
its  presentation.  Such  an  exhibition  becomes  an 
event  in  which  many  kinds  of  people,  by  virtue  of 
their  actual  connection  with  the  industrial,  edu- 
cational, or  civic  problems  discussed  should  be 
vitally  interested;  it  is  something  taking  place 
which  is  of  large  enough  proportions  to  stir  the 
imagination  of  all  the  people  and  to  give  them  a 
feeling  of  taking  part  in  a  project  of  importance. 

31 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Examples:  Child  welfare  and  baby  welfare  ex- 
hibitions, such  as  have  been  held  in  many  cities; 
the  survey  exhibition  in  Springfield,  Illinois;  bud- 
get exhibitions;  city  planning  exhibitions;  "What 
the  Consumer  Should  Know"  exhibition. 

Because  of  the  extent  of  the  project,  the  com- 
munity exhibition  should  be  undertaken  only  after 
all  who  may  be  concerned  in  putting  it  through 
have  discussed  it  from  many  angles.  The  spending 
of  large  sums  of  money,  the  preparation  of  many 
exhibits  all  requiring  the  detailed  attention  of  a 
ntimber  of  people,  the  necessity  to  describe  con- 
ditions accurately  and  to  state  facts  authorita- 
tively, the  organization  of  the  enterprise  on  a  scale 
to  guarantee  it  due  publicity  and  a  large  atten- 
dance, all  of  these  things  should  be  fully  considered 
before  the  affair  is  taken  up. 

The  size  of  the  undertaking  makes  the  question 
of  results  especially  pertinent.  What  may  be  hoped 
for  from  an  enterprise  of  this  kind?  If  your  pur- 
pose is  to  impress  specific  information  upon  large 
numbers  of  people,  so  that  they  will  remember  it 
and  act  upon  it,  you  could  undoubtedly  find  other 
educational  methods  better  adapted  to  the  end  in 
view  than  this  one.  In  a  large  city,  especially,  the 
necessity  of  overcoming  distances,  of  inducing  peo- 
ple to  make  long  journeys  to  see  a  new  and  sus- 
piciously "educational"  kind  of  show,  in  itself  pre- 
sents large  difficulties.  Our  observation  of  many 
exhibitions  makes  us  believe  that  this  method  will 
reach  a  smaller  number  of  people  than  could  be 

33 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH  YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

reached  if  the  same  expenditure  of  effort  were  put 
upon  carrying  your  information  to  the  public  in- 
stead of  upon  trying  to  bring  them  to  you.  In 
a  city  of  small  distances  this  objection  does  not 

hold. 

Again,  those  who  do  attend,  see  at  one  time  a 
variety  and  an  amount  of  information  impossible 
to  assimilate  in  the  few  hours  of  a  single  visit  and 
under  the  conditions  of  noise  and  crowding  that  are 
likely  to  obtain.  The  same  amount  and  vanety  of 
information  parceled  out  piecemeal  would  make  a 
much  stronger  and  more  permanent  appeal.  The 
bigger  the  show  the  greater  the  variety  of  material 
there  is  likely  to  be,  and  consequently  the  greater 
likelihood  of  confusion  of  ideas  in  the  minds  of 

visitors. 

If,  on  the  other  hand,  your  purpose  is  largely  to 
arrest  attention  in  order  to  get  some  outstanding 
facts  and  figures  before  the  community  as  a  whole, 
to  bring  a  general  topic  into  prominence  during  a 
brief  period  with  a  view  to  launching  a  campaign 
of  education  for  a  longer  period  before,  coincident 
with,  and  after  the  exhibition,  your  chances  for 
results  from  the  community  exhibition  are  reason- 
ably good. 

In  the  large  child  welfare  exhibits,  for  instance, 
held  in  a  number  of  cities,  many  people  who  at- 
tended became  aware  for  the  first  time  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  large  volume  of  highly  specialized  knowl- 
edge concerning  the  problems  of  childhood.  They 
saw  that  gin  amazing  number  of  people  and  organi- 
3  33 


} 


k 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

lations  were  carrying  on  great  enterprises  which 
dealt  with  some  one  or  more  aspects  of  child-care. 
From  that  time  forward  these  citizens  held  a  new 
respect  for  this  field  of  effort,  recognizing  that  it 
deserved  an  important  place  in  the  thought  and 
attention  of  themselves  and  the  community. 
Many  visitors,  too,  learned  that  worth-while  in- 
formation was  available  which  they  could  apply  to 
the  better  home  care  of  their  own  children.  The 
real  achievement  was  not  so  much  the  passing  on  of 
definite  facts  or  sets  of  facts,  as  the  awakening  of 
a  previously  indifferent  community.  We  would 
say,  therefore,  that  it  is  only  when  a  majority  of 
those  concerned  in  the  project  feel  that  such  an 
awakening  is  needed  and  that  there  is  some  pros- 
pect of  achieving  it,  that  a  community  exhibition 
should  be  undertaken. 

Convention  Exhibition 

An  exhibition  of  the  type  to  be  described  next  is 
held  during  the  period  of  a  national,  state,  or  other 
gathering  in  a  convention  city,  the  exhibition  being 
one  of  the  events  of  the  gathering.  It  may  be 
made  up  of  displays  prepared  by  the  organizations 
participating  in  the  convention;  or  brought  to- 
gether by  a  local  committee  in  the  city  in  which 
the  convention  is  held  showing  local  problems  and 
achievements  for  the  interest  and  instruction  of 
both  out-of-town  visitors  and  townspeople. 

Examples:  Such  exhibits  have  been  held  in  con- 
nection with  the  National  Conference  .of  Social 

M 


' 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

Work  at  Baltimore,  Indianapolis,  Pittsburgh,  and 
other  gatherings  of  the  conference. 

There  is  a  growing  conviction  on  the  part  of 
those  who  have  had  experience  with  convention 
exhibitions  that  they  are  of  doubtful  value.  The 
convention  offers  a  rare  opportunity  to  the  people 
of  the  city  where  it  is  held  to  meet  visitors  and 
hear  speakers  who  possess  a  rich  experience  and 
knowledge,  gathered  in  other  parts  of  the  country. 
Townspeople  might  profit  much  more  from  a  local 
exhibit  held  at  another  time  when  no  such  oppor- 
tunities as  these  compete  with  the  exhibit  for  their 
attention.  As  for  the  out-of-town  visitors,  pro- 
grams are  usually  too  crowded  to  allow  them  to 
spend  time  at  an  extensive  exhibition.  Indeed,  if 
there  is  an  occasional  half  hour  to  spare,  most 
visitors  like  to  devote  such  margins  to  what  they 
regard  as  a  most  valuable  by-product  of  the  con- 
vention ;  namely,  personal  contacts  and  interviews 
with  local  people  and  other  visitors,  and  visits  to 
local  institutions  in  the  field  covered  by  the  con- 
vention. Too  seldom  has  the  convention  city  fully 
utilized  its  opportunity  for  making  the  convention 
useful  to  local  people,  to  say  nothing  of  having  an 
exhibition  in  addition.  An  exhibition  competes, 
too,  with  the  convention  for  newspaper  space  as 
well  as  for  the  time  of  visitors.  Moreover,  the  de- 
mands made  upon  leaders  in  planning  and  man- 
aging a  convention  are  so  great  as  to  leave  but  a 
few  of  the  better  equipped  ones  for  the  preparation 


35 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

of  exhibits,  and  the  exhibits,  therefore,  are  gen- 
erally not  of  high  average. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  small  departmental  ex- 
hibit of  interest  chiefly  to  a  department  or  a  section 
of  the  convention  and  held  in  or  near  the  meeting 
place  of  those  most  concerned,  may  be  of  very  real 
value.  This  type  of  exhibit  has  been  illustrated  by 
several  departments  of  the  National  Conference  of 
Social  Work  and  will,  we  believe,  come  to  replace 
the  more  formal  and  inclusive  exhibitions  of  earlier 
days.  On  the  whole,  there  seem  so  few  advantages 
to  be  secured  for  the  larger  afl'airs  that  we  are 
inclined  to  believe  that  the  holding  of  them  is  a 
matter  of  habit  rather  than  the  result  of  carefully 
weighed  reasons. 

Train  Exhibits 

An  exhibit  that  travels  in  its  own  permanent  set- 
ting in  a  car  or  train  of  cars,  which  makes  stops 
for  a  few  hours  or  a  few  days.  An  advance  cam- 
paign of  publicity  with  organized  local  co-operation 
brings  visitors  to  the  train  at  each  stopping  place. 

Examples:  Public  health  exhibits  for  rural  dis- 
tricts; Red  Cross  exhibits  on  first  aid;  the  Penn- 
sylvania food  conservation  exhibit  train. 

In  the  beginning  the  train  exhibits  had  the  ad- 
vantage  of  being  a  novelty.  People  went  to  see 
them  out  of  curiosity.  But  in  some  sections  of  the 
country  the  novelty  has  already  worn  off,  and  the 
train  exhibit  and  demonstrations  to  be  successful. 


36 


I 


A  Train  Exhibit 
This  train  toured  a  state  carrying  a  message  from  those  directing  the 
work  of  food  conservation  to  the  people  who  should  fully  understand  and 
believe  in  the  food-saving  program  if  their  co-operation  is  to  be  assured. 


Health  Education  Put  in  the  Path  of  Crowds 
A  "drop-in"  exhibit  used  by  the  New  York  Social  Hygiene  Society 
at  an  amusement  park  to  attract  the  attention  of  passers-by,  typical 
Coney  Island  crowds,  whose  interest  would  be  difficult  to  obtain  except 
in  this  casual  way  as  an  incident  in  a  sightseeing  trip. 


36a 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

of  exhibits,  and  the  exhibits,  therefore,  are  gen- 
erally not  of  high  average. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  small  departmental  ex- 
hibit of  interest  chiefly  to  a  department  or  a  section 
of  the  convention  and  held  in  or  near  the  meeting 
place  of  those  most  concerned,  may  be  of  very  real 
value.  This  type  of  exhibit  has  been  illustrated  by 
several  departments  of  the  National  Conference  of 
Social  Work  and  will,  we  believe,  come  to  replace 
the  more  formal  and  inclusive  exhibitions  of  earlier 
days.  On  the  whole,  there  seem  so  few  advantages 
to  be  secured  for  the  larger  affairs  that  we  are 
inclined  to  believe  that  the  holding  of  them  is  a 
matter  of  habit  rather  than  the  result  of  carefully 
weighed  reasons. 

Train  Exhibits 

An  exhibit  that  travels  in  its  own  permanent  set- 
ting in  a  car  or  train  of  cars,  which  makes  stops 
for  a  few  hours  or  a  few  days.  An  advance  cam- 
paign of  publicity  with  organized  local  co-operation 
brings  visitors  to  the  train  at  each  stopping  place. 

Examples:  Public  health  exhibits  for  rural  dis- 
tricts; Red  Cross  exhibits  on  first  aid;  the  Penn- 
sylvania food  conservation  exhibit  train. 

In  the  beginning  the  train  exhibits  had  the  ad- 
vantage of  being  a  novelty.  People  went  to  see 
them  out  of  curiosity.  But  in  some  sections  of  the 
country  the  novelty  has  already  worn  off.  and  the 
train  exhibit  and  demonstrations  to  be  successful. 


36 


A   Irain  Exhibit 

This  train  toured  a  state  carrying  a  message  from  those  directing  the 
work  of  food  conservation  to  the  people  who  should  fully  understand  and 
believe  in  the  food-saving  program  if  their  co-operation  is  to  be  assured. 


, 


11 


i 


Health  Education  Put  in  the  Path  of  Crowds 
A  "drop-in"  exhibit  used  by  the  New  York  Social  Hygiene  Society 
at  an  amusement  park  to  attract  the  attention  of  passers-by,  typical 
Coney  Island  crowds,  whose  interest  would  be  ditficult  to  obtain  except 
in  this  casual  way  as  an  incident  in  a  sightseeing  trip. 


i 


36a 


&> 


03 

a  e 
a  em 
o  -S 

.2  *-' 

8.5 


36b 


^    4^    ?    a 

C  3        Q 
O  .2    M^ 


nJ 


13  n:  ?  S 
t-  e  I'  5 

o  S  .2  .2" 

O     r-     ^     ^ 
^,    g     M    C 

3  ~  £  .S 
«o  -  S  c 

0^    S  *    « 

J3   **  -      9" 

*3   OJ  -      K 

*;  >.  0* 

rt  C  ^  g 
IV  ;».  * 

P 


O  *    4*    c 

tJ  O  Ui 

•O  e8  :     »- 

4J  .         O 

O  C      .    g 

H    2  I  §ii 


i2  <u  a;  >» 

O  rg^   O  O 

•"      ^    O     to  K 

^  s  s  = 

3  c  »-  tg 

C.9  5  e 

3  ^s**-  g 

^    U    fc- 

C  cd  oj  >i 

"•a  5  M 

C   C    O  3 

•-  rt   I  O 

M  «  2  ■> 

on    aj  o 


3:  "X 


u 


~  <-'  £  y  -2 

I  ^  iC  J3  ^ 

o  ♦'''S 

js  c  .S 

c  I  I  ^ 
o  >  ^ 

.5  3  x:  a; 
>"-^  ?  13  = 
t-  -3   a>  4J  se 

"oc  |-    «» 

(5  s  *j  n  *j 


rt     05 


E  2  g   .  c 

H  I  -  t)  3 
2  g&5 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

must  now  depend  more  upon  their  merits  and  upon 
good  advance  publicity. 

This  kind  of  exhibit  has  some  striking  advan- 
tages and  some  equally  striking  disadvantages. 
The  former  should  be  used  and  the  latter  overcome 
as  far  as  possible  to  make  the  enterprises  worth  while. 

To  sum  them  up  the  main  advantages  are: 

1.  In  a  train  it  is  possible  to  set  up  a  permanent  ex- 

hibit which,  with  a  minimum  amount  of  prepa- 
ration, will  be  seen  by  a  constantly  changing 
clientele.  The  only  other  way  to  reach  different 
local  groups  would  be  to  make  duplicate  copies 
of  the  exhibits  and  ship  them  to  the  various 
places,  or  to  have  a  permanent  lending  collec- 
tion which  is  sent  out  on  application.  The 
train  exhibits  can  be  kept  in  better  shape  and 
be  more  uniformly  shown  off  to  advantage  than 
those  subject  to  the  hard  handling  of  travel  and 
to  amateur  setting-up. 

2.  Only  one  staff  of  experienced  exhibit  directors 

is  required  in  order  to  insure  the  best  showing 
of  the  exhibit  material  in  all  the  localities. 

3.  As  indicated  above,  in  some  sections  of  the  coun- 

try a  novelty  still  attaches  to  the  coming  of  a 
"food  special"  or  other  exhibit  "special,"  and 
an  interested  audience  is  assured. 

4.  Finally,  the  exhibit  train  carries  to  a  community 

a  graphic  and  striking  message  which,  in  view  of 
the  fact  that  the  train  has  come  from  a  distance, 
and  its  management  has  selected  this  particular 
community  rather  than  another,  makes  an  ap- 
peal almost  personal. 

37 


t"  TJ    ft 

c 
*§  2  "^  **  '*^ 

3  T5 
P 


2  -fi 


cu 


c  c 
jy   > 

o 

e 

4-t     "D 


;;   a;  T3 

2   K  "" 
^  j3  ii    C 

C    M'  S    J 
C  'co 


lU 


c 


.^ 


4;    o 


a 


Si  M 


•§2  2 
>,  o  o 


00  *    3 

_c       o 

5    if"  T3 
^    Oj    s 

■^^  "5  c 

^  I  ^ 

rt  e 

K  C 

lU  3 

—    w    ^ 

5  o  P 


an 

c 


en  u 

—  a; 

g  s 

2  "» 

I  - 

5  iS 


"9  0)  - 

3.2    Ji 

ft§  u 
u 

=^•2  8 


en   *j     1     4;    CO 


o  n  "^ 
.t  3  : 


O   rt 

c  "a 

flj 

a;   u 

^  -HI 

-   S 

E"oS 


3    O 

>  i 


.8 


- 1 

o  a 
-o  E 

rt  <— 

u   o 


C  X  i 

<u  "1  *J 

X  "3  en 

E  "»  i 

P  "O  c 

c  "•  ^ 

O  qj  (U 

S  fc  *- 

*^  5  ti 

cQ  ft  =: 


01  b 

o  . 

ft}^ 

BO   £ 

c 
.3  a; 

u    o 

=>  E 


4J  O 

en  — 
O 

—  M 

c 

■3   * 

i3 


cd  ** 
*•'   1.11 

k.  .3 


=  j: 


c3   3S 


»-    IV  TJ 


&2 


M  b  "S 


Co  t_, 


if 


36b 


:  c«  J. 

>,  aJ 

ca  o  a; 

C  "5  (LI 

«•  S  5 

»  2  -2  ^ 

i;  o  ="  £ 


?    m    ft 


9c^  £   3   OJ 

-«   «  « 
C    3         Q 

O  .*>    M^ 

_^   5»   C   ca 

0-0  :s -2 

o  ^ 

"  c 

bl  cQ 
C  ii   u 

2  u  ?> 


c 

01 

S 
ft 

5  "5 
o  u 


N 


'5  -S   a 

"  -Si  S 
en   s 

■a 

G 
03 


OS 

•< 


c 

01 

•o 

& 

o 

k. 

o 


3  J2 

03  : 


s 

>.   OJ 

p 


(II    4^  c 

H    t-    g  o  ii 

-^    eS  b  «» • - 

«j  "  5  «. 

-^  o  o 

O  {0    0} 


en    2    C  ^ 


es 


3  5  "*-   S 

Ok. 
C    CIJ    OJ    >. 

™  T3  i  ■» 

C    S    C    3 
—    cfl         O 

^  ?i  2  ■> 
S^  --^ 

^    o  01  J-  .t: 

■£"  S.Si  5 

E.c^'i'S 
j=  c.S 


*  c  2i 

n  w  4; 

£f  *-  o  .. 

■-  2  •?  «^ 


..J3 


■*-  —  y  : 


^  "       CO 

ft  >.  a; 


o  T3   o  ^  -- 

M     S     ♦.■      U.    *J 

T  "^  ZJ  C8  « 
^•2  ^E  a 
E  «  c    .  c 

en  J2   5,  — 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

must  now  depend  more  upon  their  merits  and  upon 
good  advance  publicity. 

This  kind  of  exhibit  has  some  striking  advan- 
tages and  some  equally  striking  disadvantages. 
The  former  should  be  used  and  the  latter  overcome 
as  far  as  possible  to  make  the  enterprises  worth  while. 

To  sum  them  up  the  main  advantages  are: 

1.  In  a  train  it  is  possible  to  set  up  a  permanent  ex- 

hibit which,  with  a  minimum  amount  of  prepa- 
ration, will  be  seen  by  a  constantly  changing 
clientele.  The  only  other  way  to  reach  different 
local  groups  would  be  to  make  duplicate  copies 
of  the  exhibits  and  ship  them  to  the  various 
places,  or  to  have  a  permanent  lending  collec- 
tion which  is  sent  out  on  application.  The 
train  exhibits  can  be  kept  in  better  shape  and 
be  more  uniformly  shown  off  to  advantage  than 
those  subject  to  the  hard  handling  of  travel  and 
to  amateur  setting-up. 

2.  Only  one  staff  of  experienced  exhibit  directors 

is  required  in  order  to  insure  the  best  showing 
of  the  exhibit  material  in  all  the  localities. 

3.  As  indicated  above,  in  some  sections  of  the  coun- 

try a  novelty  still  attaches  to  the  coming  of  a 
"food  special"  or  other  exhibit  "special,"  and 
an  interested  audience  is  assured. 

4.  Finally,  the  exhibit  train  carries  to  a  community 

a  graphic  and  striking  message  which,  in  view  of 
the  fact  that  the  train  has  come  from  a  distance, 
and  its  management  has  selected  this  particular 
community  rather  than  another,  makes  an  ap- 
peal almost  personal. 

37 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Against  these,  the  chief  disadvantages  are  the 
following: 

I.  In  many  places  the  railroad  siding  where  the 
train  stands  is  neither  a  convenient  nor  an  in- 
viting place  to  visit, 

3.  The  dimensions  of  a  train  are  not  well  adapted 
to  either  the  effective  display  of  exhibits  or  to 
the  accommodation  of  visitors. 

3.  Because  of  the  narrow  aisles,  the  visitors,  if  many, 

must  be  kept  moving  fairly  rapidly  and  there 
is  no  opportunity  to  examine  the  exhibits  care- 
fully nor  to  ask  questions.  The  exhibits,  there- 
fore, must  depend  for  their  success  on  being 
quickly  understood  and  easily  remembered. 

4.  At  best,  a  small  percentage  of  the  possible  visitors 

on  have  an  opportunity  to  see  the  exhibits  and 
the  demonstrations  unless  the  train  stays  in 
each  place  for  several  days,  an  impracticable 
length  of  time  as  a  rule. 

Finally,  it  should  be  pointed  out,  not  necessarily 
as  a  disadvantage,  but  perhaps  as  a  suggestion  or 
warning,  that  unless  careful  planning  and  constant, 
skilled  handling  of  visitors  are  assured  people  will 
not  be  accommodated  to  the  maximum  capacity  of 
ine  iram* 

Traveling  Campaign  Exhibits 

Exhibits  from  time  to  time  are  taken  by  trained 
workers  on  tour  through  a  county,  state,  or  a  num- 
ber of  states  as  the  basis  of  intensive  educational 
work.    The  tour  may  last  a  few  weeks  or  months 

38 


f 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO   WITH  YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

or  be  extended  over  several  years.  In  each  place 
visited,  the  exhibit  is  conspicuously  set  up  and  its 
presentation  is  made  a  notable  event,  often  having 
the  importance  of  a  community  exhibition  in  at- 
tracting widespread  attention  and  interest. 

Examples :  Among  a  number  of  interesting  trav- 
eling campaign  exhibits  have  been  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Exhibit  on  Feeble-mindedness  and  the  New 
York  State  Exhibit  on  Prison  Reform,  which 
toured  their  respective  states  in  19 16.  One  of  the 
most  thoroughly  worked  out  campaigns  of  this  type 
was  the  American  Tuberculosis  Exhibition  sent  by 
the  National  Association  for  the  Study  and  Preven- 
tion of  Tuberculosis  to  many  cities  in  this  country 
and  to  several  in  Canada  and  Mexico. 

The  traveling  exhibit  is  particularly  valuable  in 
providing  the  opportunity  for  a  short-term  inten- 
sive campaign  of  education.  Its  effectiveness, 
needless  to  say,  depends  on  the  attractiveness  of 
the  exhibit,  on  the  vigor  and  ability  of  its  directors, 
and  on  the  efficient  organization  of  the  whole  cam- 
paign. It  provides  the  concrete  and  striking  fea- 
ture around  which  publicity  and  local  organization 
may  be  centered.* 

It  also  gives  those  who  are  promoting  the  move- 
ment, of  which  the  exhibit  is  part,  an  unusually 
good  opportunity  to  sound  public  opinion  in  all  the 
sections  visited  as  to  the  ideas  and  programs  pre- 
sented.   The  leaders  and  their  helpers  are  given  a 

» See  plan  for  a  Traveling  Campaign  Exhibit  on  State  Care  of  Petty 
Offenders,  beginning  on  page  167. 

39 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

chance  to  meet  and  talk  informally  with  the  men 
and  women  whose  support  must  be  counted  upon 
to  make  the  movement  succeed. 

Loan  Exhibits 

Exhibits  sent  from  a  central  place,  without  per- 
sonal supervision,  to  various  neighborhoods,  rural 
districts,  or  cities,  either  in  response  to  requests 
or  at  the  suggestion  of  its  owners.  It  is  for  tem- 
porary local  use,  often  in  connection  with  other 
exhibits  or  with  other  events  taking  place  in  the 
locality. 

Examples :  Exhibits  owned  by  state  or  national 
organizations  or  extension  departments  of  univer- 
sities, or  government  departments  giving  informa- 
tion of  general  interest  or  educational  value.  They 
are  loaned  to  local  branches  of  organizations, 
churches,  clubs,  schools,  committees,  and  similar 
bodies. 

One  value  of  such  a  permanent  exhibit  is  its  use 
in  combination  with  a  locally  prepared  exhibit,  the 
loan  exhibit  providing  certain  generally  applicable 
facts  and  principles,  while  the  local  exhibit  presents 
home  conditions  and  proposed  changes  in  the  light 
of  these  facts.  For  example,  a  nationally  owned 
housing  exhibit  would  present  the  fundamentals  of 
good  housing  and  examples  of  successful  housing 
experiments,  while  the  local  exhibit  would  show 
the  bad  conditions  that  prevail  and  the  plans  of  a 
town  improvement  committee  for  better  building 
enterprises. 

40' 


( 

( 


ii 
1 


WHAT   WILL  YOU    DO   WITH   YOUR    EXHIBIT? 

Another  good  use  is  as  an  aid  to  teachers  in  pre- 
senting social  and  civic  problems  through  graphic 
material.  A  collection  of  photographs,  spot  maps, 
and  placards  for  use  in  teaching  a  class  in  civics 
something  of  a  city's  health  problems  is  an  illus- 
tration, for  example,  of  a  loan  exhibit  that  can  be 
made  very  effective.  Good  use  of  a  loan  exhibit 
involves  planning  and  effort  to  assure  its  maximum 
value  to  the  various  local  borrowers,  as  well  as 
alertness  in  discovering  opportunities  to  loan  it  for 
the  right  occasion. 

"Drop  in"  or  Casual  Exhibition 

A  collection  of  exhibits  displayed  in  a  vacant 
store  or  in  other  quarters  fronting  on  a  busy  street, 
drawing  its  visitors  largely  from  those  who  may 
drop  in  in  passing.  The  exhibit  is  continued  as  long 
as  it  attracts  attention.  Usually  this  type  is  em- 
ployed not  so  much  to  stimulate  immediate  action 
as  to  present  ideas  and  to  enlarge  the  general  in- 
formation on  a  subject.  Among  the  topics  that 
have  been  treated  in  this  manner  in  recent  years 
are  socialism,  single  tax,  the  tariff,  and  subjects 
connected  with  the  public  schools,  public  educa- 
tion, and  food  values. 

This  use  of  an  exhibit  may  be  one  feature  of  a 
short  term  campaign,  or  of  a  long  continued  effort 
at  education  or  propaganda  that  works  through  the 
slow  process  of  increasing  interest  bit  by  bit  until 
the  accumulation  leads  to  the  acceptance  of  an 
idea.    In  the  educational  campaign  against  tuber- 

41 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

culosis  in  New  York  and  other  large  cities,  such  an 
exhibit  was  moved  from  time  to  time  and  place  to 
place  so  as  to  touch  different  neighborhood  centers, 
with  the  expectation  of  reaching  the  people  who 
might  have  been  overlooked  by  other  forms  of 
propaganda.  The  leisurely  nature  of  this  method 
has  the  advantage  of  affording  valuable  personal 
contact  between  the  explainer  and  the  unhurried 
visitors  who  literally  drop  in  during  their  oflF  hours. 

The  advantage  of  this  type  of  use  has  been  illus- 
trated in  the  City  Hall  in  Philadelphia.  The  City 
Hall  is  very  near  the  center  of  the  city,  and  more 
than  average  success  in  gaining  the  attention  of 
large  numbers  has  attended  a  series  of  exhibits  held 
in  a  temporary  building  erected  in  its  court.  An 
endless  stream  of  people  passes  this  point  all  day 
long,  and  some  of  the  long  series  of  exhibits  that 
have  been  held  at  that  point  have  drawn  large  at- 
tendances. The  conspicuousness  of  the  location, 
too,  gained  a  degree  of  press  publicity  unlikely  to 
have  been  secured  had  the  same  exhibits  been  less 
favorably  situated. 

Timeliness  and  appropriateness  of  location,  more- 
over, will  often  secure  a  welcome  for  an  exhibit,  as 
in  the  case  of  an  exhibit  on  marketing  or  food  con- 
servation displayed  in  or  near  a  public  market. 

The  temptation  in  this  method  is  to  neglect  the 
upkeep  of  the  exhibit  itself,  and  to  leave  it  and  all 
its  educational  resources  largely  in  the  hands  of 
untrained  and  inexperienced  helpers  who  are  little 
more  than  caretakers.     Publicity  and  organized 

42 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

neighborhood  promotion,  too,  may  easily  become 
slack  through  overlooking  the  fact  that  an  exhibit 
should  be  made  an  event  in  every  neighborhood  to 
which  it  is  sent.  If  the  exhibit  is  neglected  or  loses 
its  fresh  appearance,  if  custom  stales  its  variety, 
your  cause  will  suffer. 

Exhibits  at  Fairs 

An  exhibit  suggestive  of  a  side  show  displayed 
in  a  tent  or  small  building,  possibly  advertised  by 
banners  in  front  and  a  "barker"  to  draw  the 
people  in;  or  a  booth  exhibit  for  the  purpose  of 
demonstrating  one  idea  or  one  phase  of  the  work 
of  an  organization. 

Examples:  Exhibits  on  baby  welfare  at  state 
and  county  fairs.  In  the  South,  a  crusade  against 
hookworm  was  carried  on  at  state  and  county  fairs. 
Booth  exhibits  by  civic  organizations  at  industrial 
expositions. 

The  tent  or  hall  exhibit  at  fairs  gives  an  oppor- 
tunity for  small  conferences  or  group  talks,  while 
the  booth  exhibit  brings  the  name  and  object  of  an 
organization  or  movement  to  the  attention  of  many 
not  already  acquainted  with  it.  The  chief  oppor- 
tunity in  the  booth  exhibit  lies  in  pressing  home  one 
idea  or  phase  of  work  so  that  it  stands  out  clearly 
in  the  memory  of  visitors  even  after  they  have  seen 
the  many  and  varied  sights  of  the  whole  fair.  It 
will  be  a  loss  of  effort  to  treat  more  than  one  or  at 
most  a  very  few  subjects.  Of  nearly  equal  value 
is   the  opportunity  for   personal   contacts   with 

45 


m 


V 


^ 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Widely  representative  people,  some  of  whom  may 
have  been  readers  of  your  literature  or  even  corre- 
spondents with  your  office  without  any  personal 
link.  Again,  the  answering  of  questions  may  estab- 
lish personal  relations  or  at  least  give  personality 
to  your  propaganda  in  the  minds  of  the  ques- 
tioners. The  effectiveness  of  this  method  of  ex- 
hibiting depends  very  largely  upon  the  skill  of 
those  in  charge  in  interesting  people,  and  upon  the 
graphic  character  and  the  distinctiveness  with 
which  the  central  idea  of  the  exhibit  is  made  to 
stand  out  and  to  appeal  to  even  the  leisurely  and 
amusement-seeking  passerby. 

Museum  of  Social  Welfare 
Permanent  exhibitions  or  museums  in  which  are 
shown  collections  of  educational  material  in  graphic 
form,  sometimes  in  historical  sequence  or  setting. 
Examples:  The  American  Museum  of  Safety, 
New  York;  the  public  health  section  of  the  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York;  the 
Social  Museum  of  Harvard  University.  A  fourth 
example  might  be  cited  in  the  municipal  exhibit  of 
New  York  City  shown  the  year  round  at  the  Col- 
lege of  the  City  of  New  York. 

The  American  Museum  of  Safety  is  made  up 
largely  of  specimens  of  actual  safety  devices,  many 
being  shown  attached  to  the  machinery  with  which 
they  are  to  be  used  in  practice;  the  museum  has 
exhibits  also  of  the  educational  methods  used  in 
promoting  safety  in  industrial  plants.    The  health 

44 


what  will  you  do  with  your  exhibit? 

section  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory includes  in  its  collection  selected  examples  of 
health  dangers  and  sanitary  expedients,  chiefly  of 
permanent  exhibit  value.  The  Social  Museum  of 
Harvard  University  contains  a  varied  collection  of 
material  on  sociological  subjects,  kept  as  nearly  up 
to  date  as  possible  and  intended  primarily  to  sup- 
plement class  room  instruction. 

The  exhibit  in  the  College  of  the  City  of  New 
York  includes  a  selection  from  the  New  York  muni- 
cipal exhibits  shown  at  the  Panama-Pacific  Exposi- 
tion and  material  from  the  New  York  budget  ex- 
hibits. Much  of  what  has  been  collected  there  will 
have  continued  usefulness  for  the  illustration  of 
current  civic  matters,  but  a  considerable  portion 
of  it,  unless  it  is  replaced  or  brought  up  to  date 
from  time  to  time,  will  soon  grow  valueless  except 
as  historical  material. 

A  main  difficulty  in  all  permanent  collections  on 
social  welfare  is  that  much  of  the  material  soon 
becomes  out  of  date  and  must  be  discarded  or  re- 
newed. 

With  this  difficulty  overcome  libraries  and 
schools,  as  well  as  museums,  may  well  be  encour- 
aged to  increase  their  exhibit  material  and  so  far 
as  practicable  to  use  it  as  a  loan  collection  avail- 
able to  clubs,  classes,  and  other  groups.  As  a 
general  rule,  use  by  the  public  of  loan  material  will 
continue  as  long  as  strictly  historical  matter  gives 
place  to  what  is  timely  and  of  current  application. 
Small  collections  of  closely  related  material  promise 

41 


II 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

to  be  more  interesting  and  much  more  useful  than 
larger  ones  covering  diverse  topics. 

nil. 

Window  Exhibits 
The  use  of  borrowed  or  rented  window  space  in 
a  store  or  in  the  headquarters  of  social  or  civic 
organizations,  in  which  to  display  small  loan  ex- 
hibits, or  a  succession  of  posters  and  cartoons, 
slogans  and  campaign  facts,  or  stories  in  silhouette, 
moving  devices  or  automatic  stereopticons  has  be- 
come quite  common .  The  commercial  window  dis- 
play of  merchandise  in  any  way  related  to  the 
subjects  of  the  exhibit  is  the  merchant's  own  utili- 
zation of  a  campaign  or' his  contribution  to  its 
teaching. 

Examples:  Many  tuberculosis  associations  have 
exhibits  prepared  especially  to  display  in  windows, 
and  woman's  suffrage  committees  have  made  much 
use  of  windows  at  organization  headquarters. 
"Things  for  baby's  bath"  during  Baby  Week,  and 
open-air  sleeping  outfits  during  a  tuberculosis  cam- 
paign, have  been  shown  by  enterprising  merchants 
in  the  windows  of  stores.  During  the  Patriotic 
Food  Show  in  Chicago  in  January,  1918,  the  large 
department  stores  all  had  effective  window  dis- 
plays on  food  conservation. 

The  window  exhibit  of  the  merchant  has,  of 
course,  as  its  object  to  attract  the  attention  of 
prospective  buyers  to  goods  for  sale  within  the 
store.  The  exhibit  in  the  headquarters  windows  of 
a  campaign  committee  or  other  organization  may 

46 


'■  1 


what  will  you  do  with  your  exhibit? 
have  a  similar  purpose,  that  of  inviting  interest  in 
the  Ideas  and  activities  that  are  being  promoted 
inside  the  building. 

But  the  exhibit  displayed  in  a  borrowed  or  rented 
window  that  carries  no  invitation  to  "inquire  with- 
in," has  a  different  function.  This  use  of  an  ex- 
hibit IS  especially  worth  while  as  a  feature  of  an 
educational  campaign  which  makes  generous  use  of 
other  publicity  methods  such  as  newspapers,  pos- 
ters, meetings,  and  exhibitions.  Such  publicity 
provides  a  setting,  a  background  for  the  window 
display  which  the  latter  needs  to  save  it  from  the 
indefiniteness  of  a  merely  isolated  effort. 

When  a  window  display,  including  its  setting-up 
as  well  as  its  space,  is  contributed  by  the  merchant. 
It  is  likely  to  be  more  valuable  because  of  the  skill 
of  the  professional  window  decorator  if  there  is  one 
on  the  staff  of  the  store.  Some  of  the  best  of  these 
specialists  have  developed  the  technique  of  con- 
structing single  unit  exhibits  to  a  degree  surpassing 
that  of  any  other  group,  as  has  been  amply  dem- 
onstrated in  the  liberty  loan  campaigns  in  which 
window  displays  contributed  by  merchants  have 
taken  an  important  part. 

Exhibits  for  Waiting  Room  or  Office 
Graphic  material  may  be  used  in  waiting  rooms 
of  clinics,  in  reception  rooms  and  offices  of  organi- 
zations,  or  in  other  rooms  where  visitors  wait  for 
appointments. 

Examples:   Numerous  tuberculosis  societies  in 

47 


Ir; 


i""! 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

their  dispensaries  follow  some  adaptation  of  this 
plan.  Exhibits  suitable  for  such  use  are  sold  for 
small  sums  or  distributed  by  different  national, 
state,  and  local  organizations,  and  state  and  na- 
tional government  departments. 

For  a  carefully  thought-out  series  of  posters,  this 
is  one  of  the  best  possible  uses,  because  it  is  sure 
of  getting  the  attention  of  a  well-defined  group  of 
the  right  people.  The  exhibit  may  consist  of  a 
series  of  posters  on  a  single  subject,  displayed  in 
toto,  or  one  or  two  at  a  time  for  a  certain  period. 
The  mistakes  to  be  avoided  are  overloading  the 
room  with  material,  keeping  the  same  material  in 
place  too  long,  or  using  material  too  technical  to  be 
easily  understood  by  the  visitors. 

Exhibits  for  Post  Offices  and  Railroad  Waiting 

Rooms 
The  discussion  under  the  preceding  heading  ap- 
plies to  the  two  leading  centers  in  smaller  com- 
n^unities— the  post  office  and  the  railroad  station. 
Here,  too,  where  people  wait  with  little  else  to 
claim  their  attention  and  sometimes  for  consider- 
able periods,  there  may  be  less  objection  to  the 
rather  common  type  of  governmental  poster  with 
its  many  words  and  crowded  arrangement,  a  form 
unsuitable  for  other  exhibit  or  poster  uses. 

Class  Room  Exhibits 
Exhibits  of  graphic  material  on  educational  sub- 
jects prepared  by  students  in  public  school  classes. 

48 


4' 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

Examples:  Charts,  maps,  lantern  slides,  pictures 
and  objects  prepared  by  classes  in  civics,  economics, 
sociology  or  hygiene. 

These  exhibits  may  be  loaned  in  exchange  for 
like  exhibits  from  other  schools  after  having  been 
displayed  for  the  parents  and  friends  of  the 
pupils.  In  turn  a  city,  county,  or  state  exhibit  may 
show  selected  examples  from  all  the  participating 
schools. 

The  teaching  value  of  graphic  material  has  been 
so  amply  demonstrated  in  many  fields  that  pro- 
ficiency in  making  panels  and  pictures  should  be 
more  carefully  developed  in  schools  and  colleges. 
There  is  much  to  be  gained  by  the  students  them- 
selves from  the  attempt  to  give  expression  to  what 
they  have  learned  in  a  variety  of  original  and  strik- 
ing exhibit  forms. 

Platform  Exhibits 
Exhibits  of  selected  material  significant  for  use 
by  a  speaker  in  a  meeting,  including  large  muslin 
mounted  displays,  portable  charts,  models,  objects, 
or  stereopticon  slides  of  a  size  and  form  easy  to 
carry  to  committee  meetings  and  other  gather- 
ings. 

Examples:  The  hookworm  campaigners  in  the 
South  have  used  portable  chart  collections;  the 
National  Child  Labor  Committee  and  others  have 
"suit  case"  exhibits;  several  church  survey  reports 
have  been  exhibited  in  the  form  of  slides  made  up 
as  miniature  exhibit  panels;  the  American  Social 
*  49 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Hygiene  Association  has  prepared  a  series  of  pic- 
ture panels  intended  chiefly  for  speakers  who  ad- 
dress fairly  small  audiences;  socialist  speakers  have 
made  considerable  use  of  home-made  stands  carry- 
ing six  or  eight  canvas  panels  attached  to  narrow 
spring  rollers. 

The  exhibit  made  up  in  the  form  of  lantern  slides 
is  particularly  valuable  when  accompanied  by  an 
explainer  or  speaker  who  understands  the  slides, 
while  certain  portable  objects,  charts,  or  pictures 
may  be  used  with  good  effect  in  many  places  where 
lantern  slides  would  be  impracticable.  AH  too 
little  use  of  portable  material  has  been  made  by 
speakers  upon  social  and  civic  subjects  before  pop- 
ular audiences,  notwithstanding  the  familiar  and 
successful  use  of  object  lessons  in  the  church  and 
Sunday  school. 

Multiplication  of  an  Exhibit 

An  exhibit  for  wide  use  may  be  duplicated  in  one 
or  many  forms  and  be  distributed  for  a  great  va- 
riety  of  local  uses,  and  at  a  disproportionately  small 
increase  over  the  original  cost.  Usually  the  dupli- 
cated parts  are  reproduced  in  leaflets,  post  cards, 
halftone  illustrations,  slides  for  lanterns,  posters, 
inserts  for  correspondence,  and  the  like.  They 
may  be  sold  to  the  users  for  a  sum  that  covers  the 
whole  or  part  of  the  cost  of  reproduction  and  send- 
ing. 

Eiamples:  The  exhibit  of  the  National  Com- 
mittee for  the  Prevention  of  Blindness  on  Eye 

50 


Prepared  for  the  Food  Facts  Bureau,  Boston 

A  Window  Display 
The  object  of  this  exhibit  was  to  make  "peach  butter"  appear  so 
appetizing  that  people  would  be  induced  to  enter  the  building  and  learn 
how  to  make  it.  The  display  is  simple  and  the  decoration  attractive 
and  appropriate.  It  could  probably  be  improved  by  using  the  space 
under  the  shield  for  the  words  "Come  in  and  find  out  how  to  make  it," 
thus  making  the  invitation  the  central  feature.  The  words  "  It's  Good- 
Uncle  Sam  Says  So"  and  "Sugar  and  jams  will  save  butter"  could  be 
lettered  in  the  spaces  beside  the  child's  picture  if  the  side  panels  were 
increased  in  width.  No  placards  would  then  mar  the  effectiveness  of  the 
background  screen. 


50a 


I 


III 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Hygiene  Association  has  prepared  a  series  of  pic- 
ture panels  intended  chiefly  for  speakers  who  ad- 
dress fairly  small  audiences;  socialist  speakers  have 
made  considerable  use  of  home-made  stands  carry- 
ing six  or  eight  canvas  panels  attached  to  narrow 
spring  rollers. 

The  exhibit  made  up  in  the  form  of  lantern  slides 
is  particularly  valuable  when  accompanied  by  an 
explainer  or  speaker  who  understands  the  slides, 
while  certain  portable  objects,  charts,  or  pictures 
may  be  used  with  good  effect  in  many  places  where 
lantern  slides  would  be  impracticable.  All  too 
little  use  of  portable  material  has  been  made  by 
speakers  upon  social  and  civic  subjects  before  pop- 
ular  audiences,  notwithstanding  the  familiar  and 
successful  use  of  object  lessons  in  the  church  and 
Sunday  school. 

Multiplication  of  an  Exhibit 
An  exhibit  for  wide  use  may  be  duplicated  in  one 
or  many  forms  and  be  distributed  for  a  great  va- 
riety of  local  uses,  and  at  a  disproportionately  small 
increase  over  the  original  cost.  Usually  the  dupli- 
cated  parts  are  reproduced  in  leaflets,  post  cards, 
halftone  illustrations,  slides  for  lanterns,  posters, 
inserts  for  correspondence,  and  the  like.  They 
may  be  sold  to  the  users  for  a  sum  that  covers  the 
whole  or  part  of  the  cost  of  reproduction  and  send- 
mg. 

Examples:  The  exhibit  of  the  National  Com- 
mittee for  the  Prevention  of  Blindness  on  Eye 

50 


Prepared  for  the  Food  Facts  Bureau,  Boston 
A  Window  Display 
The  object  of  this  exhibit  was  to  make  "peach  butter"  appear  so 
appetizing  that  people  would  be  induced  to  enter  the  building  and  learn 
how  to  make  it.  The  display  is  simple  and  the  decoration  attractive 
and  appropriate,  it  could  probably  be  improved  by  using  the  space 
under  the  shield  for  the  words  "Come  in  and  find  out  how  to  make  it," 
thus  making  the  invitation  the  central  feature.  The  words  "It's  Good- 
Uncle  Sam  Says  So"  and  "Sugar  and  jams  will  save  butter"  could  be 
lettered  in  the  spaces  beside  the  child's  picture  if  the  side  panels  were 
increased  in  width.  No  placards  would  then  mar  the  effectiveness  of  the 
background  screen. 


50a 


ffi 


tJ  ^  >;'o  Si  ^  «= 

o  ?  2i-5  o  ^ 


a; 


o  ^  E  V  £ 


C    ^  T3  -JD  .ti    5 


03 
3    oT 


1 

C 

* 

^" 

O 

«;  i^JO 

+-» 

^ 

O 

■♦-• 

^  &c 

nj 

u 

JZ 

C« 

C    3 

O 

3 

t/5 

J3 
^^    flj 

C/5 


a> 


JC  TS 


E    O    rj    O    ^  := 


c«    fc    O  ^ 

o.  (L)  o  «5 

.--    o 


-c^  E^  ^.i2 


-O    O    „ 

(X>   o   53 
•13   <u  ^ 


OJ 


Crt 


</3     4-> 


P3 


x:   5^   0) 


OJ 


-i=i  Cl   a;  c 


a 


X5    c« 


(/5 


50b 


Ji         ^   ^ 


jD     Dl. 


:^  2^  a. 


O      C/5      ^ 


rr     ^  r^ 


cu    O  n:  jC   +-•  no    > 


yi 


e^  .t;  <U 


o  H  "s  ^  ^  -c 


U 


c3 
O 


c  o 

O    CO 


^   -o   ^.^S^ 


-^13  c-^  i:  c 


03 


i2   "^ 

^^      t 


oi 


o  'O  •= 


O) 


(/5 


9^  V 


^■^^^  ^  ^^ 


c^ 


T3  ?t: 


13 


■2  ^ 


o  ^  o  a 


-2  ^   >>  c 


X5    C 


^00 


E  ^ 


2  E 

O    03-0    ^  _c  '— 

j^   _         Luna  «>M  rti        ^^*  /^ 


OJ.H 


u    -^    o 


C3 


in 


bJD 


<D 


u  .hi   S   =   ^  — 


O   iZ 


^m     pXh«     •  ^^ 


irt 


C/5 


1^     •<-•      -^ 


o  o 

C/5 


r?    >.  C    ^ 

'^   oj    a>   o 

d)  "K    E  -^ 


-^  c 


<u 


(V 


<v 


03 


-    ^    ^  -X    ^ 

03JC  Q  9,j: 


t/5 


C.52 


a>  o  f3 


CT32 


H 


&D. 


(U 


03  -*-•   a> 
u   3  — 


o  / 


a> 


3  j=  .c  i;  '^ 


t/) 


<V 


r'T3 


ii> 


OJ    o 


03 


a   X   o 
J5  o 


03 
03 

a 

03 


i« 


U 


o.r: 


C/3 


03 


U  >  o-^  o 


>  ^c  B  B 


to 


ij 


tJD  o 


OJ 


5  13  <u  p 


3  -C 


^    C    U 


V5 


-"   2:  -c    ?:  T3  -n  •—   r; 


rs     ^  -^^   •'"    ^ 


>.   U 


H 


4>j  vC      Cj 


T3  -^ 


03 


a> 


•  t:  T3 


o.2i  i= 


■r   &D  o 


o   o 


X    D,:      .ti 


C/5 


a> 


Q  c 


on 


4-5    ^    ^    C     ^O    o    E    c^    '^- 
-9    ^ 


O    w^ 


03 


nj    O  Xi 


(/3 


t;  'c  jD 


OS 
1; 


50c 


Iftj 


5  oh 


50c 


A  Suit  Case  Exhibit 
A  section  of  a  loan  exhibit  on  the  health  of  the  soldier,  prepared  by  the  National 
Tuberculosis  Association.     The  directions  printed  below  were  pasted  inside  the  cover 
of  the  telescope  case  which  contained  the  panels.     See  illustration  on  opposite  page. 


Directions  for  Placing  Placard  Exhibit  on  the  Health  off  the 

Soldier 

As  the  placards  are  removed,  please  put  the  protecting  sheets  of 
cardboard  in  the  cover  of  the  packing  case  so  that  they  will 
be  preserved  for  repacking.  Repack  with  two  placards  fac- 
ing each  other. 

Note  the  letter  and  figure  in  the  lower  left-hand  corner  of  each 
placard. 

The  placards  are  arranged  in  three  groups  of  five  each.  Groups 
are  lettered  A,  B  and  C  respectively. 

Each  group  has  an  appropriate  banner  correspondingly  lettered. 

The  five  placards  in  each  group  are  numbered  i,  2,  3,  4,  5. 

The  exhibit  should  be  placed  therefore  in  consecutive  order  as 
indicated  in  the  cuts. 

A  complete  set  was  tried  out  in  various  ways  in  a  typical  Y.  M. 
C.  A.  Service  Building.  It  was  found  most  satisfactory  to 
hang  groups  between  windows. 

Corner  rings  are  provided  upon  which  each  placard  should  hang. 
Large  tacks  through  these  rings  are  sufficiently  strong.  A 
center  cord  is  provided  in  case  a  ring  is  pulled  out. 

May  we  urge  that  care  be  used  in  placing  the  placards  straight, 
smce  orderly  appearance  will  increase  effectiveness? 

Please  make  a  report  of  the  exhibit  on  blanks  that  will  be  fur- 
nished. If  you  have  not  received  report  blanks  kindly  notify 
the  National  Tuberculosis  Association,  381  Fourth  Avenue, 
New  York  City. 

5od 


c  o*-"  *^  JO  c  o^"-'  o  eg .».  r^  r:;  .1-. 

"S  o  ■>  r?  _,  •—  +-  !n  4>  __  i:  u.  ^ 


□a 

X 
X 

UJ 

uu 
< 

U 

H 


•  -  O  ^ 

(U  ta  V-    <J  ;^  t^j     - 

13  £!  «^  fe  ^  t- 

ra   aj  s/3   ->  >  bO  3 


o 

a. 

D. 

>  gj  Ti  '^  </>  t;     ,   gj 
g  x:  c  "£  rt  a.  rt  c)^ 

'     ZZ  i|i  I,  JC    rtj    •^ 
-  -2  13  .S    C    rt    ^    OJ   tTn  a,    ?^    U    g    «U 

«■? 

lo  T3 

3  i;;  •- 


•—  O  c:  rt  ^ 


W      ^"      t^  "— ■      nj     -^      ■«* 

«     aj  <♦«   o    ^    fc.    ^^3  "*-   .^ 


u,  .Eh  j= 

o  00 


< 

11] 
Q 

2 
O 

H 
U 
D 

a: 

z 
o 


*-<  ^T3    O.E 


C   bC  ^ 

o  c  ~ 


h-'S  j= 


«  <u  2  ?::  «  E 


-     'x: 


<*"^  E  b 


»4/      !_,      j» 

"JQcaajai-c-T-iO 


«    (U  •—    4>  "O  .52  T3 

^  u  «^  O 


^ 


\ 


•2  8  13 

fa  I 

•e  ^  M 


50e 


A  Siir  {\\SE  Exhibit 
A  section  of  a  loan  exhibit  on  the  lieahh  of  the  soldier,  prepared  by  the  National 
Tuberculosis  Association.     The  directions  printed  below  were  pasted  inside  the  cover 
of  the  telescoije  case  which  contained  the  r>anels.     See  illustration  on  opposite  page. 


Directions  for  Placing  Placard  Exhibit  on  the  Health  of  the 

Soldier 

As  the  placards  are  removed,  please  put  the  protecting  sheets  of 
cardboard  in  the  cover  of  the  packing  case  so  that  they  will 
be  preserved  for  repacking.  Repack  with  two  placards  fac- 
ing each  other. 

Note  the  letter  and  figure  in  the  lower  left-hand  corner  of  each 
placard. 

The  placards  are  arranged  in  three  groups  of  five  each.  Groups 
are  lettered  A,  B  and  C  respectively. 

Each  group  has  an  appropriate  banner  correspondingly  lettered. 

rhe  five  placards  in  each  group  are  numbered  1,2,  3,  4,  5. 

I  he  exhibit  should  be  placed  therefore  in  consecutive  order  as 
indicated  in  the  cuts. 

A  complete  set  was  tried  out  in  various  ways  in  a  typical  Y.  M. 
C.  A.  Service  Building.  It  was  found  most  satisfactory  to 
hang  groups  between  windows. 

Corner  rings  are  provided  upon  which  each  placard  should  hang. 
Large  tacks  through  these  rings  are  sufficiently  strong.  A 
center  cord  is  provided  in  case  a  ring  is  pulled  out. 

May  we  urge  that  care  be  used  in  placing  the  placards  straight, 
since  orderly  appearance  will  increase  effectiveness? 

Please  make  a  report  of  the  exhibit  on  blanks  that  will  be  fur- 
nished.    If  you  have  not  received  report  blanks  kindly  notify 
the  National   tuberculosis  Association,  381   Fourth  Avenue 
New  York  City. 


5od 


~.*-    n<—    a;*—    n-^    •■'    ,,    t   r-*- 


O 
^  ^-^  zj  ^c  ^r^  c^  '  ^.:i-j^ 

^      2  o  .r  ^ 


X 

LU 

u 


—    jii  I  .    ij    I—    r3    •—  o  ^*~*  -^    - . 

';i^  ^-^  ^t  5-^iS  £i^-^  c 

O    D. 


OJ 


2  g  i -- ; 


a. 

O 

1/3 


^X  ?:  rt  y  a 


■—  o  c  — 

1/5    »-    3-r-    (/3~z;_r-    wjj  Urn    iuu^ 

-J=  o  2  .^  ii.  E  '^  -^  ^  -r  *" 

.^  —  JC     _     ~  _r-    ■^  ..C     _  i«             O          — 1 

M     ■         O    aj   5        .-    rt  -C    Si  — T  ^ 

,^            ^.n  i^  1:'  -^  —  1;  ?;   J^  j_ 

-.  •■J  Sr-r  c  —  —  1;  =t  'J  ^  —  ^  1- 

—    r-     -^     '_>  .—     •-■           ^^    r- 


-    ?!    ^  h  r    -^-^  E   o  c        '-•  •-  w 


z 

o 
U 


>_  V-  '-J  3  t:  — 

'1  fe  -c  .i  -^  c 

-^  o  •  i  r  I-  c 


a> 


■   'J   £-   ''^    -^   c         ~ 

•    C    ri    :•'    !>•-    1;  "3  .2 -3 
■  -   -J   :?   y   _  J=   -.  _    o 


_^j    O    «    i^    i> 
o  _C    &.-E  SZ     ''    *~ 

'J  c-c  o  t;  -J  ^ 


\M  < 


c  1*  g  —  c  X 

^  fe  >,.2  x:  bc-^  «  ?  ?? 

a>  o  IT'  r:  t:;  c  ■-*  c-^  o  _  ^ 

HQ."—  .^  E  ti._c  -^  I—  -"   '-'  -^ 

3  3  c  \«  °  0  -3  °  : 


G.  CT. 


o  *-  -3  "^  .r  =  ao 
-  ~  c  "^  3  —  :? 

'J  ..™     O     «/5     1/3     O. 


lOe 


5of 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH  YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

Hazards  in  Industrial  Occupations;^  and  the  Ex- 
hibit on  Thrift  of  the  Industrial  Department  of 
the  International  Committee  of  the  Young  Men's 
Christian  Association;  slightly  reduced  photo- 
graphic copies  of  large  exhibit  panels  of  the  Na- 
tional Child  Labor  Committee;  reproductions  in 
color  of  child  welfare  exhibits  of  the  National  Child 
Welfare  Exhibit  Association. 

At  the  time  of  writing,  exhibits  produced  in 
quantities  for  distribution,  especially  those  in  pos- 
ter form,  seem  to  be  very  popular  with  health  de- 
partments and  other  civic  and  social  welfare  organi- 
zations. The  examples  of  such  exhibits  that  have 
come  to  our  attention  lead  us  to  raise  the  question, 
however,  as  to  whether  these  bodies  are  not  em- 
ploying this  method  as  an  easy  and  comparatively 
cheap  way  of  getting  their  material  before  a  large 
audience,  while  at  the  same  time  they  are  disre- 
garding most  of  the  factors  that  count  for  success 
in  getting  the  attention  of  this  audience.  In  the 
examples  given  above  the  exhibits  that  have  been 
multiplied  or  reproduced  in  quantity  were  excep- 
tional in  the  careful  planning  of  both  their  forms 
and  the  method  of  their  distribution.  The  appear- 
ance of  an  exhibit  is  outside  the  line  of  discussion 
pursued  in  this  chapter,  but  we  cannot  refrain  from 
saying  here  that  it  does  not  pay  to  sacrifice  attrac- 
tive appearance  or  effective  detail  for  the  sake  of 
wide  distribution.    It  is  not  a  good  investment  to 

» See  description  of  an  Exhibit  for  Continuous  Educational  Work 
to  Prevent  Industrial  Accidents  to  Eyes,  beginning  on  page  185. 


l|i 


'   ii 


5  of 


1/5 

u: 
< 


V 


V 


ao    . 

c  i> 

Xi  "> 

o  S 

C  'J 

3^  c 

.=  X 


an   _o  "g 

=  s 


X 

UJ 

u. 

o 

z 

o 

< 


C3 
U 


C 

o 
o 


1/J 

1; 
C    O 
n  'J 


=    E.£ 


c 
-J 


« - 

9  -/> 

*"  -a 

c  c 

a. 

3 

E 


WHAT  WILL  YOU   DO  WITH   YOUR    EXHIBIT? 

Hazards  in  Industrial  Occupations ;i  and  the  Ex- 
hibit on  Thrift  of  the  Industrial  Department  of 
the  International  Committee  of  the  Young  Men's 
Christian  Association;  sh'ghtly  reduced  photo- 
graphic copies  of  large  exhibit  panels  of  the  Na- 
tional Child  Labor  Committee;  reproductions  in 
color  of  child  welfare  exhibits  of  the  National  Child 
Welfare  Exhibit  Association. 

At  the  time  of  writing,  exhibits  produced  in 
quantities  for  distribution,  especially  those  in  pos- 
ter form,  seem  to  be  very  popular  with  health  de- 
partments and  other  civic  and  social  welfare  organi- 
zations. The  examples  of  such  exhibits  that  have 
come  to  our  attention  lead  us  to  raise  the  question, 
however,  as  to  whether  these  bodies  are  not  em- 
ploying this  method  as  an  easy  and  comparatively 
cheap  way  of  getting  their  material  before  a  large 
audience,  while  at  the  same  time  they  are  disre- 
garding most  of  the  factors  that  count  for  success 
in  getting  the  attention  of  this  audience.  In  the 
examples  given  above  the  exhibits  that  have  been 
multiplied  or  reproduced  in  quantity  were  excep- 
tional in  the  careful  planning  of  both  their  forms 
and  the  method  of  their  distribution.  The  appear- 
ance of  an  exhibit  is  outside  the  line  of  discussion 
pursued  in  this  chapter,  but  we  cannot  refrain  from 
saying  here  that  it  does  not  pay  to  sacrifice  attrac- 
tive appearance  or  effective  detail  for  the  sake  of 
wide  distribution.    It  is  not  a  good  investment  to 

» See  description  of  an  Exhibit  for  Continuous  Educational  Work 
to  Prevent  Industrial  Accidents  to  Eyes,  beginning  on  page  185. 

51 


H 


I    11 


I 


■Ill   III 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

put  time  and  money  into  quantity  production  un- 
less one  can  also  have  well-planned  layouts,  attrac- 
tive illustrations,  and  a  good  selection  and  expres- 
sion of  ideas  and  facts.  More  imagination  put  into 
the  making,  as  well  as  more  detailed  executive 
work  put  into  the  use  of  these  exhibits  made  for 
distribution,  is  needed  by  many  organizations  em- 
ploying this  form  of  propaganda.  They  would  do 
well  to  study  the  methods  of  the  National  Com- 
mittee for  the  Prevention  of  Blindness  described 
on  pages  185  to  191,  and  to  devise  not  necessarily 
a  similar  plan,  but  one  as  carefully  worked  out  as 
this  one. 

Varying  the  forms  in  which  an  exhibit  is  made 
up  and  multiplying  the  reproductions,  provide  for 
much  wider  use  of  the  material  than  can  be  secured 
in  any  other  way.  On  the  other  hand,  the  respon- 
sibility of  its  promoters  for  seeing  that  the  mate- 
rial is  used  effectively  as  well  as  for  securing  an 
original  exhibit  of  unquestioned  quality,  increases 
greatly  with  the  number  of  its  forms  and  the  ex- 
tent of  its  distribution. 


52 


VI 

WHAT  DO  YOU  WISH  TO  SAY  IN 
EXHIBIT  FORM? 

Choice  of  Subject  Matter 

THE  selection  of  the  facts  and  ideas  to  be 
presented  should  be  based  on  their  appro- 
priateness to  the  purpose,  audience,  occa- 
sion, space,  and  possibility  of  adequate  expression 
in  exhibit  form.    An  exhibitor  who  starts  with  and 
holds  to  this  idea  of  appropriateness  in  deciding 
what  to  say  will  do  what  a  majority  fail  in.    He 
will  omit  those  things  that  at  first  glance  seem  in- 
teresting and  important  largely  because  of  his  own 
associations  with  them.    One  of  the  chief  sources 
of  satisfaction  which  many  an  exhibitor  has  felt 
for  his  own  handiwork  is  not  that  it  promises  to 
"get  over"  some  message  to  the  man  whose  co- 
operation or  welfare  he  is  seeking,  but  that  it 
pictures  forth  his  own  plans  for,  or  other  imme- 
diate interest  in,  the  subject.    When  this  photo- 
graph or  that  table  of  statistics  is  shorn  of  all  the 
background  of  personal  effort  and  association,  spe- 
cial knowledge  and  justifiable  pride  in  accomplish- 
ment which  you  as  an  exhibitor  put  into  it,  what 
significance  and  interest  remain  for  those  whom 
you  want  to  impress?    That  is  the  big  test  of  ap- 
propriateness of  the  table  of  statistics  which  it  has 

53 


1 1  I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

perhaps  taken  a  week  to  dig  out  of  stacks  of  back 
reports  or  of  the  photographs  of  horribly  crowded, 
evil-smelling  lodging  houses  that  cost  nights  of 
effort  to  get. 

Again,  by  choosing  what  is  suitable,  you  are 
saved  the  temptation  to  which  exhibitors  as  well 
as  writers  and  speakers  yield,  of  saying  too  much. 
If  what  you  include  must  stand  the  test  of  fitness 
for  the  occasion,  you  will  readily  drop  many  things 
that  at  first  seemed  too  important  to  cut  out.  And 
this  demand  for  suitable  facts  and  figures  calls  not 
only  for  the  discarding  of  irrelevant  or  not  imme- 
diately pertinent  facts,  but  sometimes  for  the  gath- 
ering of  new  information,  especially  for  new  illus- 
trations. The  story  of  the  day's  routine  of  a  wait- 
ress that  is  told  on  the  panel  entitled  the  "Movie 
of  a  Restaurant  Worker,"  shown  on  page  68a,  was 
obtained  at  considerable  cost  of  effort  for  the  ex- 
hibit in  which  it  was  used,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  a  great  deal  of  valuable  statistical  infor- 
mation about  restaurant  workers  was  already  on 
hand.  The  statistics,  useful  and  essential  as  they 
are  in  their  place,  did  not  meet  the  test  of  appro- 
priateness in  choice  of  subject  matter  in  this  par- 
ticular exhibit  and  so  were  not  used. 

Material  Suited  to  the  Purpose  of  the  Exhibit 
We  have  suggested  applying  five  main  tests  of 
appropriateness  to  the  facts,  ideas,  and  illustra- 
tions that  are  to  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  an 
exhibit.    The  first  of  these  is  appropriateness  of 

54 


"-  so  oj  "o  ifo 

i:,o  ^  «  2 
(/J    .  <«  *-  *- 

,    I-    u  t^  *J  — 


o 

XI 

c 
a 


rs   O    .. 

C 


3 
O 


o 


Hi   <u 
>   u 


c 

(rt  t/5    H    _ 

—  ^^   2 

rs  C   "S  *" 

•  wm  \^       —a    "Tr 


~  E 
o 


3 


-»  ro  (/>  c 


t/5     ___ 

IS  3  *; 


> 

o 


T3 

tr-c  rt--  E  (u 

C  *j  .2,  ■I-' 

E5  ^  J^  ■£:  P_ 

a>   r3   C   _ 


O 


c 

o 


«  i!  w  :. 
S2J^  E 

O    R5    i_ 


rt-t: 


*-  -^    OJ    C    .,  v^ 


cn  :px:  rt_^  o 
"o  t;    .  *-  -^  rt 

OJ    "^    («     U    r-     I' 

.t:  c  bc  a>  E  "^ 

J-  •-  c  «t:  O  •- 

— )  T3  :^  ^^  <i:  c 
3  .. 

<J    o 

bO' 


2^  c  3  V) 
o  •-  •=  ti 


-.    "-» .2 o "*- 


0.i2  -  bpi*j£ 

</i    ?^.  C    GO  ..    0* 


Z 

UJ 


^1^  ^™  iMIi  ^" 

C    C    o    f-)  <u„,^ 


C  .S    Qj    4)    C  T3 


rt  "O  T3    >    3    W 
I.  "O    O  -r-  P    > 


o 


tsO  C.   O 
bOg 


E 

(J    C    rt    rs 


1) 


c  »-  o 
E  o  '^ 

O  4> 


c 
.2 

'!« 

3 
U 

^^ 

bp,^ 


—  "aJ  bO  a> 
4;  •-  CT5  &o 


Q    Vi     '^ 

B  ^  % 


£  i!  ^  °    - 
o  t« 

a 


•4-1      "^ 


o 

(A 


.—  4) 

X  *- 

4)  rt 

-=  c 


> 
O 


4»    OJ 
C3    W    5 


a> 


u 


Ci-  C    4)  ^ 

4)    fO    S  jC  00 

"    4,    £   *-    - 

C  "-^  «*« 
<U  ^    Q 

_     _   oj  u  5 
o  o  -C  X  c 

*-  v^   ♦-    4>  <*- 


41     _ 
1/5    trt 


lU 

bO 

o. 


/  I 


:  ii 


c 
o 


54a 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

perhaps  taken  a  week  to  dig  out  of  stacks  of  back 
reports  or  of  the  photographs  of  horribly  crowded, 
evil-smelling  lodging  houses  that  cost  nights  of 
effort  to  get. 

Again,  by  choosing  what  is  suitable,  you  are 
saved  the  temptation  to  which  exhibitors  as  well 
as  writers  and  speakers  yield,  of  saying  too  much. 
If  what  you  include  must  stand  the  test  of  fitness 
for  the  occasion,  you  will  readily  drop  many  things 
that  at  first  seemed  too  important  to  cut  out.  And 
this  demand  for  suitable  facts  and  figures  calls  not 
only  for  the  discarding  of  irrelevant  or  not  imme- 
diately pertinent  facts,  but  sometimes  for  the  gath- 
ering of  new  information,  especially  for  new  illus- 
trations. The  story  of  the  day's  routine  of  a  wait- 
ress that  is  told  on  the  panel  entitled  the  "Movie 
of  a  Restaurant  Worker,"  shown  on  page  68a,  was 
obtained  at  considerable  cost  of  effort  for  the  ex- 
hibit in  which  it  was  used,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  a  great  deal  of  valuable  statistical  infor- 
mation about  restaurant  workers  was  already  on 
hand.  The  statistics,  useful  and  essential  as  they 
are  in  their  place,  did  not  meet  the  test  of  appro- 
priateness in  choice  of  subject  matter  in  this  par- 
ticular exhibit  and  so  were  not  used. 

Material  Suited  to  the  Purpose  of  the  Exhibit 
We  have  suggested  applying  five  main  tests  of 
appropriateness  to  the  facts,  ideas,  and  illustra- 
tions that  are  to  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  an 
exhibit.    The  first  of  these  is  appropriateness  of 

54 


54a 


c 
u 

"mm 

X 


<D 


"2--    P3    >,*-    O 

-^    2    ^  *-    •-  ft 

i;    O  v-   nl  2 

£  ^o  S- 

.  ~    1>  '^  aj    3  '*' 

^2  =  ^-°  o 

«  S  S  °  c  £ 

c  V.  c:  ji  rt 

<u  o  >  a> 

(/J    ;/j    4)  _ 

tuo  fc.  o 

>-i  3    C8  (rt    r"  <U 

^  O  -7:  1^  ts  > 


in  C 
<U  O 
>  .>- 


-C    3 
HI 


Oj    ns    C    ~"    O  ^ 
>    *-    ««    ®    (U    ^ 

C 


2 

OJ 

Q 

UJ 

uu 

Oi 

X 


n.tz 


.fcj  _^  aj 


Cfl 


<u 


OJ    "^    to    U    E    lU 

.t:  n  too  c  -o 

-    c"".E^  £"" 

n   fc.   t-  ■*-' 
(«       •:;;   rt 


Q 

u 

Q 
O 

Of 
0. 
UJ 

w 
2 

LU 

u 
00 


(« 


(/5  .^ 

lU  Cl. 

E  2 

c 


•^   C  ^  PS  «   o. 

<  ^  00  o  55-- 

(«    4*  C    5^3         a, 

c  £ 

o  o 


1^ 


<u  -r 


(rt  "n 


W5    c8    c 

O   o  «^ 

o 


H) 


C  T3 


•-   o   o  •"  ° 


-    -      w      > 

E60  i-    O 


-o^ 


C_J       ji    V       ^"        jB.a        nvitf        ^"    •  •■« 


C 

.2 

(/> 

3 
U 
i/i 


C    fc-  *- 


c  re  re      .7-, 

jD    I/)  ^3 


<U 


re  ii. 


fc-   O  >S  T3  ■-   '^ 
P    3  —    -- 

U 


gj  .s  re  ao 


O   c 


OJ  x:       c  '^  x: 


re 
o. 

O 
(/) 

re 


O.E  lu  <"i  oi  <u 


xrx: 
X  *- 


> 

4)  re  fc- 


re  (u  5 

ex  p  o)  ^ 
""  fc-  u  "*  5-coo 

""    >    C  **-  *♦-    4) 

fc.  <u  4_  O  lao 

^  fc-  «  <->  o  17 
o  o  J=  X  2  P 

^^    V^.     4-*      ^   t^m      O 


:5S 


1 
I 


»(l 


1  ■ 


i 


THREE  WAYS 

TO  GET  A  LIVING  WAGE 

FOR  ALL  WORKERS 


Voluntary  action 
of  employers 


Organization 
of  workers 


A  LAW  CREATING  A 
WAGE  COMMISSION 


What  is  a  Wage  Commission? 


California 

Colorado 

Massachusetts 

Minnesota 

Nebraska 

Oregon 

Utah 

Washington 

Wisconsin 

HAVE  WAGE 
COMMISSIONS 


A  permanent  Commission  on 
Wages  which  appoints  for  each 
industry 

A  WAGE  BOARD 

to  include  representatives  of  em- 
ployers, employes,  and  the  public. 


Each  Wage  Board  investigates 
conditions  and  fixes  minimum 
wage  rates  for  the  industry  suffi- 
cient to  provide 


TNF   NFrF*\<slTIFS  OF  I  IFF 


Subject  Matter  Adapted  to  Exhibit  Use 

The  opposite  picture  shows  the  final  form  of  a  panel  which  was  first  drafted 
in  the  form  shown  on  this  page.  At  first  the  exhibitors  believed  it  was  important 
to  condense  into  the  small  space  at  their  command  definition,  information,  and 
argument  regarding  a  wage  commission.  Later,  however,  a  dramatic  appeal 
that  told  a  story  was  decided  upon.  The  supplementary  information  contained 
in  the  first  draft  was  given  much  more  clearly  in  a  four-page  leaflet  which  was 
distributed  at  the  exhibition.  The  "human  interest"  treatment  of  the  revised 
panel  was  an  appeal  for  support  directed  to  women  not  yet  interested  in  the 
problems  of  women  workers. 


54b 


WHO  WILL  GIVE  HER 
A  LIVING  WAGE  P 


Wages  $60.0 


Budget  $9*10 


I 


The  Employer? 

Why  expect  him  voluntarily 
to  pay  more  than  his 
[\ilJ  F"*  competitors  ? 


Organized  Labor  ? 

The  lowest  paid  workers  (un- 
skilled and  easily  replaced) 
have  seldom  been  effectively 
organized 

The  State  ? 

Why  not  ?  Nine  states  have 
:•  Wage  Commissions  to  fix  the 

minimum  wage  in  each 
I  trade 


MAKE  NEW  YORK  THE  NEXT 
STATE  TO  PASS  A  WAGE  LAW 


Sketches  by  Herbert  and  Roth 


54c 


THREE  WAYS 

TO  GET  A  LIVING  WAGE 

FOR  ALL  WORKERS 


Voluntary  action 
of  employers 


janization 
of  workers 


A  I.AW  CRHAIING  A 
WAG  to )MMISSION 


What  is  a  Wage  Commission? 


California 

Colorado 

Massachusetts 

Minnesota 

Nebraska 

Oregon 

Utah 

Washington 

Wisconsin 

HAVE  WAGE 

COMMISSIONS 


A  permanent  Commission  on 
Wages  which  appoints  lor  each 
industry- 

A  \\'AGE  BOARD 

to  include  representatives  of  em- 
ployers, employes,  and  the  public. 


Each  Wage  Board  investigates 
conditions  and  fixes  minimum 
wage  rates  for  the  industrv  suffi- 
cient to  provide 


THE  NECESSITIES  OF  LIFE 


Subject  Matter  Adaittd  to  Exhibit  Use 

1  he  opposite  picture  shows  the  final  form  of  a  panel  which  was  first  drafted 
in  the  form  shown  on  this  page.  At  first  the  exhihiiors  believed  it  was  important 
to  condense  into  the  small  space  at  their  command  definition,  information,  and 
argument  regarding  a  wage  commission.  I,ater,  however,  a  dramatic  appeal 
that  told  a  story  was  decided  upon.  Ihe  supplementary  information  contained 
in  the  first  draft  was  given  much  more  clearly  in  a  four-page  leaflet  which  was 
distributed  at  the  exhibition.  The  "human  interest"  treatment  of  the  revised 
panel  was  an  appeal  for  support  directed  to  women  not  yet  interested  in  the 
problems  of  women  workers. 


WHO  WILL  GIVE  HER 
A  LIVING  WAGE  ? 


Wages  S60.0 


Budget  sgoo 


■•"H-'. 


•I  The  Employer  P 

Why  expect  him  voluntarily 
to  pay  more  than  his 
competitors  ? 


Organized  Labor? 

i^^  The  lowest  paid  workers  (un 
((^skilled  and  easily   replaced) 

have  seldom  been  effectively 

organized 

^     '     The  State  P 

Why  not  ?  Nine  states  have 
' Wage  Commissions  to  fix  the 

minimum  wage  in  each 
i  trade 


MAKE  NEW  YORK  THE  NEXT 
STATE  TO  PASS  A  WAGE  LAW 


54b 


Sketches  bv  Herbert  and  Roth 


54c 


lit 


;i      1 


1;  I 


I*  ■ 


H  Q 

.J  < 

<  ^ 

UJ  iic!!!!| 

I  (/) 

O  — 

o  < 


o 

p 

I/I 

u 
oe: 
u 

H 


a>    t    ™ 

•-     D.   *- 

o.i   Si) 
a.  "^  2 

3    — 

2  «<  Jc 

W3    ^.    M 

<  s  I 

3    JD 


nJ     C     ^ 
«u  —    S 

TJ   "U  ^ 

■•"    aj  "q 

&0    <U  - 

—    X    _ 

rt      ^^      UJ 

■FT  <*»* 


> 


c 
u 


I/) 


4»     *- 


DO  ^ 
u 


y  E  .- 


O. 


T3 


P3 


ni    -<    a;;    J= 


W   •-.   Js 


o  r— 


DO 

(A 

4) 


x: 


ca         *- 


</5  I  I 

c  ^  ^ 

rt  «  S3 

'-'  ^,  ■<-> 

a;  ^  .S 

^^  «  C 

♦-i  o  5 

ra  c  J^ 


1/1 

O 

a 


o 
u 

o 


oT  "^ 


.2        ^ 


C 

E 
o 

o 

0) 

jD  .c 
u 

o    ^ 


3 

C 

C 

o 


lu  -a 

3 
C 

—  -a 

c 


u 


OS 


u 


I 

a 

OS 

u 


>   V)   «i 


^   I 


54d 


WHAT  DO  YOU  WISH  TO  SAY  IN  EXHIBIT  FORM? 

material  to  the  thing  you  want  to  accomplish. 
Several  years  ago  a  prison  exhibit  was  prepared  in 
an  eastern  state  with  the  definite  object  of  lining 
up  public  opinion  behind  a  measure  calling  for  the 
destruction  of  an  antiquated,  insanitary,  over- 
crowded prison  and  the  building  of  an  industrial 
prison  farm  to  take  its  place.    At  the  time  an  im- 
portant experiment  in  self-government  was  being 
carried  on  in  the  prison  with  remarkable  success 
in  spite  of  the  wretched  physical  conditions  that 
obtained.    It  seemed  to  the  exhibitors  that,  not- 
withstanding the  significance  of  this  experiment 
as  an  advance  in  prison  administration,  the  pur- 
pose of  the  exhibit,  which  was  to  get  rid  of  the  par- 
ticular prison  of  which  it  was  a  striking  example, 
would  be  better  served  by  presenting  a  vivid  pic- 
ture of  the  evils  of  overcrowding,  dampness,  lack 
of  air,  poor  workshops,  and  other  bad  conditions, 
than  by  dwelling  upon  the  reforms  accomplished 
which,  remarkable  as  they  were,  were  aside  from 
the  main  theme.    Here  is  an  illustration  of  exhibi- 
tors holding  to  the  business  in  hand  in  selecting 
their  material  and  deliberately  setting  aside  their 
natural  inclination  to  give  prominence  to  facts,  im- 
portant in  themselves  and  of  probable  interest  to 
the  audience,  that  were  not  calculated  to  help  in 
getting  a  particular  result. 

Material  Appropriate  to  the  Audience 
The  importance  of  visualizing  the  exhibit  audi- 
ence at  every  stage  of  exhibit  planning  has  special 

55 


I 


ill 


m 


I  5 

!=  if. 


Iff 


3C  in 

h"  d 

-1  < 

<  «ig 

#■■■1  lyflj 

O  '^' 
< 

O  I  ■*" 


a 
z 

H 
u 

u 


■■IP"!       flo 

"o  .§ 
a.   <" 

O     rt 

<  S 

13 


SB     ns     C     *     *> 


fc\i  fc»  ^  ,^ 

lU    •-      o    .> 

^       II  ■   I       ^i      '  ^ 


■1*   '"     Si  O  — 

<u    r~  I-  -  ™  ; 

JC     O    ""  •-"  "^  ft/i 

t^        x:  "^  PS  wj 

3    ^     u  ^ 

o    ■    •" 


*>.     ^     C     TO     c^ 

y    a  E    " 


V) 


i-    s  -r  j:  JC  "" 


">     ^     ^ 

u    Q     rt 

la         ^         U 

3      n^ 

&.   t« 
1/1 

11    *-• 
TO 


4> 


&) 


a 
u 

c 


1/1 

o 

a 


o 
u 

O 


u 


c 
b    '^ 


«^     _       TO       lA 


C 

.2 

TO     35    *j 


aj  "O 
x:   i 

r-  .£ 


13 

HI 

c 

M 

E 
o 

TO 

o 

if  '-S 

O     ^ 


0^ 

3 


T3 

C 
TO 

C 

o 


x:    <u 

3 

.s 

■T3 

C 

_>!    TO 

Ol 

>      U) 


o 


u 


TO      i« 


I 

TO 
U 


*^ 

TO 

C 
b. 

"to 


c 
o 


WHAT  DO  YOU  WISH  TO  SAY  IN  EXHIBIT  FORM? 

material  to  the  thing  you  want  to  accomplish. 
Several  years  ago  a  prison  exhibit  was  prepared  in 
an  eastern  state  with  the  definite  object  of  lining 
up  public  opinion  behind  a  measure  calling  for  the 
destruction  of  an  antiquated,  insanitary,  over- 
crowded prison  and  the  building  of  an  industrial 
prison  farm  to  take  its  place.    At  the  time  an  im- 
portant experiment  in  self-government  was  being 
carried  on  in  the  prison  with  remarkable  success 
in  spite  of  the  wretched  physical  conditions  that 
obtained.    It  seemed  to  the  exhibitors  that,  not- 
withstanding the  significance  of  this  experiment 
as  an  advance  in  prison  administration,  the  pur- 
pose of  the  exhibit,  which  was  to  get  rid  of  the  par- 
ticular prison  of  which  it  was  a  striking  example, 
would  be  better  served  by  presenting  a  vivid  pic- 
ture of  the  evils  of  overcrowding,  dampness,  lack 
of  air,  poor  workshops,  and  other  bad  conditions, 
than  by  dwelling  upon  the  reforms  accomplished 
which,  remarkable  as  they  were,  were  aside  from 
the  main  theme.    Here  is  an  illustration  of  exhibi- 
tors holding  to  the  business  in  hand  in  selecting 
their  material  and  deliberately  setting  aside  their 
natural  inclination  to  give  prominence  to  facts,  im- 
portant in  themselves  and  of  probable  interest  to 
the  audience,  that  were  not  calculated  to  help  in 
getting  a  particular  result. 

Material  Appropriate  to  the  Audience 
The  importance  of  visualizing  the  exhibit  audi- 
ence at  every  stage  of  exhibit  planning  has  special 

55 


^i 


54ci 


if; 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

significance  when  deciding  what  you  are  going  to 
tell.  Of  all  the  things  that  might  be  said  in  pre- 
senting your  message,  what  is  of  greatest  concern  to 
mothers,  for  example,  or  to  industrial  workers  or 
voters  or  to  suburban  dwellers  to  whom  the  mes- 
sage is  addressed?  Are  they  concerned  with  meth- 
ods of  carrying  on  some  project  that  you  are  pro- 
posing, or  do  they  care  chiefly  about  its  promised 
results?  If  your  aim  is  to  get  the  working  people 
of  a  town  to  support  a  bond  issue  for  an  industrial 
high  school,  will  you  show  the  increased  trade  op- 
portunities offered  to  such  high  school  graduates 
and  stimulate  interest  through  illustrations  of  chil- 
dren using  the  new  up-to-date  equipment ;  or  will 
you  tax  the  attention  of  plain  thinking,  overworked 
fathers  and  mothers  with  plans  of  the  administra- 
tive and  teaching  methods  and  architect's  blue- 
prints of  the  proposed  institution? 

Again,  it  may  be  necessary  in  choosing  the  ideas 
to  be  set  forth  in  your  exhibit  to  take  into  account 
the  habits  and  prejudices  of  special  groups  of  peo- 
ple. For  example,  in  a  food  conservation  exhibit 
that  carries  an  appeal  to  use  substitutes  for  wheat 
and  meat,  the  particular  substitutes  offered  and  the 
methods  of  cooking  them  that  are  demonstrated, 
are  much  more  likely  to  be  adopted  if  they  are 
selected  to  conform  to  the  food  habits  and  the 
knowledge  of  cooking  of  the  group  addressed. 


56 


WHAT  DO  YOU  WISH  TO  SAY  IN  EXHIBIT  FORM? 


One  Idea  at  a  Time 

Many  exhibitors  are  averse  to  restricting  the 
material  exhibited  to  what  will  interest  a  given 
type  of  audience,  because  they  are  sure  that 
among  those  who  may  be  expected  to  attend  will 
be  some  who  are  interested  in  other  aspects  of 
the  topic,  or  in  more  or  less  closely  related  topics. 
It  was  probably  with  this  thought  in  mind  that  in 
a  recent  health  exhibit  intended  to  give  simple 
and  sound  advice  to  parents  regarding  the  personal 
health  of  their  children,  panels  on  the  need  of  the 
community  for  an  isolation  hospital  were  inserted. 

Even  though  it  is  quite  true  that  other  ideas 
could  get  attention  and  other  groups  of  people  than 
a  certain  definite  group  will  be  represented  in  the 
audience,  the  more  neariy  you  can  direct  atten- 
tion, thought,  and  discussion  to  one  subject  even 
during  a  brief  examination  of  a  group  of  exhibits, 
the  more  likely  you  are  to  make  a  real  and  lasting 
impression. 

Naturally  those  interested  in  matters  not  closely 
related  to  the  main  subject  or  purpose  of  the  ex- 
hibit will  give  their  first  attention  to  the  irrelevant 
material,  if  you  offer  the  opportunity.  Remove  the 
opportunity  and  the  essentials  may  claim  their  at- 
tention, and  probably  will  do  so  notwithstanding 
your  lack  of  faith.  Commercial  advertisers  who 
study  audiences  shrewdly  are  emphasizing  the  one- 
idea-at-a-time  principle.  They  spend  large  sums 
of  money  to  advertise  throughout  the  country,  in 

57 


II 


11 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

a  miinber  of  newspapers,  perhaps,  a  single  phrase, 
or  a  single  characteristic  about  a  single  product. 

Material  to  Fit  the  Occasion 
The  circumstances  under  which  the  exhibit  will 
be  displayed  should  influence  the  choice  of  mate- 
rial. If  the  exhibit  is  to  be  displayed  in  the  com- 
pany of  exhibits  on  other  topics,  or  in  connection 
with  gatherings  or  occasions,  it  should  present  ma- 
terial that  fits  into  the  general  scheme  and  which 
will  gain  attention  because  of  its  harmony  with  the 
subjects  the  audience  is  hearing  about  and  seeing. 
If  you  are  showing  an  exhibit  on  tuberculosis  as 
a  feature  of  a  "Don't  Spread  Disease"  exhibition, 
you  will  probably  emphasize  the  communicable 
nature  of  the  disease  rather  than  its  treatment. 
If  the  exhibit  is  to  be  used  where  no  one  will  be 
in  charge  to  answer  questions,  as  in  a  window  or 
waiting  room,  facts  that  explain  themselves  will  be 
chosen  rather  than  the  less  obvious  ones  that  re- 
quire someone  to  interpret. 

If  you  expect  the  exhibit  to  be  used  over  a  con- 
siderable period  of  time,  you  will  select  the  mate- 
rial that  is  likely  to  be  just  as  interesting  and  as 
applicable  a  year  hence  as  it  was  when  the  exhibit 
was  being  prepared. 

Subject  Matter  Adapted  to  Space 
The  amount  of  space  that  the  exhibit  will  occupy 
affects  the  choice  of  material.    The  tendency  of  the 
exhibitor  is  to  make  his  exhibit  fit  his  space  by 

5S 


I 


WHAT  DO  YOU  WISH  TO  SAY  IN  EXHIBIT  FORM? 

adjusting  the  amount  of  detail.  As  the  size  of  the 
exhibit  decreases,  he  becomes  more  general  in  his 
statements  and  still  tries  to  cover  the  same  ground 
as  in  a  larger  exhibit.  He  would  probably  accom- 
plish more  by  treating  in  detail  some  one  phase  of 
his  subject.  Not  a  summary  of  the  causes  and 
treatment  of  tuberculosis,  for  example,  but  a  dis- 
cussion of  the  benefit  of  fresh  air  in  sleeping  rooms 
is  wanted ;  not  a  condensed  set  of  rules  for  summer 
care  of  babies,  but  emphasis  on  clean  milk  properly 
prepared  for  them.  The  more  concrete  the  idea 
the  surer  it  is  of  making  a  lasting  impression. 

Subject  Matter  Adapted  to  Expression  in  Exhibit 

Form 

The  facts  and  figures  that  you  will  select  to  pre- 
sent in  exhibit  form  may  not  be  the  same  as  those 
you  would  use  in  a  magazine  article  or  pamphlet 
on  the  same  general  topic. 

The  exhibit  uses  the  terse,  didactic  form  of  state- 
ment that  would  soon  become  intolerable  in  a 
magazine  article  or  pamphlet.  It  provides  no 
opportunity  for  abstractions  or  circumlocutions. 
Ideas  and  facts  that  need  qualification  in  order  to 
be  made  clear  or  accurate  are  naturally  tab6o.  For 
example,  an  investigation  of  the  hours  and  wages 
of  loo  workers  in  a  trade  in  which  thousands  are 
engaged  may  show  that  70  of  the  100  are  over- 
worked and  underpaid.  In  a  magazine  you  may 
discuss  your  reasons  for  concluding  that  the  con- 
ditions of  work  of  the  70  are  typical  of  the  condi- 

59 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

tions  under  which  thousands  of  their  comrades 
work.  But  your  line  of  reasoning,  the  statistical 
support  or  the  qualifications  of  your  conclusions, 
would  have  to  be  so  condensed  in  an  exhibit  or  so 
entirely  omitted  from  it  that  you  would  better  not 
try  to  handle  what  might  be  called  derived  con- 
clusions. 

Sources  of  Information 

The  things  said  above  apply  chiefly  to  exhibitors 
who  can  draw  upon  a  considerable  fund  of  infor- 
mation, even  though  only  a  small  part  of  it  may 
be  useful  for  purposes  of  display.  The  quality  of 
the  exhibits  prepared  by  health  departments,  so- 
cial welfare  organizations,  and  civic  bodies  are 
generally  influenced  by  these  circumstances. 

Occasionally  a  group  of  workers  approach  an 
exhibit  without  facts  in  hand*  This  was  true  of 
early  child  welfare  exhibits,  and  some  of  them  were 
preceded  by  a  period  of  special  gathering  of  facts. 
Those  who  collect  information,  as  in  this  case  for  a 
particular  exhibit,  have  a  certain  advantage  in  that 
they  are  likely  to  approach  their  task  from  the 
standpoint  of  exhibit  purposes.  But  on  the  other 
hand,  there  is  also  an  important  disadvantage — 
such  indeed  as,  in  our  judgment,  more  than  coun- 
terbalances the  advantage.  Because  it  is  very 
difficult  accurately  to  estimate  the  time  and  care 
needed  to  carry  through  an  undertaking  of  this 
kind  and  because,  as  a  result,  the  tendency  to  un- 
derestimate the  time  and  work  necessary  is  very 

60 


advenhires  of  nr-uxnyer 

With  a  Municipal  Budget  and  Without 


HowOnc  City  Now 

SUPPOSES 

the  Mone/  is  Sper-it 


How  a  O'ity 
KNOWS 

where  the  Morte^y  Goes 


I 


Sec  what  a  araall  pftff  of  it  he 
spends  for  hiafth  protccHoa 


Various  Uses  of  Circles 

Here  are  illustrations  of  both  interesting  and  dull  uses  of  the  circle  in  presenting  statistics  and 
percentages.  The  "Taxpayer"  cartoons  and  the  "Daddy  Dearborn  Dollar"  are  better  adapted 
to  popular  exhibits  than  is  the  detailed  treatment  of  facts  and  figures  on  the  "School  Finance" 
circle. 

60a 


I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

tioos  under  which  thousands  of  their  comrades 
work.  But  your  line  of  reasoning,  the  statistical 
support  or  the  qualifications  of  your  conclusions, 
would  have  to  be  so  condensed  in  an  exhibit  or  so 
entirely  omitted  from  it  that  you  would  better  not 
try  to  handle  what  might  be  called  derived  con- 
clusions. 

Sources  of  Information 

The  things  said  above  apply  chiefly  to  exhibitors 
who  can  draw  upon  a  considerable  fund  of  infor- 
mation, even  though  only  a  small  part  of  it  may 
be  useful  for  purposes  of  display.  The  quality  of 
the  exhibits  prepared  by  health  departments,  so- 
cial welfare  organizations,  and  civic  bodies  are 
generally  influenced  by  these  circumstances. 

Occasionally  a  group  of  workers  approach  an 
exhibit  without  facts  in  hand.  This  was  true  of 
early  child  welfare  exhibits,  and  some  of  them  were 
preceded  by  a  period  of  special  gathering  of  facts. 
Those  who  collect  information,  as  in  this  case  for  a 
particular  exhibit,  have  a  certain  advantage  in  that 
they  are  likely  to  approach  their  task  from  the 
standpoint  of  exhibit  purposes.  But  on  the  other 
hand,  there  is  also  an  important  disadvantage — 
such  indeed  as,  in  our  judgment,  more  than  coun- 
terbalances  the  advantage.  Because  it  is  very 
difficult  accurately  to  estimate  the  time  and  care 
needed  to  carry  through  an  undertaking  of  this 
kind  and  because,  as  a  result,  the  tendency  to  un- 
derestimate the  time  and  work  necessary  is  very 

60 


ADVENTURES  OF  MR-IAXRHYER 

With  a  Municipal  Budget  and  Without 


HowOne  City  Now 

SUPPOSES 

the  Money  is  Spet^t 


How  a  (B'lty 

KNOWS 

where  the  Morte^y  Goes 


OM 


See  whd.t  a  small  part  of  it  hz 
spends  for  heejth  prokctioa 


Various  Uses  of  Circles 

Here  are  illustrations  of  both  interesting  and  dull  uses  of  the  circle  in  presenting  statistics  and 
percentages.  The  "Taxpayer"  cartoons  and  the  "Daddy  Dearborn  Dollar"  are  better  adapted 
to  popular  exhibits  than  is  the  detailed  treatment  of  facts  and  figures  on  the  "School  Finance" 
circle. 

60a 


ill; 


f 


It 


fob 


to 

UJ 

O 

< 

c 

(/I 

1 

-a 

c 

.2 

c 

c 

ra 

4-.* 

C 

V) 

u 
<*- 

8 

<4- 

1 

03 

C 

1 

H 
Z 

UJ 

O 

ai 

3 

3 

as 

0) 

•4-' 

x: 

4— » 

x: 

a; 

N 

o 

03 
X 
1) 

-5 

u 
c 

c 

C 

E 

o 

n 

a. 

a; 

15 

o 

O 

4-1 

u 
c 

"o 

u. 

<u 

p 

u 

*-l 

c/> 

O 

x: 

x: 

k. 

u 

't-a 

T3 

x: 

T3 

in 

<u 

m 

n 

.C 

03 

■>-> 

Xl 

< 
a: 

o 

x: 

4— » 

> 

x: 
-a 

<*- 
O 

v» 

.Si 
'iZ 

Ml 
k- 

.!2 

c 

O) 


c    >,  -o 


<u 


^—  f-M  c^ 


>    E 


<u 


a  .t= 


E   '^     </»  —    S2    ^   -^ 

o   rt   —  -o   rt  J2  — 

^  '5  £  E  J2       t; 


5    <lj 
:^    (30 

E 

t    « 

03 

1^ 

no 

X.'    oj      rt 


a>    D. 
J5    03 

u  X^ 

is 


—     03 


Oj     ^-. 


—         E  2  ^ 

*^   2P  o  "i^  o 

J=  .E  x:  ^  o 

ti    >  ««  « 


03     O 

a 


<U 


Li    *-    n<   ■*""    x; 


u 


T3 


K 

.r 

4-* 

'm* 

-a 

k. 

•  ^^ 

.3      v^ 

o 

■4-> 

> 

c 

'c 

3 

V) 

. 

U 

<u 

♦J 

T1  .a 

< 

o 

C 

(/I 

; — ; 

(/) 

XJ 

n 

*-  ■= 

Q 

QQ 

k. 

03 

E 

in 

4) 

x: 
H 

E 

nj     3 
bO   C 

2i  ^ 

(U 


c  .E    c 

03 


03 
T3     O 


*=    JZ 


§  s  ^  _ 


CTS    .3 

01 


<u 


V) 

'V     on 


03 


o    r^ 

m 
C     C30 

O     03 

•3;    o. 


.-3     ^  o    "^  .£ 


.ii    X 

■t->      OJ 


D.    H 


O) 


ex  a> 


<u 


o    c    cj 


E  -5 


x:  .3  .ii 


oj    en  'bo 

x:  <i> 


60c 


O 

< 

T3 
C 
PS 

c 

-p-a 

-a 

d 

.2 

c 

c 

Du 

1       (1 

r 

Z 

3 

3 

IE 

rt 

ra    a 

^ 

u 

£ 

^ 

1/1 

rt 

c 

.'^    ~ 

-a 

^ 

t/l 

'J 

c 

tsD 

(/S 

c 

0, 

J2 

4-4 

15 

_c 

•J 

u. 

0^ 

p 

u 

^-t 

0 

*-* 

a:: 

X 

k. 

(J 

_a 

(/) 

V 

o 

jz    Z 

s 

O 

b£ 

JC 

<*- 

w  E 

< 

c 

at 

*^ 

O 

u 

>-         r# 

ct 

_c 

^—t 

*» 

-a 

h- 

o 

'  p 

Wi 

^ 

(U 

a>    ^ 

< 

o 

r- 

C 

ifi 

zz 

(/) 

-F=    c 

rt 


OJ 


o   2  -^ 


§    E  ii 


> 

a; 


>.  "O 


rt  .tz 


rt 


SI  .»-  t:    «- 


•-  -a 


!/5       ^ 


;;     w5 


tao 


-i:    t» 


4( 


U 


</)    JT"    D- 


*»-r-!         rt     err      ^ 


E    =u    a 


XI 


-    .„  E  .2  ^ 


rt 


x« 


XI 


bC 


o 


OJ    "TS 


rt     i_,  •— 


u 


a.  a. 


Cl^      4>     o 


XI 


JC     x» 
'J    XI 


1*      I- 


O      XI 


3J 


bC 


-    S   ^ 

c  .E    c 


-a    O      aj 


.  -a 


XI 


C     bc 


S2    W5 


-^  .2i    n  .^ 


x» 


CC. 5    *'«rtxi*^c 


c    X    2i    E 
3     O)     u     1/1 


bC 

i_     -     *^     ^ 


Z    O 


c   7^    u- 


X) 


O.    XI 


"i    E   ^ 


ii    X 

w      XI 


XI 


S     U 


c  -c  •-  .s 

C     <^     U     .^ 


X^       .Zm 

'X  'ac 
1^ 


6(>h 


6oc 


Heredity  and  Mental  Defect 

soUur  (A)  Ids  IcJfut  wife  and  (B)  tJm  fe^bOi-mauU^  daughter 
of  an,    Irtrv,-  Aec/7cr*. 


436  dirtei  cLescendarvis  ^ 
nmie  mtrvtaLU^  oL^mciive 


480  dirmei  des<:en.cUnis . 
1-4^3  feebU   mlndcaL, 
44   norntcU. 
293   undeicrrrvuteaL  or 


%e  normal  womm 
mkm.  hemmrud. 


yiariin  kallikak' 
barn  1755 


Tfu.  Jeeble- minded 
girl  by  wkom.  hehadtui 


□  Uarmal 
maU 


o 


normal 


nuUa. 


TnUt  mindid 


6od 


^mam 

Normal,Wi(e  KALUKAK  FAMILY 

Martin 

ft:            TheGoodStock 

^B 

Amon^ 
436  descendants  of  Martin 
»ni  hrs  normal  wife 
Uwnewene 
NO      mental  de<9Klives  and 
NO      criminals  but 
MMff   dislir^ished  citizens 

F.M.C1H         KALUKAK  FAMILY 


The  bad  stock 


Martm 


X 


mmi»          JM 

^•S 

Among 

4eO  descendants  of  Martin 

andtheF.M.OiH 

there  were 

143   MENTAL  DEFECTIVES 

46    known  to  be  normal 

291   doubtful  or  unknown 

Technical  Versus  Popular  Exhibit  Forms 

Here  are  two  treatments  of  the  same  subject.  The  chart  on  the  opposite  page 
is  well  adapted  to  use  by  a  speaker  who  would  make  intelligible  to  persons 
unfamiliar  with  charts  the  meaning  of  the  black  and  white  circles.  Explanation 
is  also  needed  to  make  clear  the  real  significance  of  the  photograph  of  the  girl 
whose  bright  face  seems  to  suggest  that  the  bad  line  ended  well  after  all. 

As  a  method  of  attracting  attention  and  conveying  information  quickly  the 
group  of  three  panels  in  which  pictures  are  made  to  carry  a  large  part  of  the 
story  is  more  suitable.  These  sketches  in  gay  colors  on  a  gray  background 
framed  in  dull  hue  suggest  at  a  glance  a  story  with  a  lively  interest,  and  the 
visitor  is  pretty  sure  to  stop  long  enough  to  read  the  few  words. 

In  each  of  the  two  lower  panels  the  thought  might  be  grasped  more  quickly 
if  the  words  were  not  spread  out  over  so  much  space.  Also,  the  line  dividing 
the  upper  and  lower  part  of  each  panel  separates  ideas  that  belong  together. 

6oe 


Heredity  and  Mental  Defect 

soIMmt  (A)  /Us  uJfuL  wife  and  (B)  tJiz  f^bU-muuUd  daughter 
of  OJL    irtru-   k.ccncr'. 

^TrmTbi  fUUluik  Famlhj:  %  X9C,  0oddarcL) 


436  direci  aLescctuiajtls , 


4S0  direci  de^ccndxinis . 
/43  feeble   mirvdecC. 
44    normal 
£93   undcicrntLrted  or 


w&mi  hi  nuurisi 


Martin  k'alLkak' 
barn.  1753 


Ike  feeble  ■  minded 
girl  by  wkoni  he/mdan. 
iUeaiiuTuxic^on, , 


I  I'l 


Pehorah  k'alhtak 
born  /S&9 


□  lUxrirml 
male 


o 


TlarmaL 
^emaM 


nuUt. 


Table  mindtd 
female 


6od 


NomalWife   KALUKAK  FAMILY 


The  Good  Stock 


Martin 


# 


Among 
436  descendants  of  Martin 
and  hfs  normal  wife 
Uwnevwere 
NO      mental  defiictives  xmi 
NO       criminals  but 
MMiy   distin^ished  citizens 


F.M.Giri 


k 


KALUKAK  FAMILY 


Martin 


The  bad  stock 


*> 


A 


Among 

460  descendants  of  Martin 
and  the  F.M.Giri 
thene  w«re 
143    MENTAL  DEFECTIVES 
46    known  to  be  normal 
291   doutrtful  or  unknown 


Tfxhnic.'VL  Versus  Popular  Exhibit  Forms 

Here  are  two  treatments  of  the  same  subject.  The  chart  on  the  opposite  page 
is  well  adapted  to  use  by  a  speaker  who  would  make  intelligible  to  persons 
unfamiliar  with  charts  the  meaning  of  the  black  and  white  circles.  Explanation 
is  also  needed  to  make  clear  the  real  significance  of  the  photograph  of  the  girl 
whose  bright  face  seems  to  suggest  that  the  bad  line  ended  well  after  all. 

.\s  a  method  of  attracting  attention  and  conveying  information  quickly  the 
group  of  three  panels  in  which  pictures  are  made  to  carry  a  large  part  of  the 
story  is  more  suitable.  These  sketches  in  gay  colors  on  a  gray  background 
framed  in  dull  hue  suggest  at  a  glance  a  story  with  a  lively  interest,  and  the 
visitor  is  pretty  sure  to  stop  long  enough  to  read  the  few  words. 

In  each  of  the  two  lower  panels  the  thought  might  be  grasped  more  quickly 
if  the  words  were  not  spread  out  over  so  much  space.  Also,  the  line  dividing 
the  upper  and  lower  part  of  each  panel  separates  ideas  that  belong  together. 

6oe 


1 1 


sc:. 


VOUR  CHURCH  COOPERATE 
WITH  THE  UNrTED  CHARITIES  ? 

18  YOUR  RA8T0R  OR  REUEF  SOCIETY  ACQUAINTEO  WITH 
OUR  DISTRICT  8UPERINTEN0ENT  M  YOUR  NEIGHBORHOOO? 
00  YOU  CO-OPCR/imE  WITH  US  ?  WE  WITH  YOU? 

IF  NOT       WHY  NOT  ?  WON t  YOU  BEGIN  NOW  ? 


cu 


FOUR  VEARS^enOWTH 

Ittramnum  mmco-tmmnm 

CMUNCHBD 

\  .CZT>€B 


TIMES  IN 

THE  UNTTCD  {MARITIES  CO-OPER/GTEO 
WTH  lose  OTtCR  MZNOES     T»«8  WAS 
FIBMOI^nNB  THE  iENEVOLENT  MPULSES 
or  1ME  OaiMUMTV. 


WHiO-  CO-OPERAnON  MEANS 


THBB   CO-OPERATION 


TTC  uNrrgi  cHANmai  B  A 


owRmr* 

OURGHMiry 


iriaNBrMDiny*nnjvaocKTV  r  rr  . 
MM  MOT  oMECDir  M  Muerir  «auui  snu. 

mjmrwmBmmfmmHauKmrpmr.  >«nv 

tnrMHF  ITS  GREiir  WUJEHBHBMl 

UB  «i  mi  lanuxnKir  catMMTY  i^iouKXB 

«w  ticuKirHMaBarif>«M.iraMiipBiAM}  1 

iwnnif It  rfnn  r  iwnimmfrmimflwailtriTiiiiiii 

M  TO  <CTlll.aiWMW  I'CWKItWjBliWWliPiiOi  .  I 
to  MMO  UKUT  ■DLf'^UnraRT  Mft'lMMIRnit' 


VMS  YOUR  CHURCH 
SaOPROTESmNT 
WTTHWHCHWe 
f964T|CSLAN 

I  ImCA 


M  MERiAL  Not  A  da  it  hi)  to  Exhibit  Use 


The  material  used  on  the  two  panels  on  the 
opposite  page  could  be  made  very  interesting 
in  a  leaflet  or  a  talk.  It  does  not  lend  itself 
to  display  in  panel  form.  It  is  safe  to  assume 
that  anyone  who  would  take  the  trouble  to 
read  the  matter  on  these  heavily  worded  panels 
would  do  so  with  more  appreciation  if  their 
message  was  printed  clearly  in  a  leaflet  which 
he  could  hold  comfortably  in  his  hand.  Many 
who  would  be  repelled  by  the  forbidding  ap- 
pearance of  the  present  exhibit  might  listen 
attentively  to  an  address  on  the  subject. 

Except  for  the  diagram  which  illustrates  the 
text,  the  matter  should  be  divided  only  by 
paragraph  titles;  little,  if  anything,  is  gained 
in  clearness  or  emphasis  by  breaking  it  up 
through  separation  by  a  frame  and  by  varia- 
tion in  color,  size  of  type,  and  length  of  lines. 

It  is  especially  unfortunate  that  these  panels 
already  unattractive  by  being  so  heavily 
worded  should  be  made  so  difficult  to  read  by 
the  use  of  capital  letters.  (See  page  15  for  a 
discussion  of  this  point.) 


6of 


61 


Wm       jmTH  THE  UI«TED  CHARITIES? 

18  YOUR  mSTOR  OR  RELIEF  80GETY  ACQUAINTED  tlTH 
OUR  DISTRICT  SUPERINTENDENT  M  YOUR  NEXSHBDRHOOO? 
DO  YOU  CCMIPERArE  WITH  US  ?  WE  WITH  YOU? 

r  NOT       WHY  NOT  ?  WON t  YOU  BEGIN  NOW  ? 


II 


03 


■  k  liiriBI 


TIMES  M 


.ifc 


FOUR  YCAinroixMrrN 

kiTOMmM  OUR  eo-ONMra 
■—  OTY.  COUfTY  tWC  MB 
UWIIO  VnilB  QIIIIIITUEIfniiMfB  vrm 


THE  UWTEO  CHAMTIES  CO-OPERATCO 
III        MTHIOae  OTHER  MOICES    THBlWi:^^; 
'fSOMOIWNB'  THE  BENEVOLOIT  MPUUBES 
OP  THE  COMMUWTY. 


WHAT  lOD-OPERAnON  MEANS 


THBIS  CO-OPERATDN 


THE  umpi 


VASYOUI 
830  PROTEST 
WmfWHCHWE 
1864 


.■rfelS 


Material  Not  Adapted  to  Exhibit  Use 


The  material  used  on  the  two  panels  on  the 
opposite  page  could  be  made  very  interesting 
in  a  leaflet  or  a  talk.  It  does  not  lend  itself 
to  display  in  panel  form.  It  is  safe  to  assume 
that  anyone  who  would  take  the  trouble  to 
read  the  matter  on  these  heavily  worded  panels 
would  do  so  with  more  appreciation  if  their 
message  was  printed  clearly  in  a  leaflet  which 
he  could  hold  comfortably  in  his  hand.  Many 
who  would  be  repelled  by  the  forbidding  ap- 
pearance of  the  present  exhibit  might  listen 
attentively  to  an  address  on  the  subject. 

Except  for  the  diagram  which  illustrates  the 
text,  the  matter  should  be  divided  only  by 
paragraph  titles;  little,  if  anything,  is  gained 
in  clearness  or  emphasis  by  breaking  it  up 
through  separation  by  a  frame  and  by  varia- 
tion in  color,  size  of  type,  and  length  of  lines. 

It  is  especially  unfortunate  that  these  panels 
already  unattractive  by  being  so  heavily 
worded  should  be  made  so  difficult  to  read  by 
the  use  of  capital  letters.  (See  page  15  for  a 
discussion  of  this  point.) 


rii 


6of 


61 


h 


1 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

common,  the  period  of  fact  gathering  and  that  of 
exhibit  preparation  itself,  more  often  than  not  over- 
lap to  such  an  extent  that  one  or  the  other  suffers. 
Either  the  facts  may  not  be  sufficiently  checked 
up  and  analyzed  to  form  sound  bases  upon  which 
to  build  an  educational  appeal,  or  exhibits  are  made 
ready  with  such  haste  as  to  omit  the  most  effective 
planning  and  good  craftsmanship  in  the  construc- 
tion.  Of  the  two  groups,  those  who  start  out  with 
a  background  of  information  and  those  who  get 
ready  information  at  the  time  for  the  special  pur- 
pose of  the  exhibit,  the  former  is  much  better 
equipped  to  make  a  success  of  the  venture.     In 
other  words,  it  usually  means  a  better  exhibit  prod- 
uct if  the  exhibit  workers  can  begin  with  all  needed 
data  in  hand  and  not  be  required  to  divide  their 
time  between  the  gathering  of  necessary  facts, 
which  after  all  is  outside  their  field  of  specialized 
experience,  and  the  graphic  representation  of  the 
facts,  which  of  course  is  their  specialty. 


62 


VII 

WHAT  EXHIBIT  FORMS  WILL  BEST  EX- 
PRESS  YOUR  FACTS  AND  IDEAS? 

THE  exhibitor  "speaks"  his  message  through 
pictures  and  objects;  through  various  forms 
and  devices  especially  designed  for  the  pur- 
pose; to  some  extent,  by  written  words  and  figures 
and  even  by  action  and  speech.  Assuming  as  a 
function  of  the  exhibit^  the  arousing  of  informed 
interest,  it  is  readily  conceded  that  the  exhibit 
should  be  popular  and  attractive  in  appearance. 
Statistical  charts,  spot  maps,  and  other  more  or 
less  technical  forms  that  are  sometimes  referred  to 
as  "graphic  material"  are  of  interest  and  value  to 
special  and  limited  audiences.  For  the  purposes  of 
reaching  great  numbers  of  people,  however,  of  in- 
teresting popular  audiences,  and  of  spreading  prop- 
aganda with  which  we  assume  that  our  readers  are 
chiefly  concerned,  the  forms  discussed  below  are 
the  ones  commonly  employed. 

The  physical  details  of  exhibits  and  exhibit  mak- 
ing are  as  yet  to  a  considerable  extent  subject  to 
and  determined  by  individual  opinion  and  judg- 
ment. Such  discussion  of  these  as  our  space  and 
the  scope  of  this  volume  afford  is  given  in  the  form 
of  comments  on  exhibits  reproduced  as  illustrative 

6) 


It' 


11 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

examples,  in  other  parts  of  the  book,  the  selections 
having  been  made  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating 
either  good  or  bad  treatment  according  to  what 
we  understand  to  be  the  more  generally  accepted 
practice.^  Unfortunately,  the  important  part  that 
color  plays  in  the  attractiveness  of  exhibits  can- 
not be  demonstrated  through  these  illustrations. 

Panel  is  the  term  in  general  use  to  describe  the 
unit  made  of  wallboard,  heavy  cardboard,  or  cloth 
on  which  lettering  and  illustrations  such  as  photo- 
graphs, sketches,  maps  or  diagrams  are  displayed 
in  combination.  They  may  be  framed  or  unframed, 
mounted  on  supports  so  that  they  stand  alone, 
hung  on  a  screen  or  wall,  or  fastened  to  temporary 
framework. 

Among  exhibitors  in  social  work,  panels  are 
widely  used  because  of  their  convenience  for  trans- 
portation and  display,  and  because  of  the  need  for 
using  words  in  combination  with  illustrations  in 
order  to  express  much  of  the  kind  of  information 
that  it  is  necessary  to  give. 

Since  the  aim  here  has  not  been  to  prepare  a 
text  book  of  instructions  on  the  detailed  technique 
required  in  the  mechanical  construction  of  exhibits, 
attempt  will  be  made  only  to  supplement  the  illus- 
trations already  mentioned  by  suggesting  the  many 
factors  to  be  considered  in  planning  and  preparing 

*  A  number  of  these  examples  will  be  found  throughout  the  book, 
particularly  on  pages  64a,  64b,  and  68a. 

64 


Sketches  by  Herbert  and  Roth 

Sketches  That  Attract  Attention  and  Drive  Home  a  Point 
The  gay  scene  at  the  top  of  the  panel,  which  in  the  attractive 
coloring  of  the  original  had  some  of  the  lure  of  a  real  shop  window 
served  as  bait  to  draw  the  unsuspecting  lover  of  pretty  hats  on  to 
the  contemplation  of  the  scene  below  which  forms  the  sordid  back- 
ground of  many  similar  bright  pictures.  Both  the  beginning  and 
the  end  of  the  panel  were  intended  to  make  the  consumer  realize  his 
direct  relation  to  these  shocking  conditions. 

64a 


I 


I 


i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

examples,  in  other  parts  of  the  book,  the  selections 
having  been  made  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating 
either  good  or  bad  treatment  according  to  what 
we  understand  to  be  the  more  generally  accepted 
practice.^  Unfortunately,  the  important  part  that 
color  plays  in  the  attractiveness  of  exhibits  can- 
not be  demonstrated  through  these  illustrations. 

Panels 

Panel  is  the  term  in  general  use  to  describe  the 
unit  made  of  wallboard,  heavy  cardboard,  or  cloth 
on  which  lettering  and  illustrations  such  as  photo- 
graphs, sketches,  maps  or  diagrams  are  displayed 
in  combination.  They  may  be  framed  or  unframed, 
mounted  on  supports  so  that  they  stand  alone, 
hung  on  a  screen  or  wall,  or  fastened  to  temporary 
framework. 

Among  exhibitors  in  social  work,  panels  are 
widely  used  because  of  their  convenience  for  trans- 
portation and  display,  and  because  of  the  need  for 
using  words  in  combination  with  illustrations  in 
order  to  express  much  of  the  kind  of  information 
that  it  is  necessary  to  give. 

Since  the  aim  here  has  not  been  to  prepare  a 
text  book  of  instructions  on  the  detailed  technique 
required  in  the  mechanical  construction  of  exhibits, 
attempt  will  be  made  only  to  supplement  the  illus- 
trations already  mentioned  by  suggesting  the  many 
factors  to  be  considered  in  planning  and  preparing 

^  A  number  of  these  examples  will  be  found  throughout  the  book, 
particularly  on  pages  64a,  64b,  and  68a. 

64 


Sketches  by  Herbert  and  Rolh 

Sketches  That  Attract  Attention  and  Drive  Home  a  Point 
The  gay  scene  at  the  top  of  the  panel,  which  in  the  attractive 
coloring  of  the  original  had  some  of  the  lure  of  a  real  shop  window 
served  as  bait  to  draw  the  unsuspecting  lover  of  pretty  hats  on  to 
the  contemplation  of  the  scene  below  which  forms  the  sordid  back- 
ground of  many  similar  bright  pictures.  Both  the  beginning  and 
the  end  of  the  panel  were  intended  to  make  the  consumer  realize  his 
direct  relation  to  these  shocking  conditions. 

64a 


iiilliil 


'MH 


Nt' 


'i^% 


f  i« 


t 


He  may  ^ct  the  dirt  or  chip 

out  but  he  also  may 
start  infection  from  his 

SOILED   HANDS 
HANDKERCHIEF 
DIRTY    MATCH 
OR  TOOTHPICK 

Then  disease  results  and 
the  eye  may  be  lost 

Dii5t.  i-hip5.  etc.  should  he  romove'd 
In  the  company  doctor  if  Ihcrc 
is  one  If  not  your  foreman 
should  use  onf>'  the  firMaidkit 


WIDEAWAKE 


/ 
\ 


EMPLOYERS  provide 
proper  aid* 

EMPLOYEES  u-o  them 


lull.'.-  I'M    :\---  *''-  ■ 


-•     W'    M.t  t 


Sketch  by  James  Dougherty 


64b 


An  Exhibit  Panel 

As  an  example  of  technique  in  pane! 
making  this  panel  is  worth  noting  for  its 
excellent  illustration,  in  which  the  two 
figures  whose  actions  set  out  the  main  idea 
are  in  striking  relief  against  a  familiar 
setting,  and  for  the  easy,  informal  way  in 
which  the  warning  is  given  by  talking  about 
the  picture.  The  lettering  and  spacing  are 
only  fairly  good,  and  the  grouping  of  words 
in  a  line  is  not  always  in  harmony  with  the 
emphasis.  The  brilliant  coloring,  which 
made  an  attractive  feature  of  the  original 
panel,  unfortunately  was  not  reproduced 
in  the  poster  form  in  which  the  exhibit  was 
chiefly  used.  Too  many  words  are  used, 
but  the  intensely  personal  interest  of  the 
subject  matter  to  its  special  audience  and 
the  fairly  extended  period  of  display  were 
believed  to  justify  rather  full  treatment 
of  the  idea. 

This  panel  belongs  to  the  series  described 
in  Chapter  XIV,  Part  II. 


65 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

the  panel.  Among  these  the  first  in  order  is  the 
selection  of  material  out  of  which  the  panels  will 
be  made,  together  with  the  type  of  construction, 
the  latter  involving  such  considerations  as  kinds  of 
surface,  danger  of  warping  or  buckling,  lightness  of 
weight  for  handling,  and,  in  case  of  traveling  exhib- 
its, the  facility  with  which  panels  may  be  packed, 
assembled,  and  transported,  and  the  amount  of 
wear  and  tear  they  will  stand. 

A  second  factor  is  size.  This  should  be  decided 
on  the  basis  of  convenience  and  adaptability  to 
certain  uses,  but  more  particularly  on  the  basis  of 
presenting  adequately  a  single  idea  on  a  panel  on 
which  an  ample  background  space  allows  words 
and  pictures  to  stand  out  boldly.  Then  follow  the 
kind  of  paint  or  paper  that  will  give  the  desired 
finish  and  the  selection  of  colors  for  both  back- 
ground and  frame,  with  a  wide  range  of  choice 
open  for  the  securing  of  effective  combinations. 

Next  is  the  all  important  question  of  what  goes 
on  a  panel,  which  includes  the  words,  their  num- 
ber and  choice,  length  of  sentences,  paragraphing, 
titles,  and  labels  of  illustrations.  Then  comes  the 
"layout,"*  or  the  arrangement  of  words  and  pic- 
tures and  the  distribution  of  blank  spaces;  the 
lettering,  which  includes  the  styles  of  letters,  sizes, 
capitalization,  and  colors,  all  to  be  considered  from 
the  point  of  view  of  readability,  appearance,  and 

*  Facility  in  preparing  layouts  in  miniature  for  examination  by 
those  in  charge  and  for  the  guidance  of  the  letterers  and  artists,  may 
be  secured  by  the  use  of  a  specially  ruled  sheet  similar  to  that  repro- 
duced on  page  88a. 

66 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

emphasis;   the  illustrations,  including,  in  case  of 
sketches,  the  color,  finish,  size,  color  vehicle  (that 
is,  oils,  water  colors,  crayons),  whether  they  should 
be  drawn  upon  the  panel  itself  or  upon  a  separate 
background,  and  in  case  of  photographs,  size,  finish 
and  mounting.    In  all  of  these  details  there  is  op- 
portunity to  employ  mechanical,  artistic,  and  liter- 
ary skill,  and  to  secure  endless  variety  through  a 
happy  choice  of  telling  phrases  and  attractive 
colors,  and  the  combinations  of  words  and  illus- 
trations.   Something  of  these  possibilities  is  sug- 
gested in  the  panels  shown  in  the  illustrations. 
In  general,  the  number  of  words  used  should  be  as 
small  as  possible;  they  should  be  chosen  for  their 
accuracy,  their  power  to  present  ideas  vividly,  and 
their  simplicity;    sentences  and  titles  should  be 
brief;   color  combinations  should  be  harmonious; 
and  in  the  effort  to  give  certain  points  dramatic 
force  attention  should  be  accorded  to  the  elements 
of  suspense  and  surprise. 

Posters 
A  poster  is  something  to  be  posted  or  pasted  on 
walls,  windows,  or  billboards.  Posters  serve  the 
same  purpose  as  panels  in  that  both  are  mediums 
for  the  display  of  information.  Singly,  they  are 
widely  used  for  advertising  purposes.  Their  chief 
interest  from  the  exhibit  standpoint,  however,  is 
when  several  form  a  series  suitable  for  presenta- 
tion in  groups.    The  same  factors  to  be  taken  into 


67 


!i 


A  Good  Exhibit  Panel 

The  "  Movie  of  a  Restaurant  Worker" 
has  attracted  considerable  attention  both 
as  an  exhibit  panel  and  as  a  halftone  re- 
production for  campaign  printed  matter. 

The  panel,  which  has  a  compo-board 
background  of  buff  and  a  frame  of  dark 
brown,  is  three  by  five  feet.  The  choice 
of  simple,  easily  read  letters  of  good  work- 
manship, one  inch  for  text  and  two  for 
title,  the  employment  of  capitals,  and  of 
variations  in  size  of  letters  to  give  em- 
phasis, all  illustrate  phases  of  good  prac- 
tice in  panel  making.  The  arrangement 
might  be  improved  by  lessening  the  space 
between  lines  within  each  "  chapter,"  thus 
providing  for  a  greater  separation  between 
chapters  while  leaving  the  present  space 
between  the  chapter  titles  and  the  words 
that  follow. 

The  silhouettes  with  their  touch  of 
humor  and  pathos  are,  of  course,  the  chief 
means  of  attracting  attention,  and  they 
convincingly  tell  the  story  of  the  girl 
whose  daily  routine  is  that  of  hundreds 
of  similar  workers.  The  narrative  form 
of  the  story  makes  it  possible  to  employ 
more  words  than  can  usually  be  expected 
to  hold  the  attention  of  visitors. 


68 


A  MOVIE 
OF  THE  RESTAURANT  WORKER 


•w 


I 

7  A.M. 

The  Waitress 

arrives -15 

I  minutes  for 

breakfast 

II 

1715  to  10  AM. 
Customers 
must  be 
served 

III 

10  to  12  A.M. 
She  sorts 
folds  and 
polishes 

IV 

12to3RM. 
With  heavy 
trays  she 
walks  about 
five  miles 


HER  PROGRAM  FOR  ^ 


V 

3to5P.M. 

Tree" and 

nowhere 

to  go 

VI 

5to8P.M. 
Carrying 
trays  and 
walking 
many  miles 
VII 

9  P.M. 
Exhausted 
Home  and 

to  bed 

viii 

6  A.M. 
The  daily 
grind  be- 
gins again 


/ELEVEN  HOURSAPAY! 
SEVEN  DAYS  AWEEK! 


» 


Sketches  by  Herbert  and  Roth 


68a 


Panel  by  New  York  City  Consumers'  League 


I 


Turn  dw^  to  cougk 
It  will  be^  to  prevent 


B.I: 


many  disea^e^^ 


Post.'r  by  Xatioml  Tuber  miosis  Association 

A  Poster  Reprodlchu  as  a  Lantern  Slide 
This  poster  made  an  excellent  lantern  slide.  It  was  used  to  illustrate 
a  health  talk.  Eyes  and  ears  were  directed  to  a  single  idea.  See  dis- 
cussion on  page  70.  The  exhibit  of  which  it  is  a  part  was  reproduced 
in  several  forms:  as  two-color  posters  in  quantities,  as  panels.  lantern 
slides,  and  halftones. 

The  panels  were  made  by  mounting  and  binding  the  posters  as  shown 
on  page  joe. 


68b 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

account  in  the  planning  and  preparation  of  panels 
need  attention  in  producing  posters.^ 


Charts  and  Placards 
Both  posters  and  panels  are  sometimes  referred 
to  as  charts  or  placards.  Neither  term,  however, 
is  particularly  suitable.  The  term  chart  applies 
more  particularly  to  outlines  or  curves  on  sheets 
or  cards  which  show  statistical  facts  graphically. 
Charts,  or  graphs,  as  they  are  sometimes  called, 
are  suited  chiefly  for  class  room  or  reference  use, 
not  to  reach  popular  audiences.  A  placard  is  a 
printed  statement  used  most  frequently  for  an- 
nouncement, proclamation,  or  notice  to  the  public. 

Panels  Reproduced  as  Halftones,  Slides,  and 

Leaflets 

When  ideas  and  facts  have  once  been  effectively 
expressed  in  panel  form,  there  are  many  ways  of 
reproducing  the  panel  in  order  to  secure  for  the 
ideas  set  forth  a  still  wider  audience.  Some  of  the 
panels  given  in  this  book  were  prepared  originally 
in  color,  and  in  addition  to  being  reproduced  in 
poster  form^.were  reproduced  as  slides  in  lectures, 
as  inserts  in  motion  picture  films,  as  halftones  for 
use  in  printing  enclosures  for  letters,  and  as  illus- 
trations for  leaflets  and  reports. 

The  reproduction  of  exhibit  panels  in  the  form 

*  Sec  illustration  of  a  set  of  exhibit  posters  on  page  24a. 
«  See  particularly  illustrations  on  pages  64b  and  5of. 

69 


Ill 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

of  lantern  slides  offers  inviting  and  still  unexplored 
possibilities  as  a  medium  of  spreading  information. 
It  is  well  to  remember,  however,  that  a  lantern 
slide  is  shown  under  special  conditions.  It  appears 
on  the  screen  for  a  brief  interval  and  is  quickly 
gpne:  and  so,  like  the  billboard  poster,  it  must 
present  its  message  briefly  and  vividly  if  the  im- 
pression  is  to  remain  afterward.  If  the  slides  are 
used  by  a  lecturer  the  ideas  contained  on  them 
must  correspond  with  his  talk  and  not  anticipate 
what  he  will  say.  Otherwise,  the  audience  begins 
to  speculate  on  their  significance  and  its  attention 
is  distracted. 

It  very  often  happens,  where  panels  made  up 
for  exhibition  purposes  are  reproduced  as  lantern 
slides,  that  the  ideas  are  more  fully  developed  than 
the  lecturer  wishes,  since  some  of  his  emphasis  may 
depend  upon  suspense  and  surprise  or  a  gradual 
unfolding  of  his  thought.  On  this  account,  in  re- 
producing panels  as  lantern  slides,  it  is  necessary 
to  consider  carefully  whether  they  can  be  success- 
fully used  as  they  stand,  whether  they  can  be  di- 
vided into  two  or  more  slides,  each  making  a  panel 
by  itself,  or  whether  this  material  should  be  en- 
tirely redrafted.  For  the  most  effective  slides  are 
usually  composed  of  redrafted  material. 

Illustrations  for  Panels 

Photographs,  sketches,  maps,  and  diagrams  may 
be  employed  as  illustrations  for  panels  or  they  may 
be  mounted  and  labeled  as  separate  units.    Points 

70 


i|:  I 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

to  be  observed  are  discussed  on  pages  72b  and 
74a,  where  photographs  used  in  exhibits  are  re- 
produced. However,  a  few  suggestions  here  may 
serve  to  indicate  some  of  the  pitfalls  frequently  en- 
countered in  using  them  as  well  as  some  of  the 
possibilities  which  can  be  more  fully  taken  advan- 
tage of. 

Photographs 

Photographs  for  exhibit  purposes  should  be 
large  enough  and  clear  enough  so  that  essential 
details  may  be  recognized  without  conscious  effort. 
In  the  vast  majority  of  cases  photographs  used  on 
panels  are  too  small.  We  should  like  to  set  an  ar- 
bitrary minimum  size  for  most  purposes,  such  as  1 1 
by  14  inches;  but  the  difficulty  with  such  arbitrary 
limits  is  that  there  are  too  many  special  considera- 
tions to  be  taken  into  account  in  individual  ex- 
hibits. This  measurement  might  serve,  however, 
as  a  rough  general  standard. 

Before  making  an  enlargement,  all  irrelevant 
matter  should  be  cut  away  so  that  the  significant 
features  of  the  picture  stand  out  boldly.  Either 
the  text  of  the  panel  or  the  label  for  the  photograph 
should  bring  out  unmistakably  what  idea  or  facts 
each  illustrates.  Many  examples  of  the  possibili- 
ties of  manipulating  the  details  of  photographs  to 
obtain  striking  results  or  to  make  a  picture  fit  into 
a  particular  space  or  design  are  afforded  by  familiar 
newspaper  practice. 

Photographs  should  be  selected  not  merely  be- 
cause they  are  attractive  or  remarkable  pictures  in 

71 


fi 


I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

themselves,  but  because  they  make  the  exhibit 
more  easily  understcxwi.  In  other  words,  they 
should  elucidate  the  purposes  of  the  exhibit  and 
not  be  mere  decorations.  To  an  increasing  extent 
cartoons  and  free-hand  sketches  are  being  substi- 
tuted for  photographs  because  of  their  ease  in 
bringing  out  the  real  points  of  the  illustration  and 
freedom  from  needless  and  distracting  detail. 

Sketches,  Maps,  etc. 
Cartoons,  silhouettes,  and  illustrative  sketches 
in  black  and  white  or  in  color  are  effective  both 
on  panels  and  as  separate  units.  Cartoons  prob- 
ably make  one  of  the  best  propaganda  forms  for  an 
exhibition,  but  clever  cartoonists  are  rare  and  only 
a  few  exhibitors  are  fortunate  enough  to  secure 
their  services.  In  the  use  of  sketches  there  is  some- 
times a  conflict  between  the  desire  of  the  artists  to 
make  an  attractive  picture  and  that  of  the  ex- 
hibitor to  have  his  idea  illustrated  accurately. 
The  closest  co-operation  between  the  artist  and 
someone  who  knows  the  subject  matter  is  needed  to 
get  the  best  results.  The  illustrative  matter  shown 
by  the  cuts  on  pages  24a  and  24b,  for  example, 
was  discussed  by  the  artist  and  a  group  of  persons 
familiar  with  the  subject  matter  at  several  stages 
of  its  preparation.  Many  revisions  were  made  in 
both  the  penciled  sketch  and  the  final  drawing. 
Because  of  these  it  is  believed  that  a  much  better 
product  was  obtained. 


73 


I 


Defective  Ladders 


I  ta 


ntldiliunal  €c>|iH«  rurmthrd  Ip 


A  Poster  for  the  Bulletin  Board  of  a  Shop  or  Factory 
The  picture  tells  a  familiar  story  and  the  three  words  give  the  warning  so 
sharply  and  plainly  that  a  man  passing  the  bulletin  board  need  scarcely  pause 
to  catch  their  meaning.  It  often  proves  desirable  to  display  a  series  of  such 
posters  successively,  each  one  remaining  on  view  long  enough  to  make  sure 
that  it  has  been  seen  and  heeded. 

In  the  safety  campaigns  of  many  employers  the  bulletin  board  method  of 
education  is  widely  used. 


72a 


i 


I 

I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

themselves,  but  because  they  make  the  exhibit 
more  easily  understood.  In  other  words,  they 
should  elucidate  the  purposes  of  the  exhibit  and 
not  be  mere  decorations.  To  an  increasing  extent 
cartoons  and  free-hand  sketches  are  being  substi- 
tuted for  photographs  because  of  their  ease  in 
bringing  out  the  real  points  of  the  illustration  and 
freedom  from  needless  and  distracting  detail. 

Sketches,  Maps,  etc. 
Cartoons,  silhouettes,  and  illustrative  sketches 
in  black  and  white  or  in  color  are  effective  both 
on  panels  and  as  separate  units.  Cartoons  prob- 
ably make  one  of  the  best  propaganda  forms  for  an 
exhibition,  but  clever  cartoonists  are  rare  and  only 
a  few  exhibitors  are  fortunate  enough  to  secure 
their  services.  In  the  use  of  sketches  there  is  some- 
times a  conflict  between  the  desire  of  the  artists  to 
make  an  attractive  picture  and  that  of  the  ex- 
hibitor to  have  his  idea  illustrated  accurately. 
The  closest  co-operation  between  the  artist  and 
someone  who  knows  the  subject  matter  is  needed  to 
get  the  best  results.  The  illustrative  matter  shown 
by  the  cuts  on  pages  24a  and  24b,  for  example, 
was  discussed  by  the  artist  and  a  group  of  persons 
familiar  with  the  subject  matter  at  several  stages 
of  its  preparation.  Many  revisions  were  made  in 
both  the  penciled  sketch  and  the  final  drawing. 
Because  of  these  it  is  believed  that  a  much  better 
product  was  obtained. 


72 


Defective  Ladders 


I*«>o*»f(  Mwruii  L<»»iin 


%([<)>l>un«iJ  C«*p(<rs  Fwrili«lH'4  ttwn  ltf«u«w 


A  Poster  for  the  Bulletin  Board  of  a  Shop  or  Factory 
The  picture  tells  a  familiar  story  and  the  three  words  give  the  warning  so 
sharply  and  plainly  that  a  man  passing  the  bulletin  board  need  scarcely  pause 
to  catch  their  meaning.  It  often  proves  desirable  to  display  a  series  of  such 
posters  successively,  each  one  remaining  on  view  long  enough  to  make  sure 
that  it  has  been  seen  and  heeded. 

In  the  safety  campaigns  of  many  employers  the  bulletin  board  method  of 
education  is  widely  used. 


72a 


i 


IN  THE  CANNERIES 

"The  Capper" 


M 


Every 

time 

the 

clock 

ticks! 


Sitting  close 
to  the  red  hot 
sealing  iron 
she  4rops  a 
cover  on  each 
passing  can 


The  Sorter " 


Hour  after 
hour  her 
eyes  are 
riveted  on 
this  cease- 
less stream! 


Her  fingers 
work  at  top 
speed  sort- 
ing.out  im- 
perfect or 
broken  veg- 
etables 


FOR  ELEVEN  HOURS  A  DAY  IN  THE 

RUSH  SEASON. THESE  WORKERS 

KEEP  PACE 

WITH  THEIR  MACHINES 


Photographs  in  Exhibits 

The  uppt?r  photograph  on  this  panel  affords  an  example  of  the  difficulties  often 
encountered  in  accurately  and  convincingly  illustrating  facts  of  social  significance 
by  means  of  a  photograph.  The  "capper."  as  the  words  tell  us,  drops  a  cover  on  a 
passing  can  every  second.  The  purpose  of  the  panel  is  to  convey  some  idea  of  the 
tenseness  and  strain  of  this  rapid  and  endlessly  repeated  motion,  which  must  not 
be  varied  or  relaxed  for  a  single  instant.  But  the  girl,  consciously  posed  for  a  photo- 
graph, looks  as  idle  and  comfortable  as  though  she  had  merely  to  watch  a  passing 
procession  of  cans. 

It  is  due  to  the  rare  skill  and  sometimes  to  the  good  luck  as  well  of  the  photo- 
grapher especially  trained  for  this  work  that  good  photographs  for  exhibits  of  this 
kind  are  secured. 


i  ■■  I 


WASTE*"»LOWEREmCIENCy 


THIS  MEANS  TO  THE 

EMPLOYER 

Smadftetum  for  Wages  Paid 
More  Supervision 
Lower  Grade  of  Work 
Less  Output 
Spoiled  Material 
Damaged  Machines 
More  Accidents  and 
Lawsuits 

AND 

A  CHILD-LABOR-ADULT 


Do  you  know  what  a 

CHILD-LABOR-ADULT  is? 

It  is  a  human  being  whose 
efficiency  as  a  workman 
has  been  ruined  by 
premature  work 


rrft 


INDUSTRY  CANNOT  PROSPER  WITHOUT 
GOOD  WORKMEN.  CHILD  LABOR  DESTROYS 
FUTURE  EFFICIENCY 


Photographs  That  Tell  a  Story 

These  photographs  by  Lewis  Mine,  in  an  exhibit  of  the  Na- 
tional Child  Labor  Committee,  illustrate  the  text  admirably. 
The  very  intentness  on  her  work  of  the  small  child  whose  feet 
scarcely  reach  the  floor,  and  the  utter  hopelessness  of  the  "child- 
labor-adult,"  make  the  message  of  the  panel  vivid. 

72c 


IN  THE  CANNERIES 

" The  Capper" 


Sitting  close 
to  the  red  hot 
sealing  iron 
she  <3rops  a 
cover  on  each 
passing  can 


The  Sorter 


Hour  after 
hour  her 
eyes  are 

riveted  on 
this  cease-] 
less  stream! 


Her  fingers 
work  at  top 
speed  sort- 
ing.out  im- 
perfect or 
broken  veg- 
etables 


FOR  ELEVEN  HOURS  A  DAY  IN  THE 

RUSH  SEASON. THESE  WORKERS 

KEEP  PACE 

WITH  THEIR  MACHINES 


WASTE*"»LOWEREFFICIENCy 


--    ^<    yi 


^  THIS  MEANS  TO  THE 

"*        EMPLOYER 
Small  Return  for  Wages  Pa  id 
More  Supervision 
Lower  Grade  of  flork 
Less  Output 
Spoiled  Material 
Damaged  Machines 
More  Accidents  and 
Lawsuits 


AND 

A  CHILD-LABOR-ADULT 

Do  you  know  what  a 

CH[LD-LABOR-ADULTis?P 

II  Is  a  human  being  whose  ^-i 
efficiency  as  a  workman 
has  been  ruined  by 
premature  work 


PnoKXiRAPHS  IN  Exhibits 

The  upp?r  photOKrarih  on  this  panel  affords  an  example  of  the  difficulties  often 
encountered  in  accurately  and  convincinnly  illustrating  facts  of  social  significance 
t)\  nuans  of  a  iihotograph.  The  "cai)i»er.'  as  the  words  tell  us.  drops  a  cover  on  a 
passinu  ran  every  second.  The  purpose  of  the  panel  is  to  convey  .some  idea  of  the 
tenseness  and  strain  of  this  rapid  and  endlessly  repeated  motion,  which  must  not 
be  varied  or  relaxed  for  a  single  instant.  But  the  girl,  consciously  i>osed  for  a  [)hoto- 
graph,  looks  as  idle  and  comfortable  as  though  she  had  merely  to  watch  a  [)assing 
procession  of  cans. 

It  is  due  to  the  rare  skill  and  sometimes  to  the  good  luck  as  well  of  the  plioto- 
grapher  especially  trained  for  thi<  work  thai  i-ood  iiholographs  for  exhibits  of  this 
kind  are  .secured. 

72  b 


INDUSTRY  CANNOT  PROSPER  WfTHOUT 
GOOD  WORKMEN.  CHILD  LABOR  DESTROYS 
FUTURE  EFFICIENCY 


Photographs  That  Tell  a  Story 

These  photographs  b\-  Lewis  Hine,  in  an  exhibit  of  the  Na- 
tional Child  Labor  Committee,  illustrate  the  text  admirably. 
The  very  intent ness  on  her  work  of  the  small  child  whose  feet 
scarcely  reach  the  floor,  and  the  utter  hopelessness  of  the  "child- 
labor-adult,"  make  the  message  of  the  panel  vivid. 

72c 


i 


o 

H 
O 
U 
X 
U   V) 

<  J 

H    U4 

< 

(Jl)    IhLi 

'[■HM 

o 

o 


C 
Q 


x:    a 
(t>    o 


«^     ^ 


•^     *-• 


(A 

I/) 

c 


04 


DO    <^ 


*»    c  ' 

1>     3  v« 

-C     O  O 

■<_•  <*» 

■^      C  o 

PJ  .-. 

♦->  > 

1/1  g> 

T3 

< 
1/1 

u  :s 

ft>  0* 


r—    i; 


a 


rt     >^ 


3      U 

•^     wi     3 

c    c 

C     ^ 

o 


u 


c 

.2 

■*-> 
c 

0) 

4> 
'Zi     vi     > 

bO  .Si.   oi 

.E  XI  tc 


00    o 

-S  ^ 
c  ts 
"S    ** 

TO      ■♦-> 

c    ^ 
E    "" 

0) 

jC    </) 

**  ^ 

.•M        Ami*  m 


>.  r 


c 
o 


1/1 


u 


E 


bO    ■ 

.E    "I 


M 

o 
>. 

k. 

03 

k. 

O 

a. 
E 


a  60 

>..E 

*-    rt 

o 

"*"  .E 

5    </> 

.2    c 

£  X 

x:    o 


> 
re 


x: 


t:   o 


1/5 

"c 
c 


"w  .E 

c 

PS      > 


P3      (/) 

E 
'5b  ^ 


00 

.E 
c 


T3 
C 
ra 


3 
</) 

3  id 

E  I 

u  x: 

x:  X 


_    <u    c 
o 

<u   X 

x: 


rt  .2 


O  <u 

u  X 

X  ♦- 

■«-•  o 


a 

k- 


72d 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

A  variation  of  the  colored  sketch  is  the  minia- 
ture scene  in  which  there  is  actual  rather  than 
imagined  depth.  In  scenes  of  this  character, 
miniature  buildings  and  figures  are  grouped  in  an 
appropriate  setting  to  represent  real  life.  Ex- 
amples are  the  street  scene  shown  on  page  14a 
and  the  models  of  scenes  reproduced  on  pages  54a 
and  i86b.  These  miniature  scenes  call  for  much 
skill  and  imagination  in  production,  however,  for,  if 
they  appear  crude  or  highly  artificial,  they  not  only 
fail  to  convince,  but  they  are  likely  to  lessen  the  ap- 
peal of  the  whole  exhibit  of  which  they  form  a  part. 

Maps  as  a  background  for  showing  many  kinds 
of  social  facts  and  conditions  may  be  used  in  a 
variety  of  ways: 

As  separate  wall  units; 
as  relief  maps; 
as  illustrations  on  panels; 
as  the  base  or  the  screen  for  electrical  or  other 
devices. 

Such  maps  are  marked  with  spots,  pins,  beads, 
flags,  with  cut-out  figures  of  people  or  with  small 
objects,  and  with  colored  lights  flashing  through 
holes  in  the  map  or  mounted  on  its  surface. 


Diagrams 
Even  though  they  are  much  used  in  exhibits  in- 
tended for  popular  audiences  diagrams  are  more 
likely  to  be  technical  than  popular  in  form.  The 
showing  of  percentages  by  the  use  of  colored  circles 
or  bars  and  of  comparative  statistics  by  graphs  or 

73 


o 

jJMHi 

Q 

M 

X 


o 

o 

I/) 

x: 


.  -   m 


tf)    4»    e      ' 


0) 

c 
a 


§  =   - 


S/3 

G 


n 


I/) 

c 


■J 

IE 
'J 

c 


-a 
u 


5    o 


x; 

U 


P3 


**^     k. 


1> 


o 

c 


1) 
1/1 

3 
PS 

u 


V 

3      O 


U 


«rt 


3 


c 
o 


rt   'Z 


< 


c 
1» 


c 

a 

c 
o 


a 

OJ 


u 

M)  .Si. 

.E  JO 
Z    o 


5-»      4-»      ** 
Oji    .3     t-- 


r-  1/1 

I-  C 

o  .g 

E  IS 

,^^  J— 


-J    E 


ao  ^    2 


60    ^ 

E    rt 

> 


.E    ^ 


a.  DO 

c 


t:    o 


4) 


'c 
c 


c  •=  .t:  t— 


T3 

C 
PS 


E 

O  ^ 

I-  c 

O-  rs 


3 

E  i« 

E  ^ 

u  x: 

JZ  X 


c 

O.    o 

rt     1/5 
c 

"5b  ^ 
o    S  .2 

^  -^    o 

.^^  *-J  -J 

>«-   -a 
o  ii    o 

^   :S    2 

u      _      OJ 

«     E    -c 


<»  i 


72d 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

A  variation  of  the  colored  sketch  is  the  minia- 
ture scene  in  which  there  is  actual  rather  than 
imagined  depth.  In  scenes  of  this  character, 
miniature  buildings  and  figures  are  grouped  in  an 
appropriate  setting  to  represent  real  life.  Ex- 
amples are  the  street  scene  shown  on  page  14a 
and  the  models  of  scenes  reproduced  on  pages  54a 
and  1 86b.  These  miniature  scenes  call  for  much 
skill  and  imagination  in  production,  however,  for,  if 
they  appear  crude  or  highly  artificial,  they  not  only 
fail  to  convince,  but  they  are  likely  to  lessen  the  ap- 
peal of  the  whole  exhibit  of  which  they  form  a  part. 

Maps  as  a  background  for  showing  many  kinds 
of  social  facts  and  conditions  may  be  used  in  a 
variety  of  ways: 

As  separate  wall  units; 
as  relief  maps; 
as  illustrations  on  panels; 
as  the  base  or  the  screen  for  electrical  or  other 
devices. 

Such  maps  are  marked  with  spots,  pins,  beads, 
flags,  with  cut-out  figures  of  people  or  with  small 
objects,  and  with  colored  lights  flashing  through 
holes  in  the  map  or  mounted  on  its  surface. 


li 


Diagrams 
Even  though  they  are  much  used  in  exhibits  in- 
tended for  popular  audiences  diagrams  are  more 
likely  to  be  technical  than  popular  in  form.  The 
showing  of  percentages  by  the  use  of  colored  circles 
or  bars  and  of  comparative  statistics  by  graphs  or 

73 


i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

'  IS  a  favorite  device.  Diagrams  are  not 
equally  attractive  media  of  communication  to  all. 
To  some  they  represent  a  disagreeable  form  of 
mental  effort;  one  way  of  making  them  appear 
less  technical  and  indeed  less  dull  to  such  visitors 
is  to  invent  variations  in  which  the  circles  or  bars 
or  hills  have  been  replaced  by  successions  of  con- 
crete items,  such  as  dollar  signs,  pictures  of  human 
figures,  animals,  or  other  appropriate  objects.  A 
diagram  in  the  form  of  an  electrical  device  is 
described  on  page  76b.  Other  examples  are  to  be 
found  on  pages  60a,  60b,  and  60c. 

Objects  and  Models 

Objects  such  as  playthings  or  other  articles  good 
or  bad  for  the  baby,  foods  that  illustrate  good  or 
bad  choice  of  diet,  utensils  that  make  up  the  equip- 
ment of  a  convenient  kitchen,  and  dozens  of  other 
life-sized  objects  have  an  illustrative  and  interest- 
arousing  place  in  exhibits.  But  their  significance 
should  be  clear.  Displays  of  the  handwork  of  in- 
stitutional children,  for  example,  are  suitable  when 
they  demonstrate  that  the  children  are  provided 
with  occupations  suited  to  their  ability,  or  that 
some  social  need  is  being  met  by  having  the  chil- 
dren do  the  particular  kind  of  work  shown,  or  when 
the  purpose  is  to  make  a  graphic  report  on  the 
activities  of  an  institution.  In  all  cases  the  purpose 
should  be  clear. 

Miniature  reproductions  or  models  of  buildings, 
grounds,  sanitary  engineering  projects,  or  the  fuH- 

74 


M 


74a 


II 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

"hills"  is  a  favorite  device.  Diagrams  are  not 
equally  attractive  media  of  communication  to  all. 
To  some  they  represent  a  disagreeable  form  of 
mental  effort;  one  way  of  making  them  appear 
less  technical  and  indeed  less  dull  to  such  visitors 
is  to  invent  variations  in  which  the  circles  or  bars 
or  hills  have  been  replaced  by  successions  of  con- 
crete items,  such  as  dollar  signs,  pictures  of  human 
figures,  animals,  or  other  appropriate  objects.  A 
diagram  in  the  form  of  an  electrical  device  is 
described  on  page  76b.  Other  examples  are  to  be 
found  on  pages  60a,  fob,  and  60c. 

Objects  and  Models 

Objects  such  as  playthings  or  other  articles  good 
or  bad  for  the  baby,  foods  that  illustrate  good  or 
bad  choice  of  diet,  utensils  that  make  up  the  equip- 
ment of  a  convenient  kitchen,  and  dozens  of  other 
life-sized  objects  have  an  illustrative  and  interest- 
arousing  place  in  exhibits.  But  their  significance 
should  be  clear.  Displays  of  the  handwork  of  in- 
stitutional children,  for  example,  are  suitable  when 
they  demonstrate  that  the  children  are  provided 
with  occupations  suited  to  their  ability,  or  that 
some  social  need  is  being  met  by  having  the  chil- 
dren do  the  particular  kind  of  work  shown,  or  when 
the  purpose  is  to  make  a  graphic  report  on  the 
activities  of  an  institution.  In  all  cases  the  purpose 
should  be  clear. 

Miniature  reproductions  or  models  of  buildings, 
grounds,  sanitary  engineering  projects,  or  the  full- 

74 


74a 


^ 


D 
ai 


£  a 


—  o 

•-  e 


</) 

uu 

a: 

>^ 

111 


1>     Wl 

o  ex 
v2  '^ 


i:  4^ 


o  *^  ** 

rtT3 

oj  o 

.2  =^  £ 


c  2i  ii  o 


>-  c  5  I- 

0    4)0'- 


O    4J) 


w  2:  o  «  2: 

4i^      W     !«.    4-,rf 


0)0*- 
a7  DC  '-J   "^     - 

■  -  "  E 
c  *- 
■-  o 

c  " 


^  H'-^ 


U 


J3  a> 
x:  <u 


3 

—  ^   v>  cj 

5  O    «  M 

I-  aj  .£ 

rti  i>  .y  *- 

^  >  >  u 

v^  u  ^  *- 


.E  c  « 
i>      •— 

x:       o  o 

*M  fcta  .«x 

C    r3  ^  *-    „ 

g^x)  E  ^ 
J£  2i  aJ.E 


T3 
t>  c 
3  2 

■•-« 

1/1    u 

"™    CIS 

0*  ■ 


•.  *- 

aj  4> 
^  u 


fiiO  C 


(UK" 

*^   ^^   c?  ^MN  ^ 

JC  *-  Jl 

—  Q.'r  "J 

^  "T",  —     i 


T3    11  .J2 


111    c/) 

to 

c  c 


*-     4^  C      (A 


o 


M 

X3  3 

n  O 

u 

.s  O 

(/I  in  . 


S  E 

a;  j: 


5;  .dp  .-  ^ 
o  E  o_:"5 
g -t;  oj  «  p 

c  pa  u 


^  s 


*;  *>"  2i  ■«  c 


2  o  u  c-c  ux:  3  S 

aj  ♦-'i_  a>  "^  ■  J  *^  •—  ^ 

3   ^    O  "^  -5  .C  T3 


O 

*-  T3 

^  *-    . 

<    3-t3 

E  '*" 


1/5 


74b 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

sized  setting  or  equipment  for  some  activity,  such 
as  a  Boy  Scout's  tent,  or  an  ideal  kitchen,  are  some- 
times merely  attractions  but  they  may  have  much 
exhibit  value  as  well.  For  example,  a  full-sized 
model  of  a  Sing  Sing  prison  cell  attracted  consider- 
able attention  at  a  recent  exhibition  because  of  the 
human  interest  that  usually  attaches  to  the  ma- 
chinery of  cruelty  and  punishment,  and  in  turn 
it  led  visitors  to  read  the  nearby  panels.  It  pro- 
duced a  very  vivid  impression  of  the  darkness,  the 
cramping  dimensions,  the  insanitary  and  wretched 
equipment,  and  the  spirit-killing  conditions  of 
these  antiquated  cells. 

The  use  of  a  normal  setting  for  exhibits  of  objects 
or  models  will  enhance  their  value  as  a  special  fea- 
ture and  increase  their  educational  effectiveness. 
A  fairly  typical  kitchen  or  home  laundry  in  which 
are  shown  selected  examples  of  electrical  conven- 
iences possible  for  the  average  home  to  afford, 
would  probably  result  in  more  housewives  buying 
such  equipment  than  would  be  the  case  had  many 
devices  been  displayed  in  a  far-from-average  kit- 
chen or  laundry.  Then,  too,  in  many  contrasting 
exhibits  the  "bad"  is  often  too  bad  to  be  convinc- 
ing, and  the  "good"  too  good  to  be  true. 

The  following  examples  are  cited  to  suggest  the 
variety  of  types  of  models  and  settings  which  have 
been  used  in  social  welfare  exhibits  together  with 
the  purposes  in  displaying  them: 

The  kitchens  and  bedrooms  of  "Mrs.  Docare" 
and  "Mrs.  Dontcare."    These  are  usually  a  little 

75 


M 


-J, 

Hi 

oi 

UJ    ^ 

t/3  a: 

UJ   < 

«u 

Ui 


u 


2  « 

n 

-   4J 

O  G. 

s  s 

IE  V 

.—  1/5, 

IK  JC 

UJ  *^ 


'-en  L«. 

^  <« 

n  ^-'  c 

^  £^  a2  o 

•  S  rt  £ 

^£  ^  Z 

■§  1-  2  « 

^    O  '^    M 

■1-  ■!>  -S 

(u  ?^  -ii  r: 

>"  :f,  >  rt 

^*—   '™j  '^  *— • 


*-*  •  I 

c  >.  >. 

s^  '5  > 

**  Z.  c? 

fc-  c  5 

Q.  iLt  O 

»-  C  — 


a  o  u. 

JZ  o 

(/5  {«  n 

«2  2^  oJ 

1/5  rs  ♦- 


ao  '    o 

.E  §  ^ 

*->      •— 

Vi  Z3 

«  E  g" 

.So'- 

c       •— 
_0         aj ' 


U     1> 

x;  X! 


o  5 


ii  v^=  ci. 


0* 

x^ 


(/) 


c   -^   •-• 
E   -* 
t:  </>  _!; 

o-§x 

c       2 


4_      XI     *-      »_ 


H    tfl    c 

r:  XI  c 
o   *^ 


O    c    > 

t/5  .—     > 


(/»   ^ 

o  ^ 
c  *- 

ID  •  — 
&0v5 

.E  ^ 

i>  aJ 
-c   -J  , 


C    1> 
OT3 


—    a 
!5    X» 


*-    i-- 


o  _r  *- 
aj  a>  £ 


>   O 


(/5 

n 

r-    X*    ^ 

.5  X  "T3 


>.  E 

.2  t 

r;  "O 

X)    2 

x>  aj 
-g  '-* 

«>-*  c  ^ 
o  ■""  y 

■*-    OiD  </5 


1*2  Jy 


74b 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

sized  setting  or  equipment  for  some  activity,  such 
as  a  Boy  Scout's  tent,  or  an  ideal  kitchen,  are  some- 
times merely  attractions  but  they  may  have  much 
exhibit  value  as  well.  For  example,  a  full-sized 
model  of  a  Sing  Sing  prison  cell  attracted  consider- 
able attention  at  a  recent  exhibition  because  of  the 
human  interest  that  usually  attaches  to  the  ma- 
chinery of  cruelty  and  punishment,  and  in  turn 
it  led  visitors  to  read  the  nearby  panels.  It  pro- 
duced a  very  vivid  impression  of  the  darkness,  the 
cramping  dimensions,  the  insanitary  and  wretched 
equipment,  and  the  spirit-killing  conditions  of 
these  antiquated  cells. 

The  use  of  a  normal  setting  for  exhibits  of  objects 
or  models  will  enhance  their  value  as  a  special  fea- 
ture and  increase  their  educational  effectiveness. 
A  fairly  typical  kitchen  or  home  laundry  in  which 
are  shown  selected  examples  of  electrical  conven- 
iences possible  for  the  average  home  to  afford, 
would  probably  result  in  more  housewives  buying 
such  equipment  than  would  be  the  case  had  many 
devices  been  displayed  in  a  far-from-average  kit- 
chen or  laundry.  Then,  too,  in  many  contrasting 
exhibits  the  "bad"  is  often  too  bad  to  be  convinc- 
ing, and  the  "good"  too  good  to  be  true. 

The  following  examples  are  cited  to  suggest  the 
variety  of  types  of  models  and  settings  which  have 
been  used  in  social  welfare  exhibits  together  with 
the  purposes  in  displaying  them: 

The  kitchens  and  bedrooms  of  "Mrs.  Docare" 
and  "Mrs.  Dontcare."    These  are  usually  a  little 

75 


I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

less  than  full-sized  rooms  fitted  up  in  imitation  of 
the  respective  homes  of  good  and  careless  house- 
keepers.  They  should  be  the  same  in  size  and  con- 
tain  similar  furniture.  The  contrasts  come  out  in 
the  ways  in  which  the  rooms  and  furnishings  are 
used  and  cared  for — the  dirty  stove  and  floor  of 
Mrs.  Dontcare;  the  clean  dish  towels  and  shining 
teakettle  of  Mrs.  Docare. 

Miniature  types  of  model  buildings  and  grounds 
for  rural  schools.  These  serve  to  make  the  projects 
proposed  more  easily  visualized  and  to  stimulate 
interest  in  them. 

Miniature  back  yards  and  vacant  lot  gardens 
each  with  a  small  box  as  a  foundation.  In  a  child 
welfare  exhibition  in  Peoria  25  boys,  to  each  of 
whom  had  been  given  a  box  about  two  feet  square, 
displayed  his  own  plan  of  the  use  of  a  small  piece 
of  vacant  land  for  a  vegetable  or  flower  garden. 
Or,  a  nearly  "life-size"  back  yard  or  front  yard 
may  be  placed  in  an  extensive  exhibition,  as  was 
the  case  in  the  Philadelphia  To-day  and  To-mor- 
row  exhibition  shown  in  that  city  in  the  spring  of 

19  16. 

A  school  playground  model.  Such  a  model  made 
by  school  children  to  demonstrate  to  residents  of 
the  school  district  how  their  grounds  could  be 
utilized  to  advantage  was  a  part  of  the  Springfield 
Survey  exhibition. 

Pictures  of  such  three-dimension  exhibit  mate- 
rial  will  be  found  on  pages  78b  and  98a. 


76 


THE  fly's    air    line 


AND   ITS   TWO  TERMINALS 


A  Sketch 


y> 


f 


THE  FLY'S    AIR   LINE 

TWO  TERMINALS  AND  WAY  STATION 


A  Moving  Model 
Two  Ways  of  Illustrating  the  Fly  Menace 

Sketch  and  model  prepared  by  the  Educational  Exhibition  Company  of  Providence, 

Rhode  Island 

76a 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

less  than  full-sized  rooms  fitted  up  in  imitation  of 
the  respective  homes  of  good  and  careless  house- 
keepers. They  should  be  the  same  in  size  and  con- 
tain similar  furniture.  The  contrasts  come  out  in 
the  ways  in  which  the  rooms  and  furnishings  are 
used  and  cared  for — the  dirty  stove  and  floor  of 
Mrs.  Dontcare;  the  clean  dish  towels  and  shining 
teakettle  of  Mrs.  Docare. 

Miniature  types  of  model  buildings  and  grounds 
for  rural  schools.  These  serve  to  make  the  projects 
proposed  more  easily  visualized  and  to  stimulate 
interest  in  them. 

Miniature  back  yards  and  vacant  lot  gardens 
each  with  a  small  box  as  a  foundation.  In  a  child 
welfare  exhibition  in  Peoria  25  boys,  to  each  of 
whom  had  been  given  a  box  about  two  feet  square, 
displayed  his  own  plan  of  the  use  of  a  small  piece 
of  vacant  land  for  a  vegetable  or  flower  garden. 
Or,  a  nearly  "life-size"  back  yard  or  front  yard 
may  be  placed  in  an  extensive  exhibition,  as  was 
the  case  in  the  Philadelphia  To-day  and  To-mor- 
row exhibition  shown  in  that  city  in  the  spring  of 
1916. 

A  school  playground  model.  Such  a  model  made 
by  school  children  to  demonstrate  to  residents  of 
the  school  district  how  their  grounds  could  be 
utilized  to  advantage  was  a  part  of  the  Springfield 
Survey  exhibition. 

Pictures  of  such  three-dimension  exhibit  mate- 
rial will  be  found  on  pages  78b  and  98a. 


76 


THE   FLY*S    AIR    LINE 


AND   ITS   TWO  TERMINALS 


A  Sketch 


X 


:**-"l 


Vl 


THE  FLYS    AIR   LINE 

ITS  TWO  TERMINALS  AND  WAY  STATION 


:aasBisseft.,#~ 


A  Moving  Model 
Two  Ways  of  Illustrating  the  Fly  Menace 

Sketch  and  model  prepared  by  the  Educational  Exhibition  Company  of  Providence, 

Rhode  Island 


76a 


w 


I 


ll 


rWO  MOVING  MODELS  RUN  BY  ELECTRJCITY 


Pelh  shows     number    of    worKin^  days 
in  Sano«mon    County  Mines 

July  laiS     to  «iuly  1913 

Auo.    ssrr.  ocr.      mo«.     occ      ^am.      rKti. 


MAD.        AP«..         HAV       ^U'Ht 


Model  designed  by  Walter  Storey 

A  Diagram  Having  Motion 
This  realistic  diagram,  a  feature  of  the  Springfield  Survey  Exhibi- 
tion, appeared  on  the  face  of  a  large  box  about  six  feet  wide  by  four 
high  with  a  depth  of  about  two  feet,  sufficient  to  contain  the  mechan- 
ism. The  figures  of  miners  moved  endlessly  along  the  grooved 
"hump,"  which  represented  the  variation  in  the  average  number  of 
working  days  of  a  miner  month  by  month  throughout  the  year.  The 
explanatory  label  could  have  been  made  clearer. 


Adapted  from  Ladies'  Home  Journal 

A  Clock  to  Emphasize  Regularity 

Behind  the  space  cut  out  of  the  face  of  the  clock,  a  revolving  disk 
brought  into  view  successively  a  few  words  of  direction  for  the  baby's 
care  at  each  hour  of  the  day.  The  model  was  prepared  for  the  Pitts- 
burgh Baby  Week  Exhibit. 

76b 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

Moving  or  Flashing  Devices 
Electricity  or  clockwork  may  be  employed  to 
advantage  in  connection  with  almost  all  forms  of 
exhibit  display.  Besides  attracting  and  centering 
attention,  moving  devices  and  lighting  novelties 
may  be  made  to  interpret  facts  and  ideas  success- 
fully. Pressing  a  button  may  cause  one  scene  to 
disappear  and  another  to  replace  it,  contrasting  the 
old  and  the  new  way  of  meeting  some  social  prob- 
lem. A  clockwork  device  may  cause  a  miniature 
factory  worker  to  repeat  as  in  real  life  the  same 
monotonous  motion  sixty  times  a  minute.  A 
baby's  face  that  appears  in  a  flash  and  then  fades 
from  view  at  regular  intervals  can  suggest  the 
number  of  infant  deaths  in  a  stated  territory  dur- 
ing a  certain  period. 

Exhibits  of  Speech  and  Action 

The  participation  of  people  in  presenting  infor- 
mation through  demonstrations,  plays,  tableaux, 
conferences,  and  stereopticon  talks  and  motion 
pictures  provides  features  that  may  supplement 
the  exhibits  of  objects  and  panels  in  ways  that  will 
add  much  to  the  exhibition.  These  exhibits  of 
speech  and  action  attract  attention  more  readily 
than  do  the  "still"  exhibits,  and  in  some  instances, 
such  as  the  demonstration  of  a  process,  they  may 
very  well  replace  them  in  giving  information.  But. 
their  special  function  is  to  supplement,  in  a  partic- 
ularly striking  way,  the  material  given  through  the 

77 


rWO  MOVING  MODELS  RUN  BY  ELECTRICITY 


Path  shows     numbwr    of    working  days 
in  SanO«mon    County  Mines 
July  isia     ■  "~'~ 

MOV. 


Auo.    SBnc  OCT. 


OKC 


to  Uuly  1913 


APR.         HAV       JUf* 


O 

19 
H 
I 

N 
O 

o 

A 

V 


Model  designed  by  Walter  Storey 

A  DiACRAM  Having  Motion 

This  realistic  diaRram.  a  feature  of  the  Springfield  Survey  Exhibi- 
tion, appeared  on  the  face  of  a  large  box  about  six  feet  wide  by  four 
high  with  a  depth  of  about  two  feet,  sufficient  to  contain  the  mechan- 
ism. The  figures  of  miners  moved  endlessly  along  the  grooved 
"hump,**  which  represented  the  variation  in  the  average  number  of 
working  days  of  a  miner  month  by  month  throughout  the  year.  The 
explanatory  label  could  have  been  made  clearer. 


EVERYTHING 

DONE  FOR  THE 
BABY 


Adapted  from  Ladies'  Home  Journal 

A  Clock  to  Emphasize  Regularity 

Behind  the  space  cut  out  of  the  face  of  the  clock,  a  revolving  disk 
brought  into  view  successively  a  few  words  of  direction  for  the  baby*s 
care  at  each  hour  of  the  day.  The  mo(Jel  was  prepared  for  the  Pitts- 
burgh Baby  Week  Exhibit. 

76b 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

Moving  or  Flashing  Devices 
Electricity  or  clockwork  may  be  employed  to 
advantage  in  connection  w^ith  almost  all  forms  of 
exhibit  display.  Besides  attracting  and  centering 
attention,  moving  devices  and  lighting  novelties 
may  be  made  to  interpret  facts  and  ideas  success- 
fully. Pressing  a  button  may  cause  one  scene  to 
disappear  and  another  to  replace  it,  contrasting  the 
old  and  the  new  way  of  meeting  some  social  prob- 
lem. A  clockwork  device  may  cause  a  miniature 
factory  worker  to  repeat  as  in  real  life  the  same 
monotonous  motion  sixty  times  a  minute.  A 
baby's  face  that  appears  in  a  flash  and  then  fades 
from  view  at  regular  intervals  can  suggest  the 
number  of  infant  deaths  in  a  stated  territory  dur- 
ing a  certain  period. 


Exhibits  of  Speech  and  Action 

The  participation  of  people  in  presenting  infor- 
mation through  demonstrations,  plays,  tableaux, 
conferences,  and  stereopticon  talks  and  motion 
pictures  provides  features  that  may  supplement 
the  exhibits  of  objects  and  panels  in  ways  that  will 
add  much  to  the  exhibition.  These  exhibits  of 
speech  and  action  attract  attention  more  readily 
than  do  the  "still"  exhibits,  and  in  some  instances, 
such  as  the  demonstration  of  a  process,  they  may 
very  well  replace  them  in  giving  information.  But. 
their  special  function  is  to  supplement,  in  a  partic- 
ularly striking  way,  the  material  given  through  the 

77 


n 


ii 


f 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

panels  and  devices.  Because  they  do  much  to  en- 
liven an  occasion  they  have  an  important  place  in 
an  exhibition  which  is  to  be  made  something  of  an 
event  Hke  a  community  or  a  traveling  campaign 
exhibition. 

iiiii 

Demonstration  of  a  Process 
Exhibiting  a  process,  such  as  basket  weaving  or 
fruit  canning,  by  having  it  done,  is  naturally  a 
more  graphic  method  than  describing  the  process 
through  printed  words  and  pictures.  It  is  possible 
to  demonstrate  bathing  the  baby,  dressing  him, 
preparing  his  food,  and  making  his  bed,  using  a 
life-size  doll.  All  sorts  of  household  activities  can 
be  demonstrated  by  showing  part  of  the  process 
and  by  explaining  the  rest. 

In  planning  the  demonstration  it  will  be  well  to 
estimate  the  length  of  time  that  the  average  visitor 
is  likely  to  remain  at  one  spot.  When  the  demon- 
stration is  one  feature  of  an  extensive  exhibition, 
only  those  few,  if  we  may  judge  by  past  experience,' 
who  neglect  the  rest  of  the  exhibit  in  favor  of  your 
demonstration,  will  stay  more  than  about  ten 
minutes.  Indeed,  you  cannot  well  afford  to  have 
them  stay  longer  for  they  would  thus  prevent 
others  from  witnessing  the  demonstration. 

If  the  work  of  the  demonstrator  moves  slowly 
the  interest  wanes.  So  it  is  best  to  adapt  your 
process  to  time  limits  set  to  meet  the  conditions. 
If  the  process  demonstrated  is  the  cooking  of  food, 
the  demonstration  cannot  include  the  whole  opera- 

78 


■=  ^  5  «        art™ 

«^  C.S  o  ^  a;  S  ^ 

•^        rt  ^ 


01 
J2 


<  £-3  Sii  jj  rt 

p   O   O  .y   n)   O 

c  u  x:  «j  M  X! 


a. 

T   S 
P.    O 


i| 

o 

E    M 

T3  2 


o  •—  o. 

11   S  u 
^  5  o 

m'c.  o 
c      -^ 

TJ  rt 


*j    en 

5  'u 
E  "= 

r-  x; 
c  ^ 

c 


CO   tn 
CO  rt 


rt 


M  C 


u  ,^ 


c  <u 


•r        .     mx:  ^ 


O 

cc 


I       •>>  a 

ID  X5    > 

C    rt  -o 
rt  X   rt 


?^   C   ^ 
C  "c    — 


0,' 

x:  "*- 
*J   c 


en  -Q 

-^  C 


O  ♦J   cs 


°  rt 

•*-    M  en 

k<  a: 

~   ^' 

tn  -H  T3 

O    C  C 

G  O  rt 


"2  "^  (u 

C    c  ~ 

do" 

>. 

C;    en 


a  3. 

o 


•Z  E 

3    « 


C  ^   O  g  O 

.    >.  O-JS  _ 

C   rt  ''^ 

o      5  "2  " 

js  *->  2  1- 

oj   >^  rt  x: 

*M     J*l      Hk->  K-'f  CA 

«  2  o  ^  o 


Z^  c  c  o 

-3     O  l*  "*" 

C  73  <  •- 

IS  "N 

1)  0/ 

2  x:  ,i  <u 


3 
o  ^, 


2  °  d  "" 

,   .s  *->  *^ 

h  rt  £  X 


ii-- 

P    ,„ 


rt  -*-* 


flj    ?'    C    C 

2:  ;?  o  o 
tl  "a  «  c 

.a    C    >-    O) 

^  c  n 
u 

•-^■^  i: 


78a 


I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

panels  and  devices.  Because  they  do  much  to  en- 
liven an  occasion  they  have  an  important  place  in 
an  exhibition  which  is  to  be  made  something  of  an 
event  like  a  community  or  a  traveling  campaign 
exhibition. 

Ill 

Demonstration  of  a  Process 
Exhibiting  a  process,  such  as  basket  weaving  or 
fruit  canning,  by  having  it  done,  is  naturally  a 
more  graphic  method  than  describing  the  process 
through  printed  words  and  pictures.  It  is  possible 
to  demonstrate  bathing  the  baby,  dressing  him, 
preparing  his  food,  and  making  his  bed,  using  a 
life-size  doll.  All  sorts  of  household  activities  can 
be  demonstrated  by  showing  part  of  the  process 
and  by  explaining  the  rest. 

In  planning  the  demonstration  it  will  be  well  to 
estimate  the  length  of  time  that  the  average  visitor 
is  likely  to  remain  at  one  spot.  When  the  demon- 
stration is  one  feature  of  an  extensive  exhibition, 
only  those  few,  if  we  may  judge  by  past  experience, 
who  neglect  the  rest  of  the  exhibit  in  favor  of  your 
demonstration,  will  stay  more  than  about  ten 
minutes.  Indeed,  you  cannot  well  afford  to  have 
them  stay  longer  for  they  would  thus  prevent 
others  from  witnessing  the  demonstration. 

If  the  work  of  the  demonstrator  moves  slowly 
the  interest  wanes.  So  it  is  best  to  adapt  your 
process  to  time  limits  set  to  meet  the  conditions. 
If  the  process  demonstrated  is  the  cooking  of  food, 
the  demonstration  cannot  include  the  whole  opera- 

78 


3  a  G  a 

<u  a.S  o 
S      sa 

■5       « 

<  S  "3  S 
B   o  2 


2  A  ri,  *i  SJ 

3  S  bet! 

§S  0^  S  ^  -S 

ss  -f:  u_  jj  . . 


C    M-^ 


0*  ■  a 

a;  §  <n  £i^ 
•^  t,  ^  <i> 

C  -p  ^  "^  a; 

a;  a^  2  —  n 

•—    >^    CO   4J  "r*    B 

Z  2  3  M  ^  s: 


O   e   O 

•Z  ■=  -a 

S  "a 

c-o  *- 

2     -  tM 
B    b£  c 

"O  '3  ? 


Hi 

-    '^    C8 


en    r;    01    03 

Jr2  ^ 


B    ° 


;  ^  ti  ^  ^  « 


5b 


CJ 


"O,  O    B 


a 

<«>    B 
o  rt 


u 

B 

>   « 
£   CO  *3 


f  ,      5 
■5    to  T3 

—      CO      QJ 


1^    Q    --    w 
B    O    ^    M 


a; 


x;  k- 


B  ^- 

3 


be 


a  " 

a;   M 

j=  .s 

B  ii 
O    <" 


J3    B 


-5  I'  a 


^  o  £.ii 


•^  kI    .  -  'a  £  I  S 


ii       T3 


bJ!  J2 

B 


o; 


o  o 


en    0; 


CO  <«« 


OJ      . 

OJ   C 

a  3 

09    -M 


B   £i 

S  ^ 

00  >• 

2x1 


>.  aja  _^ 

5   m  CO 

— .  ^  j=  aj 

fc^    cO  pB 

ji"  -B  •'-' 

CO         ^  k- 

S    11    >-  O' 

-PI  -S   bc  55 

•-  2   O  2 

U   B  4^  O. 


2  B 

2  o 

=  S 

CO  43 

ir  CO 


B  o 

a  . 

ex  (N 

<  « 


(0 

.  a 

B 

.2u 

«s  .J 


*J    *j    03  13 


a  X 

B    dJ 

8.2 

CO  «-> 


78a 


ill 


"Mrs.  Docare"  and  "Mrs.  Dontcare" 

A  number  of  child  welfare  exhibits  have  had  displays  in  full  size  con- 
trasting the  kitchen  or  bedroom  of  the  bad  housekeeper  with  the  good 
one  who  presumably  has  about  the  same  means.  A  fault  in  the  example 
shown  above  and  in  many  other  exhibits  of  the  same  kind  is  that  the 
home  of  "Mrs.  Dontcare,"  while  not  entirely  overdrawn,  since  there 
are  many  such  homes  to  be  found,  is  too  extreme  to  carry  a  lesson  to 
most  of  theaudience.  Many  a  careless  Mrs.  Dontcare  might  be  stimu- 
lated to  greater  effort  by  a  reproduction  of  cleanliness  and  neatness 
that  she  would  recognize  as  possible  for  her  to  carry  out,  contrasted 
with  one  of  dirt  and  disorder  that  is  true  enough  to  be  reminiscent  of 
her  own  home.  Mrs.  Docare's  kitchen  here  is  inadequate,  a  fact  she 
herself  would  know  if  she  saw  it.  It  lacks  the  proper  equipment  for 
the  cooking,  washing,  and  meal  serving. 

The  idea  is  an  excellent  one,  however,  if  it  is  carried  out  skilfully  and 
tactfully. 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

tion  and  so  may  be  confined  to  the  mixing  of  in- 
gredients, supplemented  by  displays  of  the  food 
in  various  other  stages  of  preparation.  If  there  are 
enough  workers  and  ample  space  the  demonstra- 
tion may  be  planned  so  that  at  a  given  time  each 
worker  is  at  a  different  stage  of  the  process  and  a 
visitor  as  he  moves  along  can  very  quickly  see  the 
process  from  beginning  to  end. 

A  common  fault  of  demonstrators  at  exhibitions 
is  a  tendency  to  become  absorbed  in  the  work  it- 
self and  to  fail  to  explain  to  visitors  what  is  being 
done.  Sometimes  the  work  requires  close  atten- 
tion. In  this  case  it  may  be  well  to  have  an  ex- 
plainer do  the  talking.  It  is  important  also  that 
opportunities  be  given  for  questions.  The  demon- 
stration is  greatly  increased  in  its  exhibit  value  if 
the  setting  and  the  equipment  used  in  the  processes 
are  similar  to  those  which  the  visitors  are  likely 
to  have  and  use  when  they  later  try  to  follow  the 
demonstrations  at  home. 

In  a  cooking  demonstration,  the  use  of  an  iden- 
tification number,  such  as  was  given  at  the  recent 
Chicago  Patriotic  Food  Show,  will  enable  visitors 
to  locate  quickly  in  their  sample  cook  books  (as- 
suming that  such  are  available  also)  the  recipes 
being  demonstrated  at  any  given  time.  This  prac- 
tice may  well  be  extended  to  all  demonstrations 
and  program  events  by  making  it  possible  for 
visitors  readily  to  find  a  reference  on  their  printed 
programs  to  the  events  that  are  taking  place.  The 
goodwill  of  visitors  will  be  furthered  by  detailed 

79 


78b 


Il 


"Mrs.  Docare"  and  "Mrs.  Dontcare" 

A  number  of  child  welfare  exhibits  have  had  displays  in  full  size  con- 
trasting the  kitchen  or  bedroom  of  the  bad  housekeeper  with  the  good 
one  who  presumably  has  about  the  same  means.  A  fault  in  the  example 
shown  above  and  in  many  other  exhibits  of  the  same  kind  is  that  the 
home  of  "Mrs.  Dontcare,"  while  not  entirely  overdrawn,  since  there 
are  many  such  homes  to  be  found,  is  too  extreme  to  carry  a  lesson  to 
most  of  theaudience.  Many  a  careless  Mrs.  Dontcare  might  be  stimu- 
lated  to  greater  effort  by  a  reproduction  of  cleanliness  and  neatness 
that  she  would  recognize  as  possible  for  her  to  carry  out,  contrasted 
with  one  of  dirt  and  disorder  that  is  true  enough  to  be  reminiscent  of 
her  own  home.  Mrs.  Docare's  kitchen  here  is  inadequate,  a  fact  she 
herself  would  know  if  she  saw  it.  It  lacks  the  proper  equipment  for 
the  cooking,  washing,  and  meal  serving. 

The  idea  is  an  excellent  one,  however,  if  it  is  carried  out  skilfully  and 
tactfully. 


78b 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

tion  and  so  may  be  confined  to  the  mixing  of  in- 
gredients, supplemented  by  displays  of  the  food 
in  various  other  stages  of  preparation.  If  there  are 
enough  workers  and  ample  space  the  demonstra- 
tion may  be  planned  so  that  at  a  given  time  each 
worker  is  at  a  different  stage  of  the  process  and  a 
visitor  as  he  moves  along  can  very  quickly  see  the 
process  from  beginning  to  end. 

A  common  fault  of  demonstrators  at  exhibitions 
is  a  tendency  to  become  absorbed  in  the  work  it- 
self and  to  fail  to  explain  to  visitors  what  is  being 
done.  Sometimes  the  work  requires  close  atten- 
tion. In  this  case  it  may  be  well  to  have  an  ex- 
plainer do  the  talking.  It  is  important  also  that 
opportunities  be  given  for  questions.  The  demon- 
stration is  greatly  increased  in  its  exhibit  value  if 
the  setting  and  the  equipment  used  in  the  processes 
are  similar  to  those  which  the  visitors  are  likely 
to  have  and  use  when  they  later  try  to  follow  the 
demonstrations  at  home. 

In  a  cooking  demonstration,  the  use  of  an  iden- 
tification number,  such  as  was  given  at  the  recent 
Chicago  Patriotic  Food  Show,  will  enable  visitors 
to  locate  quickly  in  their  sample  cook  books  (as- 
suming that  such  are  available  also)  the  recipes 
being  demonstrated  at  any  given  time.  This  prac- 
tice may  well  be  extended  to  all  demonstrations 
and  program  events  by  making  it  possible  for 
visitors  readily  to  find  a  reference  on  their  printed 
programs  to  the  events  that  are  taking  place.  The 
goodwill  of  visitors  will  be  furthered  by  detailed 

79 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

program  or  placard  announcements  telling  when 
demonstrations  will  actually  be  held. 

Group  Demonstration 

In  exhibitions  whose  subject  is  recreation  or 
education,  for  example,  many  activities  may  be 
demonstrated  by  groups  of  children.  Playground 
activities,  such  as  dancing,  games,  and  drills;  the 
manual  work  of  special  school  classes,  such  as  wood- 
work, cooking,  or  table  setting;  home  occupations 
for  little  children  and  evening  home  games  for  the 
family;  setting  up  camp  and  first-aid  demonstra- 
tions  by  Boy  Scouts  or  Camp  Fire  Girls-all  these 
and  many  others  make  attractive  and  sometimes 
useful  exhibits.  The  word  "sometimes"  is  em- 
ployed because  their  teaching  value  depends  on 
the  extent  to  which  their  significance  is  brought 
out  by  good  interpretation.  If  the  visitor  watching 
a  playground  game  sees  only  a  group  of  children 
playing  a  game  and  not  a  demonstration  of  the 
value  of  organized  and  supervised  play,  he  may  be 
entertained,  but  he  is  not  convinced  of  the  use- 
fulness of  play  directors. 

The  above  activities  serve  the  purpose  best  if 
there  is  a  small  group  of  demonstrators  who  ac- 
tually exercise  their  art  throughout  the  period 
during  which  the  exhibition  is  open.  Frequent 
changes  of  the  personnel  of  the  performers  is  a 
gain,  but  the  same  game  or  song  or  exercise  may 
be  repeated  since  the  audience  changes  constantly 
and  those  who  come  several  times  are  too  few  to 

80 


•—    ift    6(0 


o 

3    > 

-=  -S  .^  T3    ^   g. 


^2^  a 


(/I 


9.  B 


I-  a. 


sz^  - 

Co 
rt   O   ^ 

c   <u  ^ 


2  So 

O 


O    .7  *T 


^B 


u 

C    c 

.2i  o 


jj-  "O  'Z^ 


OJ    <U    3  'o 


r-    O    k.  .*:    r-    X 

=  •  -  ^  ^  ^  «u 
"1  o 


rt   C 


"O  -^  .■S   - 
a*  "2  a;  12 

•ax'-.-E  ^'  5 

•5-£  o-i  >>■£ 


C3  -C 


O   V-   rt   J2^  O 


■f=    3    - 

5.2  3-0 

f~  in   O   B^ 


■"    C  T3 
rS   tu   <v 

oi  rt   "U 


3^  2?3-c  F 


HI 


i:  <«  «< 

■0  =  5 

-t:  c  > 

'C  >;  P3  rt 

a.  ■"  ^  J= 

a>  "O  O 

j=  c  c 


It!       h 

>    OJ 


(/I    OJ  

C      C      OJ  •—   -rl      >, 

o  ™  -—  -  ~       -^ 


u  OJ  t:  3  O 


i 


80a 


>ll 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

program  or  placard  announcements  telling  when 
demonstrations  will  actually  be  held. 

Group  Demonstration 

In  exhibitions  whose  subject  is  recreation  or 
education,  for  example,  many  activities  may  be 
demonstrated  by  groups  of  children.  Playground 
activities,  such  as  dancing,  games,  and  drills;  the 
manual  work  of  special  school  classes,  such  as  wood- 
work, cooking,  or  table  setting;  home  occupations 
for  little  children  and  evening  home  games  for  the 
family;  setting  up  camp  and  first-aid  demonstra- 
tions  by  Boy  Scouts  or  Camp  Fire  Girls — all  these 
and  many  others  make  attractive  and  sometimes 
useful  exhibits.  The  word  "sometimes"  is  em- 
ployed because  their  teaching  value  depends  on 
the  extent  to  which  their  significance  is  brought 
out  by  good  interpretation.  If  the  visitor  watching 
a  playground  game  sees  only  a  group  of  children 
playing  a  game  and  not  a  demonstration  of  the 
value  of  organized  and  supervised  play,  he  may  be 
entertained,  but  he  is  not  convinced  of  the  use- 
fulness of  play  directors. 

The  above  activities  serve  the  purpose  best  if 
there  is  a  small  group  of  demonstrators  who  ac- 
tually exercise  their  art  throughout  the  period 
during  which  the  exhibition  is  open.  Frequent 
changes  of  the  personnel  of  the  performers  is  a 
gain,  but  the  same  game  or  song  or  exercise  may 
be  repeated  since  the  audience  changes  constantly 
and  those  who  come  several  times  are  too  few  to 

80 


°  •-  ,-=  "rt  .E  ^ 
12  c  r-  *-  box 


«i 


3   ^         C  .S   4> 
O    O    ^  ■'-   V)    60 

■fi  -S  .-S  13   4i  2. 


»-     C    *> 

O   O   0) 

*^-  •—  _c 

x:  ^ 

c 

cS    O 

•T3    "^ 

C    <U 

3 
o 


u.  a. 


ex: 
rt  *-  c 

S.C  £ 

*-    o    ^ 

2  ao 
O 


o  ^ 


O   «r  br 


c 


c  o  k-  .5  j=  X 

rt  -z:  _^  ^  ^  a* 

XI 15  "^  2  -^  "- 

•  -^  J—  c 

3   u  O   rt  ^- 


C 
O 


o 
O 


o  •-  o  »- 


I/] 
3 
u 


JS^   (J     TO    *J     (/I  .— 

.5  '/i'G 


^  C^-rj 

</) -r  a!  E  JJ  *- 

25   60  <«  """n   Ji 

3    e  ^  (L)         'y 

O   w-  rt  ir  o 

E 

PS 


^    -  -  2 

1-1   ^  ■—    _ 


60 


*-    rt    <U    4J 

3  T3  *-*    '^ 
O    W    «    ii 


60  *i 

T3  c  c: 
■^  c  > 


_  ,    a>  >  i> 

.E  ^"2  >*S  > 

"^^  cs  rt  o  ™ 


■4-1    e^ 

o  c 

*-  o 

60  O 

c  c 

•  —    l- 

'->  _e 
<'u 


O     4-* 

C   m 

fe  E 
'5.  S 


T3 

a;  -= 
>  3 
rt  O 
j=  x: 

_>.    . 

"O  _>» 

x: 

60 
•*"    3 

2  £ 
3  o 

O  JZ 


rs 


It 


80a 


^ 


8ob 


^ 


ii 
IP 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

require  special  consideration.  Changes  should  be 
governed  by  demand  for  new  publicity  material 
and  arranged  for  by  the  exhibit  committee. 

Small  Conferences 
People  may  be  brought  together  to  talk  over 
informally  some  phases  of  the  exhibit  topic  or  they 
may  bring  their  own  more  difficult  problems  for 
consideration.  These  conferences  will  be  suitable 
and  useful  in  so  far  as  they  are  limited  to  the  dis- 
cussion of  matters  touched  upon  by  the  exhibits 
or  suggested  by  them.  A  club  or  society  may  call 
such  a  conference  at  the  exhibition  hall;  or  people 
may  assemble  in  response  to  the  announcement 
that  at  a  given  hour  a  certain  topic  will  be  'dis- 
cussed or  a  leader  speak;  or  the  conference  may 
be  entirely  of  the  "drop  in"  variety. 

Ba^y  Health  Conferences 
A  combination  feature  that  has  proved  very  suc- 
cessful is  the  baby  health  conference,  also  a  type 
of  demonstration  which  consists  mainly  in  the  ex- 
amination by  physicians,  in  a  space  separated  by  a 
railing  or  glass  partition  from  the  audience,  of 
babies  and  sometimes  of  children  up  to  six  years.* 
The  use  of  explainers  who  follow  the  progress  of 
each  examination  brings  its  lessons  to  the  attention 
of  many  visitors.    The  examination  is  followed  by 

*  For  a  full  account  and  detailed  instructions  on  Baby  Health 
Conferences,  see  publication  by  the  United  States  Children's  Bureau, 
Washington,  entitled  Baby  Week  Campaigns. 

82 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

a  conference  with  the  parents  who  receive  a  record 
of  the  child's  condition. 

Combinations  of  examinations  and  informal  con- 
ferences of  several  types,  including  tests  or  exami- 
nations of  feeding  methods,  care  of  the  teeth,  and 
other  health  problems  are  sometimes  made  features 
of  exhibitions.  They  afford  an  excellent  method  of 
establishing  a  personal  relationship  with  persons 
for  whose  benefit  the  exhibition  is  held.  The  sug- 
gestions as  to  the  relations  of  special  features  to 
other  exhibits  given  later  in  this  chapter  in  the 
section  on  Programs  we  believe  to  be  particularly 
applicable  to  these  conferences. 

Plays  and  Tableaux 
A  dramatic  interpretation  of  the  exhibition 
theme  in  the  form  of  a  "playlet,"  pantomime,  or 
tableau  lasting  from  fifteen  to  twenty  minutes  is 
an  attractive  and  desirable  feature.  Little  plays 
have  been  written  about  the  care  of  babies,  the 
need  for  fresh  air,  child  labor,  wages,  community 
centers,  charity  organization  work,  and  many 
other  topics.  They  usually  center  about  the  every- 
day human  aspect  of  a  moving  incident  or  of  some 
perplexing  personal  or  family  problem  that  is  typi- 
cal of  situations  arising  out  of  the  conditions  the 
exhibit  aims  to  correct.  At  the  Springfield  Survey 
exhibition  a  play  vividly  illustrated  the  bad  effects 
of  irregular  employment  by  producing  two  scenes 
from  the  home  life  of  the  family  of  an  irregularly 
employed  miner.      A  play  given  in   connection 

83 


h 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

with  an  exhibition  on  feeble-mindedness  had  for 
its  setting  a  juvenile  court  room,  and  for  its  plot 
the  wrecking  of  family  usefulness  that  arose  from 
their  trying  to  keep  at  home  a  feeble-minded 
growing  girl  instead  of  putting  her  into  an  in- 
stitution designed  particularly  for  her  needs. 

A  variation  of  the  playlet  is  the  sketch  that  is 
no  more  than  the  acting  out  of  some  everyday 
experience  of  the  visiting  nurse  or  probation  officer, 
for  instance,  or  the  meeting  of  the  committee  of  a 
dispensary  clinic  where  the  daily  stories  are  re- 
hearsed and  advice  given.  The  presenting  of  per- 
sons in  action  adds  an  interest-arousing  quality. 

The  little  play  need  not  consume  an  undue 
amount  of  the  attention  of  visitors,  and  at  the  same 
time  it  may  provide  that  "special  attraction"  that 
is  frequently  desired. 

Addresses  and  Stereopticon  Talks 
A  talk  of  twenty  minutes  or  so  by  a  prominent 
person  who  has  something  worth  while  to  say  on 
the  subject  is  sometimes  a  valuable  feature.  If  it 
can  be  accompanied  by  stereopticon  views  its  value 
is  likely  to  be  still  further  enhanced.  Someone 
known  as  a  specialist  or  leader  in  the  field  the  ex- 
hibit covers,  who  comes  from  out  of  town  for  the 
occasion,  makes  the  event  more  impressive.  Ad- 
dresses by  people  who  are  prominent  locally  give 
the  weight  of  their  endorsement  to  the  movement. 
It  is  a  good  plan  to  give  speakers  in  advance  a 
clear  idea  of  the  purpose  of  the  exhibition  and  the 

84 


FORMS  OF  exhibit  MATERIAL 

opportunity  to  see  the  exhibits  so  that  they  may 
make  intelligent  references  that  will  increase  the 
interest  of  the  audience  in  them. 

Motion  Pictures 

The  propaganda  value  of  the  motion  picture  is 
both  very  considerable  and  also  much  overrated. 
It  is  unreasonable  to  expect  results  merely  because 
people  like  motion  pictures.  The  excellence  of  the 
particular  picture,  the  method  of  using  it,  and  such 
other  factors  as  count  in  the  success  of  any  exhibit 
apply  equally  to  motion  pictures. 

Films  satisfactory  for  propaganda  purposes  are 
not  numerous  at  the  present  time  and  few  of  them 
are  available.  Films  on  topics  unrelated  to  the 
exhibit  theme,  but  used  as  bait  for  drawing  audi- 
ences, are  seldom  an  attraction  to  the  highly  so- 
phisticated motion  picture  "fans"  who  have  plenty 
of  opportunity  to  choose  entertainment  of  this 
kind  for  themselves. 

For  awakening  interest  and  for  imparting  help- 
ful information  the  motion  picture,  of  course, 
should  be  accurate  as  to  the  facts  and  ideas  it 
infers  or  suggests  and  fair  in  its  presentation  of 
opinions  and  policies.  Few  indeed  are  the  films 
on  social  and  civic  topics  now  in  existence  which 
meet  even  such  simple  standards.  Of  these  few, 
only  a  still  smaller  number  are  generally  accessi- 
ble through  the  commercial  agencies  or  through 
any  of  the  centers  that  circulate  films  for  educa- 
tional or  social  welfare  purposes.   We  should  there- 

85 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

fore  like  to  warn  exhibitors  that  great  care  should 
be  exercised  in  planning  for  the  use  of  films  and  in 
their  selection.  The  greater  the  value  we  place 
upon  the  services  of  the  motion  picture  the  greater 
is  our  responsibility  to  make  wise  selections  and 
to  secure  the  maximum  teaching  utility  out  of  them 
when  we  get  them. 

Among  the  agencies  for  securing  films  are  the 
extension  departments  of  the  state  universities, 
numerous  national  and  state  governmental  bodies, 
and  welfare  organizations  of  both  national  and 
state-wide  scope. 

Exhibit  Programs 
An  entertainment  that  not  merely  draws  as  a 
show  but  that  teaches  as  well,  will  increase  the  use- 
fulness of  the  exhibit  by  helping  to  concentrate  the 
attention  of  visitors  upon  the  main  idea.   Anything 
that  distracts  attention  from  this  idea  takes  away 
something  from  the  effectiveness  of  the  exhibits. 
For  instance,  city  planning  is  not  made  to  seem 
more  desirable  or  necessary  by  displaying  free  mo- 
tion pictures  of  mountain  scenery  or  animated 
cartoons,  or  by  providing  a  victrola  that  plays 
popular  airs  or  even  selections  of  classical  music. 
You  may  encounter  the  kindly  "movie"  operator 
who  thinks  your  "stuff  is  dull,"  and  suggests  that 
the  picture  exchange  lend  you  a  "comic"  to  liven 
it  up.    It  is  to  be  hoped  that  your  stuff  is  not  dull, 
but  if  it  is  you  have  very  little  to  gain  by  giving 
a  free  motion   picture  performance  that  offers 

m 


u. 
O 

UJ 

O 

X 

< 


z 

o 


X 


£1.UJ 

UJ   Z 
s  < 


o 
o 


••-I       Urn    .P.M, 

x:  >^ 

C  <♦-    ** 

5^ 


cu 


c  c  2 


3 

13 


55  "O 

o  SU 


>.       3  a>  2  w 

*-•     ,.     t/l  1/5  •*"     (W 

=  ii  ^  £!  =^ 

*->  •—  1/5 

"  ^  fl>   « 

>^  c  J'?  *- 

■  «"  -C   ^  O  C  L_ 


c 

'G 

O   u 

■r  P3 


x: 


aj  0^  rt 


.-  x: 


C    3    > 


",  T3  .JL  C 

.=   i'  "O  O 

.      D.  3  </5 

-  _    -f  (/J 

(U    t«  lU 

O  4) 

^ :    j:  lu 

—  c  *^  -c 
rt  o  m  *'' 

•4-1   •—      l« 

—  rt  *- : 

3    4)    O  C 

~    4-1    4->  4> 


re  5j 


«    60  6JD 


OJ 


^  c 

1/5     C 


<u   w   _ 
O        *-■ 


o^  To 

O         00 

•^     Q.— 

o  *- 
oj   O  .*; 


^> 

*j 

u  . 
3  .:£ 
b.  t- 

■^   O 

c  :* 

O  a; 
u  — 

(«  2 

<u  x: 
>  o 


/ 


86a 


'  j:i.i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

fore  like  to  warn  exhibitors  that  great  care  should 
be  exercised  in  planning  for  the  use  of  films  and  in 
their  selection.  The  greater  the  value  we  place 
upon  the  services  of  the  motion  picture  the  greater 
is  our  responsibility  to  make  wise  selections  and 
to  secure  the  maximum  teaching  utility  out  of  them 
when  we  get  them. 

Among  the  agencies  for  securing  films  are  the 
extension  departments  of  the  state  universities, 
numerous  national  and  state  governmental  bodies, 
and  welfare  organizations  of  both  national  and 
state-wide  scope. 


Exhibit  Programs 
An  entertainment  that  not  merely  draws  as  a 
show  but  that  teaches  as  well,  will  increase  the  use- 
fulness of  the  exhibit  by  helping  to  concentrate  the 
attention  of  visitors  upon  the  main  idea.   Anything 
that  distracts  attention  from  this  idea  takes  away 
something  from  the  effectiveness  of  the  exhibits. 
For  instance,  city  planning  is  not  made  to  seem 
more  desirable  or  necessary  by  displaying  free  mo- 
tion pictures  of  mountain  scenery  or  animated 
cartoons,  or  by  providing  a  victrola  that  plays 
popular  airs  or  even  selections  of  classical  music. 
You  may  encounter  the  kindly  "movie"  operator 
who  thinks  your  "stuff  is  dull,"  and  suggests  that 
the  picture  exchange  lend  you  a  "comic"  to  liven 
it  up.    It  is  to  be  hoped  that  your  stuff  is  not  dull, 
but  if  it  is  you  have  very  little  to  gain  by  giving 
a   free  motion   picture  performance  that  offers 

86 


I  > 


u. 
O 

{/> 

O 

X 

< 


z 
o 


aa 


c    '^ 

■  Zi  ■«- 
■t->    rt 


Z.    J= 


I 
_   X 

u  Z 
X   < 


o 
o 


c 


.—  c  rS 

<u  . 

rt  o  ^ 
o 


fe    >.  >,T3 


c9  «  lu  5, 


<u  u 


D.^ 


^   ^   ^ 


C  ^ 


-I  1> 

C  4— • 


cd 


5  cii 

Urn       ~      " 

3 
T3 


8<«   O    C    »- 
S13  oiS 


Z  o 


3  S   O  S 

aiS  c 

n 
^  a> 

(/)  -^ 
o 

a. 


'^^   E   I,    O    1.     'T3.J.   C        ."£ 


■is        <« 


'u 

C    u 

O  o 

>  2 

a  c 


J-^  3    ;/j 


rt 


OJ  •—    u. 


OJ    «    4) 


CO 


■Sic  c  o  c^. 


x:  > 


O) 


D.  C 
C    3    > 


rt  O  <u  "^ 

■t-i  •—  V- 

^  <"  o  5: 

T3  •(->  .^  aj 


OJ 


0)    u 

x:  j= 


3  - 

:     o 
o  a 


c  o 

4_>   "^ 


bC  bC 


o  ^ 

(/5     ? 


.- 

u     • 

3  J«: 

*->    o 


O) 


c 
o 

«  x: 
>  u 


/ 


86a 


o 


UJ 


XI 

CO 

i_ 

3 


< 

CC  0- 

■m/  """HI 

o  . 

as  O 

<r  ^ 

^  n 

a.  -a 

^  I' 

<  ao 

c  <^ 

ai  "3 

u.  c 

UJ  ^ 

Z  C 


ctS 


c 
o 

T3 

♦-* 
1/) 


u 


86b 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

merely  competition  with  a  similar  show  down  the 

street. 

If  the  purpose  of  the  exhibition  is  to  impress  cer- 
tain ideas  and  facts  upon  the  minds  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  people,  it  is  best  served  by  doing  two  things: 

1 .  By  making  the  exhibits  themselves  as  attrac- 

tive, striking,  and  convincing  as  possible. 

2.  By  devising  as  many  methods  as  one  can  by 

which  to  induce  the  desired  audience  to 
come  prepared  to  be  interested  in  what  the 
exhibit  has  to  tell. 

Another  consideration  in  planning  the  livelier 
features  of  the  exhibition  is  that  they  should  not 
overshadow  what  might  be  called  the  "still  life" 
features.  Your  motion  picture,  or  address,  or 
group  singing,  should  not  become  the  chief  attrac- 
tion of  an  afternoon  or  evening,  tending  to  bring 
most  of  the  visitors  at  one  period  and  to  one  part 
of  the  hall  and  to  hold  the  majority  of  them  only 
so  long  as  the  particular  attraction  continues.  For 
example,  a  program  of  addresses  lasting  an  hour 
or  more  monopolizes  the  time  and  consumes  and 
often  exhausts  the  attention  of  visitors. 

A  traveling  campaign  exhibit  was  brought  to  one 
city  at  considerable  transportation  expense  in  addi- 
tion to  a  still  greater  expenditure  of  time  and 
thought  in  preparing  it.  It  was  displayed  for  three 
days,  during  which  formal  programs,  lasting  from 
an  hour  and  a  half  to  two  hours,  had  been  arranged 
for  each  afternoon  and  evening.     It  was  a  safe 

87 


I  If- 

I 


X 

<u 


Xt 
20 

x: 

3 


s 

X  2C 
CC   2- 


a  C 

J  -D 

<  bC 

S  -^ 

o  <« 

a:  -a 


z 


c 

V 


£5 


rt 


O 
T3 

*-• 


o 


K 

f 


FORMS  OF  EXHIBIT  MATERIAL 

merely  competition  with  a  similar  show  down  the 

street. 

If  the  purpose  of  the  exhibition  is  to  impress  cer- 
tain ideas  and  facts  upon  the  minds  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  people,  it  is  best  served  by  doing  two  things: 

1.  By  making  the  exhibits  themselves  as  attrac- 

tive, striking,  and  convincing  as  possible. 

2.  By  devising  as  many  methods  as  one  can  by 

which  to  induce  the  desired  audience  to 
come  prepared  to  be  interested  in  what  the 
exhibit  has  to  tell. 

Another  consideration  in  planning  the  livelier 
features  of  the  exhibition  is  that  they  should  not 
overshadow  what  might  be  called  the  "still  life" 
features.  Your  motion  picture,  or  address,  or 
group  singing,  should  not  become  the  chief  attrac- 
tion of  an  afternoon  or  evening,  tending  to  bring 
most  of  the  visitors  at  one  period  and  to  one  part 
of  the  hall  and  to  hold  the  majority  of  them  only 
so  long  as  the  particular  attraction  continues.  For 
example,  a  program  of  addresses  lasting  an  hour 
or  more  monopolizes  the  time  and  consumes  and 
often  exhausts  the  attention  of  visitors. 

A  traveling  campaign  exhibit  was  brought  to  one 
city  at  considerable  transportation  expense  in  addi- 
tion to  a  still  greater  expenditure  of  time  and 
thought  in  preparing  it.  It  was  displayed  for  three 
days,  during  which  formal  programs,  lasting  from 
an  hour  and  a  half  to  two  hours,  had  been  arranged 
for  each  afternoon  and  evening.     It  was  a  safe 

87 


86b 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

estimate  that  80  per  cent  of  the  audience  gave  the 
exhibit  itself,  which  had  thus  become  a  side  issue, 
no  more  than  a  casual  glance.  Its  preparation 
would  thus  appear  to  have  been  sheer  waste  of 
energy.  If  booths  and  panels  are  deliberately  pre- 
pared as  an  adjunct  to  a  formal  program,  a  combi- 
nation can  and  should  be  worked  out  by  which  they 
will  supplement  and  illustrate  the  talks.  But  if  the 
addresses  are  supplementary  to  the  exhibition,  they 
should  then  be  incidental,  short,  and  as  far  as  pos- 
sible spread  out  at  intervals  over  the  entire  session 
instead  of  being  so  concentrated  and  emphasized 
as  to  take  the  major  part  of  the  visitor's  attention. 

Drawing  a  crowd  by  means  of  special  attractions 
is  not  always  so  desirable  as  may  at  first  appear  to 
be  the  case.  The  success  of  an  event  depends 
not  so  much  on  the  numbers  of  people  who  come 
as  on  the  extent  to  which  the  ideas  presented  make 
a  definite  and  lasting  impression. 

Bearing  these  things  in  mind,  the  exhibits  of 
speech  and  action  which  we  have  mentioned  will 
help  draw  attendance  with  a  minimum  of  the  ob- 
jectionable results.  The  choice  made  will  of  course 
depend  largely  on  the  exhibitor's  resources  and  on 
having  the  right  conditions  under  which  to  employ 
each  effectively.  If  you  can  get  motion  pictures 
that  suit  your  purpose,  is  there  a  room  in  which  to 
show  them?  If  you  can  get  someone  who  knows 
how  to  produce  a  play,  can  you  stage  it?  Does  the 
prominent  speaker  at  your  service  know  what 
things  should  be  said  and  how  to  say  them  briefly? 

00 


>  L  AMM/Mw 


I 


MIMMMMMM 


a.. 


■  f  ra  ■■■•  ■■■»■■■  ■>  ■'  ■!  «'i  ■'ik-r.Kii r  an  .'■■■i'««  iv^an.-ivia ^■■■>i ati 

■  Ml  ■■■■■  ^■■■■■•'^iisiBi  >  ■■  I'^^'^Biiiai'i  iiMair.iiii.Baiir^ti'BkiHBBB.^BJ 


_I-LJ.I^ 


-^" 


;u 


tl'.l 


iii 


i\ 


\'l 


;:i 


i^v 


2i3SZSi 


ii»r 


t: 


iViVflTW 


m 


tH'-.y 


^'■ 


rs 


y--\ 


m 


-2* 


^tfAC*- 


^. 


■  ■■■■BBBBI ■    " 


^■CU<I|J(,^ 


7?' 


9 


!) 


i= 


3c; 


m 


■■Bvr,  4BBBB -•BVBr. '.rrm  jBBiCj'i'i'.aai  ■■CiL-.i!:^sc  !i"/ JBari.r'/ri'.:BBr,4  iBBii 


■  ■BBBBBBaB«BBBBBBBBBa'«aBB9BBina>»B»BB::BBaHBIiaBBBBr>aBIBII 

aaBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBrii'::.'i(Bai:i«ac«r.s  ^-mmvrr;nr.i'il'^.7}m'-^iwt,nfrx^.- 

■  Vfil 


aaiBB  K\\,iAA^mmmiun\\'X,mm 


ii'.m 


aaiBir.'.r  i'V^BBV/f  tir-Mmmmw.-j kiimmi i.'-:  t-iu.- 


E#::\:p^^ 


I'll 


^tMmmi'j-iM 


Yi:±l 


laaaBaaBBBBBBaBaBBBBBBwaaaaaai  BaBBBBBBBaaaaBBBBnaBBiBiaBBBBi 
■T.r.rBBP*^MaBB<«Fffr^BBBB<iv^r.aari  aaBB«mPBaaBBBBBr3v>*aaB"B3BiB( 


Hmmi   Trm 


■  ■■^■saar-iv.aar  ^-.-^  mmmmmf^'Mrw  n^r-  riBBBIr  TBaBB':i''i«PBaBB'<P  V<!BBail 
lar: iiiaBAa^aBUAa^aaBaBLiBajb jaj. . •- 


'       ^^ 


^cdielSfBcrcst^' 


C^    ''^Uf 


Designed  by  Waller  Storey 
A  Layout  Sheet 

Sheets  of  this  kind  can  be  used  to  advantage  in  preparing  panel  copy  for  the 
approval  of  exhibitors  and  to  give  directions  to  sign  writers.  The  original  from 
which  this  cut  was  made  is  9  by  15  inches,  printed  in  light  blue  so  that  instructions 
stand  out  distinctly.  The  heavy  perpendicular  line  in  the  middle  helps  in  center- 
ing the  material.  Abbreviations  are:  sp,  spacing;  Ic,  lower  case;  ck,  checked  to 
see  that  the  total  of  sizes  of  letters  and  spaces  agrees  with  panel  dimensions. 

88a 


! 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

estimate  that  80  per  cent  of  the  audience  gave  the 
exhibit  itself,  which  had  thus  become  a  side  issue, 
no  more  than  a  casual  glance.  Its  preparation 
would  thus  appear  to  have  been  sheer  waste  of 
energy.  If  booths  and  panels  are  deliberately  pre- 
pared as  an  adjunct  to  a  formal  program,  a  combi- 
aation  can  and  should  be  worked  out  by  which  they 
will  supplement  and  illustrate  the  talks.  But  if  the 
addresses  are  supplementary  to  the  exhibition,  they 
should  then  be  incidental,  short,  and  as  far  as  pos- 
sible spread  out  at  intervals  over  the  entire  session 
instead  of  being  so  concentrated  and  emphasized 
as  to  take  the  major  part  of  the  visitor's  attention. 

Drawing  a  crowd  by  means  of  special  attractions 
IS  not  always  so  desirable  as  may  at  first  appear  to 
be  the  case.  The  success  of  an  event  depends 
not  so  much  on  the  numbers  of  people  who  come 
as  on  the  extent  to  which  the  ideas  presented  make 
a  definite  and  lasting  impression. 

Bearing  these  things  in  mind,  the  exhibits  of 
speech  and  action  which  we  have  mentioned  will 
help  draw  attendance  with  a  minimum  of  the  ob- 
jectionable results.  The  choice  made  will  of  course 
depend  largely  on  the  exhibitor's  resources  and  on 
having  the  right  conditions  under  which  to  employ 
each  effectively.  If  you  can  get  motion  pictures 
that  suit  your  purpose,  is  there  a  room  in  which  to 
show  them?  If  you  can  get  someone  who  knows 
how  to  produce  a  play,  can  you  stage  it?  Does  the 
prominent  speaker  at  your  service  know  what 
things  should  be  said  and  how  to  say  them  briefly? 

88 


TT 


-:?*<kt. 


■  niaaiBi  -■■■■■• '^a  I  ■!  >  ■■  i'^^-^bi  iisk  •■!■■■  r.a  uraBiir^i  la  »"«  ■■■■.'<■  4 

■  ■  IB  ■■■iiaaaii ■■■•«?-■>  iMi  ■<■«■■! '•••  (■'!■■■  ir'iii  IK  n.rar'taak  ■•  ■■•  ma: 

■  ■iiaiiaiiBBaaiai  ■  lua  «  !■■  ■jb^".bi  aiiBj'jaai /i'lri  '  iiKVJif  ■■■!  mzdta: 


-^" 


VjtKf 


•  4 


m 


\tt\ 


■  aBBBBflaBBaBBIBIS.I.^^/y  'i 


■aBBPiaHBaaBBB 


M 


i.l 


i^V 


<r  ■***';}■ 


i=i!!!!ii! 


m 


^*'- 


ii\r: 


BaBBBBBBaaaBBB  I J  ll"/!  <.a  m 


■  ■■■■  4>«B« 


n 


-2* 


■■■■■■^■■■^■■■■■■■1 


'A 
-A1 


<^ 


1i 


i;? 


i) 


jv  :r 


k*lil  Ik  ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 


3IE 


■■•'•■■ 


Ml 


'  ji«BBaaBiK.Bar..a>^BPa'BVaaaBaai 

BBBBBBaBBai--y< r-  jMBfi'ji  t'««<ii u,  '.mmtiMi-^m'tt''  •vsmmmmmt 


-  ^  . 


iri.a 


•  .'I  riBBBB'  ^aaayj 'BBCi  w-' 


i\\i\ 


bi! 


I ■aaBaaBBaBaaaaaaBaBBaaaBaaBBai 


iavr,  4aa*a  '•BaBfi  'ixir  mmmt.'^wii'.mmi  ■■UL'ii'^^Sf  w  t  imMZV'J  t,''%Uf.  *  !■■■■ 


IB, »  *"BB»Bk'.  wp^r  ^■Ba»«""»BBB>r»B  a  ■■rr. IB  i^-JBaiaaaaaaa  I 

irik  ■ll.k.BBVa'^.tjB^^tBB^I.I.'.  Ui9BaBBX«9BBajraL.B' 


aaBBaBBBaBBJ'>BBB3aBI'3BBailBBaBBrBBBB«BnBBBBa  'BBBBII 


^  IKE 


BBIBB  LVW^fi^BBBi  4/flll  'MB 


nil 


Wt 


\\.^lt^4.\ 


■BBir.'.r  'i'v«BBB/«  iif''JBaBf/ii::aBiL-:  lii.'. 


mirmiiiiMiiit 


■  aaaBBBBaaaBBaBBBBBBBaBBBBBBBI  ■BBBBBBBI 

■  r.  r.raBPB^*IBBB^Pf<r''BBBB1F^r.aBPIBBBB"BaBI 


IBBBflBIBBBBBIBBBBai 

IBBBBr3P«BBB"B3Biai 


ms* 


W 


■ 


/ 


> 


3'cA^fci3^ll>r«g^^' 


c^  ^4^ 


!-yfc< 


Sft 


Designed  by  Walter  Storey 
A  Layout  Sheet 

Sheets  of  this  kind  can  be  used  to  advantage  in  preparing  panel  copy  for  the 
approval  of  exhibitors  and  to  give  directions  to  sign  writers.  The  original  from 
which  this  cut  was  made  is  9  by  15  inches,  printed  in  light  blue  so  that  instructions 
stand  out  distinctly.  The  heavy  perpendicular  line  in  the  middle  helps  in  center- 
ing the  material.  Abbreviations  are:  sp,  spacing;  Ic,  lower  case;  ck,  checked  to 
see  that  the  total  of  sizes  of  letters  and  spaces  agrees  with  panel  dimensions. 

88a 


<l 


,1 

1' 


,_     *-    U   *-*    (/) 

O   ^  *:   «JTJ 
-.  .C   *-    4> 

-J      4J    ~    3    t 
^    00  Q    O 

*^  c  __  "5 
fc«  aj.  v-" 

'^  j;  o  *:; 


a» 


M-5 


3^  -C  c 


*-  -s       *» 


O 


X 

ULm 


I/) 

w 

«/5 


C   ^   OJ  « 

4>  r;  i" 

«  u  >  > 
■^  .trX.  o 

■^    U    (/)  u 

c  =::  O  !f 

O  2  "o  ~ 

E  «>  o 


V.   O 

^  *-* 

C     h. 

I     03 

iL  2 

a- 

rt.S 


>  cr  <u 

-a  o.  _ 

3  aj 

■*-*  6C  ir 

1>  —  J5 

C     C     (A 

<  5^ 
Sb-C  Qio 


u 


c  2 

*-    *-  TT 

!>  ca  li! 

O  r- 

(=    ClO 

■Q  -*"  -^ 

""    ««^ 

TJ  •£   O 

^    3J    *» 

-    «    3 

C    fc.   o 

w  a.  v. 

Si    4^    60 

lao 


T3 


bO 


x: 


c 
a 


a 
(/) 

PS 

X) 
rt 

x: 

c 


TJ  C 
C"" 
3    V 

So 

DOJ= 

o  c 

3 


3^ 


k-      ""      l«      (Tl   •*" 


(U 


=  <«  rt  'z:  c  •- 


c3  pd 
C  •- 


0^ 


>> 


aox) 
n  XI 

b2 


bO 


x> 


T3-- 


4>  *-    P3  C    rt 

•5  Cab  "*  M 

•  "^  **     4_J  --^w    ^T 

x:  *-  r*  O 


<v 


=:  P3 


rt  a.= 


o  >. 


7:  E  '-'  c 
Si^  o  3 

J-  r_    >    *-• 


c 
O 


51  V.  JS  ■•-  3 
c  0*  <u  .  O 
rt   C1.X)   ^ 

""  at:  3  S 

v^OtiC't-iOJIZ^v*- 


o 

u 

p3 


c  J2 


C  T3 
ri    0; 


032 
oi  o 

4-1 

a; 


x:  >  oj 

-4—*  .-^    f* 

60^  -. 

O  1/1 


"  'w  t:  ^_  X3 


C 

c 


S  o 

'u  £ 
=  E 


u   O 


0^ 
X) 


a 
3 
o 


c 
</)  bO 


i 


iqbi 

o 


0 

Cfc. 

c 

7 

U) 

is 

3 

IS. 

m 

«0 

0 

1 

41 

to 

c 

? 

v> 

W 

0 
> 

c 

L 
0 

« 

>*• 

0 
0 

0 

ITI 
CSI 

0) 

c 

> 

D 

0 

00 

c 

0 

V) 

XI 

?l 

<Q 

«D 

to 

u 

r 

h- 

in 

3 

< 

K 

0 

H 

m 

>S 

3 
09 

m 

VIM 

HOW  WILL  YOU  UTILIZE  THE  FLOOR 

SPACE? 

IN  planning  the  exhibit  arrangement  the  meth- 
ods of  the  writer  and  the  architect  may  be 
used  to  advantage.  The  first  need  is  for  an 
outh'ne  of  the  subject  matter  showing  clearly  the 
relationships  between  ideas — such  an  outline  as  a 
writer  would  prepare  for  an  article  or  a  story. 
Later,  a  floor  plan  upon  which  the  location  of  the 
exhibits  and  the  amount  of  space  allotted  should 
be  drawn.  The  floor  plan  should  follow  the  subject 
matter  outline  as  to  the  relative  positions  of  ex- 
hibits. In  adapting  the  arrangement  of  subjects 
to  exhibition  space  and  the  allotment  of  space  to 
each  subdivision  of  the  topic  many  practical  things 
will  need  to  be  taken  into  account.  If  no  such  out- 
line of  subject  matter  is  prepared  the  exhibit  is 
likely  to  resemble  an  author's  note  book,  made  up 
of  the  ideas  he  has  jotted  down  as  they  occurred 
to  him  but  without  correlation.  If  there  is  no  floor 
plan,  it  will  be  like  a  house  in  which  the  space  allot- 
ments are  devised  after  the  framework  is  up. 

Again,  a  piece  of  writing  is  divided  into  chapters 
and  paragraphs  through  which  a  thread  or  theme 
runs;   similarly  an  exhibit  is  divided  into  booths 

89 


88b 


■ 


I/) 

I 
o 


j=  3  x: 
d  x:  c 


M  O 

■  —  T3 

rt  «  u 
^  c 

Ciu  ex.  "-J 

".      S  ?^ 

C    i^    5^ 

*^  'G  '</> 
c  zn  'o 


Z 

Z 


t/5 


o 


o 

'_» 

</) 

u 

o 


*-    3 

"Eib  a^ 

i=    O 

^  *- 
U    i; 

o  c 

•_    OJ 
C    k. 

I      P3 

rt  .— 


■■a  ^    ^*    Q 


■1>    w 

3   t» 

^   (/I  "^ 
1%   ^'  ^^ 

«  —  -c 


OJ 


4i    4i 
C    C    in 

Ci-    (J 


C 


c  o 

1/1     B- 

a>  3 
O 


*-.£  o 

&C  O.  ^'^ 
4J    ^    ® 

-C  -73 


3  O 

O  i, 

a  *- 

O  3-» 


4;  -^    V-    *-  " 


U^    b.    </] 

<    G,— 

T3  JS    "J 
*"  C 


Clfi        - 

^^*    f^    ^J    ^* 


ij 


^  iJi 


x:  ■*■ 
c   O  w 

^  o 


*^  c 

(/)   Q. 

J::  ^ 
be*' 


(/I 

-2 
5  ^ 

o  = 


n 

3    C 
-3  _0 

-3  ^ 
c  rt 


bC 

1/5  .s 

*-•       .. 

.=    3 

—  T3 
3    oj 


rt   rt  bCjC 

**-    >  C    r3 

2P  'J  t  o 

•—  *^  r3    s_ 

31   rt  '"'" 

rj   P  w-  -^n 

aC  ::;  3 

rt  -a  ,a>  o 


O   X 

J2 


*-.£>.  0^ 

*-      3:  x: 
C  "3    rt  ^ 

"  1'  t:  .«_ 
12  c  u  ° 

•—    ;^  •—     3 

^   0^   '-»   aj 

^   t   C   c 


?  </5 

t_    1>T3 

4»:2  « 

x:  >  oj 

r  ■-  -c 
4»  -a 

P  .   S 


bog-^ 

-^  So 

o  £  a 

■^  ^i:  3 

rt,  c  o 

4>  fl,    »_ 

.C  ii^   bC 


88b 


VIII 


HOW  WILL  YOU  UTILIZE  THE  FLOOR 

SPACE? 

IN  planning  the  exhibit  arrangement  the  meth- 
ods of  the  writer  and  the  architect  may  be 
used  to  advantage.  The  first  need  is  for  an 
outline  of  the  subject  matter  showing  clearly  the 
relationships  between  ideas — such  an  outline  as  a 
writer  would  prepare  for  an  article  or  a  story. 
Later,  a  floor  plan  upon  which  the  location  of  the 
exhibits  and  the  amount  of  space  allotted  should 
be  drawn.  The  floor  plan  should  follow  the  subject 
matter  outline  as  to  the  relative  positions  of  ex- 
hibits. In  adapting  the  arrangement  of  subjects 
to  exhibition  space  and  the  allotment  of  space  to 
each  subdivision  of  the  topic  many  practical  things 
will  need  to  be  taken  into  account.  If  no  such  out- 
line of  subject  matter  is  prepared  the  exhibit  is 
likely  to  resemble  an  author's  note  book,  made  up 
of  the  ideas  he  has  jotted  down  as  they  occurred 
to  him  but  without  correlation.  If  there  is  no  floor 
plan,  it  will  be  like  a  house  in  which  the  space  allot- 
ments are  devised  after  the  framework  is  up. 

Again,  a  piece  of  writing  is  divided  into  chapters 
and  paragraphs  through  which  a  thread  or  theme 
runs;   similarly  an  exhibit  is  divided  into  booths 

89 


0  I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

or  separated  groups  of  objects  which  are  again 
divided  into  smaller  units,  such  as  panels  or  table 
scenes,  each  of  these  conveying  a  thought  or  an 
idea  to  be  sure,  but  all  of  them  related  to  the  cen- 
tral theme  of  the  whole  exhibit  and  having  a  part 
in  its  orderly  development. 

Thus  the  arrangement  of  material  may  be  that 
of  a  sequence  of  ideas  each  one  developed  logically 
from  the  one  preceding  as  is  the  case  in  written 
exposition.  You  would  then  have  a  definite  start- 
ing point  and  a  clearly  marked  route  which  follows 
the  unfolding  of  a  story  or  a  theme  through  a  series 
of  booths.  We  may  follow  the  history  of  woman 
in  industry  through  a  series  of  panels  or  booths, 
dealing  progressively  with  stages  in  industrial  de- 
velopments; or  we  may  consider  the  problems  of 
child  health  and  education,  as  was  done  in  the 
Peoria  Child  Welfare  Exhibition,  as  a  cycle  of  life, 
arranging  in  a  sequence  the  outstanding  problems 
of  infancy,  childhood,  youth,  and  parentage. 

Another  arrangement  of  material  may  present 
a  single  proposition  illustrated  conspicuously  as 
a  central  idea  or  theme,  and  around  it  may  be 
grouped  related  ideas  each  one  developed  suffi- 
ciently to  be  a  small  unit  in  itself,  all  of  them  bear- 
ing more  or  less  the  same  relation  to  the  main 
theme  though  not  necessarily  steps  in  a  logical 
sequence  of  reasoning.  For  example,  we  may  dem- 
onstrate by  a  series  of  independent  exhibits  the 
proposition  that  "much  of  the  work  for  the  home 
is  done  outside  the  home."    The  exhibits  illustrat- 

90 


WOMENS  PLACE  IS  IN  THE  HOME' 

True  —  as  long  as  all  work  for  the 
home   had  to  be  done  in  the  home 


y 


X. 


^^ 


r^ 


,ti« 


100  years  ago 

clothing,  shoes,  jam,  dye,  soap 
were  made  in  the  home ! 

When  power  machinery 

took  these  and  other  industries  from 

Home  to  Factory, 

women   left  their  homes  to  follow 
their  work 


Sequence  of  Ideas  in  Panels 

This  panel  is  the  first  of  a  series  in  which  the  history  of 
women  in  industry  is  briefly  developed.  The  reader  goes 
with  the  women  from  home  to  factory.  In  the  next  panel 
he  sees  four  home  occupations  transferred  to  the  factory, 
and  is  given  the  statistics  regarding  the  thousands  of  women 
now  carrying  on  outside  the  home  these  former  domestic 
duties. 


90a 


V 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

or  separated  groups  of  objects  which  are  again 
divided  into  smaller  units,  such  as  panels  or  table 
scenes,  each  of  these  conveying  a  thought  or  an 
idea  to  be  sure,  but  all  of  them  related  to  the  cen- 
tral theme  of  the  whole  exhibit  and  having  a  part 
in  its  orderly  development. 

Thus  the  arrangement  of  material  may  be  that 
of  a  sequence  of  ideas  each  one  developed  logically 
from  the  one  preceding  as  is  the  case  in  written 
exposition.  You  would  then  have  a  definite  start- 
ing point  and  a  clearly  marked  route  which  follows 
the  unfolding  of  a  story  or  a  theme  through  a  series 
of  booths.  We  may  follow  the  history  of  woman 
in  industry  through  a  series  of  panels  or  booths, 
dealing  progressively  with  stages  in  industrial  de- 
velopments; or  we  may  consider  the  problems  of 
child  health  and  education,  as  was  done  in  the 
Peoria  Child  Welfare  Exhibition,  as  a  cycle  of  life, 
arranging  in  a  sequence  the  outstanding  problems 
of  infancy,  childhood,  youth,  and  parentage. 

Another  arrangement  of  material  may  present 
a  single  proposition  illustrated  conspicuously  as 
a  central  idea  or  theme,  and  around  it  may  be 
grouped  related  ideas  each  one  developed  suffi- 
ciently to  be  a  small  unit  in  itself,  all  of  them  bear- 
ing more  or  less  the  same  relation  to  the  main 
theme  though  not  necessarily  steps  in  a  logical 
sequence  of  reasoning.  For  example,  we  may  dem- 
onstrate by  a  series  of  independent  exhibits  the 
proposition  that  "much  of  the  work  for  the  home 
is  done  outside  the  home."    The  exhibits  illustrat- 

90 


WOMENS  PLACE  IS  IN  THE  HOME' 

True  — as  long  as  all  work  for  the 
home   had  to  be  done  in  the  home 


■^  m 


.■'^ ""S-JliPif-  j 


■p'-MMIi 


.    <.' 


100  years  ago 

clothing,  shoes,  jam,  dye,  soap 
were  made  in  the  home  ? 

When  power  machinery 

took  these  and  oth^r  industries  from 

Home  to  Factory, 

women   left  their  homes  to  follow 
their  work 


I 

I 


Sequence  of  Ideas  in  Panels 

This  panel  is  the  first  of  a  series  in  which  the  history  of 
women  in  industry  is  briefly  developed.  The  reader  goes 
with  the  women  from  home  to  factory.  In  the  next  panel 
he  sees  four  home  occupations  transferred  to  the  factory, 
and  is  given  the  statistics  regarding  the  thousands  of  women 
now  carrying  on  outside  the  home  these  former  domestic 
duties. 


90a 


"o  >.  <r> 


>  o 

O 


V.     I_     03     •  ■ 

■^   o  •£ 


>,  oj    4;    >,  c 


O 

C      gj      fli 


O    ->-•    c  — -  -C 
O    C  •--    rt    *-'    "1 

_2  x:  "t;  x:   >>.•=: 


H 


•  _     4J 


JC     > 


COT   (/I 


2  >. 

O  -C 


t^   ?2   P 

o  £  £ 


:-  o  ^ 


laox:    c    C 


(U  Xi 


(«    u    D.D.O    bORSCijD.ti 


P  ^  *: 


_c  "2  ^ 

2  *-  o 

O  M)  *-* 

x:  c  t« 

J3  e  O     c 

H  ^  *-  .2 

.12  O     CO 


t/i 

=  :2  j= 


O  ^ 


;?  o 

c 

»-    X 

U    -t-t 


3    3 


> 

o.  o 

bC 


4»       • 


:s  .::i  o  t:  .t: 


o  5 
.22  5 


Confusing  and  Uninteresting  Grouping  of  Exhibits 


In  striking  contrast  to  the  booth  shown  on  the  opposite  page,  material 
in  the  exhibits  above  is  mounted  with  little  or  no  space  between  ex- 
hibits and  no  apparent  starting  point  or  orderly  arrangement  of  ideas 
Good  arrangement  is  all  the  more  necessary  in  the  case  of  the  upper 
exhibit  because  the  material  calls  for  close  examination. 

if  you  were  looking  at  either  of  these  exhibits  where  would  you  begin 
reading.r'  How  many  of  the  charts  or  panels  would  you  examine?  What 
would  you  remember  with  sufficient  clearness  to  tell  someone  else  about 
it  the  next  day? 

gob 


90c 


CONFLSINt.  AND  UnI  NTHKESTINC,  CjROUIMNCi  Oh   hXHIBllS 

In  Striking  contrast  to  the  booth  shown  on  the  opposite  page,  material 
in  the  exhibits  above  is  mounted  with  little  or  no  space  between  ex- 
hibits and  no  apparent  starting  point  or  orderly  arrangement  of  ideas. 
tifKKl  arrangement  is  all  the  more  necessary  in  the  case  of  the  upper 
exhibit  because  the  material  calls  for  close  examination. 

If  you  were  looking  at  either  of  these  exhibits  where  would  you  begin 
reading?  How  many  of  the  charts  or  panels  would  you  examine:^  W  hat 
would  vou  remember  with  sufficient  clearness  to  teH  someone  else  about 
It  the  next  dayr 

()ob 


This  booth  served 
as   the  introductory 
chapter   in    a    series 
which  dealt  progres- 
sively with  sanitary 
conditions     in      the 
prison,  the  life  of  the 
prisoners,   the   story 
of  the  long  delay  in 
getting     the     prison 
abolished,  and  plans 
for    industrial    farm 
buildings  to  replace 
it. 

The  photographer, 
by  moving  the  model 
out  of  its  correct  po- 
sition,   has  made   it 
appear  that  part  of 
the  text  of  one  of  the 
large  panels  was  cut 
off    from    view,    but 
this  was  not  the  case 
in  the  actual  display. 

Reform 

1  well 
>  text 

o 

o 

o 
'jr. 

,r  i  1?.. 

0  i          J  :-  ^ 

ii^H 

s           a* . 

\      -il'r  ^    -  j 

^^^^MJ^^^^^^H 

^        .E  E- 

y  ^ 

3iH 

1   E  c£ 

1^         —       -..      (A 

■ 

1       § 

EV^^IH 

^Uilf  Prisnti  Exhihil  nf  New  Yo 

HI)  Grouping  of  Exhibits 

panels  on  the  back  wall  v 
'enerous  amount  of  blank 

<■ 

V    z  ':5  -  "3 

f 

< 

i 

From  New  ^ 

VV  HLL  Pl 
sizes  and  positions  of 
the  model  and  to  allow 
lanels  interprets  the  m 

m  m  ills                                 ^^^^^m^^^^m 

The 
above 
of  the  1 

90c 


o  ^ 

in 

in 


"O 

c 
c 


Em 
.5    o 


< 

z 
o 

o 

£ 

< 

o  5 

<  CO 


D.    03 


E  5 


o  "2 

E  Z 

OS  03 

<U  U 


U 

u 


o 

PS      gj 


« 


>  *-' 

.S2    O    C 
O     5 


o   2 
o 

4>      O 


i/i 


03  *j 

»  Ji 

^  Xi 

o  o 

a>  O 

E  £   t 

(A  D. 


c 
o 

p  '*— • 

ID  U 


os 


c 

03 

E 


c 

C    J= 
3     U 

o   ti 
c 

fs   i; 


■T3 
Ol 

in 

rt 

k. 
u 

c 

3 

o 

u 


k.    •  — 


C 

o 

E 

T3 


0* 


o 

E 


4_>         9>) 

03    Xi 


I/)      lU  ■ 

>     OJ  c 

0)      E  OJ 

^     «3  O 

3 


c 
o 


4J 

c 


■^    T3     Q 


-  8 


c 

8 


03 


05     *J 


C 


1/1 

o   c 

*-     o 

-    E 

O     0* 

C    T3 


E 

3 

C 

"ig   x: 
w     *-' 

■—     I- 


0) 
(/) 

c 
rt 


x:    ^ 


in      I 

i/s     C 

O    IT 
k>     c 

ex  •"" 

T3 

O     bo 

-C      03 

1/1     -fcrf 

(/} 


Q. 

O  *- 

9J      J,,      ^ 
Q.    4»      U 

-^      <U 

JC 


</i 

u 

■*-• 

C 


i/j 

c 


03 


.2  S 

Ou  t/1  a> 

O      4*  <« 

(U      3  ^ 

a.  o"  « 


i/j  "o 

3     (L* 

O    M   2 

_-  'Sc  'B 

rt     rt     </) 

k.     — 


E  -o 


90d 


II 


HOW  WILL  YOU   UTILIZE  THE   FLOOR   SPACE? 

ing  this  proposition  would  show  household  washing 
done  in  laundries,  coats  and  gowns  made  in  fac- 
tories, bread  baked  in  bakeries,  all  being  grouped 
around  the  main  theorem  which  is  presented  in  a 
place  where  it  will  be  seen  as  the  visitor  first  enters 
the  hall.  But  whatever  the  arrangement,  it  should 
be  planned  deliberately  with  the  purpose  of  the 
exhibit  continually  in  mind.  In  other  words,  al- 
though there  obviously  is  room  for  variety  in  ar- 
rangement of  exhibits  there  should  nevertheless  be 
a  harmony  and  unity  of  parts  that  will  make  each 
fit  into  its  own  place  in  a  thought-out  scheme  for 
the  whole. 

Placing  of  Exhibits 

The  problems  that  arise  in  placing  single  exhibit 
units  in  groups  and  in  arranging  groups  in  a  hall 
differ  greatly  with  variations  in  the  amount  and 
dimensions  of  floor  space  and  with  the  kinds  of 
exhibit  material  to  be  used. 

Placing  of  Exhibit  Units  in  a  Group 
Exhibit  units,  as  panels,  posters,  devices  or  small 
articles,  are  grouped  in  a  booth,  on  a  table  or  coun- 
ter in  an  open  space,  or  on  a  division  of  wall  space. 
The  booth  may  have  walls  on  three  sides  with  a 
railing  across  the  open  spacQ  facing  the  aisle,  or 
walls  on  only  one  or  two  sides  with  open  space  en- 
closed by  a  railing  or  counter;  or  no  walls  at  all, 
but  merely  a  broad  ledge  or  counter  enclosing  on 
four  sides  an  open  space.    The  booth  with  a  maxi- 

91 


( 


°  '^ 

(/J    ■<. 

*"     2 

UJ    O 

J     O 
Z 

H     "■ 

O    ■'^ 
uj     < 

— >  ^ 

o  ° 

ui 
<   X 


"T3      C 

c    E 
—  'x 

<«    c 

x: 
aj  *-* 
'J 

^"^       ;   ] 

1/)      ••_ 

> 


a> 


O    ^ 


o    S 


<u     O 

c    > 


i«  o 

^  ii 

-2  £ 

"^  to 

O  O 

■fc^  Cl 

6  « 

4^  mm 

t)  O 

Ei/i 

*i  >. 


c  o 

o  o 

E  = 

"O  -C 

t)  r- 

c 

c  x: 

3  'J 

o  .t; 

^  -^ 

c 

k-  o 

«.^  P3 

t^  .^^ 


1/5  ^ 

u.  C 

>  E 

k.  "^3 

O  « 

tj  ^ 

J=  o 

*-  (/I 

.£  « 


—      P3 


k. 
O 

E 


>    _w 


o 

a. 

V. 

3 


P  x: 


'**^       "3      '♦'^ 


PS 


E 

3 
C 


i/> 

c 

o 


l/> 

(/I 


c   •= 


a  •- 
c 


x: 


*-^       ^*       -Tl       _C^ 


fc-         *_.  rt 


"3 

o 

c 

O    oj 
*-    I/) 


3 
C 

o 


■a 
c    3; 

.2  •- 

rt   .3 


« 


-   E 

O     w 

C    T3 


C 


c 

1/5 
(/T 

c 


</) 

rt 


o. 
o 

a 


1/5 

il 

1> 


(/> 

'G 


—    a> 


rt 


3 
X2 

oJ  .2 

Ui  1/1       D 

O  "U     i/i 

U  3       M 

B.  O"    rt 


C    </>   "O 

•-34^ 

o    60  5 
*-  .S  :S 

rt    rt    (/) 

h.    — 


E  ^ 


hi 

I ''Hi 


90d 


HOW  WILL  YOU   UTILIZE  THE   FLOOR   SPACE? 

ing  this  proposition  would  show  household  washing 
done  in  laundries,  coats  and  gowns  made  in  fac- 
tories, bread  baked  in  bakeries,  all  being  grouped 
around  the  main  theorem  which  is  presented  in  a 
place  where  it  will  be  seen  as  the  visitor  first  enters 
the  hall.  But  whatever  the  arrangement,  it  should 
be  planned  deliberately  with  the  purpose  of  the 
exhibit  continually  in  mind.  In  other  words,  al- 
though there  obviously  is  room  for  variety  in  ar- 
rangement of  exhibits  there  should  nevertheless  be 
a  harmony  and  unity  of  parts  that  will  make  each 
fit  into  its  own  place  in  a  thought-out  scheme  for 
the  whole. 

Placing  of  Exhibits 

The  problems  that  arise  in  placing  single  exhibit 
units  in  groups  and  in  arranging  groups  in  a  hall 
differ  greatly  with  variations  in  the  amount  and 
dimensions  of  floor  space  and  with  the  kinds  of 
exhibit  material  to  be  used. 

Placing  of  Exhibit  Units  in  a  Group 
Exhibit  units,  as  panels,  posters,  devices  or  small 
articles,  are  grouped  in  a  booth,  on  a  table  or  coun- 
ter in  an  open  space,  or  on  a  division  of  wall  space. 
The  booth  may  have  walls  on  three  sides  with  a 
railing  across  the  open  spacQ  facing  the  aisle,  or 
walls  on  only  one  or  two  sides  with  open  space  en- 
closed by  a  railing  or  counter;  or  no  walls  at  all, 
but  merely  a  broad  ledge  or  counter  enclosing  on 
four  sides  an  open  space.    The  booth  with  a  maxi- 

91 


I 


I 


i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

mum  of  wall  space  is  especially  suitable  for  exhibits 
made  chiefly  of  panels  and  posters.  The  need  for 
counter  space  increases  with  the  greater  proportion 
of  three  dimension  exhibits  or  demonstrations  of 
processes.  It  is  very  seldom,  however,  that  it  is 
not  desirable  to  have  wall  space  at  least  at  the  back 
for  the  convenient  display  of  a  few  posters  or  an- 
nouncement placards. 

The  booth  enclosed  on  three  sides,  like  the  one 
shown  on  page  94a,  should  be  long  and  shallow 
with  a  railing  across  the  opening.  Visitors  may 
thus  stand  near  the  wall  exhibits  without  any  com- 
ing so  close  as  to  cut  off  the  view  of  others. 

Three  things  are  of  chief  importance  in  arranging 
the  material  on  the  walls  of  a  booth:  their  relation 
to  each  other,  their  separation  from  each  other,  and 
the  height  from  the  floor  at  which  they  are  dis- 
played. All  of  these  factors  are  easily  taken  care 
of  in  an  exhibit  in  which  large  panels  make  up  the 
booth  walls.  The  panels  may  be  arranged  in  a 
sequence  that  reads  from  left  to  right  around  the 
three  walls.  The  wide  margins  surrounding  the 
words  and  pictures  and  the  panel  frames  may  form 
a  background  for  each  unit  or  idea  and  thus  sepa- 
rate it  from  its  neighbor,  while  the  mounting  of  the 
panels  on  standards  that  raise  them  at  least  20 
inches  from  the  floor  will  bring  them  high  enough 
to  be  easily  seen.  But  when  a  collection  of  pictures, 
charts,  and  posters  are  hung  on  screens  or  on  a  cov- 
ered  framework,  as  in  the  illustration  on  page  90b, 
exhibitors  are  tempted  to  mount  their  displays  to 

93 


I 


HOW  WILL  YOU    UTILIZE  THE   FLOOR  SPACE? 

fit  into  the  space  without  regard  to  logical  ar- 
rangement, and  to  crowd  the  units  so  closely  to- 
gether that  the  effect  is  a  confused  mass  with  no 
apparent  starting  point  and  no  distinct  identity 
for  separate  ideas.  The  value  of  generous  space 
as  a  background  for  the  display  of  each  panel,  pos- 
ter or  other  unit  is  not  one  open  to  question — it  is 
an  accepted  and  established  principle  among  ex- 
perts in  the  use  of  printer's  type  and  applies  equally 
to  exhibits. 

As  in  the  hanging  of  pictures  in  a  gallery,  all 
material  should  be  brought  as  nearly  as  possible 
within  easy  range  of  vision  of  persons  standing 
back  of  a  railing  several  feet  away.  It  has  been 
found  by  experience  in  numerous  expositions  that 
raising  exhibits  not  less  than  20  inches  from  the 
floor  and  having  a  top  height  of  not  more  than  seven 
feet  from  the  floor  provides  a  range  that  accom- 
plishes this  purpose  satisfactorily. 

If  the  booth  contains  both  wall  and  table  ex- 
hibits, as  shown  in  the  illustrations  on  pages  90c 
and  94b,  exhibitors  cannot  be  too  careful  in  plan- 
ning the  table  exhibits  so  that  they  do  not  conceal 
any  part  of  the  display  on  the  walls.  The  difficulties 
encountered  in  this  connection  offer  excellent  illus- 
tration of  the  importance  of  the  floor  plan  prepared 
in  advance,  showing  the  size  and  location  of  every- 
thing to  be  displayed  in  the  booth.  Practically  all 
the  things  said  above  about  displays  on  the  walls 
of  a  booth  apply  equally  to  those  on  the  walls  of  a 
room. 

93 


If 


i 


m 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

In  arranging  exhibit  material  on  counters  or 
tables  it  is  important  to  see  that  objects  are  so 
placed  that  their  relation  to  their  labels,  to  each 
other,  and  to  the  group  title  sign  is  made  very  clear 
and  that  each  group  of  objects  is  distinctly  sepa- 
rated from  other  groups.  The  illustrations  of  the 
counter  display  of  the  food  conservation  train 
on  page  gSd  show  such  an  arrangement.  The  sep- 
aration of  displays  by  a  high  barrier,  as  shown  in 
the  illustration,  could  be  replaced  in  some  cases 
by  a  broad  strip  of  tape  or  a  low  cardboard  fence 
of  a  color  contrasting  with  the  table  or  counter 
surface. 

Particular  care  should  be  exercised  against  plac- 
ing labels  and  instructive  descriptions  where  they 
will  be  hidden  by  the  front  row  of  visitors.  Labels, 
moreover,  should  be  large  enough  to  be  easily  seen 
and  read.  Neither  the  small  size  of  the  labeled  ob- 
ject nor  the  limited  exhibit  space  will  justify  dim- 
inutive labels  or  enable  the  visitor  to  read  easily 
type  which  is  too  small  to  be  used  elsewhere  in  the 
exhibit. 

Arrangement  of  Demonstration  Space 
The  visitor's  pleasure  and  gain  will  be  increased 
if  demonstrations  are  given  on  a  low  platform  so 
that  the  demonstrator  and  all  his  equipment  may 
be  seen  by  an  audience  several  rows  deep.  This 
of  course  may  be  impossible  in  demonstrations  such 
as  that  of  shop  work  in  manual  training,  which 
are  spread  out  over  a  considerable  floor  space  or 

94 


Poor  Grouping  of  Panels  and  Objects  in  a  Booth 

This  table  display  is  overcrowded.  It  might  have  been  made  more 
interesting  by  the  selection  of  a  few  articles  and  by  labeling  each  article 
or  group  of  articles  to  show  the  age  and  degree  of  feeble-mindedness  of 
the  persons  who  made  them.  Here,  as  in  the  picture  on  page  90c,  we 
are  told  that  the  photographer  was  responsible  for  so  placing  the  table 
that  it  cut  off  from  view  part  of  the  wall  exhibits.  In  general  the  taking 
of  photographs  of  exhibits  needs  much  care  in  order  to  avoid  misrepre- 
sentation. 

The  two  objects  on  the  floor  resting  against  the  table  are  displayed 
at  a  disadvantage.  Only  the  front  row  in  a  group  of  visitors  could  see 
them.     Compare  with  grouping  of  exhibit  material  shown  on  page  90c. 


94a 


l| 


;(' 


;ii 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

In  arranging  exhibit  material  on  counters  or 
tables  it  is  important  to  see  that  objects  are  so 
placed  that  their  relation  to  their  labels,  to  each 
other,  and  to  the  group  title  sign  is  made  very  clear 
and  that  each  group  of  objects  is  distinctly  sepa- 
rated from  other  groups.  The  illustrations  of  the 
counter  display  of  the  food  conservation  train 
on  page  gSd  show  such  an  arrangement.  The  sep- 
aration of  displays  by  a  high  barrier,  as  shown  in 
the  illustration,  could  be  replaced  in  some  cases 
by  a  broad  strip  of  tape  or  a  low  cardboard  fence 
of  a  color  contrasting  with  the  table  or  counter 
surface. 

Particular  care  should  be  exercised  against  plac- 
ing labels  and  instructive  descriptions  where  they 
will  be  hidden  by  the  front  row  of  visitors.  Labels, 
moreover,  should  be  large  enough  to  be  easily  seen 
and  read.  Neither  the  small  size  of  the  labeled  ob- 
ject nor  the  limited  exhibit  space  will  justify  dim- 
inutive labels  or  enable  the  visitor  to  read  easily 
type  which  is  too  small  to  be  used  elsewhere  in  the 
exhibit. 

Arrangement  of  Demonstration  Space 
The  visitor's  pleasure  and  gain  will  be  increased 
if  demonstrations  are  given  on  a  low  platform  so 
that  the  demonstrator  and  all  his  equipment  may 
be  seen  by  an  audience  several  rows  deep.  This 
of  course  may  be  impossible  in  demonstrations  such 
as  that  of  shop  work  in  manual  training,  which 
are  spread  out  over  a  considerable  floor  space  or 


Poor  Grouping  of  Panels  and  Objects  in  a  Booth 

This  table  display  is  overcrowded.  It  might  have  been  made  more 
interesting  by  the  selection  of  a  few  articles  and  by  labeling  each  article 
or  group  of  articles  to  show  the  age  and  degree  of  feeble-mindedness  of 
the  persons  who  made  them.  Here,  as  in  the  picture  on  page  90c,  we 
are  told  that  the  photographer  was  responsible  for  so  placing  the  table 
that  it  cut  off  from  view  part  of  the  wall  exhibits,  in  general  the  taking 
of  photographs  of  exhibits  needs  much  care  in  order  to  avoid  misrepre- 
sentation. 

The  two  objects  on  the  floor  resting  against  the  table  are  displayed 
at  a  disadvantage.  Only  the  front  row  in  a  group  of  visitors  could  see 
them.     Compare  with  grouping  of  exhibit  material  shown  on  page  90c. 


94a 


i 


Arrangement  of  a  Demonstration 

Booth 

The  upper  picture  illustrates  what, 
with  the  best  of  intentions  on  the  part 
of  the  designer,  often  happens  to  the 
space  left  free  behind  the  explainer. 
He  expected  to  put  panels  on  only  the 
upper  half  of  the  walls,  but  the  exhibi- 
tors could  not  resist  covering  the  lower 
half  with  detailed  and  technical  charts 
that  were  neither  appropriate  nor  easy 
to  read.  Incidentally,  the  booth  is 
badly  overcrowded.  The  attempt  to 
treat  the  question  of  marketing,  nutri- 
tion, food  for  children,  and  table-set- 
ting in  one  booth  was  a  mistake. 

The  lower  picture  on  the  opposite 
page  offers  a  good  illustration  of  a 
demonstration  booth,  the  walls  of 
which  have  been  kept  free  of  material, 
except  on  the  space  easily  seen  above 
the  head  of  the  demonstrator.  A  mar- 
gin should  have  been  left  between  the 
panels  and  the  top  of  the  wall.  It  is 
also  doubtful  whether  visitors  could 
see  the  articles  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
showcase. 


94b 


95 


94 1' 


•  II  "!'. ' 

» : 

lilt 


I 


Arrangement  of  a  Demonstration 

Booth 

The  upper  picture  illustrates  what, 
with  the  best  of  intentions  on  the  part 
of  the  designer,  often  happens  to  the 
space  left  free  behind  the  explainer. 
He  expected  to  put  panels  on  only  the 
upper  half  of  the  walls,  but  the  exhibi- 
tors could  not  resist  covering  the  lower 
half  with  detailed  and  technical  charts 
that  were  neither  appropriate  nor  easy 
to  read.  Incidentally,  the  booth  is 
badly  overcrowded.  The  attempt  to 
treat  the  question  of  marketing,  nutri- 
tion, food  for  children,  and  table-set- 
ting in  one  booth  was  a  mistake. 

The  lower  picture  on  the  opposite 
page  offers  a  good  illustration  of  a 
demonstration  booth,  the  walls  of 
which  have  been  kept  free  of  material, 
except  on  the  space  easily  seen  above 
the  head  of  the  demonstrator.  A  mar- 
gin should  have  been  left  between  the 
panels  and  the  top  of  the  wall,  it  is 
also  doubtful  whether  visitors  could 
see  the  articles  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
showcase. 


95 


s^^^dudaHjbduujb^ 


n 

i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

are  extended  along  an  aisle.  Narrow  aisles  in  front 
of  a  demonstration  booth,  also  two  demonstrations 
on  immediately  opposite  sides  of  a  passage,  are  par- 
ticularly to  be  avoided.  Similarly,  the  possible 
disadvantages  in  the  use  of  corner  spaces  should  be 
weighed  carefully;  there  may  be  corners  where  a 
demonstration  with  its  audience,  which  may  be 
large,  will  be  placed  in  an  awkward  pocket. 

Where  the  arrangement  of  subject  matter  per- 
mits, demonstrations  distributed  around  the  ex- 
hibition hall  will  increase  or  hold  the  interest  of 
visitors  in  this  form  of  exhibit  as  they  make  their 
way  around  the  hall.  Keeping  the  wall  spaces  be- 
hind the  demonstrators  empty  or  using  only  the 
upper  half  of  the  wall  space  will  be  a  gain.  In  fact 
it  may  be  urged  that  the  demonstration  is  an  ex- 
hibit in  itself  and  the  attention  of  visitors  should 
not  be  divided  by  two  forms  of  exhibits  at  one  time 
and  place.  Wall  material  to  be  referred  to  by  the 
demonstrator  is  an  exception  to  this  rule.  Speci- 
mens  of  equipment,  or  samples  illustrating  stages 
in  processes  or  the  completed  work,  should  be 
placed  on  high  counters  instead  of  on  tables  of 
average '   '  ' 


Floor  Plan  of  the  Exhibition 
There  are  three  main  purposes  to  be  served  in 
arranging  groups  of  exhibits  in  a  hall;  first,  to  dis- 
tribute space  fairly  and  wisely  among  different 
groups  of  exhibits;  second,  to  provide  an  attrac- 
tive appearance  for  the  exhibition  as  a  whole,  and 

96 


HOW  WILL  YOU   UTILIZE   THE   FLOOR   SPACE? 

third,  to  assure  the  ease  and  comfort  of  visitors  in 
getting  about  and  seeing  exhibits  to  the  best  ad- 
vantage. 

The  first  purpose  is  served  by  adjusting  the  floor 
space  to  the  outline  of  exhibit  material  as  sug- 
gested elsewhere ;  the  second  by  a  scheme  of  deco- 
ration that  forms  a  harmonious  setting  for  the  ex- 
hibits. In  the  recent  Chicago  Patriotic  Food  Show 
the  imposing  white  and  gold  arched  entrances  to 
the  five  main  sections  were  arranged  in  a  semi- 
circle that  faced  the  building  entrance.  At  the 
Springfield  Survey  Exhibition,  the  artistically  con- 
structed pavilion  called  The  Playhouse,  and  at  the 
Peoria  Child  Welfare  Exhibition  the  large  oval 
called  The  Play  Court,  provided  attractive  decora- 
tive features  around  which  a  scheme  of  booths  was 
developed. 

The  third  purpose,  that  of  making  it  easy  to 
see  the  exhibits  to  advantage,  is  accomplished  by 
broad  aisles  in  a  "one-way"  plan  which  follows  a 
development  of  the  subject  matter,  prevents  jost- 
ling caused  by  movements  in  two  directions  and 
insures  visitors  completing  a  tour  of  all  the  ex- 
hibits. This  plan  should  be  accompanied  by  clear 
and  conspicuous  directions  and  title  signs.  It  is 
particulariy  helpful  to  have  an  obvious  starting 
point,  say  a  booth  or  display  in  an  open  space,  that 
attracts  the  eye  immediately  upon  entering  and 
proves,  on  further  attention,  an  excellent  point  of 
departure  for  seeing  the  exhibits  according  to  some 
consecutive  plan.  The  aimlessness  of  visitors  at 
'  97 


i 


1 




"IIP 

I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

exhibitions  which  allow  for  great  freedom  of  move- 
ment without  offering  any  suggestion  of  a  route  to 
be  followed  or  of  what  is  to  be  seen  by  going  in 
a  given  direction  is  very  marked  and  something 
to  be  guarded  against.  The  two  plans  shown  on 
pages  98b  and  98c  are  both  examples  of  an  ar- 
rangement that  were  rewarded  with  some  suc- 
cess, at  least,  in  guiding  visitors  intelligently.  The 
first  provides  for  a  one-way  route,  with  each  feature 
along  the  way  planned  to  develop  the  interest  pro- 
gressively as  well  as  to  offer  diverse  types  of  ex- 
hibits; the  second  allows  for  freedom  of  movement 
but  it  so  groups  the  exhibits  that  the  visitor  knows 
at  once  how  to  plan  a  route  for  himself. 

In  addition  to  the  floor  room  for  exhibits  them- 
selves, spaces  should  be  set  aside  or  the  arrange- 
ment of  floor  room  adapted  to  accommodate  some 
or  all  of  the  following: 

Ticket  office— if  an  admission  to  the  exhibition  is 

charged. 
Information  desk. 
Registration  desk  or  office  room  for  explainers  and 

other  workers. 
Telephone — public. 
Office. 

Press  room  or  space  for  press  representatives. 
Check  room  for  coats,  parcels,  and  so  forth,  of 

workers. 
Toilets. 
Rest  room. 

Chairs  or  benches  where  visitors  may  rest  and  chat. 

98 


98a 


H 


5 


p 


O 
o 

H 

< 
Oi 
H 

z 

O 
O 

> 

n 

:a 

u 

> 

O 

2; 
o 
t/i 

lA 
Id 

H 
U 

bd 

m 

o 

< 


«->-•-•  js 
c  ^*^ 

u  ""  O 

tiH  . 

to  c8  > 

^  oSJS 

C8  tn  cS  g 
C  rt  C  ^ 

M  k.   O  C 

g  o;  ^  60 
'5  "2  "O  '^ 

o  be-tj. 

a;  3  !c  S 

*j  *^  C  a) 

j:;  Jl"  <~  •-- 
U  "73  r*  ►* 

J-  k,  >- 

>  a  o  -a 

i*  C  C  o 

_,  (u  a  d 
•-""2  2 

CO  —  " 

O  C  m.^ 
JS  C  <n  sj 


ea 


SJ 


"  -  s  S 


a  ^^-2 
•g  ?  gJ  o 

<*«■»->  3  ? 
O   Cu  ■•->  -iJ 

>.^  &— 
CO  CO  41  "O 


OJ' 


3 

d  c  5;  _ 

>  s  n  ->-> 

cO  ***  flS  g 

*^cOa,^ 
o 

CO 


*.  i  E  <y 
i-i  e  eO  01 

CO  ><  j: 

CO   U  «i 


ill 


^^' i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

exhibitions  which  allow  for  great  freedom  of  move- 
ment without  offering  any  suggestion  of  a  route  to 
be  followed  or  of  what  is  to  be  seen  by  going  in 
a  given  direction  is  very  marked  and  something 
to  be  guarded  against.  The  two  plans  shown  on 
pages  98b  and  98c  are  both  examples  of  an  ar- 
rangement that  were  rewarded  with  some  suc- 
cess, at  least,  in  guiding  visitors  intelligently.  The 
first  provides  for  a  one-way  route,  with  each  feature 
along  the  way  planned  to  develop  the  interest  pro- 
gressively  as  well  as  to  offer  diverse  types  of  ex- 
hibits; the  second  allows  for  freedom  of  movement 
but  it  so  groups  the  exhibits  that  the  visitor  knows 
at  once  how  to  plan  a  route  for  himself. 

In  addition  to  the  floor  room  for  exhibits  them- 
selves, spaces  should  be  set  aside  or  the  arrange- 
ment of  floor  room  adapted  to  accommodate  some 
or  all  of  the  following: 

Ticket  office— if  an  admission  to  the  exhibition  is 

charged. 
Information  desk. 
Registration  desk  or  office  room  for  explainers  and 

other  workers. 
Telephone — public. 
Office. 

Press  room  or  space  for  press  representatives. 
Check  room  for  coats,  parcels,  and  so  forth,  of 

workers. 
Toilets. 
Rest  room. 
Chairs  or  benches  where  visitors  may  rest  and  chat. 


98a 


.0 


.a 


■a 

-« 

s 

5 


o 


I-—  o 
so 


« 


a 


3 


c 

C  01 
&X5  >. 
O       ^ 

80    CO    i' 

cs  tn  cS  g 
Q   CC   C 

•— "O  -S! 
■S!  i-T)  *" 
ID  n  *-^  .M 

^•S  8-1 

c  co- 

■5XT3 

3  05  aj 
•^C  a) 

sea 

Ji  o  -Si 
C  b  o 

■saiS 

o  c  ».ti 
•5  ce  5^ 

£«^^ 
JS.C  m  S 


o 

H 

1/5 

•< 
tt 
H 

s: 

o 

U 

> 

z 

> 

6 

!z; 
o 
t« 
(« 
id 
•-) 

H 
U 
M 


O 

u 

Si 

J2 


n 
O 

< 


.r.s  bcw 
C  CO  ,,  c 

•*;  *J  3  ? 

O  n  '<->  -•-> 
>.—  ft— 

^  Se     o 
*>  1-1   .  fc« 

a;  -!->  ac 

•3  £^.2 
-C        >-  . 

&  n  E*j 

cO"~  eO  g 


CO 


cO 


w  5  CO  (LI 
OB  S  I-* 


»■» 


F 


za 


r\ : 

t  i  i 

•  {  : 

1  Hi 

■— '^^^ 

•  4  : 

«  is 

ViJ 

LJJ 


»{ • 

•  4  • 

» {  I 

l{  \ 

I   ; 


t 

f 

1 

t 

i 

$ 

, 

l|  i  ]  t 

I  ; 

i  i 

1  ; 

1  1 

^ 

;|  ; 

^' 

M 

•-• 

• 
ft 

1 

■■■I 

> 

1 

1 


*w 


n 


1 

1 

f 

f 

! 

f 

1  i 

1 

1 

1 

t 

t 

1 

1 

1 

s 

t 

•      • 

t 

• 

1 

t 

« 

! 

f 

• 

* 

« 

ft 

: 

« 

• 

J 

m 

I 

£ 

t 

• 
« 

t 

» 

1 

1 

• 

• 

i 

« 
« 

r            •*•* .       \ 

f/ 


n 


!^' 


i^ 


I 


1 ^-1 

1         « 

■I 

I'--'  |C 

»  i  1 

* 

' TS ' 

■J               • 

' 

c 

*  ^J4 

T 

i- 

1- 

t  • 

i' 

=1  = 

i' 

^ 

■1' 

1 

a 

• 

. 

• 

L-p_J 

i 

% 

• 

ti 

t« — i' 


98b 


c3 


_ae 


C/) 


< 

o 

E 
U 


bfi 


.=    O    a;    M  t;    C    5 


S^    G 


£    "    _ 

4^      Si      Si      r- 

■<->  jS  J3    C 


tfl 


1;    S  5    OJ  t3  -S  ^ 


V 


JS         rt 


M   O    U 


OJ 


C8 


ei 


-  V  a  ^ 
53   *   ™   o  - 


&  .2  ^ 


a 


4) 


^  .s 

a 


y    3    M 

CQ      09      >, 


rt 


o; 


-"2  - 

<Li     «!     .- 


aj  T3    u 


c  ti  .0  ^ 


rt 


oca 


rt    3    a>  'r 
"3.  -H    22  *->  =2 


lU 


w    11 


j:   a 


C     O    T3     S     O     5     ^ 
O   "O   _^    -S     M    3     O 

C    (u    cfl    >  -c    "J,    oa 


|5  «.5  ^ 

^    «  .S  £    a; 
G  x:   X3 


§ 


R  i  ;2   «   5;  ^   a.   E 


>>  o 


c8 


hi  "P 


•S  s.  g-^ 


u    a» 


o   ^  ti  *J    M  3 


2   o   ^   c    3 


■s  J= 


t:   o 


"o  j: 


a  «i 


=   E 


OJ 


.4> 


0   T3 

-   c 

0 

c 

be 

C 

.2 

•0 

3 

C 
0 

to 

C 

11 

•5 

efl 

C 

> 

c 
'c5 
S 

V 

3 

C 

0; 

C 

x: 

to 

0 

CO 

E 
E 

'5 
cr 
0 

_o 

S 
■1-1 

on 
C 
0 

E 

• 

u 

5" 

-     OJ 

to 

> 

u 

0 

0 

■a 

G 

3 
00 

y 


I 


V 


/:^7) 


V 


^ 


^ 


1 

in 

5E 

y? 

s 

e 

1 

J 

pyx 


5i2 


££ 


2-5 


>oa 


(A     1>     (/) 

4*  («  re 


00 


o»2 


^  t«  '^ 

.t:  re  J= 

re  ^  O 

•^-^  s 

2  ^^  o 


ffl 


re  f  4-1 


=    <«H  G. 


—  —       t) 

X  *;     ."^ 

UJ  9  c  <u 

>.  -C  .  -    ^ 

>  O   oj  .- 
c/5  a>  .,  .2 

c  ?J  *- 


^5 


ii 


y 


S! 


I 


i? 


ei 


£9 


i\ 


(=  c  re 
a;   O  .— 


UJ 


re 


~  > 


m 


f 


iaS 


^  ^     to:. 


iS 


1^ 


re 


t:  o 


en 

LU       J 

I    c 


re  4» 
"    o  E 

3  re 


re 


(/)  o 
<     o   ''i   f'i 

a,  <«  2 


<u 


t:  ao 


S   Sb-!£  = 


re  >  ->3  _£. 


u,  .:£ 


re  3 

^X5 


Vl 


^  E 


3J 


«.22  P  ^ 

— -  ":  _u.  re 


re  vm 
aj  4— >  <A 


X  •I-' 


x:  3 


u 


O^ 


bC  O 

ii  2  </) 

>   O   a> 

•  »   k-  (/} 

T3X1    3 


98c 


From  Pennsylvania  Food  Conservation  Train 

A  Counter  Display  Well  Arranged 
In  this  car  display,  separation  between  neighboring  groups  of  objects 
IS  provided  by  high  partitions.    The  title  sign  conspicuously  placed  gives 
the  key  to  the  display;    the  objects  standing  out  distinctly  represent 
eight  ways  to  save  wheat.    The  labels  and  dishes  are  glued  fast. 


Bad  Arrangement  of  Exhibits  on  a  Counter 
This  exhibit,  in  contrast  with  the  one  seen  on  the  opposite  page,  illus- 
trates the  overuse  of  labels  and  the  lack  of  clear-cut  division  between 
related  groups  of  objects.  Close  examination  is  needed  to  learn  where 
the  section  on  wheat  saving  ends  and  the  one  on  sugar  saving  begins. 
The  sugar  section  shows  a  confusion  of  admonitions,  labels,  and  foods 
Altogether  there  are  25  small  placards  on  this  counter.  Again,  no  means 
was  devised  for  setting  up  labels  securely,  hence  they  were  frequently 
misplaced.  „.  ^         j 

98d 


HOW  WILL  YOU   UTILIZE   THE   FLOOR  SPACE? 

Guide  rails  leading  audience  in  one  geneial  lane 
of  travel. 

Railings  or  ropes  before  exhibits. 

Clear  passageways  to  the  exits. 

Study  room  or  reading  room. 

"Last  word"  booth,  space,  or  room. 

Little  theater  or  hall  with  stage  and  seating  capa- 
city for  plays,  motion  pictures,  stereopticon. 

Motion  picture  booth. 

Dressing  rooms  and  property  room. 

Raised  platforms  on  which  to  "demonstrate"  cer- 
tain ideas,  with  space  for  chairs  for  the  audience 
if  practicable. 

Committee  or  conference  rooms. 

In  addition  there  should  be  a  bulletin  board  con- 
spicuously placed,  and  drinking  water  provided; 
and  all  entrances  and  exits  should  be  under  good 
supervision  and  control,  with  the  doors  swinging 
outward  as  the  law  usually  requires  for  public 
gatherings.  A  restaurant  or  lunch  room  in  con- 
nection with  the  exhibition  sometimes  is  found' 
desirable. 

Making  the  Floor  Plan 

In  making  the  floor  plan  it  is  a  wise  precaution 
to  be  sure  that  it  is  based  on  a  blueprint  or  sketch 
with  measurements  of  the  room  checked  up  by  a 
responsible  person  even  though  they  may  have 
been  supplied  by  the  architect  or  building  manage- 
ment. The  reason  for  this  suggestion  of  care  is  the 
fact,  often  learned  unfortunately  late,  that  such 
drawings  are  sometimes  incorrect  or  out-of-date 

99 


From  Pennsylvania  Food  Conservation  Train 

A  Counter  Display  Well  Arranged 
In  this  car  display,  separation  between  neighboring  groups  of  objects 
is  provided  by  high  partitions.    The  title  sign  conspicuously  placed  gives 
the  key  to  the  display;    the  objects  standing  out  distinctly  represent 
eight  ways  to  save  wheat.    The  labels  and  dishes  are  glued  fast. 


m  — 

■  L«ss  ihait  h  ot  lilt'  s«*j4i 
/  is  a\ailaU4>  kr  ilic- 


Bad  Arrangement  of  Exhibits  on  a  Counter 
This  exhibit,  in  contrast  with  the  one  seen  on  the  opposite  page  illus- 
trates the  overuse  of  labels  and  the  lack  of  clear-cut  division  between 
related  groups  of  objects.  Close  examination  is  needed  to  learn  where 
the  section  on  wheat  saving  ends  and  the  one  on  sugar  saving  begins 
The  sugar  section  shows  a  confusion  of  admonitions,  labels,  and  foods. 
Altogether  there  are  25  small  placards  on  this  counter.  Again,  no  means 
was  devised  for  setting  up  labels  securely,  hence  they  were  frequently 
misplaced.  „.  ^         j 

90a 


HOW  WILL  YOU   UTILIZE   THE    FLOOR   SPACE? 

Guide  rails  leading  audience  in  one  general  lane 
of  travel. 

Railings  or  ropes  before  exhibits. 

Clear  passageways  to  the  exits. 

Study  room  or  reading  room. 

"Last  word"  booth,  space,  or  room. 

Little  theater  or  hall  with  stage  and  seating  capa- 
city for  plays,  motion  pictures,  stereopticon. 

Motion  picture  booth. 

Dressing  rooms  and  property  room. 

Raised  platforms  on  which  to  "demonstrate"  cer- 
tain ideas,  with  space  for  chairs  for  the  audience 
if  practicable. 

Gjmmittee  or  conference  rooms. 

In  addition  there  should  be  a  bulletin  board  con- 
spicuously placed,  and  drinking  water  provided; 
and  all  entrances  and  exits  should  be  under  good 
supervision  and  control,  with  the  doors  swinging 
outward  as  the  law  usually  requires  for  public 
gatherings.  A  restaurant  or  lunch  room  in  con- 
nection with  the  exhibition  sometimes  is  found 
desirable. 

Making  the  Floor  Plan 
In  making  the  floor  plan  it  is  a  wise  precaution 
to  be  sure  that  it  is  based  on  a  blueprint  or  sketch 
with  measurements  of  the  room  checked  up  by  a 
responsible  person  even  though  they  may  have 
been  supplied  by  the  architect  or  building  manage- 
ment. The  reason  for  this  suggestion  of  care  is  the 
fact,  often  learned  unfortunately  late,  that  such 
drawings  are  sometimes  incorrect  or  out-of-date 

99 


If 


if 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

because  of  later  alterations  in  the  hall,  or  because 
made  in  the  rough  for  a  purpose  that  did  not  re- 
quire accuracy  in  details.  The  floor  plan  should  be 
tested  by  actual  measurements  made  in  the  hall, 
by  tracing  the  course  of  the  visitors,  noting  the 
location  and  lighting  of  especially  attractive  fea- 
tures, considering  the  relation  of  hall  exits  and  en- 
trances to  rooms  off  the  main  hall,  thus  seeking  to 
anticipate  possible  difficulties.  If  addresses  are  to 
be  made,  the  amount  of  street  noise  and  traffic 
should  be  considered  if  possible. 

It  is  most  important  to  have  the  floor  plan  ap- 
proved in  writing  by  the  city  building,  fire,  or 
police  departments,  or  by  all  three.  Omitting  this 
precaution  may  at  the  last  minute  mean  drastic 
and  irreparable  changes  in  the  arrangement. 

Careful  consideration  of  lighting  both  during  the 
day  and  at  night  and  the  practicability  of  any 
desired  electrical,  gas,  or  water  connections  also 
•should  not  be  overlooked. 

No  amount  of  signs  or  placards  can  fully  retrieve 
mistakes  in  planning.  Indeed,  the  greater  the 
number  of  posted  regulations  the  less  useful  they 
become. 

A  misspelled  word  may  be  corrected;  an  entire 
panel  may  be  replaced  by  one  more  satisfactory, 
but  errors  in  planning  the  hall  arrangements  may 
handicap  the  exhibition  to  the  very  end. 


100 


IX 

HOW  SHALL  THE  EXHIBIT  BE 
INTERPRETED? 

4  N  exhibit  should  as  nearly  as  possible  be 
/-\  self-explanatory.  Some  uses,  such  as  a  dis- 
*  ^  play  in  a  window,  require  that  it  should 
carry  its  own  message  with  only  such  explanation 
as  can  be  made  through  titles,  labels,  and  explana- 
tory placards.  But  if  the  exhibit  is  so  designed  that 
people  can  take  part  in  showing  it,  much  of  value 
may  be  added  by  their  personal  interpretation  and 
enthusiasm. 

The  participation  of  people  may  take  various 
forms.  We  have  already  seen  that  there  are  sev- 
eral ways  in  which  individuals  or  groups  through 
demonstrations  or  conferences  become  essential 
information-giving  features.  Below  we  describe 
ways  in  which,  without  adding  to  the  displays  any 
new  or  supplementary  information,  they  may  in- 
crease the  general  effectiveness  of  the  project. 

The  Explainer^ 

The  term  "explainer,"  as  indicated  in  a  former 
paragraph,  is  commonly  used  for  the  person  who 
talks  about  the  exhibit  to  visitors.  If  the  exhibit 
needs  explaining  the  term  literally  describes  this 

*See  Appendix  D,  page  21 5,  for  an  example  of  an  explainer's  talk. 

lOI 


w 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

person's  function.    But  if  the  exhibit  is  readily 
understood,  the  explainer's  r61e  is  more  that  of  a 
host  or  hostess  who  by  a  word  or  two  of  introduc- 
tion puts  visitors  in  touch  with  its  purpose,  sug- 
gests the  best  starting  point  from  which  to  look 
at  it,  calls  attention  to  facts  and  ideas  that  are 
especially  important,  and  makes  sure  that  the 
booths  and  objects  arfe  seen  to  the  best  advantage. 
The  attention  of  the  average  visitor  is  easily  dis- 
tracted by  the  movements  and  voices  of  people 
about  him,  and  he  needs  to  be  helped  to  concen- 
trate his  attention  on  the  subject  before  him. 
Moreover,  most  people  are  attracted  by  person- 
alities more  than  by  inanimate  things,  even  though 
the  latter  are  lively  exhibits.    Booths  at  which  are 
stationed  individuals  who  manifest  some  real  de- 
sire to  clarify  exhibit  points  are  therefore  very 
likely  to  get  much  more  attention  than  those  lack- 
ing this  personal  element. 

The  explainers  should  promote  interest  in  the 
exhibit  as  a  good  salesman  of  goods  would  do.  If 
you  stop  casually  at  a  counter  in  a  department 
store  whose  saleswomen  are  well  trained,  one  of 
them  is  ready  at  once  to  interest  you  in  the  article 
that  caught  your  eye.  You  are  gradually  led  to 
a  further  examination  of  other  articles  on  the  coun- 
ter until  you  very  often  end  by  making  a  purchase. 
If  on  the  other  hand  you  assure  the  saleswoman 
that  you  wish  to  look  about  for  yourself  and  you 
show  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  what  is  dis- 
played she  will  wisely  let  you  alone  until  you  ask 

1 02 


HOW  SHALL  THE  E>^HIBIT  BE  INTERPRETED? 

a  question,  watching  always  for  the  opportunity 
to  serve  you. 

The  explainer  should  do  just  this  for  the  ex- 
hibit. Many  a  visitor  looks  vaguely  at  an  exhibit 
and  passes  on  because  his  first  glance  has  not 
brought  to  his  attention  anything  that  awakens 
his  interest;  or  he  sees  something  that  appears  to 
be  more  inviting;  or  the  crowd  interferes  with  his 
view  of  things;  or  there  is  "so  much  to  see."  The 
explainer  in  action  vitalizes  the  exhibit  to  this 
casually  interested  visitor.  By  a  few  words  to  the 
group  about  the  booth  and  by  the  use  of  a  pointer, 
he  or  she  may  draw  attention  to  a  particular  ob- 
ject or  statement  or  point  involved  and  then  to  the 
general  idea  or  topic,  thus  detaining  visitors  long 
enough  to  get  the  whole  idea.  That  many  people 
prefer  this  help  instead  of  attempting  to  interpret 
the  exhibit  themselves,  is  convincingly  proved  if 
one  but  watches  them  at  any  exhibition.  The 
largest  groups  are  found,  and  they  remain  longest, 
at  the  booths  where  good  explainers  are  stationed. 
At  the  same  time  there  will  be  visitors  who  evi- 
dence an  interest  which  does  not  need  stimulation 
and  who  appear  sufficiently  resourceful  not  to 
need  aid  in  getting  the  full  purport  of  the  exhibits. 
They  may  very  well  be  left  to  themselves. 

Good  explainers,  like  good  salespeople,  must 
have  some  degree  of  natural  aptitude  for  the  task 
and  such  training  as  is  possible.  They  will  then 
know  when  to  explain  and  when  to  let  visitors  fol- 
low their  own  impulses.     Exhibitors  will  do  well 

103 


Llii 
III 
I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

to  pick  their  explainers  carefully  and  give  them  all 
the  advance  training  practicable  under  the  circum- 
stances.^ A  discussion  of  the  organizing  and  di- 
recting of  explainers  is  contained  in  Chapter  X, 

How  Will  the  Project  Be  Organized? 

* 

Short  Talks  for  Interpretation 

It  is  of  great  assistance,  in  getting  people  into 
the  spirit  of  the  exhibition  as  a  whole,  to  have 
someone  interpret  its  central  idea  in  a  brief  talk. 
This  may  be  done  in  several  ways.  If  it  is  possible 
in  making  the  floor  plan  to  reserve  space  near  the 
entrance,  where  arriving  visitors  may  be  gathered 
together  for  a  few  minutes,  a  three-  or  five-minute 
talk  may  be  given  there  and  repeated  at  frequent 
intervals.  The  speaker  will  explain  the  purpose  of 
the  exhibition,  suggest  some  of  the  things  to  look 
for,  and  start  visitors  on  their  tour  with  a  clearer 
idea  of  what  it  is  all  about.  He  thus  does  for  the 
exhibition  as  a  whole  what  an  explainer  does  for 
single  exhibits. 

If  this  talk  cannot  be  arranged  for  arriving 

*  The  following  notes  jotted  down  from  a  talk  to  explainers  may 
have  value  in  suggesting  still  other  things  they  may  well  be  told: 

Look  interested;  be  alive  and  alert;  be  approachable  with  an  ob- 
vious welcome  extended  to  even  the  most  stupid  or  ignorant  or  critical 
questioner.  Do  not  hesitate,  when  need  be,  to  admit  that  you  don't 
know,  but  try  to  refer  the  questioner  to  some  further  source  of  infor- 
mation. Talk  and  point,  but  aim  not  to  do  too  much  of  either,  giving 
visitors  a  fair  chance  to  see  for  themselves.  Encourage  discussion 
among  them;  draw  in  those  on  the  outside  of  the  group;  and,  not 
least,  don't  allow  yourself  to  be  monopolized  by  one  individual  or  a 
small  group.  Of  course,  you  will  be  on  time — never  missing  an  ap- 
pointment, save  for  the  most  urgent  of  reasons,  and  staying  a  few 
minutes  overtime  rather  than  to  leave  a  minute  before  the  end  of 
your  scheduled  hour. 

104 


From  Springfield  Survey  Exhibition 


A  "Last  Word"  Section  of  an  Exhibition 
An  open  space  comfortably  furnished  gave  the  visitors  at  this  exhibi- 
tion a  last  chance  to  ask  questions  or  make  comments  and  the  exhibition 
management  its  last  opportunity  to  invite  future  co-operation.  The 
various  methods  used  to  attract  visitors  were  the  "silent  speech"  given 
by  means  of  an  illuminated  display  machine  and  a  question  box,  a  desk 
at  which  visitors  could  write  out  questions;  but  chiefly  an  informal  dis- 
cussion led  by  the  floor  manager  or  one  of  the  executive  committee 
members. 


104a 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

to  pick  their  explainers  carefully  and  give  them  all 
the  advance  training  practicable  under  the  circum- 
stances.* A  discussion  of  the  organizing  and  di- 
recting of  explainers  is  contained  in  Chapter  X, 
How  Will  the  Project  Be  Organized? 

Short  Talks  for  Interpretation 

It  is  of  great  assistance,  in  getting  people  into 
the  spirit  of  the  exhibition  as  a  whole,  to  have 
someone  interpret  its  central  idea  in  a  brief  talk. 
This  may  be  done  in  several  ways.  If  it  is  possible 
in  making  the  floor  plan  to  reserve  space  near  the 
entrance,  where  arriving  visitors  may  be  gathered 
together  for  a  few  minutes,  a  three-  or  five-minute 
talk  may  be  given  there  and  repeated  at  frequent 
intervals.  The  speaker  will  explain  the  purpose  of 
the  exhibition,  suggest  some  of  the  things  to  look 
for,  and  start  visitors  on  their  tour  with  a  clearer 
idea  of  what  it  is  all  about.  He  thus  does  for  the 
exhibition  as  a  whole  what  an  explainer  does  for 
single  exhibits. 

If  this  talk  cannot  be  arranged  for  arriving 

*  The  following  notes  jotted  down  from  a  talk  to  explainers  may 
have  value  in  suggesting  still  other  things  they  may  well  be  told: 

Look  interested;  be  alive  and  alert;  be  approachable  with  an  ob- 
vious welcome  extended  to  even  the  most  stupid  or  ignorant  or  critical 
questioner.  Do  not  hesitate,  when  need  be,  to  admit  that  you  don't 
know,  but  try  to  refer  the  questioner  to  some  further  source  of  infor- 
mation. Talk  and  point,  but  aim  not  to  do  too  much  of  either,  giving 
visitors  a  fair  chance  to  see  for  themselves.  Encourage  discussion 
among  them;  draw  in  those  on  the  outside  of  the  group;  and,  not 
least,  don't  allow  yourself  to  be  monopolized  by  one  individual  or  a 
small  group.  Of  course,  you  will  be  on  time — never  missing  an  ap- 
pointment, save  for  the  most  urgent  of  reasons,  and  staying  a  few 
minutes  overtime  rather  than  to  leave  a  minute  before  the  end  of 
your  scheduled  hour. 

104 


From  Springfield  Survey  Exhibition 


A  "Last  Word"  Section  of  an  Exhibition 
An  open  space  comfortably  furnished  gave  the  visitors  at  this  exhibi- 
tion a  last  chance  to  ask  questions  or  make  comments  and  the  exhibition 
management  its  last  opportunity  to  invite  future  co-operation.  The 
various  methods  used  to  attract  visitors  were  the  "silent  speech"  given 
by  means  of  an  illuminated  display  machine  and  a  question  box,  a  desk 
at  which  visitors  could  write  out  questions;  but  chiefly  an  informal  dis- 
cussion led  by  the  floor  manager  or  one  of  the  executive  committee 
members. 


104a 


I  .;  . 


'I  I 


I* 

I     ' 

'-    111 
.,1,1'  :.:i 

1}.. ■ 


ll 
li 


If'' 


i 


H 


^€4  />TtCOtCV^ 


2. 


TTU^rv 


TVItlli.VU»(  —  OMMl-IIOl'OI  «ai:'.l>M.A|tlB 


"Those  microbes    .     .     .    old  man!     Keep  them  for  yourself." 


"  He's  a  wise  one     ...     he  sleeps  with  the  window  open." 

Post  Cards  from  France 

Post  cards  used  in  the  tuberculosis  campaign  of  the  American  Red 
Cross  in  France.  Among  many  excellent  features  of  these  cartoons,  a 
few  that  are  well  worth  imitating  are  the  humor,  the  simplicity  of 
sketches,  and  the  "spoken"  message  given  by  one  of  the  characters  in 
the  sketch  instead  of  being  "preached"  by  some  unknown  person  who 
does  not  appear. 


104b 


HOW  SHALL  THE  EXHIBIT  BE  INTERPRETED? 

guests,  it  may  be  given  in  some  part  of  the  hall 
which  is  likely  to  draw  the  largest  number  of  peo- 
ple. It  should  be  possible  to  seat  this  audience. 
This  talk  may  precede  or  follow  the  showing  of 
motion  pictures  or  stereopticon  slides  or  a  play;  or 
it  may  be  built  around  a  limited  set  of  lantern 
slides  definitely  arranged  to  illustrate  the  exhibi- 
tion. 

Finally,  a  "last  word"  booth  or  corner  where 
people  are  invited  to  drop  in  on  their  way  out  may 
become  a  scene  of  interesting  discussions,  of  brief 
answers  to  questions,  of  summarizing  statements 
of  the  message  of  the  exhibition,  and  of  urgent  ap- 
peals to  pass  it  on. 

Interpretation  through  Titles,  Labels,  and 
Explanatory  Statements 

Much  can  be  done  to  see  that  visitors  under- 
stand your  message  clearly  by  grouping  exhibits 
under  good  descriptive  titles.  The  window  exhibit 
shown  in  the  illustration  on  page  50b  was  excellent 
in  every  way  except  for  the  lack  of  a  conspicuously 
placed  title,  such  as  "What  To  Eat  in  War  Time." 
The  significance  of  this  display  would  be  wholly 
lost  on  those  who  failed  to  supply  for  themselves 
this  title  or  scheme  or  who  failed  to  infer  it  from  a 
reference  contained  on  the  poster. 

Exhibitors  will  find  it  worth  while,  we  believe, 
to  look  their  exhibits  over  after  they  are  in  place, 
viewing  them  as  nearly  as  possible  from  the  stand- 
point of  an  outsider.    Very  often  it  will  be  found 

105 


Ill'  I 


"Those  microbes     .     .     .    old  man!     Keep  them  for  yourself." 


'ill!'      I 


II  If' 


■  f 

51 


"  He's  a  wise  one     ...     he  sleeps  with  the  window  open." 

Post  Cards  from  Fr.ance 

Post  cards  used  in  the  tuberculosis  campaign  of  the  American  Red 
Cross  in  France.  .Among  many  excellent  features  of  these  cartoons,  a 
few  that  are  well  worth  imitating  are  the  humor,  the  simplicity  of 
sketches,  and  the  "spoken"  message  given  by  one  of  the  characters  in 
the  sketch  instead  of  being  "preached  "  by  some  unknown  person  who 
does  not  appear. 


104b 


HOW  SHALL  THE  EXHIBIT  BE  INTERPRETED? 

guests,  it  may  be  given  in  some  part  of  the  hall 
which  is  likely  to  draw  the  largest  number  of  peo- 
ple. It  should  be  possible  to  seat  this  audience. 
This  talk  may  precede  or  follow  the  showing  of 
motion  pictures  or  stereopticon  slides  or  a  play;  or 
it  may  be  built  around  a  limited  set  of  lantern 
slides  definitely  arranged  to  illustrate  the  exhibi- 
tion. 

Finally,  a  "last  word"  booth  or  corner  where 
people  are  invited  to  drop  in  on  their  way  out  may 
become  a  scene  of  interesting  discussions,  of  brief 
answers  to  questions,  of  summarizing  statements 
of  the  message  of  the  exhibition,  and  of  urgent  ap- 
peals to  pass  it  on. 

Interpretation  through  Titles,  Labels,  and 
Explanatory  Statements 

Much  can  be  done  to  see  that  visitors  under- 
stand your  message  clearly  by  grouping  exhibits 
under  good  descriptive  titles.  The  window  exhibit 
shown  in  the  illustration  on  page  50b  was  excellent 
in  every  way  except  for  the  lack  of  a  conspicuously 
placed  title,  such  as  "What  To  Eat  in  War  Time." 
The  significance  of  this  display  would  be  wholly 
lost  on  those  who  failed  to  supply  for  themselves 
this  title  or  scheme  or  who  failed  to  infer  it  from  a 
reference  contained  on  the  poster. 

Exhibitors  will  find  it  worth  while,  we  believe, 
to  look  their  exhibits  over  after  they  are  in  place, 
viewing  them  as  nearly  as  possible  from  the  stand- 
point of  an  outsider.    Very  often  it  will  be  found 

105 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

that  something  that  would  make  for  clearness  is 
missing — a  title,  an  introductory  statement,  a  label 
for  this  or  that  object  or  group  of  objects.  It  may 
be  that  these  small  bits  of  interpretation  that  could 
thus  be  added  will  make  all  the  difference  between 
success  and  failure  in  getting  an  idea  understood. 

Printed  Matter 

Printed  matter  interpreting  the  exhibits  should 
be  prepared  and  distributed  to  induce  visitors  to 
come  and  to  help  them  get  into  the  spirit  of  the 
whole  scheme  and  to  understand  its  physical  ar- 
rangements. To  this  end  a  leaflet,  folder  or  card, 
possibly  of  four  pages,  bearing  a  map  or  floor  plan 
of  the  exhibition,  and  the  essential  facts  as  to  hours 
of  opening  and  closing,  ways  of  reaching  the  hall, 
and  any  rules  of  admission,  as  for  children  or 
school  pupils,  is  nearly  always  valuable. 

A  printed  program  will  frequently  be  useful  and 
possible  to  provide.  In  preparing  such  a  program 
the  essential  quality  to  be  sought  is  usability  while 
visitors  are  seeing  the  exhibition.  Otherwise  it 
fails  to  serve  the  purpose  of  a  program.  It  should 
be  small  enough  to  hold  easily  in  the  hand  and  the 
pages  should  be  so  made  as  to  permit  of  easy  ex- 
amination. Numbered  references  to  booths,  dem- 
onstrations, and  program  features  are  desirable. 

But  whether  your  method  of  interpretation  of 
exhibits  is  through  explainers,  short  talks,  demon- 
strations, title  signs  and  labels,  or  printed  matter 
distributed  to  public  or  visitors,  or  through  all  of 

io6 


HOW  SHALL  THE  EXHIBIT  BE  INTERPRETED? 

these,  the  important  thing  is  to  count  interpreta- 
tion in  as  an  essential  part  of  your  advance  plan- 
ning. 

"Serve  yourself"  stores  and  restaurants  may  be 
successful  when  the  articles  for  sale  are  wellknown 
and  are  required;  and  similarly,  a  "see  it  for  your- 
self" exhibit  may  also  succeed,  but  its  ideas,  or 
commodities  as  it  were,  are  not  usually  wellknown 
and  visitors  are  rarely  in  search  of  them;  therefore 
the  chances  of  success  of  such  an  exhibition  are  not 
so  good.  • 


107 


't  .. 


■■:!(■ 


f 


X 

HOW  WILL  THE  PROJECT  BE  ORGANIZED? 
HOW  GET  THE  EXHIBITS  MADE? 

SINCE  in  the  course  of  making  and  using  an 
exhibit  a  plan  must  be  outlined,  booths  and 
panels  prepared,  the  varied  uses  of  the  ex- 
hibit devised  and  maintained,  the  project  advertised 
and  a  follow-up  scheme  carried  out,  organization  of 
the  whole  plan  and  supervision  of  it  will  be  needed, 
not  only  for  each  of  these  five  steps  but  to  relate 
them  to  each  other  and  to  the  large  purpose  of  the 
whole.  Organization  will  be  needed  in  order  to 
eiake  sure  that  the  work  is  so  divided  and  sub- 
divided that  all  can  be  accomplished  in  the  time 
allowed,  and  in  order,  also,  in  many  cases  to  use 
both  paid  and  volunteer  services  effectively;  while 
supervision  will  be  needed  to  check  up  and  other- 
wise see  that  delegated  work  is  actually  accom- 
plished. 

Responsibility  for  the  Exhibition 
Either  an  existing  organization,  with  some  ex- 
tension, perhaps,  will  carry  out  the  project  or  one 
will  be  brought  together  for  the  express  purpose  of 

1 08 


HOW  WILL  THE  PROJECT  BE  ORGANIZED? 

holding  an  exhibition.  The  propaganda  of  a  health 
department,  or  of  a  society  for  the  prevention  of 
tuberculosis,  or  of  an  organization  for  housing, 
prison,  or  other  reform  may  be  carried  out  through 
these  established  agencies. 

A  community  exhibition  calling  for  the  co-opera- 
tion of  many  agencies,  on  the  other  hand,  will  prob- 
ably be  handled  best  under  the  auspices  of  a  widely 
representative  exhibition  committee  called  into  ex- 
istence for  the  purpose.  This  will  be  equally  true 
even  though  a  single  agency  is  primarily  interested 
or  is  responsible  for  the  initiation  of  the  project. 

A  traveling  campaign  exhibit  or  a  train  exhibit 
may  be  prepared  and  directed  by  an  established 
state  or  national  organization,  but  in  each  city 
visited  a  local  organization  will  be  needed  to  co- 
operate in  promoting  and  managing  what  is  done 
with  it  in  that  place.  Even  though  there  is  a  local 
branch  of  the  directing  body,  the  local  use  of  the 
exhibit  in  many  instances  may  be  more  significant 
and  its  influence  more  extended  if  the  affair  is  made 
more  than  a  one  organization  event. 

In  a  great  deal  of  promotion  work  part  of  the 
purpose  is  accomplished  by  increasing  as  far  as 
practicable  the  number  of  individuals  and  organi- 
zations who  share  the  responsibility  for  the  under- 
taking. While  the  immediate  responsibility  for 
the  affair  as  a  whole  must  naturally  be  placed  upon 
a  few  capable  people,  almost  any  exhibition  is  the 
gainer  by  extending  participation  far  beyond  the 
ranks  of  the  original  sponsors. 

109 


ii 


^ 


I 


i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

An  Exhibition  Directed  by  a  Permanent 

Organization 

If  the  exhibit  is  planned  by  a  more  or  less  per- 
manently organized  group,  as  a  department  of  the 
city  government  or  a  national  or  state  organiza- 
tion, much  of  the  machinery  of  administration,  as 
has  been  suggested,  may  be  found  within  that 
body.  Just  how  this  administrative  machinery 
will  be  used  and  supplemented  will  depend  on  the 
type  of  exhibit  planned  and  the  elasticity  of  the 
originating  body. 

If  exhibits  are  to  be  used  continuously  as  a  part 
of  regular  propaganda  work,  it  will  be  desirable  to 
have  on  the  staff  a  member  who  is  equipped  with 
some  of  the  experience  and  knowledge  of  the  ex- 
hibit specialist.  If,  as  already  suggested,  he  is  ex- 
pected to  employ  volunteers  he  should  be  familiar 
with  methods  of  organization  and  the  forms  of 
supervision  described  below.  Such  a  worker  will 
need  to  work  in  close  co-operation  with  specialists 
in  the  subject  matter,  either  inside  his  own  organi- 
zation or  outside  of  it,  and  he  will  need  the  assis- 
tance of  clerical  workers  or  mechanical  helpers. 
None  of  these,  however,  will  be  able  to  take  his 
place  as  planner  and  executive.  The  increasing 
practice  on  the  part  of  health  agencies,  charity 
organization  societies,  and  other  bodies  for  form- 
ing advisory  or  working  committees  to  counsel  or 
co-operate  with  the  staff  workers  may  be  employed 
to  advantage  in  this  field  of  propaganda.  It  would 
seem  practicable  in  many  cities,  for  example,  to 

no 


HOW   WILL  THE    PROJECT    BE   ORGANIZED? 

form  a  committee  of  volunteers  to  counsel  with  the 
bureau  or  the  oificial  in  charge  of  health  education. 
This  committee  or  a  sub-committee  on  exhibits 
could  include  in  its  membership  some  of  the  spe- 
cialists suggested  later  in  the  chapter  as  helpful 
in  the  conduct  of  an  eificient  exhibit  enterprise. 
Such  a  committee  may  be  either  temporary,  con- 
tinue for  a  limited  piece  of  work,  or  be  in  the  nature 
of  a  standing  committee  to  help  the  department 
carry  out  the  use  of  graphic  material  in  its  educa- 
tional work. 

If  the  exhibit  is  for  temporary  use,  it  may  be  sim- 
pler to  engage  one  or  more  persons  for  the  kinds 
of  skilled  services  referred  to  below. 

In  cases  where  the  use  of  exhibits  is  occasional 
and  does  not  justify  securing  a  person  with  special 
training  for  the  work,  it  may  be  well  to  have  a 
member  of  the  staff,  whether  he  is  a  specialist  in 
the  subject  matter  of  the  exhibit  or  not,  acquire 
a  general  knowledge  of  exhibit  methods  through 
conferences  with  specialists,  attendance  at  other 
exhibits,  reading  and,  if  possible,  through  a  brief 
course  of  training. 

The  fairiy  common  practice  in  business  and  in- 
dustry of  occasionally  using  temporary  service 
from  the  outside  in  organization,  efficiency  tests, 
and  planning,  may  encourage  the  idea  that  the 
staff  specialist  on  welfare  propaganda  or  exhibits 
should  be  given  such  short-term  assistance  as  can 
be  secured  from  the  outside  exhibit  specialist.  Or, 
as  another  alternative,  following  existing  precedent 


ill 


i 


'I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

in  press  publicity  on  social  welfare  subjects  and  in 
commercial  advertising,  it  might  be  found  possible 
for  a  single  exhibit  specialist  to  be  retained  for  con- 
tinuous service  by  several  organizations. 

Exhibition  Organization 

The  work  to  be  done  in  carrying  out  an  exhibi- 
tion project  may  be  divided  into  the  making  of 
exhibits,  publicity  for  the  exhibition,  and  the  man- 
agement of  the  event  itself.  A  fourth  division  is 
the  administrative  work  for  all  three  fields. 

Those  who  will  carry  out  the  work  may  be 
grouped  roughly  as  directing  staff,  volunteer  com- 
mittees, employed  workers,  and  agencies  or  com- 
mercial firms  contracting  to  do  special  pieces  of 
work  for  the  exhibition. 

With  these  types  of  work  and  workers  in  mind, 
how  then  will  the  organizations  or  group  of  indi- 
viduals who  decide  to  have  an  exhibition  go  about 
getting  this  work  done  through  these  workers?  In 
point  of  time  they  will  take  steps  in  the  following 
order: 

1.  Form  an  organizing  committee. 

2.  Appoint  a  director  or  directing  staff. 

3.  Make  and  adopt  a  plan. 

4.  Organize  the  administrative  machinery. 

5.  Organize  committees. 

6.  Carry  on  simultaneously : 

a.  The  making  of  exhibits. 

b.  Publicity. 

c.  The  organizing  for  exhibition  activities. 

113 


HOW   WILL  THE    PROJECT    BE   ORGANIZED? 

7.  Hold  the  exhibition. 

8.  Begin  the  follow-up  work. 

It  may  prove  simplest  to  consider  these  steps  in 
the  order  of  their  enumeration. 

The  Organizing  Committee 
Very  often  the  initiative  in  the  exhibition  will 
come  from  an  organization  which  has  agreed  that 
the  undertaking  will  be  a  valuable  one.  The  first 
move  should  be  to  call  a  meeting  of  representatives 
of  such  organizations  and  interests  in  the  commu- 
nity as  might  reasonably  be  expected  to  take  an 
interest  in  the  movement.  At  this  meeting  an 
expression  of  opinion  should  be  called  for  as  to  the 
advisability  of  the  undertaking  and  the  strategic 
time  for  it.  Such  expression  is  important  because 
generous  co-operation  can  be  hoped  for  only  if  the 
various  groups  have  registered  their  approval  from 
the  start.  The  meeting  may  then  appoint  an 
organizing  or  executive  committee  to  take  the  next 
steps  in  launching  the  campaign. 

Finding  a  Director 
The  organizing  committee  will  need  from  the 
very  beginning  the  advice  and  services  of  the  per- 
son who  will  direct  the  whole  effort.^    Selection  of 
the  specialist  or  director  may  work  out  in  one  of 

^  If  there  is  no  possibility  of  obtaining  skilled  direction,  the  or- 
ganizers still  have  left  two  alternatives:  obtaining  an  active  executive 
committee  with  a  full-time  secretary  and  advisory  service  from  the 
outside  at  several  stages  in  the  campaign;  or  carrying  on  the  enter- 
prise altogether  through  committees,  relying  on  their  ingenuity  and 
energy  to  take  the  place  of  trained  leadership. 

8  113 


f 


I  •'I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

several  directions.    He  may  be  purely  an  admin- 
istrator or  general  executive  who  "knows  how  to 
get  things  done."    For  the  exhibition  carried  out 
on  an  extensive  scale  such  a  director  may  be  sup- 
plemented  by  a  staff  including  a  specialist  in  ex- 
hibit construction,  a  floor  manager  for  the  exhibi- 
tion, and  a  publicity  director.    Without  such  a 
staff  the  executive  will  need  to  be  someone  who  can 
take  the  responsibility  for  the  general  direction  of 
the  campaign,  the  management  of  the  exhibition 
when  thrown  open  to  the  public,  and  the  planning 
and  constructing  of  the  exhibits.    If  he  has  but  one 
associate,  the  choice  should  be  a  specialist  in  ex- 
hibit preparation. 

Making  the  Plan 
The  director's  first  work  will  be  to  co-operate 
with  the  organizing  committee  in  making  such  a 
plan  as  is  discussed  throughout  this  book.i  This 
plan,  if  all  concerned  desire  it,  may  then  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  same  group  who  appointed  the  organ- 
izing committee  and,  with  their  approval,  consid- 
ered the  basis  for  the  next  steps. 

Organizing  the  Administrative  Machinery 
The  first  needs  in  getting  the  machinery  in  mo- 
tion  are  an  office  and  equipment,  a  competent  sten- 
ographer, and  such  supplies  as  a  business  office 
would  require.  The  needs  of  the  office  will  vary 
With  the  extent  of  work  to  be  done,  but  it  is  safe 

*  See  Chapter  II,  Having  a  Plan,  page  5. 

114 


HOW   WILL  THE    PROJECT   BE   ORGANIZED? 

to  say  that  in  any  campaign,  the  last  place  to  econ- 
omize is  in  office  and  office  force.^ 

Much  unpaid  office  help  can  be  secured  and  used 
to  advantage  if  adequate  space  in  a  reasonably 
good  location  is  obtained,  and  volunteer  workers 
will  be  much  more  useful  if  there  is  plenty  of  room 
in  which  they  can  work  or  hold  informal  meetings 
without  interrupting  the  other  tasks  of  the  office. 

Exhibit  Committees 

Almost  any  kind  of  exhibition,  under  whatever 
direction  or  supervision,  may  profitably  make  a 
place  for  the  services  of  volunteer  workers.  It 
offers  one  of  the  best  points  of  contact  with  possible 
recruits  because  it  supplies  interesting  assignments 
that  do  not  necessarily  require  a  knowledge  of  the 
subject  matter.  Volunteers  will  be  giving  work  of 
genuine  value  to  the  movement,  while  at  the  same 
time  they  are  becoming  acquainted  with  what  the 
exhibit  stands  for. 

There  are  two  points  of  view  between  which  one 
may  choose  in  regard  to  the  purpose  of  volunteer 
committees  in  exhibit  campaigns.  The  first  is  that 
the  sole  object  of  committees  is  to  get  work  done. 
Following  this  point  of  view,  the  most  capable  and 
reliable  people  to  be  found  are  appointed  on  a  few 
committees  which  are  expected  to  do  all  the  work. 

The  other  point  of  view  is  that  through  the  ex- 
hibit committees  opportunities  for  numbers  of  peo- 

» For  list  of  workers  and  things  needed  for  administration,  see 
Appendix  A,  The  Basis  of  the  Exhibit  Budget,  page  197. 

115 


tl 


I  I 


if 


m 


hi 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

pie  to  participate  in  the  campaign  are  provided, 
and  that  this  participation  is  in  itself  a  big  asset 
in  increasing  the  number  of  active  supporters  of  the 
movement  and  in  building  up  a  group  of  people  in 
the  community  who  have  developed  a  considerable 
interest  in,  and  some  little  knowledge  of,  the  sub- 
jects treated  in  the  exhibition.  An  exhibit  cam- 
paign  affords  a  wide  range  of  service  for  volunteers, 
and  can  be  made  extremely  educational  in  develop- 
ing a  sense  of  civic  responsibility  and  efficiency  in 
people  who  hitherto  have  done  litlle  or  no  public 
work.  Moreover,  some  phases  of  exhibit  campaign 
promotion  can  be  achieved  only  through  the  en- 
listment of  considerable  numbers  of  willing  aids. 

There  is  something  for  all  to  do,  those  with  spe- 
cial artistic,  dramatic,  or  administrative  talent  as 
well  as  those  who  have  no  special  gifts  of  any  kind. 
Volunteers  working  under  direction  may  gather  in- 
formation, take  photographs,  draw  sketches,  make 
models  and  mechanical  devices,  distribute  adver- 
tising matter,  take  part  in  plays  or  demonstrations, 
organize  co-operating  committees,  or  help  in  the 
clerical  tasks  of  the  campaign  office. 

If  there  is  good  leadership  it  is  possible  to  make 
generous  use  of  this  kind  of  assistance.  A  method 
by  which  to  do  this  is,  first,  as  already  suggested, 
to^have  competent  direction  by  an  executive  com- 
mittee, a  director  or  a  directing  staff;  second,  to 
have  an  office  with  reasonable  working  facilities 
and  conference  space  for  volunteer  as  well  as  paid 


ii6 


HOW  WILL  THE   PROJECT   BE   ORGANIZED? 

workers;  third,  to  make  the  most  capable  and 
reliable  people  supervisors  over  groups  of  small 
committees;  fourth,  to  divide  the  work  as  far  as 
possible  into  small  and  definite  assignments,  each 
assignment  being  given  to  a  small  committee;  and 
fifth,  to  provide  each  committee  with  a  clear  and 
concise  typewritten  statement  covering  the  work 
to  be  done  by  it.^  This  method  takes  for  granted 
a  previously  prepared  plan  including  all  the  details 
of  work.  It  is  possible  to  make  such  a  plan  so  flex- 
ible that  there  is  room  for  initiative  on  the  part  of 
volunteers. 

The  committees  formed  to  handle  the  many  de- 
tails of  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  the 
Springfield  Survey  exhibition  were  as  follows: 


I.  Administrative  Commit- 
tees 

Finance  Committee 

Census  of  Useful  People 

Directory  of  Organiza- 
tions 

Committee  on  Commit- 
tees 

Office  Equipment 

Office  Helpers 

Automobiles 


2.  Committee  on  Exhibits 

Art 

Construction 
Decoration 
Drayage 
Furnishings 
Lettering 
Lighting 
Models 
Photographs 

Stereopticon  and  Motion 
Pictures 


»  See  Appendix  B,  pages  199  to  21 1,  for  sample  outlines  of  instruc- 
tion for  committees  such  as  are  here  suggested. 


¥ 


117 


p 


■thi-l 
I'  ■■ 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

3.  C  0  m  m  i  1 1  e  e  on  P  r  0-    4.  Committees  on  Exhibi- 

o^otion  tion  Management 

Arrangement  of  Ad-    Care  of  School  Children 


Explainers 

Hospitality 

Lunch  Room 

Play  Demonstration 

Playhouse 

"Last  Word" 

Ushers 


dresses 

Advertisement  Mention 

Co-operating 

County 

Excursions 

Handbook 

Newspaper  Discussion 

Out-of-Town  Organiza- 
tions 

Press 

Printed  Matter 

Speakers 

Special  Days 

These  were  in  addition  to  an  Honorary  Exhibi- 
tion Committee,  an  Advisory  Committee,  and  an 
Executive  Committee. 

To  simplify  the  work  of  organizing  committees 
on  a  large  scale,  it  is  well  to  have  a  card  catalogue 
of  "useful"  people  in  all  walks  of  life,  containing 
the  address,  telephone  number,  and  special  abilities 
of  each  person.  From  this  catalogue,  called  for  its 
news  value  a  "census  of  useful  people,"  a  commit- 
tee on  committees  makes  up  the  assignments. 

Naturally  the  census  of  useful  people  and  the 
directory  of  organizations  will  need  to  do  the  major 
part  of  their  work  during  the  early  preparatory 
period.!    Although  supplementary  committees  will 

» For  outline  of  work  and  method  of  the  Committee  on  Useful 
People,  see  Appendix  B.  page  301 ;  and  page  208  for  outline  for 
the  G)mmittee  on  Directory  of  Organizations. 

118 


HOW  WILL  THE   PROJECT   BE  ORGANIZED? 

be  in  course  of  formation  even  after  the  exhibition 
is  in  progress,  it  is  difficult  to  overemphasize  the 
value  of  early  preparation. 

This  key  to  success  in  securing  efficient  commit- 
tees was  illustrated  by  the  Lx^uisville  Child  Welfare 
Exhibition  several  years  ago.  The  unusually  suc- 
cessful management  was  attributed  largely  to  the 
detailed  study  of  possible  committee  workers  long 
in  advance  of  the  active  work  in  preparation  for 
the  affair.  This  careful  search  for  possible  workers 
among  those  not  usually  called  upon  for  service 
by  the  organizations  interested  in  the  campaign 
will  lessen  the  strain  of  the  rush  period  and  contrib- 
ute toward  greater  usefulness. 

Getting  the  Exhibits  Made 
Numerous  kinds  of  specialized  knowledge,  expe- 
rience, and  skill  go  into  exhibit  making.  To  get 
your  exhibit  made  under  the  most  favorable  cir- 
cumstances and  to  assure  the  highest  standard  of 
exhibit  workmanship,  all  of  them  should  be  util- 
ized. These  specialized  forms  of  knowledge  and 
skill  may  be  put  into  four  groups : 

First,  there  is  the  knowledge  of  the  subject  to 
be  exhibited.  This  we  may  assume  is  possessed  by 
the  person  or  persons  proposing  and  standing  back 
of  the  exhibit,  or  someone  associated  with  them. 
They  would  not  be  likely  to,  at  any  rate  should  not, 
undertake  the  task  of  enlightening  others  unless 
they  have  the  facts  in  hand  themselves.  Provision 
will  need  even  then  to  be  made  for  competent  fact- 

119 


IIJJIII 
PHI 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

gatherers  where  the  common  store  of  knowledge  of 
the  subject  needs  to  be  supplemented  by  fresh, 
more  complete,  or  more  up-to-date  data. 

The  second  is  experience  and  aptitude  in  getting 
information  into  exhibit  form;  that  is  to  say,  in 
selecting  and  grouping  data  and  ideas,  in  expressing 
the  material  in  words,  and  in  planning  illustrations. 
The  third  is  ability  to  design  panels,  models  or 
devices,  including  the  layout,  or  detailed  arrange- 
ment of  words  and  graphic  material,  and  the  super- 
vision  of  their  construction. 

The  fourth  is  the  ability  to  construct  exhibits. 
This  involves  the  skill  of  the  artist,  photographer, 
letterer,  painter,  model  maker,  box  maker,  elec- 
trician, or  others  who,  preferably,  have  made  a 
specialty  of  a  particular  craft.  Most  of  this  is  pro- 
fessional work,  though  occasionally  the  contribu- 
tions of  amateurs  are  found  satisfactory. 

Assembling  and  using  all  of  these  kinds  of  knowl- 
edge and  skill  is  the  work  of  the  exhibit  specialist. 
In  other  words,  the  whole  exhibition  project  should 
be  directed  by  someone  whose  training  and  expe- 
rience include  the  technique  of  exhibits.  Or,  as 
an  alternative,  in  addition  to  a  general  director  an 
exhibit  specialist  might  be  engaged  to  give  full  time 
to  supervising  the  exhibit  construction  alone. 

The  exhibit  specialist  may  be  expected  to  have 
training  in  the  matter  of  assembling  the  data,  de- 
signing exhibits  and  supervising  the  work  of  the 
various  skilled  craftsmen.  Whether  the  plan  to  be 
followed  includes  a  specialist  who  can  direct  the 

120 


IIIIIIM^^^^^^^^ 


HOW   WILL  THE    PROJECT   BE   ORGANIZED? 

whole  enterprise,  or  one  who  would  act  as  an  asso- 
ciate to  the  director  and  be  in  charge  of  making  the 
exhibits,  the  advantages  to  those  responsible  for 
carrying  out  the  project  of  having  such  a  person 
are  many. 

The  exhibit  specialist  develops  a  habit  of  mind 
that  subconsciously  as  well  as  designedly  recog- 
nizes the  relation  of  the  audience  to  every  phase 
of  the  project  and  sees  no  value  in  information, 
forms  of  expression  or  illustrations  except  as  they 
are  likely  to  produce  the  desired  impression  on  the 
people  who  are  to  see  the  exhibit.  The  educator, 
reformer  or  merchant,  who  is  usually  absorbed  in 
his  subject  matter,  does  not  readily  adopt  this  men- 
tal attitude.  An  interesting  example  of  a  failure  to 
foresee  the  probable  effect  produced  upon  an  audi- 
ence was  furnished  in  a  recent  account  of  a  health 
exhibit  displayed  in  a  Chinese  city  for  the  benefit 
of  Chinese  women.  By  way  of  teaching  them  the 
dangers  of  the  common  housefly,  a  greatly  en- 
larged picture  of  a  common  fly  was  displayed  by 
the  American  exhibitors.  And  the  Chinese  women, 
looking  at  the  picture,  said,  "  No  wonder  Americans 
think  flies  are  dangerous  if  in  their  country  they 
are  as  large  as  that."  It  is  the  part  of  the  exhibit 
specialist  to  understand  the  audience  and  foresee 
and,  if  possible,  avoid  such  mistakes. 

Another  kind  of  training  which  the  exhibit  spe- 
cialist may  be  expected  to  supply,  and  the  sole  one 
in  some  instances,  is  that  of  designing  and  directing 
construction.    This  service  in  the  making  of  panels, 

121 


I 


i 


m 

m 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

for  example,  in  its  first  stage  corresponds  closely,  as 
has  already  been  stated,  to  what  in  printing  or 
advertising  is  called  the  layout— the  planning  of 
margins,  the  spacing,  determining  the  size  and 
style  of  letters,  the  position  of  illustrations  in  rela- 
tion to  words,  and  the  like.  Advertising  designers 
have  made  this  the  subject  of  particular  study. 
One  firm  claims  that  the  sales  from  one  advertise- 
ment alone  were  doubled  by  making  a  small  change 
in  its  layout. 

If  a  considerable  part  of  the  skilled  work  is  to 
be  done  by  volunteers  it  is  especially  important 
that  someone  with  exhibit  experience  should  direct 
their  work.  Excellent  results  have  been  obtained 
by  school  classes,  electricians,  amateur  photograph- 
ers, and  others  when  exact  specifications  prepared 
by  an  exhibit  director  had  been  supplied. 

There  are  still  other  ways  of  getting  exhibits 
made  when  a  director  or  specialist  in  exhibits  is 
not  available.  A  few  commercial  firms  will  under- 
take all  the  work  of  design  and  construction.  Or 
some  parts  of  the  exhibits,  such  as  the  models,  elec- 
trical  devices,  or  posters,  may  be  turned  over  to 
commercial  firms  and  the  exhibit  as  a  whole 
assembled  by  the  exhibitor. 

If  through  lack  of  funds  the  exhibitor  is  obliged 
to  assemble  the  exhibit  himself,  he  may  be  able  to 
secure  valuable  help  through  a  voluntary  advisory 
committee  of  people  who  apply  to  the  building  of 
an  exhibit  some  of  the  same  principles  that  apply 
in  other  fields:    in  advertising,  cartoon  drawing, 

122 


HOW  WILL  THE    PROJECT   BE   ORGANIZED? 

headline  writing,  poster  making.  In  utilizing  such 
advisory  service  the  exhibitor  will  need  to  keep 
clearly  in  mind  that  the  technique  of  headline 
writing,  of  poster  making,  and  of  advertising  activ- 
ities is  not,  in  actual  practice,  altogether  similar 
work  to  the  preparation  of  exhibits. 

If  he  attempts  to  assemble  the  necessary  assis- 
tance and  direct  it  himself  he  will  find,  unfortu- 
nately, but  few  accepted  workable  rules  ready  for 
his  guidance.  He  will  need  to  seek  an  acquaintance 
with  varied  materials,  forms  of  expression,  color 
schemes,  and  construction  devices,  together  with 
much  experimenting,  in  order  to  adapt  materials 
to  his  needs.  He  may  be  able  to  secure  the  advi- 
sory services  of  advertising  men,  sign  painters, 
window  trimmers,  architects,  and  others  whose  ex- 
perience would  at  least  be  suggestive.  Possibly 
these  advisers  could  become  small  committees  to 
be  consulted  on  each  new  problem  in  construction. 
A  list  of  the  committees  that  may  be  of  assistance 
is  included  in  the  scheme  outlined  on  page  1 17. 


Organization  for  the  Publicity  Work 
A  wide  range  of  publicity  and  advertising  meth- 
ods possible  for  an  exhibit  will  be  found  in  the 
chapter  dealing  with  the  subject. ^  Here  we  are 
concerned  with  the  organization  needed  to  get 
the  publicity  work  done.  The  plan  of  the  com- 
mittees previously  described  carries  with  it  the 
machinery  for  accomplishing  a  great  deal  of  the 

'See  Chapter  XI.  How  Will  You  Advertise  Your  Exhibit? 

123 


f   '1 


1 


Ill".lll 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

work,  especially  the  kind  that  depends  for  suc- 
cess on  the  participation  of  people,  upon  "special" 
days,  personal  letters,  brief  talks  at  meetings,  and 
the  co-operation  of  merchants  and  others.    It  has 
also  been  suggested  that  the  director  of  the  whole 
enterprise  should  be  someone  with  a  sense  for  pub- 
licity and  a  knowledge  of  methods,  or  that  he 
should  have  associated  with  him  on  his  staff  some- 
one with  training  in  this  line.    If  the  latter  plan 
is  adopted  this  associate  would  then  devote  his 
time  to  co-operating  with  the  newspapers,  prepar- 
ing advertising  material,  and  supervising  the  group 
of  publicity  committees.     In  a  community- wide 
campaign  in  a  city  of  such  size  as  to  make  it  diffi- 
cult to  secure  news  space  without  giving  practically 
full-time  attention  to  the  press,  it  is  especially  im- 
portant to  have  a  press  representative.    More  often 
than  not  the  available  man  for  publicity  work  of 
this  kind  will  be  primarily  a  newspaper  man  whose 
activities  in  your  behalf  will  center  largely  on  get- 
ting space  in  the  daily  newspapers.     In  that  case 
it  should  fall  to  others  to  make  the  campaign  inter- 
esting enough  to  supply  him  with  news  and  other 
press  material. 

If  there  is  no  one,  either  a  general  director  or  a 
publicity  specialist,  to  direct  this  field  of  work,  the 
exhibitor  or  exhibit  committee  will  do  best  to  fall 
back  upon  the  cooperation  of  an  advisory  com- 
mittee on  which  newspaper  men,  advertising  men, 
and  others  with  experience  or  aptitude  for  pub- 
licity consent  to  serve. 

134 


HOW   WILL  THE    PROJECT    BE   ORGANIZED? 


The  Management  of  the  Exhibition 
The  exhibition,  when  shown  to  the  public,  re- 
quires its  special  group  of  workers  who  have  the 
important  task  of  turning  to  good  account  all  that 
has  been  done  in  exhibit  preparation,  and  in  the 
publicity  and  advertising.  Good  exhibits  in  a  badly 
managed  exhibition  are  greatly  handicapped,  while 
good  management  sometimes  carries  to  unexpected 
success  exhibits  of  less  than  an  average  degree  of 
merit. 

The  exhibition  management  is  an  especially  dif- 
ficult undertaking  because  so  large  a  share  of  the 
work  on  which  success  depends  is,  ordinarily  and 
advisedly,  put  in  the  hands  of  volunteers.  Many 
of  the  workers  must  learn  in  action  during  the  little 
time  before  the  event  is  over  how  to  do  their  work. 
It  has  been  a  common  experience  for  the  large 
exhibitions  of  recent  years  to  tax  the  strength  of  a 
few  local  leaders  almost  to  the  point  of  exhaustion. 
Part  of  this  strain  is  inevitable  in  an  undertaking 
carried  out  with  a  temporary  organization  made  up 
to  a  considerable  extent  of  untried  workers,  and 
involving  attention  to  a  great  number  and  variety 
of  details  each  small  in  itself  but  very  important 
to  the  whole.  The  best  way  to  reduce  this  strain 
to  a  minimum  is,  as  far  as  possible,  in  the  advance 
planning  to  anticipate  the  many  essentials  to  the 
smooth  running  of  the  machinery  and  to  prepare 
for  them.  The  exhibition  committees  who  get 
ready  at  the  last  minute  have  no  chance  to  do  this 

125 


INmI 


J 


^  III: 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

and  will  find  themselves  occupied  with  making 
signs,  telephoning  frantically  to  get  helpers,  run- 
ning out  to  the  nearest  store  for  a  hammer  and 
tacks,  writing  in  pencil  on  placards  notices  that 
should  have  been  provided  for  in  advance,  or  argu- 
ing with  the  building  inspector  on  the  installation 
of  lighting  wire  when  they  should  be  supervising 
more  important  activities  which  properly  come  at 
the  last  minute,  such  as  receiving  delegations  of 
visitors;  getting  in  touch  with  demonstrators  to 
see  that  their  schedules  will  be  carried  out  on  time  ; 
noting  improvements  that  might  be  made  in  the 
distribution  of  ushers;  or  studying  out,  behind 
the  scenes,  ways  in  which  the  usefulness  of  the 
exhibition  may  be  increased  from  day  to  day. 

Oversight  of  Hall  and  Exhibits 
Preparation  of  the  floor  plan  and  oversight  of 
the  building  of  the  exhibits,  already  discussed, 
bring  the  affair  up  to  the  point  of  installation.  In- 
stallation usually  must  be  carried  out  at  top  speed 
because  halls  are  available  only  for  a  short  time. 
A  period  of  confusion,  when  workmen  have  not 
finished  the  construction  of  booths  though  the  ex- 
hibits are  ready  and  should  be  put  in  place,  is  to 
be  expected.  No  detailed  plans  can  be  laid  down 
to  avoid  this,  but  it  will  be  minimized  by  the  best 
possible  supervision  on  the  part  of  a  director  of 
exhibit  construction  or  the  chairman  of  the  con- 
struction committee  who  should  be  on  hand  with  a 
few  reliable  assistants  to  answer  the  questions  of 

ij6 


HOW   WILL  THE    PROJECT   BE   ORGANIZED? 

workmen  and  to  solve  emergency  problems.  An  im- 
portant part  of  their  responsibility  is  to  see  that 
everything  received  in  the  hall  is  properly  tagged 
as  to  ownership. 

After  exhibits  are  in  place  there  will  be  need  for 
daily  inspections  to  see  that  they  are  kept  in  place 
and  in  repair,  and  that  all  mechanical  and  electri- 
cal devices  continue  in  running  order.  New  signs 
will  be  needed  and  the  correction  of  mistakes  that 
nobody,  in  spite  of  much  care,  could  foresee  until 
exhibits  were  in  place.  Oversight  of  cleanliness, 
neatness,  lighting,  ventilation,  and  the  observance 
of  police  and  fire  regulations  will  also  be  required. 
For  all  of  these  things  definite  responsibility  should 
be  fixed  in  one  person,  who  may  be  a  member  of  the 
directing  staff  or  a  committee  chairman.  He  should 
have  the  assistance  of  a  janitor,  a  good  '*  handy- 
man" or  general  helper  and  night  watchman,  in 
addition  to  having  on  call  a  sign  writer,  mechanic, 
and  other  skilled  workers. 

Floor  Management 
The  workers  on  the  floor  of  the  large  exhibition 
include  ticket  sellers,  doortenders,  explainers,  dem- 
onstrators, ushers,  guides,  performers,  attendants 
at  the  information  booth,  operators  for  the  motion- 
picture  machine  and  stereopticon,  a  fireman,  and 
possibly  a  policeman.  If  everything  is  to  run 
smoothly,  each  one  of  these  should  be  in  his  par- 
ticular place  at  all  the  times  agreed  upon.    It  has 

been  found  that  volunteers  who  are  inclined  to  be 

127 


i'  I  ...III 


1! i' 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

iwesponsible  about  promptness  and  reliability  in 
keeping  engagements  respond  much  better  to  a 
businesslike  management  than  to  an  informal  one. 
In  listing  the  committees  for  an  exhibition,  on  page 
1 1 8,  suggestion  is  made  to  divide  responsibility  for 
floor  management.  Among  these  the  committee 
on  explainers  deserves  the  most  careful  considera- 
tion. 

Explainers  and  Demonstrators 
The  selections  and  acceptances  of  volunteer  ex- 
plainers should  be  completed  several  weeks  in  ad- 
vance, one  or  more  sessions  for  instruction  held, 
and  brief  descriptions  of  the  exhibits  and  sum- 
maries of  the  essential  teaching  points  be  placed 
in  their  hands  well  in  advance  of  the  opening. 
Definite  instruction  as  to  hours,  place  for  report- 
ing, and  general  procedure  should  be  supplied ;  and 
each  explainer  should  indicate  in  writing  his  ac- 
ceptance of  specified  hours  for  service.^  A  private 
view  of  the  exhibits  attended  by  the  committee 
workers  and  explainers  should  be  held  at  the  latest 
practicable  hour  when  all  material  is  as  nearly 
ready  as  possible  for  the  opening. 

In  general,  the  hours  of  duty  for  explainers 
should  be  from  9  to  i  o'clock,  i  to  5,  and  6  or  7 
to  closing.  If  there  are  likely  to  be  many  visitors 
between  5  and  7  o'clock  an  extra  two-  or  three-hour 
shift  should  be  arranged  for. 

*  For  a  discussion  of  the  importance  of  having  explainers  and  of 
their  methods,  see  section  beginning  on  page  loi. 

ij8 


HOW  WILL  THE   PROJECT   BE   ORGANIZED? 

At  the  administrative  headquarters  for  chairmen 
and  helpers,  which  may  be  a  desk,  the  information 
booth,  or  a  convenient  room,  schedules  should  be 
kept,  each  showing  the  assigned  locations  of  all 
explainers  for  a  given  period.  Here  the  explainers 
may  be  expected  to  report,  coming  and  going,  and 
here  also  should  be  available  a  small  reserve  force 
to  fill  any  missing  places,  and  a  list  of  other  reserves 
willing  to  respond  to  emergency  telephone  calls. 
The  explainers  on  reserve  duty,  awaiting  an  assign- 
ment, may  serve  as  guides  to  special  delegations  of 
visitors. 

Daily  gatherings  of  explainers  for  five,  or  at  the 
most  ten,  minutes  may  be  used  to  much  advantage 
for  the  exchange  of  experiences  and  quick  discus- 
sion of  difficulties.^  At  this  time  the  chairman  and 
his  or  her  assistants  who  have  done  scouting  duty 
around  the  exhibition  hall  may  offer  suggestions 
and  warnings,  if  necessary,  to  the  whole  group. 

The  same  preparation  through  advance  meet- 
ings, well-worked  out  schedules  and  daily  gather- 
ings applies  to  demonstrators.  The  ushers'  com- 
mittee may  also  follow  the  same  plan  of  schedules 
but  may  not  need  advance  preparation,  although 
one  session  to  explain  plans  and  arouse  a  sense  of 
responsibility  will  be  helpful.  There  is  a  great  ad- 
vantage in  having  the  same  ushers  serve  as  many 
times  as  possible,  for  their  best  training  comes 
through  actual  experience  at  the  exhibition. 

» It  may  be  found  practicable  and  desirable  also  for  each  shift  of 
explainers  to  report  for  this  conference  ten  minutes  in  advance  of  the 
scheduled  hour  for  duty. 

9  129 


1  1}  J! 
.  "    } 


111  i 


4 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Attendance  of  School  Children 
One  of  the  special  problems  for  ushers,  explain- 
ers, and  floor  managers,  comes  when  arrangements 
are  made  for  the  attendance  of  school  children  in 
the  mornings,  as  is  suggested  in  the  next  chapter 
on  Publicity.    A  plan  that  has  been  successful  in 
handling  several  hundred  children  who  in  a  group 
are  spending  an  hour  at  the  exhibition  is  as  follows: 
The  children  are  first  taken  to  a  motion-picture 
hall,  if  there  is  one,  or  to  some  space  where  they 
may  all  be  seated.    Here  they  see  motion  pictures 
or  slides  for  a  few  minutes  and  then  they  are  told 
something  about  the  exhibits  and  the  best  way  to 
see  them.    If  it  happens  that  part  of  the  material 
is  too  difficult  or  not  especially  appropriate  for 
children,  some  mark,  like  a  small  red  ribbon,  is 
attached  to  all  the  other  exhibits,  which  they 
should  look  for  especially.  They  soon  get  interested 
in  the  game  of  "watching  for  the  red  ribbons." 

After  being  seated  about, ten  minutes,  the  chil- 
dren march  in  double  file  until  the  head  of  the  pro- 
cession has  completed  the  circuit  of  the  exhibition 
hall.  Then  they  are  halted  and  each  group  of 
children  visits  the  booth  that  is  nearest  to  it,  after 
which  the  procession  circles  the  hall  until  all  have 
made  the  rounds.  When  there  are  no  ushers  pres- 
ent in  the  morning,  as  is  often  the  case,  this  hand- 
ling of  the  children  can  usually  be  carried  out 
successfully  by  the  floor  manager,  with  members 
from  parents*  associations  who  may  come  in  to 

130 


HOW   WILL  THE    PROJECT    BE   ORGANIZED? 

help  the  teachers.  The  explainers'  work  begins 
when  the  children  are  ready  to  examine  the  ex- 
hibits. 

Paid  Workers 
The  floor  manager  is  likely  to  need  paid  workers 
for  afternoon  and  Svening  hours  for  such  duties 
as  require  the  unfailing  presence  of  attendants  as 
ticket  sellers,  if  an  admission  is  charged;  door- 
keepers, if  there  is  an  admission  fee  or  card,  or  if 
small  children  are  excluded  at  certain  hours;  and 
attendants  for  cloak  room,  rest  room,  and  perfor- 
mers' dressing  rooms.  Of  these,  the  cloak  room 
attendant  is  especially  important,  because  if  none 
is  provided,  workers  leave  their  wraps  in  the  ex- 
hibit booths,  which  detract  from  the  appearance 
of  the  booths  and  may  even  interfere  with  the  view 
of  the  exhibits. 

Sales  and  Concessions 
Since  an  exhibition  is  for  the  purpose  of  awaken- 
ing interest,  spreading  knowledge,  and  opening 
leads  for  future  activity,  things  to  be  paid  for 
should  be  admitted  only  when  they  in  some  way 
contribute  to  the  threefold  purpose.  On  this  basis 
there  are  times  when  an  admission  fee  will  be 
charged.  A  minimum  price  may  be  asked  also  for 
the  catalogue  or  guide  book.  The  check  room  may 
be  reserved  chiefly  for  the  use  of  the  exhibition 
workers  by  making  a  small  charge  for  service  to 
any  not  serving  on  a  committee. 

131 


in* 

It 


"  " 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Something  to  eat  and  drink  may  in  most  cases 
be  justified  on  several  grounds:  the  comfort  and 
convenience  of  the  workers,  not  a  few  of  whom  will 
be  at  the  exhibition  hall  for  long  periods;  the  com- 
fort and  convenience  of  visitors;  the  holding  of 
luncheon  or  dinner  conferences  of  workers  and  of 
clubs  of  men  or  women  who  come  together  to  dis- 
cuss the  exhibits  informally  before  or  after  an  in- 
spection; the  encouraging  of  volunteer  groups  to 
come  together  in  the  lunch  room  before  visiting  the 
exhibits.  All  of  these  considerations  make  it  de- 
sirable, if  otherwise  practicable,  to  have  modest  res- 
taurant facilities  in  the  exhibition  hall  or  building. 

The  committee  will  do  well  to  have  all  sales  or 
concession  agreements  in  writing,  detailing  the  con- 
ditions and  placing  responsibility  for  food  and  ser- 
vice, the  committee  having  final  control  over  all 
of  these  matters. 

The  restaurant  may  be  managed  by  cooking 
classes,  a  committee  of  the  exhibition,  a  church 
society,  lodge  or  club,  or  a  commercial  concession- 
aire. 


i     i 
4 


XI 

HOW  WILL  YOU  ADVERTISE  YOUR 

EXHIBIT? 

WHILE  exhibitions  are  a  form  of  publicity, 
publicity  is  also  required  to  insure  atten- 
dance. You  may  throw  your  exhibition 
open,  but  no  matter  how  fine  it  is,  if  people  do  not 
come  its  value  amounts  to  little  or  nothing.  Or, 
if  you  have  exhibits  for  sale,  rent  or  to  loan,  you 
need  to  inform  and  interest  the  people  who  should 
buy,  rent  or  borrow  them. 

Publicity  Methods  for  an  Exhibition 
Some  of  the  ways  of  getting  people  interested  in 
an  exhibition  which  have  been  used  with  success 
are  as  follows: 

I 

News  items  in  the  daily  papers;  editorials;  inter- 
views; feature  articles;  cartoons;  photographs  of 
leaders  of  the  exhibit  project;  illustrations  of  the  sub- 
ject matter  and  of  special  exhibits;  mention  or  appro- 
priate use  of  exhibit  material  in  special  departments, 
such  as  a  society  column,  humorous  column,  woman's 
page,  and  events  of  the  week;  brief  letters  to  editors 
from  people  interested  in  the  purpose  of  the  exhibi- 
.  tion;  and  through  the  "question  box"  conducted  in 
a  newspaper. 

133 


1, 

11 


il'ilf 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Material  in  periodicals  other  than  daily  papers, 
including  those  that  have  a  county  circulation ;  pub- 
lications issued  by  employes,  and  the  house  organs 
of  firms  and  of  public  and  semi-public  agencies. 

Paid  advertisements  in  newspapers. 

11 

Billboard  and  window  posters,  street  car  cards, 
bulletin  boards,  street  banners  and  streamers,  elec- 
trical signs. 

Pennants,  posters,  placards  for  display  on  auto- 
mobiles, wagons,  trucks,  and  bicycles. 

Tags,  stickers,  poster  stamps,  rubber  stamps,  used 
on  packages,  letters,  pay  envelopes,  milk  bottles,  and 
door  knobs. 

HI 

Posters  and  cards  in  railway  stations  and  hotels; 
cards  and  hangers  in  street  cars. 

Inserts,  slips  or  handbills  for  enclosure  in  store  and 
laundry  packages,  in  mail,  in  library  books,  in  news- 
papers, and  in  pay  envelopes,  all  to  be  translated  into 
foreign  languages  if  necessary. 

Information  leaflets  in  several  languages  explaining 
the  scope  and  purpose  of  the  exhibition;  post  cards 
to  committee  members  and  workers  telling  interesting 
facts  and  suggesting  how  to  promote  "talk"  about 
the  exhibition. 

IV 

Announcement  slides  and  "trailers"  to  picture 
ilms  in  motion-picture  shows. 

Stereopticons  or  automatic  lanterns  at  street  cor- 
ners or  at  other  open  places,  in  vacant  store  windows, 
or  in  lobbies  of  public  buildings. 

134 


HOW  WILL  YOU  ADVERTISE  YOUR  EXHIBIT? 

Advertisements  in  theater  programs  and  on  score 
cards. 


Special  exhibit  features  as  attractions  that  can  be 
"played  up"  in  the  various  forms  of  publicity. 

Window  exhibits;  use  of  window  fronts  at  organi- 
zation headquarters  and  in  vacant  stores;  commercial 
window  displays  by  merchants. 

Class  room  use  of  exhibit  subject  matter;  exhibit 
of  school  made  posters;  messages  to  parents  through 
school  children;  bulletin  boards  made  in  manual 
training  classes. 

VI 

Cards  of  invitation;  advance  programs. 

Proclamation  by  the  mayor  or  governor;  announce- 
ments or  communications  by  city,  county,  and  state 
officials. 

Varied  "stunts,"  such  as  posting  of  posters  or  win- 
dow cards  in  unusual  places,  sandwich  men,  town 
criers,  house  to  house  visiting,  parades  and  proces- 
sionals, "silent  speeches." 

Contests:  using  jingles,  limericks,  definitions,  pho- 
tographs, posters,  cartoons,  essays,  letters,  songs, 
recipes,  cookery. 

VII 

.  Short  talks  at  meetings  of  clubs,  classes,  and 
churches;  at  theaters  and  other  public  entertain- 
ments; noon  meetings  in  shops  and  stores. 

Debates  and  platform  discussion  of  exhibit  and 
its  purposes. 

Sermons;  pulpit  notices;  mention  in  church  calen- 
dars. 

135 


11 


I' 
I' 

m 


'1i 


ifl 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Verbal  announcement  at  public  gatherings,  both 
indoor  and  outdoor,  including  auctions  and  sales; 
also  announcements  at  amusement  places  and  athletic 
events. 

VIII 

Participation  of  large  numbers  of  people  in  prepar- 
ing and  carrying  on  the  exhibition. 

Arrangements  for  attendance  of  invited  groups  at 
private  views  and  opening  receptions;  inspections 
by  public  officials  and  prominent  citizens. 

Arrangements  for  attendance  of  groups  from  organ- 
izations, neighborhoods,  nationalities;  visits  by  uni- 
formed bodies— lodges,  military  organizations;  visits 
by  public  employes— policemen,  firemen. 

Planning  the  Publicity  Methods 
Choosing  from  the  above  list  or  working  out 
other  appropriate  and  practicable  publicity  meth- 
ods for  a  given  exhibition  is  the  job  of  the  publicity 
specialist.^  So,  also,  is  the  good  use  of  any  methods 
chosen.  But  most  exhibitors  will  not  have  this 
expert  guidance,  or  will  ask  the  exhibit  director  to 
include  this  service  with  his  other  duties. 

It  is  of  the  first  importance  that  all  committees 
having  to  do  with  forms  of  publicity  consider  each 
method  in  relation  to  the  prospective  visitors.  Are 
people  already  familiar  with  the  subject  and  pur-  • 
pose  of  the  exhibit?  Or  are  both  wholly  new  to 
them?  Will  they  fail  to  attract  because  they  sug- 
gest that  very  distasteful  business  of  changing  one's 

1  See  pages  1 13  and  123  for  discussion  relating  to  publicity  spe- 

136 


<u  4;  ^ 


136a 


I  ill 
1 


•hi 


V  ■  I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Verbal  announcement  at  public  gatherings,  both 
indoor  and  outdoor,  including  auctions  and  sales; 
also  announcements  at  amusement  places  and  athletic 
events. 

VIII 

Participation  of  large  numbers  of  people  in  prepar- 
ing and  carrying  on  the  exhibition. 

Arrangements  for  attendance  of  invited  groups  at 
private  views  and  opening  receptions;  inspections 
by  public  officials  and  prominent  citizens. 

Arrangements  for  attendance  of  groups  from  organ- 
izations, neighborhoods,  nationalities;  visits  by  uni- 
formed bodies— lodges,  military  organizations;  visits 
by  public  employes— policemen,  firemen. 

Planning  the  Publicity  Methods 
Choosing  from  the  above  list  or  working  out 
other  appropriate  and  practicable  publicity  meth- 
ods for  a  given  exhibition  is  the  job  of  the  publicity 
specialist.^  So,  also,  is  the  good  use  of  any  methods 
chosen.  But  most  exhibitors  will  not  have  this 
expert  guidance,  or  will  ask  the  exhibit  director  to 
include  this  service  with  his  other  duties. 

It  is  of  the  first  importance  that  all  committees 
having  to  do  with  forms  of  publicity  consider  each 
method  in  relation  to  the  prospective  visitors.  Are 
people  already  familiar  with  the  subject  and  pur-  • 
pose  of  the  exhibit?  Or  are  both  wholly  new  to 
them?  Will  they  fail  to  attract  because  they  sug- 
gest that  very  distasteful  business  of  changing  one's 

« See  pages  1 13  and  123  for  discussion  relating  to  publicity  spe- 

136 


136a 


IK 


i}6b 


V 


^    


Out) 

3   C 

a  « 

o.  >- 
>,  <u 

*-> 

u  c 

^  o 

^  c: 


t/i 


in 


Of 
LU 

H 
< 


^ 


H 
Z 

Z 

o 

< 
a. 

S 

< 

u 


ra  3 

a;  ^ 

*•  Si 

CQ  3 

.  </> 

t«  Si 

c  C 

«  « 

E  E 

«  o 


2  <" 

o  ? 

3  *^ 


T3 


O 

a 


o 

i>  *-> 
3  -O 

</>  E 
♦-  TO 

«J    (so 

—  rt 

<*-  a 

o  g 

o  f' 

U    C 

a;  .2 

I-   ^-' 


OJ 


rt 


*-  o 

c  ° 

O  i; 

4,  U 


■ 


HOW  WILL  YOU  ADVERTISE  YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

habits  of  living?  Are  they  things  that  the  hoped 
for  visitors  will  think  not  their  concern?  Your 
first  publicity  problem,  then,  is  one  of  understand- 
ing a  mental  attitude  and  devising  ways  to  meet 
it;  and  it  may  be,  even  to  utilize  that  attitude  in 
order  to  put  over  your  publicity.  It  is  a  phase  of 
visualizing  your  audience. 

If  recent  immigrants  (for  an  exhibition  on  house- 
hold sanitation,  for  example)  are  the  desired  audi- 
ence, emphasis  may  be  placed  on  announcements 
in  their  own  churches,  work  places,  and  lodges, 
upon  messages  through  school  children,  and  upon 
arrangements  for  attendance  of  neighborhood 
groups,  information  leaflets  printed  in  their  own 
languages,  news  and  advertisements  in  foreign 
language  papers. 

Another  factor  in  determining  the  choice  of  pub- 
licity methods  will  be  the  form  of  committee  organ- 
ization adopted.  If  you  have  a  flexible  plan^  which 
allows  for  the  addition  of  members  to  your  main 
committee  or  the  appointment  of  an  indefinite 
number  of  special  committees,  you  have  the  ma- 
chinery for  carrying  out  a  large  number  of  those 
suggestions  on  the  foregoing  publicity  list  that 
depend  on  personal  effort,  such  as  short  talks  at 
meetings,  announcements  at  public  gatherings,  ar- 
rangements for  the  attendance  of  special  groups, 
and  so  on. 

A  third  problem  is  the  volume  of  publicity  to  be 

*  See  pages  115  to  1 19  of  Chapter  X,  How  Will  the  Project  Be 
Organized?  for  discussion  of  committees. 

»37 


r 


CO 


>k 

.       1 

3 

BABIES 

OUSANO 
COME 

o 

ijH^^ 

1^ 

»Pii 

CI 

g^  si 

0) 

g  l» 

9 

^c 


ft^co- 


Q  o; 


I  "I 


x: 


S  ^ 

P    03 

ex -a 

3    C 

aj  <« 

O.  I- 

>^^ 

jj 

.:£ 

o 

o 

*i  <^ 


c 
o 

c 
E 


a; 

c 


rt 


H 

< 


a 

UJ 

H 

Z 

o 
Z 

o 


3 

a:  - 
.  t" 

(A  aj 

c  "C 

■—    c/) 

OS   o 
u   C 

__  «*- 

.—  u 


o 
a 

o 


T3 
(/) 

3-a 

•*—     03 

—    03 

<«-    O. 

O    C 

o  ^ 

U    C 
a;  .2 

*->   o 
V    n 


«15 

?  c 

x: 


HOW  WILL  YOU  ADVERTISE  YOUR    EXHIBIT? 

habits  of  living?  Are  they  things  that  the  hoped 
for  visitors  will  think  not  their  concern?  Your 
first  publicity  problem,  then,  is  one  of  understand- 
ing a  mental  attitude  and  devising  ways  to  meet 
it;  and  it  may  be,  even  to  utilize  that  attitude  in 
order  to  put  over  your  publicity.  It  is  a  phase  of 
visualizing  your  audience. 

If  recent  immigrants  (for  an  exhibition  on  house- 
hold sanitation,  for  example)  are  the  desired  audi- 
ence, emphasis  may  be  placed  on  announcements 
in  their  own  churches,  work  places,  and  lodges, 
upon  messages  through  school  children,  and  upon 
arrangements  for  attendance  of  neighborhood 
groups,  information  leaflets  printed  in  their  own 
languages,  news  and  advertisements  in  foreign 
language  papers. 

Another  factor  in  determining  the  choice  of  pub- 
licity methods  will  be  the  form  of  committee  organ- 
ization adopted.  If  you  have  a  flexible  plan^  which 
allows  for  the  addition  of  members  to  your  main 
committee  or  the  appointment  of  an  indefinite 
number  of  special  committees,  you  have  the  ma- 
chinery for  carrying  out  a  large  number  of  those 
suggestions  on  the  foregoing  publicity  list  that 
depend  on  personal  efi'ort,  such  as  short  talks  at 
meetings,  announcements  at  public  gatherings,  ar- 
rangements for  the  attendance  of  special  groups, 
and  so  on. 

A  third  problem  is  the  volume  of  publicity  to  be 

>  See  pages  115  to  119  of  Chapter  X.  How  Will  the  Project  Be 
Organized?  for  discussion  of  committees. 

»37 


136b 


f 


THE  ABC  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

obtained.  Exhibitors  are  much  more  incHned  to 
underestimate  than  to  overestimate  the  amount 
of  pubHcity  needed.  When  exhibit  committees  are 
urged  to  add  to  the  variety  and  extent  of  their 
publicity  efforts,  replies  of  this  kind  are  frequent : 
"We  don't  need  any  more;  the  newspapers  have 
been  full  of  the  exhibition,"  or  "  Everybody  is  talk- 
ing about  it,"  or  "The  window  cards  are  all  over 
town;  nobody  could  miss  them."  But  the  mere 
fact  that  news  about  it  has  been  in  the  papers  fre- 
quently by  no  means  gives  assurance  that  even 
those  who  read  the  papers  saw  or  read  the  exhibit 
articles.  The  "everybody"  who  "is  talking  about 
it"  usually  means  the  people  who  are  known  and 
have  been  recently  seen  by  enthusiastic  members 
of  the  committee.  When  checked  up  by  actual 
count,  these  everybodies  would  probably  furnish  a 
slim  and  poorly  selected  audience.  Many  a  com- 
mittee whose  members  have  been  overconfident  in 
advance,  find  themselves  resorting  at  the  last  mo- 
ment to  hastily  devised  advertising,  to  the  sand- 
wich man,  and  all  sorts  of  more  or  less  makeshift 
efforts  to  draw  people  in  from  the  streets.  1 1  would 
be  better  to  make  double  the  effort  needed  in  ad- 
vance to  reach  your  audience  than  to  depend  on  a 
belated  scramble  to  bring  in  "just  anybody." 

A  suggestive  gauge  of  success  in  widespread  pub- 
licity is  when  the  man  on  the  street  and  in  the  club, 
and  the  woman  at  home  and  in  her  club,  finds  your 
exhibit  an  interesting  topic  for  conversation.  Not 
until  people  talk  about  it  among  themselves  have 

138 


HOW  WILL  YOU   ADVERTISE   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

you  gained  the  public  hearing  which  makes  it 
probable  that  you  can  draw  them  into  the  exhibi- 
tion hall. 

It  will  not  be  necessary  nor  practicable  here  to 
go  through  the  list  of  suggested  publicity  mediums 
categorically  and  discuss  them  item  by  item.  A 
few  words  upon  several  of  the  more  important 
methods,  however,  may  be  of  value  to  those  laying 
plans  to  use  these  and  the  other  avenues  of  pub- 
licity to  the  maximum. 


News 

"News  is  news!"  To  get  news  about  your  ex- 
hibit into  the  papers,  the  first  requisite  is  to  have 
real  news.  The  more  engaging  are  your  exhibit 
activities  themselves,  of  course,  the  more  interest- 
ing will  be  your  items  about  them. 

Live  news  includes  interesting  names,  interesting 
facts,  and  interesting  things  being  done  in  unusual 
ways.  When  this  prominent  man  or  that  leading 
woman  accepts  the  chairmanship  of  this  or  that 
important  committee  of  the  exhibition;  when  a 
census  of  all  the  potential  exhibition  helpers  in  the 
city  is  completed;  when  rehearsals  begin  for  a  play 
or  other  special  feature,  or  a  committee  rally  has 
been  held,  or  when  a  bit  of  lively  discussion  over 
the  subject  matter  has  been  stirred  up  with  some 
opponent  of  the  movement — that  is  news,  and  it 
should  be  reported.  The  more  people  you  have 
doing  special  things  the  more  news  there  will  be 
appealing  for  newspaper  space;    and  conversely, 

»39 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

the  more  frequently  the  names  and  stories  of  what 
people  are  doing  appear,  the  more  enterprising  will 
they  be  in  their  special  assignments. 

Editorial  discussion  depends  largely  upon  the 
compelling  vitality  of  your  activities  and  the 
breadth  of  appeal  of  your  theme,  although  special 
aspects  of  the  subject  suitable  for  editorial  con- 
sideration may  sometimes  be  suggested. 

Many  newspapers  welcome  a  limited  number  of 
brief  letters  from  their  readers,  with  the  emphasis 
on  "brief,"  particularly  if  they  bring  up  a  fresh 
aspect  of  an  old  topic  or  a  timely  local  application. 
Sometimes  the  papers  will  carry  for  a  few  weeks  a 
special  department  or  series  of  articles  on  a  phase 
of  the  exhibition  in  addition  to  news  and  editorials. 
In  a  certain  city  three  of  the  four  daily  papers  car- 
ried such  special  features.  One  paper  on  the  edi- 
torial page  conducted  a  "Question  Box"  on  the 
exhibition.  Here  questions  about  the  subject  mat- 
ter and  the  exhibition  itself  were  printed  daily  with 
the  replies  given  by  the  exhibition  committees; 
indeed,  the  committees  supplied  the  questions  as 
well  for  the  first  few  days,  but  after  that  the  readers 
did  the  asking.  Another  had  a  series  of  brief  arti- 
cles on  why  the  exhibition  should  be  of  interest  to 
teachers,  parents,  lawyers,  and  so  on,  each  article 
addressing  itself  to  a  group.  The  third  ran  a  series 
of  signed  articles  by  prominent  citizens  on  different 
phases  of  the  exhibition  topic. 

Among  the  papers  often  overlooked  in  exhibit 
campaigns  are  the  local  and  county  weeklies  some 

140 


HOW  WILL  YOU   ADVERTISE   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

of  which  have  a  large  circulation,  and  those  with 
even  a  small  circulation  may  be  influential  among 
certain  classes.  The  foreign  language  papers  should 
also  be  included  in  any  campaign  that  is  expected 
to  reach  their  readers. 

In  all  but  the  largest  cities  one  or  several  influ- 
ential dailies  published  elsewhere  are  likely  to  have 
an  important  local  circulation.  It  would  be  well 
to  keep  these  out-of-town  papers  supplied  with  ex- 
hibition news  items  and  other  press  copy,  usually 
through  their  local  correspondents. 

Advertising 

Straight  newspaper  advertising  has  a  value  all  its 
own.  However  much  news  and  editorial  space  may 
be  given  to  the  exhibits,  well-handled  advertising 
space  will  add  further  strength  to  your  publicity. 

Advertisements  prepared  and  donated  by  aii  ad- 
vertiser or  a  group  of  advertisers  may  sometimes  be 
secured.  Or  the  advertiser  may  insert  an  announce- 
ment of  the  exhibition  in  his  own  advertisement. 

Moreover,  from  billboards  and  cards  in  cars  to 
tags  and  stickers,  the  resources  of  the  commercial 
advertiser  may  be  employed  in  social  welfare  en- 
terprises. Usually  a  limited  budget  restricts  ex- 
penditure for  these  things,  but  ingenuity  and  skill 
in  preparation  and  taking  thought  in  distribution 
will  go  far  toward  meeting  the  budget  deficiency. 
No  card,  circular,  or  even  announcement  should  be 
commonplace  or  done  as  others  would  do  it.  At 
least  a  pleasingly  colored  paper,  or  ink  in  color,  will 

141 


ITT* 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

relieve  a  cheap  handbill  of  some  of  its  otherwise 
poor  appearance.  A  simple  line  around  the  print- 
ing on  a  post  card,  or  plain  border  to  your  window 
card  or  hanger,  is  likely  to  make  it  distinctive  from 
other  similar  advertising  matter.  Try  to  avoid 
using  more  than  one  type  face  or  kind  of  type  in 
one  piece  of  work ;  secure  variety  by  using  different 
sizes  of  the  same  type.  ^ 

The  reason  for  having  a  variety  of  advertising 
forms  is  that  by  this  method  one  stands  a  better 
chance  of  attracting  the  attention  not  only  of  the 
busy  but  also  of  the  thoughtless  and  the  uninter- 
ested, and  in  turn  getting  them  to  heed  your  mes- 
sage when  put  into  other  forms.  However  attrac- 
tive your  "news"  in  the  papers  may  be  there  will 
be  some  whose  attention  will  not  be  arrested  by  it. 
Moreover,  the  attention  of  even  the  most  respon- 
sive among  us  becomes  more  actively  engaged 
through  a  variety  of  interest-awakening  efforts. 

It  is  usually  better  not  to  issue  souvenir  pro- 
grams and  other  publications  composed  chiefly  of 
advertisements.  Of  course  there  are  exceptions  to 
this  suggestion,  but  as  a  rule  the  space  thus  bought 
by  the  merchant  is  not  real  advertising.  Better,  in 
most  cases,  to  ask  direct  for  a  contribution  and 
get  out  a  smaller  program  and  a  more  usable  one 
than  to  run  the  danger  of  leaving  among  business 
men  the  feeling  of  their  having  been  imposed  upon. 

*  Those  who  plan  printed  matter  will  find  it  helpful  to  read  Sher- 
bow's  Making  Type  Work,  The  Century  Co.,  New  York;  or  one  of 
several  other  discussions  on  the  subject,  such  as  will  be  found  in 
most  public  libraries. 

142 


A  Successful  Window  Card 
The  original,  which  was  prepared  for  the  Philadelphia  Baby  Week,  was 


done  in  three  colors. 
142a 


PATRIOTIC    RAI^LY 


1 

mmm* 

1 

1 

THE  WAR  AND  IHE  WORKER 

1 

SPEAKERS 
SERGEANT-MAJOR  BRAMHALL 

Oiihe 

Famom  "Princess  Pat"  Regiment 
British  €md  Canadian  Retruiting  Service 

Captain  A.  P.  Simmonds 

Former  MiOtary  Observer  for  the  U.  S.  A. 

Mosic  by  Senior  Orchestra  of  Music  School  Settlement 

AMTHVn  FAMWeU.  UmMr 

Friday,  May  17,  1918,  8  P.  M. 

Washington  Irving  High  School  Auditorium 

IRVING  PLACE  AND  ITIli  STREET 

COME  AND  BRINQ  YOUR  FRIENDS 

1 

Q[£ 

1 

1 

I 


Uadcr  Ike  Smfkn  of  Jmnt  tmi  of  Cbm— era  league  o(  New  Ywk  Cky 
Courtrsy  of  War  Cam#  Gwimninffy  Servlct 

A  Distinctive  Announcement 

The  original  was  fourteen  by  twenty-two  inches  in  size — black 
on  yellow  cardboard — and  displayed  in  windows  and  on  bulletin 
boards. 

143b 


HOW  WILL  YOU   ADVERTISE  YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

In  many  cities  merchants  have  pledged  themselves 
not  to  advertise  in  such  publications. 

Personal  Participation 

Supplementing  the  different  forms  of  news  and 
advertising  are  the  various  "personal''  methods  of 
working  up  attendance.  These,  as  noted  else- 
where, depend  upon  good  organization. 

Personal  invitations  may  be  drafted  and  dupli- 
cated so  that  members  of  committees  can  write 
them  on  their  own  stationery,  over  their  own  sig- 
natures, to  individuals,  professional  groups,  and 
others.  These  make  a  stronger  appeal  than  do 
impersonal  invitations. 

A  certain  day,  morning,  afternoon  or  evening,  or 
a  particular  hour  of  the  day  or  evening  may  be 
announced,  arrangements  having  been  made  be- 
forehand, as  the  time  when  the  members  of  a  cer- 
tain organization,  institution,  occupational  group, 
neighborhood,  or  the  citizens  from  a  nearby  town 
will  attend.  This  does  not  necessarily  mean  a 
promise  that  they  will  all  attend.  It  means  rather 
that  the  leaders  or  representatives  have  agreed  to 
the  arrangement  for  this  special  day  or  hour  and 
will  try  to  interest  their  people  to  come  at  that 
time.  Neither  need  the  "day"  be  set  aside  exclu- 
sively for  one  group.  As  in  an  exposition,  there 
may  be  a  number  of  "special  days"  on  any  one 
day.i 

^  For  outline  of  scope  and  method  of  a  committee  on  special  days, 
see  page  199. 

M3 


PATRIOTIC    RALLY 


^ 


Ijmki  the  Auspicn  ol  Junior  Botrd  oi  CottMnim'  League  of  New  Ywfc  City 

Courwjy  o/  War  Cainp  Community  Sen-ke 


A  Distinctive  Announcement 

The  original  was  fourteen  by  twenty-two  inches  in  size — black 
on  yellow  cardboard — and  displayed  in  windows  and  on  bulletin 
boards. 

142b 


I 


HOW   WILL   YOU   ADVERTISE   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

In  many  cities  merchants  have  pledged  themselves 
not  to  advertise  in  such  publications. 


Personal  Participation 

Supplementing  the  different  forms  of  news  and 
advertising  are  the  various  "personal"  methods  of 
working  up  attendance.  These,  as  noted  else- 
where, depend  upon  good  organization. 

Personal  invitations  may  be  drafted  and  dupli- 
cated so  that  members  of  committees  can  write 
them  on  their  own  stationery,  over  their  own  sig- 
natures, to  individuals,  professional  groups,  and 
others.  These  make  a  stronger  appeal  than  do 
impersonal  invitations. 

A  certain  day,  morning,  afternoon  or  evening,  or 
a  particular  hour  of  the  day  or  evening  may  be 
announced,  arrangements  having  been  made  be- 
forehand, as  the  time  when  the  members  of  a  cer- 
tain organization,  institution,  occupational  group, 
neighborhood,  or  the  citizens  from  a  nearby  town 
will  attend.  This  does  not  necessarily  mean  a 
promise  that  they  will  all  attend.  It  means  rather 
that  the  leaders  or  representatives  have  agreed  to 
the  arrangement  for  this  special  day  or  hour  and 
will  try  to  interest  their  people  to  come  at  that 
time.  Neither  need  the  "day"  be  set  aside  exclu- 
sively for  one  group.  As  in  an  exposition,  there 
may  be  a  number  of  "special  days"  on  any  one 
day.^ 

*  For  outline  of  scope  and  method  of  a  committee  on  special  days, 
see  page  199. 

143 


ii 


r 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Announcements  and  dates  of  these  special  ar- 
rangements should  be  given  to  the  papers  as  a  part 
of  the  regular  daily  program.  The  plan  for  these 
special  days,  moreover,  might  well  be  carried  further 
in  the  case  of  some  of  the  more  important  societies 
which  should  be  asked  to  arrange  for  special  or 
regular  session  meetings  at  the  exhibition  hall. 

Members  of  certain  neighborhoods  brought  to- 
gether under  the  leadership  of  a  guide  may  be  made 
a  prominent  part  of  the  attendance  plan,  especially 
if  they  come  from  districts  at  a  distance  from  the 
exhibition,  or  if  composed  of  people  who  lack  the 
initiative  to  attend  of  their  own  accord;  for  ex- 
ample, a  non- English  speaking  group  led  by  an 
interpreter. 

Parents  are  pretty  sure  to  attend  the  perfor- 
mances of  their  children ;  therefore  the  group  ac- 
tivities and  playlets  in  which  children  take  part 
may  be  carried  on  by  different  groups  from  day 
to  day,  thus  providing  a  special  inducement  for 
many  parents  and  neighbors.  In  selecting  the  in- 
dividual children  or  those  from  certain  districts  for 
parts,  it  is  important  to  bear  in  mind  particular 
groups  of  parents  or  people  who  should  see  the 
exhibits. 

If  the  subject  matter  and  the  exhibits  are  of 
types  to  justify  the  schools  in  co-operating,  the 
attendance  of  school  children  will  secure  the  dis- 
semination of  much  information  among  families. 
Indeed,  the  attendance  of  these  pupils  can  be  made 
a  part  of  the  plan  of  spreading  news  about  the  ex- 

144 


/ 


HOW  WILL  YOU   ADVERTISE  YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

hibition.  And  if  the  children  are  intelligently  in- 
structed about  it  their  talk  will  do  more  to  bring 
their  parents  out  than  if  they  were  merely  given 
printed  matter  to  carry  home. 

The  best  plan  for  the  attendance  of  pupils  both 
because  of  the  increased  educational  value  to  the 
children  and  the  convenience  of  the  exhibition  man- 
agement is  to  have  them  come  during  school  hours 
in  charge  of  their  teachers.  The  right  kind  of  in- 
struction can  then  be  given,  and  they  need  not  be 
admitted,  unaccompanied,  during  the  crowded  late 
afternoon  and  evening  hours.  In  the  school  itself 
alert  teachers  may  be  counted  upon  to  make  class 
room  use  of  the  subject  matter  of  the  exhibits,  par- 
ticularly if  attractive  material  can  be  provided  in 
bulletin  or  leaflet  form.^ 

For  an  exhibition  in  which  the  co-operation  of 
many  kinds  of  people  is  sought,  short  talks  at  .the 
meetings  of  bodies  or  associations  held  during  the 
several  weeks  preceding  the  exhibition  will  help  to 
establish  a  sense  of  personal  relationship  on  the 
part  of  the  people  reached.  Propaganda  of  this 
kind  involves  much  good  work  on  the  part  of  com- 
mittees in  making  up  lists  of  societies  with  their 
time  and  place  of  meeting,  watching  the  papers 
for  announcements  of  meetings,  arranging  for  the 
talks,  securing  speakers,  and  providing  ways  for 
organizations  to  co-operate.  The  trouble  taken  is, 
however,  well  worth  while. 

1  See  page  130  for  further  discussion  of  the  attendance  of  school 
children. 


10 


>45 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

An  additional  element  in  the  "personal"  pub- 
licity campaign  is  the  talk  of  those  who  are  helping. 
Each  person  who  is  doing  something  is  likely  to 
spread  the  news  among  acquaintances.  Therefore 
the  more  enthusiastic  workers  there  are,  the  more 
the  news  is  spread  and  interest  aroused.  These 
helpers,  too,  should  be  provided  with  exact  infor- 
mation in  concise  leaflet  or  card  form.  A  series  of 
bulletins  to  workers  will  promote  team  activity. 

Out-of-town  Publicity 

The  local  committee  often  seeks  to  reach  the 
county  or  nearby  counties,  particularly  if  the  ex- 
hibition is  given  in  a  center  easily  accessible  from 
a  considerable  area.  Invitations  may  also  be 
sent  far  out  into  the  state  in  the  hope  of  enlisting 
co-operation  in  securing  legislation  or  in  sharing 
with  other  places  the  benefit  of  the  exhibition  cam- 
paign. The  best  methods  for  this  widespread  work 
include: 

Co-operation,  by  providing  press  material,  with 
daily  and  weekly  newspapers  and  trade  periodicals 
in  all  sections  of  the  territory  to  be  reached. 

News  and  propaganda  press  matter  in  the  form 
of  plates  and  matrices,  photographs,  halftones 
and  electros  to  be  used  in  the  advertisements  of 
merchants. 

Invitations  to  the  traveling  representatives  of 
state  departments  or  state  welfare  associations  to 
talk  about  the  enterprise  wherever  they  go.  The 
traveling  secretaries,  for  example,  of  a  certain 

146 


HOW  WILL  YOU   ADVERTISE   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

State  Sunday  school  association  in  this  way  boosted 
a  traveling  tuberculosis  exhibition. 

The  issue  by  the  governor  of  an  official  proclama- 
tion calling  attention  to  the  exhibition. 

The  sending  by  a  leading  physician  of  personal 
letters  to  all  county  medical  societies  or  to  an 
extended  list  of  individual  physicians.  The  mayor 
may  write  to  all  other  mayors  in  the  state,  and 
so  on. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  railroads  and  other 
transportation  lines  may  advertise  and  may  en- 
courage excursion  parties  to  attend  the  exhibition. 
A  local  committee  on  out-of-town  work  may  send 
speakers  out  through  the  county  or  to  other  towns 
from  which  visitors  may  be  expected.  In  some 
cases  an  enterprising  committee  may  secure  local 
committees  in  a  number  of  towns  to  co-operate 
in  working  up  delegations  to  go  to  the  exhibition 
city. 

Many  of  the  local  publicity  plans  may  be 
adapted  also  to  the  reaching  of  out-of-town  visi- 
tors. 

Those  Who  Do  Not  Come 
Be  the  propaganda  ever  so  well  managed,  how- 
ever, there  will  always  be  many  who  are  not  im- 
pelled to  attend.  Nevertheless,  the  publicity  which 
advertises  the  exhibition,  although  it  may  not  suc- 
ceed to  the  extent  of  inducing  people  to  attend,  is 
often  a  vital  extension  force  and  may  project  the 
message  far.   Nearly  every  piece  of  printed  matter, 

147 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

as  already  suggested,  may  bear  a  fact,  a  figure,  or  a 
slogan  even  to  the  stay-at-home.  Every  address 
or  discussion  about  the  exhibition  should  be  ac- 
companied by  mention  of  the  reason  for  holding  it. 
The  talk  thus  created  by  a  lively  campaign  conveys 
facts  and  ideas  far  beyond  the  original  circle  of 
those  who  take  part  or  attend.  A  well-told  anec- 
dote, for  instance,  may  reach  people  untouched  by 
all  other  publicity. 

Publicity  Made  Educational 

It  should  be  urged  that  all  of  those  projects  un- 
dertaken  to  give  publicity  to  the  exhibition  which 
are  in  any  way  adaptable  to  the  purpose  (particu- 
larly those  using  the  newspapers  and  periodicals, 
leaflets,  and  public  addresses)  should  be  made 
to  carry  as  much  of  the  educational  message  of  the 
exhibition  itself  as  possible. 

This  is  accomplished  partly  by  the  repeated  ex- 
planation of  the  reasons  or  arguments  for  holding 
the  exhibition. 


Publicity  for  Loan,  Rent,  or  Sales  Exhibits 

Getting  people  to  attend  an  exhibition  is  like  a 
retailer's  selling  goods  to  consumers,  whereas  get- 
ting  people  to  borrow,  rent,  or  buy  is  like  selling  the 
goods  to  the  retailer.  The  first  step  is  similar  in 
both  cases,  that  of  finding  your  clientele  through 
careful  study  of  the  particular  field;  the  second 
step  involves  a  much  more  personal  effort  in  order 

148 


HOW  will  you  advertise  your  exhibit? 

to  interest  each  prospective  borrower,  renter,  or 
purchaser,  than  is  likely  to  be  made  in  working  up 
attendance  at  a  show.  Form  letters,  varied  for  dif- 
ferent types  of  purchasers,  samples  of  the  exhibit 
or  reproductions  in  miniature,  personal  confer- 
ences, and  offers  of  co-operation  in  getting  results 
from  the  exhibits  are  aniong  the  methods  that  are 
effective  in  renting,  loaning,  or  selling.^ 

An  important  feature  of  the  publicity  will  be 
suggestions  to  purchasers  or  borrowers  on  methods 
of  using  the  exhibit.  These  suggestions  should  be 
based  on  experiments  worked  out  in  co-operation 
with  one  or  more  exhibitors.  For  example,  you 
have  a  set  of  six  posters  for  sale  at  a  nominal  price 
on  the  health  of  school  children.  Your  object  is 
primarily  propaganda,  not  volume  of  sales,  and  so 
you  desire  not  only  to  get  as  many  people  as  pos- 
sible to  buy  sets  of  posters  but  to  have  every  pur- 
chaser use  them  to  the  best  advantage.  You  have 
gained  very  little  when  a  purchaser  leaves  them 
rolled  up  on  a  shelf  to  gather  dust,  or  hangs  them 
in  an  office  visited  by  a  few  people. 

If  you  wish  to  show  how  a  mothers'  club  could 
use  these  posters  you  will  plan  and  carry  out  a 
typical  program  for  a  mothers'  meeting.  This  pro- 
gram may  include  a  talk  with  human  interest 
stories  and  information  of  a  practical  nature  that 
will  elaborate  what  is  told  by  the  posters;  and  it 
may  include  also  some  "next  steps,"  such  as  con- 

^  See  discussion  of  publicity  methods  for  an  exhibit  for  sale  and  loan 
on  page  188. 

149 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Crete  tasks  for  members  of  a  mothers'  club  to  re- 
port on  at  another  meeting.  A  photograph  and  an 
account  of  this  meeting  may  be  enclosed  with  a 
form  letter  sent  to  club  leaders,  settlements,  and 
others  who  might  use  the  exhibit  at  meetings. 
Again,  it  may  be  possible  to  arrange  to  display  the 
exhibit  at  a  county  fair  or  a  school.  As  a  result  of 
the  help  you  may  be  able  to  give  local  bodies  in 
preparing  material  to  supplement  yours,  and  in 
arranging  their  whole  exhibit  attractively,  you  may 
secure  a  photograph  of  the  finished  affair  which 
would  be  full  of  suggestion  for  a  similar  use  of  your 
material  elsewhere. 

if  your  plan  of  using  the  exhibits  contains  an 
idea  new  to  those  approached,  it  will,  of  course, 
make  your  material  still  more  loanable  or  salable. 
An  organization  promoting  the  sale  of  a  pamphlet 
on  city  government,  for  example,  sent  letters  to 
the  state  chairmen  of  the  National  Council  of 
Defense  suggesting  that  the  pamphlet  would  be 
useful  to  their  committee  on  after-the-war  recon- 
struction work.  Six  replies  said  that  they  had  no 
such  committee,  but  one  would  be  appointed  and 
the  pamphlet  recommended  for  its  consideration. 
Very  often  in  suggesting  a  way  of  using  your  ex- 
hibit, you  are  not  only  obtaining  a  purchaser  for  it 
but  providing  those  approached  with  new  methods 
that  increase  their  activity  and  thus  their  use- 
fulness as  promoters  of  your  educational  material. 

Local  groups  borrowing  or  renting  exhibits  may 
be  greatly  helped  in  making  good  use  of  them  by 

150 


HOW  WILL  YOU   ADVERTISE   YOUR   EXHIBIT? 

the  co-operation  of  national  or  state  organizations 
in  supplying  press  matter,  publicity  plans,  and 
other  assistance  which  simplifies  the  work  of  the 

local  committee. 

An  organization  may  place  its  loan  exhibit  in 
charge  of  a  trained  member  of  its  staff  whose  busi- 
ness it  is  to  find  good  opportunities  for  its  use,  to 
set  up  and  supervise  it  personally,  and  to  outline 
the  follow-up  work.  An  exhibit  so  supervised  may 
be  placed  in  schools,  shops,  clubs,  churches,  even 
though  no  official  interest  in  the  work  of  the  organi- 
zation has  been  expressed. 


151 


xn 

HOW  WILL  YOU  FOLLOW  UP  THE 

EXHIBIT? 

THE  follow-up  work  of  an  exhibit  consists 
in  turning  to  account  in  some  definite  way 
the  newly  awakened  interest  and  increased 
knowledge  that  have  been  spread  among  people 
who  saw  it,  read  about  it,  or  heard  it  talked  about. 
The  exhibit  should  not  be  merely  a  "stunt,"  a 
more  or  less  effective  educational  tour  de  force 
standing  alone.  Such  an  effort  may  do  some  good, 
of  course,  but  it  is  of  far  less  service  than  when 
closely  related  to  a  later  program. 

In  planning  your  exhibit,  therefore,  you  need  to 
know  as  fully  as  possible  what  the  follow-up  pro- 
jects are  to  be  so  that  you  can  pave  the  way  for 
them.  For  example,  the  object  of  the  campaign 
may  be  to  raise  money  for  the  support  of  a  child- 
caring  institution.  The  exhibition  serves  its  pur- 
pose in  arousing  interest,  sympathy,  and  under- 
standing of  the  usefulness  of  the  institution  on  the 
part  of  prospective  givers.  The  follow-up  work 
consists  in  getting  their  contributions.  You  pre- 
pare the  way  for  this  follow-up  work  by  seeing  that 
people  who  may  become  interested  attend  the  ex- 

152 


HOW   WILL  YOU    FOLLOW   UP   THE    EXHIBIT? 

hibition  or  hear  it  talked  about.  The  appeal  for 
money  should  then  follow  while  the  impressions 
gained  at  the  exhibition  are  still  vivid. 

There  are  a  number  of  possible  methods  of  using 
the  exhibition  in  order  to  pave  the  way  for  follow- 
up  work.  Distribution  of  printed  matter  at  the 
exhibition,  references  to  a  few  selected  books  and 
pamphlets  to  read,  signing  visitors  up  for  support 
of  a  measure  or  membership  in  an  organization,  ob- 
taining names  for  mailing  or  visiting  lists,  and 
turning  the  exhibit  organization  into  a  permanent 
one  are  a  few  of  the  many  follow-up  methods. 
These  will  be  discussed  briefly. 

Distribution  of  Printed  Matter 
Distribution  to  visitors  of  free  printed  matter 
which  answers  questions  they  will  be  likely  to  ask 
is  one  way  to  do  follow-up  work.  For  instance,  if 
a  home-made  fireless  cooker  has  been  demon- 
strated, printed  directions  for  making  one  might 
be  distributed;  or  if  the  short  ballot  is  advocated, 
a  leaflet  might  be  provided  explaining  the  details 
of  the  proposed  reform  together  with  a  printed 
letter  or  telegram  supporting  it  that  the  visitor 
could  sign  and  send  to  his  legislative  representa- 
tive. Copies  of  recipes  that  have  been  demon- 
strated, patterns  for  making  clothes  such  as  are 
displayed,  and  simple  puzzles  or  other  materials 
for  home  occupations,  may  be  given  away  or  sold 
for  a  few  cents.  Incidentally  it  is  important  to  see 
that  the  printed  matter  sustains  the  interest  awak- 

153 


i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

ened,  and  that  there  is  not  so  much  of  it  that  the 
beginnings  of  interest  may  be  stifled  by  an  over- 
dose. It  should  indicate  first  steps  chiefly,  and 
point  out  how  and  where  further  information  and 
opportunities  for  service  may  be  secured.  As  a 
rule  it  is  wasteful,  we  believe,  to  distribute  freely 
annual  reports  and  lengthy  pamphlets  at  exhibi- 
tions. 

Reference  Lists  and  Displays 
Library  lists,  leaflets,  and  displays  of  books  and 
magazines  are  excellent.  Some  attention  to  space 
requirements,  however,  will  be  necessary  if  visitors 
are  to  be  permitted  to  handle  these  publications. 
Government  pamphlets  may  be  exhibited,  and  pos- 
tal cards  addressed  to  government  departments, 
asking  for  copies  of  these  pamphlets,  may  be  sold. 
The  bulletin  board  shown  on  the  opposite  page  was 
used  as  part  of  the  follow-up  work  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania food  conservation  train.  The  topics  on  the 
bulletin  board  for  each  group  of  pamphlets  dis- 
played corresponded  with  topics  of  exhibit  sections, 
so  that  the  housewife  could  select  reading  matter 
to  help  her  in  carrying  out  suggestions  made  in  the 
exhibits.  At  first,  the  pamphlets  themselves  were 
given  out  in  response  to  requests,  but  it  was  soon 
found  to  be  more  practicable  to  help  visitors  to 
secure  them  directly  from  the  government.  Visi- 
tors also  may  be  referred  to  classes  or  clubs  or 
conferences  on  the  subjects  of  the  exhibition. 


•'''■r 


From  the  Pennsylvania  Food  Conservation  Train 

An  Attractive  Method  of  Displaying  Pamphlets 
This  bulletin  board  was  designed  to  attract  attention  to  government  bulletins 
and  to  assist  in  a  quick  selection  of  those  that  are  desired.    The  titles  under 
which  the  bulletins  are  grouped  correspond  to  the  topical  divisions  of  an  exhibit 
of  which  the  bulletin  board  formed  a  feature. 

The  dimensions  of  the  panel  are  four  feet  wide  by  five  feet  high.  The  back- 
ground is  of  compo-board  painted  a  buff  color,  and  the  frame  is  of  wood  stained 
a  dark  green.    The  illustrations  were  painted  in  oils. 

154a 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

ened,  and  that  there  is  not  so  much  of  it  that  the 
beginnings  of  interest  may  be  stifled  by  an  over- 
dose. It  should  indicate  first  steps  chiefly,  and 
point  out  how  and  where  further  information  and 
opportunities  for  service  may  be  secured.  As  a 
rule  it  is  wasteful,  we  believe,  to  distribute  freely 
annual  reports  and  lengthy  pamphlets  at  exhibi- 
tions. 

Reference  Lists  and  Displays 
Library  lists,  leaflets,  and  displays  of  books  and 
magazines  are  excellent.  Some  attention  to  space 
requirements,  however,  will  be  necessary  if  visitors 
are  to  be  permitted  to  handle  these  publications. 
Government  pamphlets  may  be  exhibited,  and  pos- 
tal cards  addressed  to  government  departments, 
asking  for  copies  of  these  pamphlets,  may  be  sold. 
The  bulletin  board  shown  on  the  opposite  page  was 
used  as  part  of  the  follow-up  work  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania food  conservation  train.  The  topics  on  the 
bulletin  board  for  each  group  of  pamphlets  dis- 
played corresponded  with  topics  of  exhibit  sections, 
so  that  the  housewife  could  select  reading  matter 
to  help  her  in  carrying  out  suggestions  made  in  the 
exhibits.  At  first,  the  pamphlets  themselves  were 
given  out  in  response  to  requests,  but  it  was  soon 
found  to  be  more  practicable  to  help  visitors  to 
secure  them  directly  from  the  government.  Visi- 
tors also  may  be  referred  to  classes  or  clubs  or 
conferences  on  the  subjects  of  the  exhibition. 


154 


From  the  Pennsylvania  Food  Conservation  Train 

An  Attractive  Method  of  Displaying  Pamphlets 
This  bulletin  board  was  designed  to  attract  attention  to  government  bulletins 
and  to  assist  in  a  quick  selection  of  those  that  are  desired.    The  titles  under 
which  the  bulletins  are  grouped  correspond  to  the  topical  divisions  of  an  exhibit 
of  which  the  bulletin  board  formed  a  feature. 

The  dimensions  of  the  panel  are  four  feet  wide  by  five  feet  high.  The  back- 
ground is  of  compo-board  painted  a  buff  color,  and  the  frame  is  of  wood  stained 
a  dark  green.    The  illustrations  were  painted  in  oils. 

154a 


HOW  WILL   YOU    FOLLOW   UP  THE    EXHIBIT? 


Enrolling  Supporters  or  Memberships 

If  the  aim  is  to  stir  people  to  action  or  to  get  it 
through  their  support,  you  may  enroll  them  during 
the  exhibition  for  endorsement  of  a  project  or  mem- 
bership in  an  organization.  For  example,  you  may 
wish  to  enroll  the  residents  of  a  given  district  in  a 
league  to  uphold  decent  standards  for  amusement 
places  in  the  neighborhood.  A  neighborhood  rec- 
reation exhibition  may  be  made  the  rallying  place 
where  residents  enlist  for  service  in  reporting  vio- 
lations of  law,  pledging  support  to  good  amusement 
places,  and  recording  their  preferences  for  forms  of 
recreation  that  might  be  launched  through  a  neigh- 
borhood league. 

If  volunteer  follow-up  service  is  desired  it  should 
be  possible,  through  brief  personal  interviews  or 
registration  cards,  to  select  some  of  the  visitors  or 
exhibition  helpers  who  may  be  counted  upon  for 
more  or  less  active  help.  Assignments  for  volun- 
teers should  be  planned  in  advance  of  the  exhibi- 
tion, so  that  newly  awakened  enthusiasm  will  not 
be  wasted  because  there  is  no  immediate  use  for  it. 
At  a  recent  exhibition  given  by  a  charity  organiza- 
tion society  many  offers  of  service  as  friendly  visi- 
tors were  received.  If  interesting  tasks  had  not 
been  ready  for  them  a  number,  no  doubt,  would 
have  lost  their  eagerness  for  service  before  they 
could  have  been  put  to  work. 

The  success  of  the  exhibition  committee  plan  of 
offering  definite  jobs  to  individuals  and  organiza- 

155 


II  > 


p 

V  I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

tions,^  many  of  which  have  not  before  helped  in 
welfare  work,  may  suggest  the  adoption  of  the 
same  idea  in  the  follow-up  schemes. 

Mailing  and  Visiting  Lists 

All  visitors  may  be  invited  to  register,  either  in 
the  course  of  the  circuit  of  the  hall  or  on  leaving  it. 
They  may  be  told  frankly,  if  they  ask  an  explana- 
tion, that  the  purpose  is  to  keep  them  informed  on 
the  exhibition  topic  and  the  follow-up  work.  In 
propaganda  work  these  lists  often  prove  very  valu- 
able as  furnishing  a  selected  audience  of  people 
already  aware  of  the  movement  to  whom  to  send 
printed  matter,  invitations  to  meetings,  and  some- 
times requests  for  subscriptions  or  memberships. 
The  lists  will  be  still  more  valuable  if  the  registra- 
tion cards  include  blanks  on  which  visitors  may 
indicate  their  membership  in  various  organizations 
or  their  interest  in  certain  social  or  civic  activities. 

Family  visitors,  especially  nurses,  doing  baby 
welfare  work  have  often  considerably  increased 
their  visiting  lists  of  mothers  through  names  ob- 
tained at  exhibitions.  It  has  happened  a  number 
of  times  that  nurses  who  were  confident  that  they 
knew  "all  the  babies"  in  their  district  or  in  this 
or  that  small  community  were  greatly  surprised  at 
the  number  of  new  acquaintances  they  made  at 
the  baby  welfare  exhibition. 


1  For  discussion  of  committee  work  and  organization,  see  section 
beginning  on  page  .15. 

156 


HOW   WILL   YOU    FOLLOW   UP   THE    EXHIBIT? 

Utilizing  the  Exhibit  Organization 
The  connection  with  the  enterprise  of  persons 
whose  later  support  is  desired  may  be  held  by 
placing  some  of  them  on  educational  or  other 
follow-up  committees,  and  by  retaining  others  on 
a  permanent  exhibit  committee.  It  is  fairly  easy 
to  enlist  people  for  something  temporary  and  im- 
mediate, such  as  an  exhibition.  Once  having 
obtained  their  interest,  to  make  it  permanent  may 
be  an  important  phase  of  your  task. 

Furthermore,  the  people  brought  together  in  a 
temporary  organization  may  be  just  those  who 
should  form  the  nucleus  of  a  permanent  one.  Or, 
if  full  records  of  the  workers  are  preserved  much 
the  same  organization  can  be  called  together  again 
for  a  later  intensive  effort  with  far  less  labor  than 
was  needed  in  the  first  instance.  A  community  ex- 
hibition may  disclose  among  its  leaders  and  com- 
mittee members  a  high  degree  of  aptitude  for  civic 
work;  this  does  not  mean,  of  course,  that  officers 
or  committees  should  be  made  permanent.  A  brand 
new  organization  could  make  new  selections  of 
leaders  in  the  light  of  campaign  experience;  but 
they  might  come  from  the  number  which  had  al- 
ready been  working  together  on  this  subject. 

Possibilities  of  follow-up  work  develop  during  the 
course  of  an  exhibition  that  cannot  be  anticipated, 
and  thus  all  such  work  may  not  wisely  be  planned 
for  in  advance.  The  unforeseen  incidental  results, 
the  social  by-products,  as  it  were,  of  many  an  ex- 

157 


h 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

hibit  have  been  very  far-reaching.  But  such  pos- 
sibilities do  not  save  the  exhibitor  from  the  need 
of  being  ready  in  advance  to  seize  anticipated 
opportunities  for  follow-up  work.  Even  for  the 
smallest  of  exhibits  shown  at  a  club,  in  a  school,  or 
before  a  church  society,  a  plan  should  be  prepared 
by  which  a  co-operating  committee  among  the 
teachers  or  club  members  may  be  enrolled  for  fur- 
ther service.  Above  all  things  you  must  have  a 
plan;  must  have  worked  out  a  procedure;  first,  for 
presenting  the  idea ;  second,  for  assuring  a  response ; 
third,  for  securing  the  desired  benefit  or  result 
from  it. 


I  $3 


XIII 
HOW  MUCH  MAY  WE  SPEND? 

WHAT  is  the  approach  to  the  question  of 
cost?  One  exhibitor  will  start  with  an 
approximate  idea  of  what  he  can  reason- 
ably spend  and  revise  it  as  his  plans  develop.  An- 
other will  have  a  definite  sum  of  money  to  spend 
and  will  plan  the  best  way  in  which  to  do  it.  A 
third  will  approach  the  exhibit  plan  without  allow- 
ing the  cost  to  be  a  determining  or  semi-determin- 
ing factor  and  outline  a  scheme  that  suits  his  pur- 
pose; he  will  estimate  the  probable  budget  needed 
and  proceed  to  raise  that  amount;  or  he  may  set 
it  aside  from  his  general  fund  for  education  or 
publicity.  As  an  exhibit  may  cost  anywhere  from 
a  few  dollars  to  many  thousands,  it  is  possible  for 
each  of  these  projectors  to  get  something  for  his 
money.  The  kind  of  return,  too,  will  be  propor- 
tionate to  the  amount  spent  if  the  exhibitor  is 
wise  enough  not  to  try  to  carry  out  with  one  hun- 
dred dollars  a  plan  that  requires  several  hundred 
or  a  thousand.  If  he  is  not,  in  such  a  case  the 
returns  are  not  likely  to  be  worth  even  one  hundred 
dollars. 

The  exhibitor  who  adapts  his  budget  to  his  plan 
has  the  advantage  over  others.  Within  certain 
limits,  it  would  seem  probable  that  more  exhibitors 

»59 


*ii<i 


\i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

than  is  now  the  case  could  get  the  money  necessary 
to  finance  a  satisfactory  and  suitable  exhibit  if  they 
did  not  set  a  rigid  budget  limit  in  advance.  Some- 
times the  amount  is  fixed  without  any  knowledge 
of  what  could  be  done  with  a  larger  sum,  or  without 
any  consideration  of  the  relation  of  the  exhibit  to 
the  whole  educational  or  publicity  program.  How 
much,  for  instance,  is  being  spent  on  propaganda 
of  all  kinds;  how  much  in  other  ways  that  could 
be  diverted,  for  the  time  being,  to  this  particular 
educational  work?  And  among  all  the  methods 
open,  the  press,  printed  matter,  meetings,  adver- 
tising.  or  others,  on  what  basis  are  expenditures 
being  distributed?  Have  you,  for  example,  de- 
cided that  this  year  you  will  put  the  bulk  of  your 
publicity  into  press  work  and  next  year  into  an 
exhibition?  Or  have  you  simply  chosen  the  most 
convenient  form,  at  the  moment,  without  much 
regard  to  timely  methods  for  getting  attention  of 
the  right  sort? 

What  the  Money  Pays  For 

On  a  later  page^  is  a  detailed  list  covering  the 
kinds  of  service  and  materials  that  are  needed  in 
preparing  and  managing  an  exhibition,  things  that 
must  be  obtained  through  cash  expenditure  or  the 
contribution  of  service  and  materials  themselves. 
Many  kinds  of  services  usually  volunteered  are  not 
included  in  the  list,  as  the  actors  in  a  playlet,  for 
example,  or  ushers  or  explainers.     In  no  exhibit 

^  See  Appendix  A,  The  Basis  of  the  Exhibit  Budget,  page  195. 

160 


HOW  MUCH   MAY   WE   SPEND? 

will  all  the  things  listed  be  used,  and  many  will  be 
contributed.  The  best  use  of  the  list  is  to  check 
the  items  that  you  are  likely  to  need  and  group 
them  under  two  heads:  those  likely  to  be  contrib- 
uted and  those  that  must  be  paid  for.  Then  you 
can  obtain  promises  of  contributions  for  the  first 
group  and  estimates  of  cost  for  each  item  in  the 
second  as  a  basis  for  preparing  a  budget. 

The  list  of  contributed  items  can  often  be  length- 
ened by  making  a  careful  canvass  of  local  resources 
before  placing  orders  or  making  contracts.  In 
several  cities  much  multigraphing  and  mimeo- 
graphing has  been  secured  without  expense  from 
private  owners  of  such  machines.  In  one  case  the 
mimeograph  in  a  public  office  provided  the  ex- 
hibition with  almost  unlimited  service.  Pianos 
have  been  loaned,  often  without  even  the  expense 
of  hauling.  In  one  city  several  firms  offered  most 
of  the  skilled  and  unskilled  workmen  necessary 
for  the  installation  of  the  exhibits  and  the  prepara- 
tory cleaning  of  thie  hall.  Hauling  has  frequently 
been  done  by  willing  owners  of  teams  or  of  auto- 
mobile trucks.  A  city  or  state  jjiealth  department, 
too,  may  provide  various  kinds  of  service  for  a 
health  exhibition.  However,  it  is  well  to  look 
the  gift  horse  over  carefully  to  make  sure  that 
unexpected  expense  items  may  not  follow,  or  that 
uncertainty  as  to  delivery  or  failure  of  contrib- 
uted material  to  arrive  on  time  may  not  mean 
a  loss  through  the  contributed  service  that  will 
more  than  overbalance  the  other  gains. 


XI 


161 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 


l> 


t 

I 


What  Have  Other  Exhibits  Cost? 
This  is  a  reasonable  question  to  ask  but  a  diffi- 
cult one  to  answer,  because  no  very  satisfactory 
data  are  at  hand.    The  cost  of  each  exhibit  must 
be  figured  out  in  relation  to  the  particular  plan  that 
was  followed,  as  well  as  in  relation  to  the  items  that 
were  charged  against  the  exhibit  budget  rather 
than  against  some  other  fund,  or  that  were  secured 
in  some  other  way  without  charge  against  the  ex- 
hibit.  The  cost  of  some  exhibits  that  we  could  give 
as  examples  covered  their  construction  only  and 
not  their  use.    Others  involved  a  very  small  ex- 
penditure of  money  but  a  very  generous  amount  of 
contributed  material  the  value  of  which  could  not 
be  accurately  estimated.    Even  if  in  another  case 
we  could  state  the  exact  figures  covering  all  the 
expenses  of  a  given  exhibit  the  amount  would  mean 
little  unless  we  could  give  some  assurance  that  the 
distribution  of  the  money  between  the  various 
divisions  of  the  budget  had  been  done  judiciously. 
Last  of  all,  there  are  wide  variations  in  the  cost 
of  materials  and  services  at  different  times  and 
places.    However,  in  spite  of  these  reasons  for  dis- 
counting the  value  of  "typical  budgets,"  we  are 
aware  that  exhibitors  will  still  feel  that  the  amounts 
spent  in  other  exhibits  will  be  a  rough  indication 
or  suggestion  as  to  what  they  can  do  on  similar 
amounts  also.    The  main  figures  of  a  few  budgets 
will  therefore  be  quoted. 


162 


HOW   MUCH   MAY  WE   SPEND? 

1 

A  traveling  exhibit  consisting  of  14  panels  such 
as  are  pictured  on  pages  64a  and  68a,  with  pack- 
ing boxes,  standards,  and  title  signs,  cost  $600. 
This  sum  included  the  services  of  an  exhibit  spe- 
cialist who  was  paid  for  fifteen  days'  work  and  con- 
tributed about  ten  days  in  addition;  a  craftsman 
who  charged  half  of  his  regular  rates,  and  the  com- 
mercial construction  of  panels  and  boxes.  It  did 
not  include  any  of  the  cost  of  use  of  the  exhibit. 

n 

A  traveling  exhibit  of  five  large  framed  panels 
with  water-color  sketches,  plus  3,000  sets  of  repro- 
ductions 18  inches  by  28  inches,  made  in  black  and 
white  on  heavy  paper,  cost  ii58oo.  Part  of  this  sum 
was  covered  by  selling  some  of  the  reproductions. 

HI 

A  traveling  exhibition  which  was  taken  on  a  six 
months'  tour  through  one  state  cost  $3,000.  The 
exhibit,  including  50  panels,  some  slides,  models, 
and  objects,  cost  $  i  ,000.  This  paid  for  the  services 
of  an  exhibit  specialist  and  a  designer  and  for  most 
of  the  construction,  some  sketches  having  been  con- 
tributed. The  other  j!2,ooo  paid  for  the  tour,  in- 
cluding the  salary  of  an  attendant  and  the  expenses 
of  a  director  who  made  advance  visits  to  each 
place,  of  two  speakers,  and  also  numerous  incidental 
charges.    All  local  expenses  and  part  of  those  of 

163 


ii 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

transportation  and  of  local  attendants  were  paid 
by  committees  in  each  place  visited. 

IV 

A  community  exhibition  held  in  a  large  armory 
for  ten  days  cost  ^3,500.  This  sum  included  part 
of  the  cost  of  exhibits,  including  250  panels  and 
many  electrical  devices  and  models,  part-time  ser- 
vices of  a  campaign  director,  an  exhibit  designer 
and  a  clerical  force,  and  in  fact  all  the  money  spent 
on  the  campaign.  The  contributed  services  and 
materials  for  construction  and  installation  were 
estimated  as  worth  fully  as  much  as  those  that 
were  paid  for. 


A  baby  welfare  exhibition,  consisting  largely 
of  demonstrations  with  borrowed  equipment, 
cost  I250.  This  included  advisory  service  of  an  ex- 
perienced exhibit  specialist,  printed  matter,  some 
temporary  booth  construction,  and  explanatory 
signs  for  exhibits. 

How  Expenditures  Should  Be  Distributed 

The  mistakes  often  made  in  distributing  expen- 
ditures are: 

I.  Spending  too  little  on  the  use  of  the  exhibit 
in  proportion  to  the  initial  cost.  In  the  case  of  the 
exhibit  described  above  that  cost  $600  (example  I), 
the  use  made  of  it  was  casual  and  of  uncertain 
value,  depending  almost  wholly  on  the  chance 


HOW  MUCH  MAY  WE  SPEND? 

judgment  and  enthusiasm  of  exhibit  borrowers  for 
its  effectiveness. 

2.  Spending  too  little  money  and  too  much  of 
the  time  of  a  busy  executive  who  must  at  the  same 
time  maintain  the  routine  of  his  organization  ac- 
tivities. If,  for  example,  volunteer  service  is  ac- 
cepted for  an  important  piece  of  work,  the  neces- 
sity to  oversee  it  which  delays  and  consumes  time 
becomes  an  item  of  real  expense.  A  sketch  contrib- 
uted by  an  artist  who  does  not  follow  directions 
in  making  it,  or  in  delivering  it  when  needed,  may 
cause  more  trouble  than  the  saving  through  his 
contribution  of  service  justifies.  The  clerical  ser- 
vices of  volunteers  who  are  not  adequately  super- 
vised may  also  prove  costly. 

3.  Spending  all  the  money  on  construction  and 
use  of  exhibits  and  nothing  for  ideas.  An  example 
is  a  panel  on  which  the  lettering  alone  cost  jf  10, 
which  incidentally  is  a  large  sum,  while  the  reading 
matter  was  uninteresting,  badly  arranged,  and 
poorly  illustrated. 

These  cases  suggest  the  need  in  budget-making 
to  see  that  expenditures  be  well  balanced  between 
the  securing  of  good  ideas  well  expressed  in  attrac- 
tive form,  reaching  the  right  people  with  the  ex- 
hibits, and  careful  following-up  in  order  that  full 
value  be  obtained. 

It  should  be  recognized,  as  has  been  pointed  out 
in  a  number  of  places  in  the  foregoing  pages,  that 
good  advance  planning  is  a  great  saving.  Service 
that  would  be  costly  can  be  obtained  free  if  volun- 

165 


I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

teers  are  given  time  in  which  to  meet  your  needs. 
For  example,  it  is  often  possible  to  have  a  reason- 
ably satisfactory  model  or  electrical  device  con- 
structed by  a  manual  training  class  if  the  request 
is  made  early  enough;  or  a  skilled  mechanic  or  a 
manual  training  teacher  may  be  secured  to  build 
it  in  his  leisure  hours.    The  part-time  services  of 
a  campaign  director  or  an  exhibit  specialist  can  be 
used  to  much  greater  advantage  in  relation  to  total 
expenditure  of  hours  if  his  services  are  spread  out 
over  a  long  period  with  intervals  between  con- 
sultation,  or  visits  during  which  volunteers  are 
carrying  out  his  suggestions. 


i66 


XIV 

TWO  ILLUSTRATIVE  PLANS  FOR  USING 

EXHIBITS 

IN  the  foregoing  chapters  the  methods  of  plan- 
ning, constructing,  and  using  exhibits  and  ex- 
hibitions of  many  kinds  have  been  discussed. 
In  order  that  the  principles  laid  down  and  the  sug- 
gestions offered  may  become  more  concrete  they 
have  been  applied  to  a  limited  extent  to  two 
specific  cases,  and  the  plans  which  resulted  are 
presented  below.  The  first  exemplifies  the  prepa- 
ration and  use  of  a  traveling  exhibit  as  the  center 
around  which  a  campaign  urging  the  state  care 
of  petty  offenders  might  be  developed;  the  second 
illustrates  the  methods  of  planning  and  carrying 
out  an  educational  exhibit  campaign  that  would 
employ  a  number  of  methods  of  display  which  could 
be  promoted  simultaneously  in  many  places. 

The  examples  represent  the  first  stages  in  plan- 
ning and  should  be  followed  by  a  much  more 
detailed  plan  as  the  next  stage. 

1.  A  PLAN  FOR  A  STATE  CAMPAIGN  CENTERING 
AROUND  A  TRAVELING  EXHIBIT 

Topic:  State  Care  of  Petty  Offenders 
*  Object 

Let  us  suppose  that  a  state  organization  inter- 
ested in  prison  reform  has  been  working  for  a  year 

167 


fi  ! 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

or  more  on  plans  for  legislation  to  establish  one  or 
more  state  industrial  and  farm  reformatories  for 
offenders  now  sentenced  to  county  jails.    The  aim 
is  to  provide  a  corrective  and  reformative  institu- 
tion for  this  class  of  prisoners  and  to  utilize  the 
county  jails  solely  as  places  of  detention  for  per- 
sons awaiting  trial  or  the  action  of  a  grand  jury. 
We  may  assume  that  the  public  and  private  agen- 
cies concerned  with  prison  reform  have  fully  looked 
into  the  question  and  are  in  favor  of  the  proposed 
changes,  and  that  the  proposals  have  been  brought 
to  the  attention  of  the  governor  and  some  members 
of  the  state  legislature.     In  each  section  of  the 
state  small  groups  of  interested  people  are  ready 
to  co-operate.    Bills  have  been  framed  to  estab- 
lish such  institutions  and  to  provide  for  the  pur- 
chase of  a  site;  an  active  lobby  has  been  main- 
tained at  the  state  capital    The  time  seems  ripe 
for  an  intensive  campaign  of  public  education  in 
support  of  the  plans.    It  will  have  as  its  objects 
both  the  establishment  of  this  new  state  institu- 
tion and  the  improvement  of  conditions  in  local 


•"■  I 


Audience 
Who  and  where  are  the  people  whose  support  is 
needed  to  push  the  bill  through  to  favorable  action 
in  the  legislature?  We  will  suppose  that  as  a  part 
of  the  preliminary  work  of  the  campaign  a  study 
has  been  made  indicating  where  strong  opposition 
will  appear;  where  there  is  indifference;  and  where 

168 


TWO   ILLUSTRATIVE    PLANS   FOR   USING   EXHIBITS 

active  support  may  be  comparatively  easy  to  gain ; 
that  about  20  counties  can  be  visited  with  the  time 
and  money  at  command ;  that  these  counties  will  be 
carefully  selected,  an  educational  plan  devised  to 
reach  others,  and  a  time  schedule  arranged  with  all 
of  the  above  facts  in  mind. 

The  advance  work  will  aim  to  overcome,  or  at 
least  to  smoke  out,  the  adversaries  in  the  centers 
of  opposition.  A  special  effort  will  be  made  to  en- 
lighten the  public  on  those  facts  regarding  which 
misinformation  and  an  old-fashioned  point  of  view 
have  misled  them.  The  counties  selected  will  be 
those  in  which  conditions  in  the  local  jails  are  worst 
and  the  possibility  of  arousing  people  to  attention 
therefore  the  greatest.  Within  the  cities  them- 
selves efforts  will  be  concentrated,  first,  on  getting 
the  attention  of  political  leaders,  single  individuals, 
and  officers  and  members  of  organizations  inter- 
ested in  civic  improvements  and  in  other  better- 
ment enterprises;  and  second,  on  the  large  body  of 
citizens  in  general.  The  object  will  be  to  demon- 
strate to  the  public  the  advantages,  both  to  the 
local  community  and  to  the  offender,  of  the  pro- 
posed changes  in  the  method  of  caring  for  prisoners 
and  to  induce  the  public  to  go  favorably  on  record 
for  them. 

Use  of  the  Exhibit 
As  has  already  been  suggested,  the  exhibit  will 
be  a  feature  of  a  state-wide  educational  campaign. 
The  exhibition  during  several  days  or  a  week  will 

169 


II     I  lllxl Illllll 


1: 


r 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

provide  an  occasion  for  centering  attention  on  the 
jail  problem  in  each  county  visited  and  in  the  sur- 
rounding district.  It  will  be  held  in  the  town 
and  in  the  hall  where  people  are  accustomed  to 
come  for  important  events.  The  tour  will  last 
about  three  months,  reaching  its  climax  in  a  visit 
to  the  state  capital  shortly  before  appropriation 
bilk  are  likely  to  be  considered.  An  advance  or- 
ganization in  each  city  will  pave  the  way  for  good 
local  support  of  the  movement.  While  the  exhibit 
will  be  the  central  and  striking  feature  of  the  cam- 
paign, other  methods  will  be  used  to  arouse  the 
interest  of  a  larger  number  of  people  than  can  be 
expected  to  come  to  an  exhibition  hall. 

The  Exhibit  Itself 

The  Facts.  We  will  assume  that  the  committee 
has  its  facts  well  in  hand  and  that  its  problem  is 
one  of  selection.  What  sort  of  information  and 
argument  will  be  the  most  telling  in  such  a  cam- 
paignr 

Bearing  in  mind  the  current  misunderstandings 
and  prejudices  about  methods  of  caring  for  pris- 
oners, the  following  outline  of  exhibit  content  is 
suggested : 

r  A  striking  picture  of  the  existing  conditions 
that  break  down  health,  morals,  and  self-respect. 

2.  A  contrasting  picture  of  building  up  condi- 
tions  under  the  proposed  system. 

3.  Types  of  persons  found  in  county  jails  who 
should   be   withdrawn   and   properly   segregated 

170 


TWO  illustrative  plans  for  using  exhibits 

under  the  proposed  change.  Description  and  brief 
histories  of  three  or  four  such  types  showing  the 
beginner  in  crime;  the  repeater;  the  untrained, 
out-of-a-job  man;  the  old  rounder. 

4.  The  economic  advantages  to  the  community 

of  the  new  plan. 

5.  Why  the  community  is  better  protected  under 

the  new  plan. 

6.  How  this  system  will  provide  more  humane 

care  for  offenders. 

7.  A  few  facts  about  the  results  of  a  similar  ex- 
periment tried  elsewhere. 

8.  A  brief  summary  of  the  proposed  law  and  the 
needed  appropriations. 

These  aspects  of  the  problem  will  be  of  interest 
and  concern  to  the  ordinary  citizen.  Other  more 
technical  facts — on  jail  management,  architectural 
plans,  detailed  features  of  the  proposed  bills,  the 
relative' value  of  various  trades  and  types  of  out- 
door work  will  all  be  of  special  interest  to  a  limited 
number  of  persons.  Exhibits  on  these  topics  may 
be  segregated  in  a  convenient  corner  of  the  ex- 
hibit hall,  where  small  groups  can  be  brought 
together  for  informal  conference. 

A  local  exhibit  supplementing  the  traveling  ex- 
hibit in  each  place  visited  would  show  conditions 
in  the  local  jail  and  offer  a  plan  adapted  to  local 
conditions  for  handling  detained  prisoners  accord- 
ing to  the  proposed  methods  of  the  new  state  in- 
stitutions advocated. 

Forms.    The  exhibit  will  consist  of  about  24  large 

171 


,1 


[I 
1 1 ; 


itili 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

panels  and  12  small  ones,  supplemented  by  several 
models,  devices,  and  displays  of  objects.  A  four- 
paged  leaflet  summing  up  the  bill  and  the  chief  ar- 
guments for  it  will  be  prepared  in  attractive  form. 
Twelve  additional  small  panels  will  be  made  up  in 
each  county. 

An  exhibit  for  extension  work  in  other  counties, 
described  later,  will  be  made  up  in  poster  form  in 
quantities. 

The  large  panels  will  be  three  feet  wide  by  five 
feet  high,  mounted  on  standards  that  raise  them 
20  inches  from  the  floor.  They  should  be  made  of 
compo-board  painted  in  a  light  buff  color,  with  a 
two-inch  frame  of  white  pine  given  a  dark  brown 
or  green  stain  to  contrast  with  the  compo-board. 
These  panels  will  be  used  for  presenting  ideas  and 
facts  that  can  best  be  expressed  in  large  units. 

As  a  suggestion  for  the  treatment  of  the  topics 
in  the  outline  above,  on  each  of  four  of  these  panels 
one  type  of  prisoner  will  be  pictured  against  the 
background  of  his  cell,  work  bench,  or  some  scene 
that  tells  a  part  of  his  story.  The  sketch  will 
occupy  about  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  panel, 
space  being  allowed  for  about  50  words  of  descrip- 
tion and  a  margin  of  four  inches  at  the  top  and 
sides  and  five  at  the  bottom.  The  four  panels 
done  in  this  way  will  portray  a  beginner,  a  repeater, 
a  rounder,  and  a  "misfit." 

The  cost  in  approximate  figures  of  the  penal 
system  that  has  produced  these  types  of  human 
failures  will  be  shown  by  a  series  of  sketches  on 

173 


TWO   ILLUSTRATIVE    PLANS    FOR   USING   EXHIBITS 

panels,  which  contrast  the  bills  the  community 
pays  for  the  old  health-wrecking  and  morals- 
wrecking  methods  of  maintaining  idle  prisoners, 
with  the  value  it  receives  from  productive  prison- 
ers restored  to  health  and  good  citizenship  through 
the  new  methods. 

The  small  panels  will  be  of  heavy  cardboard,  22 
by  28  inches,  with  rounded  edges  and  made  up  like 
those  shown  on  pages  5od  and  5oe.  The  color 
scheme  will  harmonize  with  the  large  panels.  On 
these  will  be  shown  photographs,  at  least  1 1  by  14 
inches  in  size,  portraying  the  wretched  sanitary  con- 
ditions and  the  life  of  prisoners  in  the  jail,  together 
with  a  few  words  of  description  on  their  food, 
health,  and  treatment. 

The  prison  farm,  shown  by  a  scenic  device,  will 
form  an  attractive  central  feature.  It  will  be  pro- 
duced from  actual  plans  of  the  proposed  new  build- 
ings and  grounds.  Figures  of  men  at  work  will 
appear  about  the  grounds.  Beside  it  will  be  the 
model  of  a  section  of  the  present  typical  jail  interior 
showing  a  single  corridor  and  a  row  of  cells,  with 
small  figures  of  prisoners  engaged  in  the  usual 
prison  occupations.  These  models  will  be  dis- 
played in  open  boxes  of  a  size  to  stand  on  ordinary 
tables  three  by  four  feet  in  size. 

A  device  will  show  the  repeater  (a  small  wooden 
figure)  moving  around  a  "vicious  circle"  in  which 
in  endless  repetition  he  passes  through  a  saloon, 
a  courthouse,  and  a  jail  of  the  old  type.  The  de- 
vice may  be  worked  by  hand  or  electricity. 

173 


I 


w 


H 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Arrangement 

The  exhibit  as  a  whole  will  be  arranged  as  a 
series  of  booths.  One  or  two  of  the  large  panels, 
according  to  needs  in  arranging  the  subject  matter, 
will  form  each  side  of  a  shallow  booth,  and  a  burlap- 
covered  wall  or  framework  will  screen  the  back. 
Three  or  four  of  the  small  panels  will  hang  on  these 
burlap-covered  screens  at  a  height  that  brings  the 
base  of  the  panel  at  least  40  inches  above  the  floor; 
a  model,  device,  or  display  of  printed  matter  will 
occupy  the  center  of  the  booth. 

Six  title  signs  for  booths  will  be  provided  as  part 
of  the  traveling  exhibit;  packing  cases  each  to 
hold  five  large  panels  and  a  metal  suit  case  for  the 
small  ones. 

Getting  the  Exhibit  Made 
The  24  large  panels,  12  of  the  small  ones,  and 
two  models,  will  belong  to  the  traveling  exhibit. 
These  will  be  prepared  by  commercial  exhibit 
makers  under  the  direction  of  a  specialist  who  will 
also  provide  specifications  for  the  local  exhibits. 
The  burlap  covering  for  the  screens  at  the  back 
of  the  booths  likewise  will  belong  to  the  traveling 
outfit  in  order  that  a  background  harmonizing  with 
the  panels  may  be  assured,  and  a  set  of  stage  drops 
for  the  play  described  below.  One  or  more  models 
and  devices,  12  small  panels,  and  the  framework 
for  the  screens,  will  be  supplied  by  the  local  com- 
mittee in  each  city.    Bound  and  finished  cards  for 

«74 


two  illustrative  plans  for  using  exhibits 

the  small  panels  would  be  supplied  at  cost  by  the 
state  committee  in  order  to  secure  uniformity. 

Exhibits  of  Speech  and  A'ction 

Some  of  the  facts  and  plans  can  be  presented  to 
better  advantage  in  special  local  programs  in  the 
cities  where  the  exhibition  is  held  than  through 
panels  and  models.  Part  of  the  work  of  the  local 
committee  will  be  to  arrange  for  these  programs. 
As  all  the  exhibits  may  easily  be  seen  in  forty-five 
minutes  or  an  hour,  it  may  be  safe  to  arrange  a 
program  lasting  forty-five  minutes;  but  this  should 
be  carefully  tested  and  decreased  in  length  if  it 
takes  attention  that  should  go  to  the  exhibits. 
The  program  may  include: 

Brief  speeches  by  a  state  or  county  official  and 
one  or  two  other  prominent  people  on  the  opening 
night  of  the  exhibition. 

A  short  play  portraying  an  incident  in  the  life 
of  a  jail  repeater  which  should  last  about  fifteen  or 
twenty  minutes  and  be  repeated  two  or  three  times 
during  each  session.  It  may  show  a  court-room 
scene  that  brings  out  the  method  of  handling  al- 
leged offenders  or  the  arrival  of  the  repeater  at 
the  jail.  Some  humorous  touches  will  be  needed  to 
save  the  play  from  being  too  gloomy.  If  it  is  pos- 
sible, two  plays,  or  one  play  and  a  pantomime, 
might  be  secured,  one  for  the  afternoon  and  one  for 
the  evening  session,  the  afternoon  play  to  be  per- 
formed by  young  people  of  high  school  age. 

Two  methods  may  be  tried  to  secure  these  plays: 

175 


« 


hM'T, 


'I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

a  prize  may  be  offered  by  a  member  of  the  state 
committee  for  a  play  to  bring  out  a  particular  idea; 
or  an  experienced  writer  may  be  asked  to  contrib- 
ute such  a  play. 

Following  each  presentation  of  the  play  the  cam- 
paign director  will  give  a  ten-minute  talk  dealing 
with  the  greater  protection  guaranteed  to  the  local 
community  under  the  proposed  system  of  prison 
management,  and  the  economic  advantage  of  con- 
verting prisoners  who  have  lost  their  grip  upon 
themselves  into  good  citizens,  as  well  as  the  advan- 
tage to  the  prisoners  of  more  humane  treatment. 
The  aim  in  this  talk  will  be  to  make  each  person 
present  feel  a  personal  concern  in  the  problem  and 
the  welfare  of  petty  offenders.  This  concern  can 
be  made  more  real  by  a  talk  than  by  the  most 
graphic  exhibit. 

The  program  may  be  varied  once  or  twice  in  each 
city  by  having  an  outside  speaker  of  prominence 
who  will  talk  about  thirty  or  forty  minutes.  His 
reputation  should  be  such  as  to  insure  local  papers 
giving  good  space  to  the  reporting  of  his  address. 

A  personally  conducted  visit  to  the  local  jail  or 
jails  starting  from  the  exhibit  hall  may  be  arranged 
once  or  twice  each  day. 

Another  special  feature  will  be  a  booth  where 
energetic  workers  are  on  hand  to  obtain  signatures 
to  letters  or  cards,  approving  the  object  of  the 
exhibition  and  the  methods  advocated,  to  be  mailed 
to  the  legislators  and  the  governor.  .  It  may  also 
be  well  to  get  some  prominent  people  to  send  per- 

176 


TWO  ILLUSTRATIVE   PLANS   FOR  USING   EXHIBITS 

sonal  letters  or  telegrams  to  the  committee  sup- 
porting the  aims  of  the  exhibit  which  can  be  given 
to  the  press.  Timely  letters  to  members  of  the 
legislature  from  the  district  and  members  of  legis- 
lative committees  considering  these  bills  should  be 
arranged  for.  Typewritten  forms  containing  reso- 
lutions favoring  the  bill  about  to  be  introduced 
should  be  provided  the  delegations  and  officers  of 
organizations  attending  the  exhibition,  which  they 
may  submit  to  their  fellow  members  for  approval 
at  their  next  organization  meeting. 

Publicity 

The  campaign  and  its  objects  will  need  publicity 
of  several  kinds.  As  a  whole  it  must  have  a  certain 
amount  of  state-wide  publicity  in  the  form  of  news 
stories,  editorials,  and  special  articles  by  well- 
known  writers  in  Sunday  magazine  sections  of  the 
large  dailies.  Newspaper  discussion  of  the  subject 
should  be  stimulated  by  urging  many  people  to 
write  letters  to  editors.  All  of  this  press  work 
should  be  directed  from  the  headquarters  of  the 
state  organization  and  be  conducted  chiefly  during 
the  opening  and  closing  weeks  of  the  campaign. 

Another  phase  of  the  publicity  work  will  be  to 
keep  the  members  of  the  legislature  informed  of  all 
favorable  comments  received  on  the  proposed  bill, 
and  to  direct  toward  them  a  stream  of  letters  and 
telegrams  from  their  constituents.  This  work  will 
be  done  under  the  direction  of  the  state  committee. 


II 


177 


I 


H. 


,.:■ 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

in  part  from  the  organization  headquarters,  but 
chiefly  from  the  cities  where  the  exhibit  appears. 

The  third  part  of  the  work  will  be  the  local  pub- 
licity in  each  city  which  is  aimed  to  see  that  people 
attend  the  exhibition  and  to  get  the  subject  into 
the  county  papers  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  This 
will  be  left  to  the  local  publicity  committee,  which 
will  be  assisted  by  having  ready-made  press  mate- 
rial furnished  them  in  advance.  The  publicity 
work  assignments  of  volunteer  committees  should 
also  be  outlined  and  arranged  for.* .  A  leaflet  for 
wide  local  distribution,  already  described  on  page 
172,  should  be  supplied  by  the  state  committee. 

The  forms  that  local  publicity  methods  will  take 
are  suggested  by  the  assignment  list  given  below. 

Organization 
We  will  suppose  that  the  organization  respon- 
sible for  the  campaign  has  a  salaried  worker  whose 
time  for  about  six  months  may  be  given  almost  ex- 
clusively to  preparing  for  and  directing  the  cam- 
paign. He  will  make  an  advance  tour  in  preparing 
each  city  to  be  visited  for  its  participation  in  the 
campaign,  will  direct  the  campaign,  and  travel 
with  the  exhibit.  He  will  have  an  assistant  in 
charge  of  the  exhibit  who  will  supervise  its  trans- 
portation, installation,  display,  and  packing,  and 
assist  in  arranging  the  local  exhibits  that  are 
added  to  it.  The  co-operation  of  the  state  organi- 
sation staff"  and  of  the  state  committee  referred 

*  See  Appendix  B.  page  199,  for  sample  committee  outlines. 

178 


y-  k 


TWO  ILLUSTRATIVE   PLANS    FOR  USING   EXHIBITS 

to  below,  can  presumably  be  relied  upon  in  pre- 
paring and  distributing  the  state-wide  publicity 
material  from  the  campaign  headquarters. 

Although  the  prison  reform  organization  should 
be  responsible  for  the  detailed  work,  the  campaign 
may  be  officially  sponsored  by  a  campaign  com- 
mittee of  prominent  citizens  throughout  the  state. 

The  director's  advance  trip  to  each  city  should 
include  arrangements  for  a  local  honorary  or  ad- 
visory committee  and  a  small  executive  committee. 
The  number  of  sub-committees  appointed  will  de- 
pend largely  on  the  energy  and  enthusiasm  of  this 
executive  committee  and  the  suggestive  value  of 
the  advance  plans  and  their  appealing  presentation 
by  the  director.  The  director  will  provide  the  local 
committee  with  typewritten  outlines  describing 
special  assignments  and  recommend  that  they  be 
divided  among  as  many  committees  or  groups  as 
it  is  possible  to  organize.  These  committee  assign- 
ments should  include : 

Explainers.  A  small  group  of  explainers  or  guides, 
including  two  or  three  for  each  session.  Advance 
instruction  will  be  arranged  for  by  the  director  who 
will  also  meet  the  group  promptly  upon  his  arrival 
for  final  instructions. 

Exhibition  Hall  and  Installation.    This  committee 
will  undertake  arrangements  for  the  renting  or  bor- 
rowing of  a  hall  for  the  required  time  and  help  in' 
the  installation  and  packing  of  exhibits. 

Local  Exhibit.  The  preparation  of  the  local  ex- 
hibit material  to  be  carried  out  in  ways  varying  in 

179 


..  !► 


r 


',! 


t  '' 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

accordance  with  the  volunteer  or  money  resources 
of  this  committee.  To  secure  uniformity  in  ap- 
pearance  and  workmanship,  the  exhibit  specialist 
preparing  the  traveling  exhibit  should  provide  the 
panels  on  which  lettering  may  be  done  and  illus- 
trations mounted  by  the  local  craftsmen.  Specifi- 
cations  for  models  and  devices  should  also  be  sup- 


Program.  The  work  of  this  committee  will  in- 
elude  organizing  companies  of  amateur  players  to 
present  the  little  plays  and  to  make  the  arrange- 
ments in  connection  with  speakers  and  other  pro- 
gram features.  In  towns  where  no  one  is  available 
with  experience  and  ability  in  staging  amateur 
plays,  this  feature  may  be  omitted. 

Press.  This  committee  should  make  arrange- 
ments with  local  editors  for  the  use  of  material 
sent  out  from  state  headquarters,  for  invitations  to 
press  views  of  the  exhibit,  and  for  other  press 
work. 

Special  Days  and  Special  Group  Attendance.  This 
work  comprises  arrangements  for  the  attendance 
and  entertainment  at  stated  times  of  invited  in- 
dividuals or  groups  whose  goodwill  is  considered 
of  prime  importance  to  the  success  of  the  mea- 
siire,  such  as  the  members  of  interested  organiza- 
tions. 

Attendance  of  Out-of-town  People.  Since  the  ex- 
hibit will  be  displayed  in  only  one  town  and  should 
also  reach  the  county,  a  committee  will  be  needed 
whose  special  responsibility  is  to  work  up  atten- 

180 


TWO  ILLUSTRATIVE    PLANS   FOR  USING   EXHIBITS 

dance  of  representative  people  from  all  parts  of  the 
county  outside  of  the  exhibit  city. 

Announcements  of  Exhibition.  Work  of  this  com- 
mittee should  be  to  give  notices  both  orally  and  in 
writing  to  churches,  schools,  clubs,  Young  Men's 
Christian  Associations,  Young  Women's  Christian 
Associations,  and  other  organizations,  and  to  see 
that  attractive  poster  notices  be  attached  to  bul- 
letin boards  and  set  in  windows. 

Publicity  assignments  such  as  are  suggested  in 
Chapter  XI,  How  Will  You  Advertise  Your  Ex- 
hibit? may  be  added  if  additional  volunteer  work- 
ers can  be  secured,  or  they  may  be  lessened  or 
combined  according  to  numbers.  The  local  execu- 
tive committee  will  be  urged  to  obtain  active  par- 
ticipation in  the  campaign  of  the  more  progressive 
members  of  the  bar,  social  workers,  women's  clubs, 
chambers  of  commerce,  the  police  department,  city 
magistrates,  and  others  whose  tasks  or  associations 
make  them  able  to  improve  jail  conditions. 

Cost 

We  will  suppose  that  a  budget  of  approximately 
15,000,  through  special  contributions,  is  the 
amount  available  for  this  campaign.  This  is  ex- 
clusive of  the  salaries  of  persons  already  employed 
by  the  organization  that  has  it  in  hand,  and  of 
amounts  to  be  expended  in  each  city  to  cover  local 
expenses. 

The  following  is  the  estimated  distribution  of 
this  sum : 

181 


f 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Exhibit  Constructioii:    Approximately  ?  1,500  to 
cover  items  as  follows: 

24  large  panels 

Material  for  panel  construction 

Carpenter  work 

Painting 

Lettering 

Illustrations 
Sketches 
Photographs 
Maps 
6  title  signs 
12  small  panels 

Material  for  construction 

Lettering,  etc.,  as  above 
6  packing  cases 
3  fiber  telescope  suit  cases 

Small  panels 

Supplies  for  printed  matter 
lool  box 
2  models 
Burlap 
Stage  sets 
Time  of  exhibit  specialist 

Exhibit   Tour:   Approximately  ^2,500  to  cover 
items  as  follows: 

Traveling  expenses  of  director  on  advance  tour, 

and  later  with  exhibition. 
Salary  and  traveling  expenses  of  assistant  in 

charge  of  exhibit  for  about  sixteen  weeks. 
Postage,  multigraphing,  telegrams,  printing,  and 

onice  expense. 

Storage,  express  or  freight,  and  repairs  on  ex- 
hibit. 

Out-of-town  speakers;  their  traveling  expenses. 

182 


TWO  ILLUSTRATIVE  PLANS  FOR  USING  EXHIBITS 

Exhibit  Material  for  Extension  Use :  $  l  ,000  for  this 
purpose. 

Set  of  25  posters ;  with  100  to  200  copies  of  each. 

The  above  estimate  assumes  that  the  following 
items  will  be  paid  for  by  the  local  committee  in 
each  city: 

Rent,  lighting,  and  heat  of  exhibition  hall. 

Construction  of  screens,  booths,  or  other  equip- 
ment needed  for  the  exhibit. 

Construction  of  local  exhibits,  including  12 
small  panels. 

Transportation  of  exhibit — one  way. 

Labor  of  installation  and  care  of  exhibit. 

Printing  of  local  advertising  material. 

In  cities  where  the  hall  will  probably  be  given 
rent  free  and  where  volunteers  help  in  the  work, 
the  local  expense  of  the  exhibition  may  be  kept 
within  a  small  amount.  Under  some  circumstances 
it  may  be  desirable  to  ask  local  committees  to  as- 
sume a  larger  share  of  responsibility  in  financing  a 
campaign  than  the  meeting  of  the  above  items,  but 
the  state  committee  will  not  wish  to  make  its 
choice  of  counties  dependent  on  the  raising  of  a 
fixed  sum  for  local  purposes. 

If  more  money  is  raised  than  is  needed  in  the 
above  plan,  it  may  insure  some  attractive  addi- 
tional features  for  the  local  campaign. 

FoLLow-up  Work 
At  the  close  of  the  local  campaign  before  the 
director  leaves  the  city  he  will  wish  to  be  satisfied 

183 


'll 


m 


I'l 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

that  definite  plans  are  worked  out  for  taking  ad- 
vantage of  whatever  interest  may  have  been 
aroused,  both  to  push  legislation  for  the  proposed 
state  institution  and  to  improve  the  local  jail  con- 
ditions. 

If  the  city  has  not  before  had  a  permanent  local 
committee  interested  in  prison  reform,  one  should 
be  formed  out  of  the  temporary  organization  that 
conducted  the  campaign.    The  immediate  duties 
of  this  permanent  committee  will  be  to  get  in 
touch  with  persons  and  organizations  who  showed 
interest  in  the  exhibit  and  the  proposed  bill  and  to 
see  that  they  send  an  expression  of  approval  to 
their  representatives.    The  committee  will  also  ar- 
range for  the  extension  of  publicity  work  through- 
out the  county,  possibly  arranging  to  show  the 
locally  prepared  exhibit  and  repeat  parts  of  the 
program  held  in  its  connection  with  the  exhibition 
in  several  towns.    Another  duty  will  be  to  keep  in- 
formed  about  conditions  in  the  local  county  jail  and 
to  follow  up  the  program  agreed  upon  with  the  state 
committee  for  securing  urgently  needed  reforms. 

Extension  of  the  Campaign 
As  the  tour  planned  will  reach  only  20  of  the 
counties  in  the  state,  its  extension  into  the  re- 
maining counties  through  other  methods  is  impor- 
tant. The  first  step  will  be  to  obtain  a  local  com- 
mittee for  a  town,  a  county,  or  both,  wherever  a 
few  energetic  people  can  be  found  who  understand 
the  subject  matter  and  who  will  take  a  keen  enough 

184 


TWO  illustrative  plans  for  using  exhibits 

interest  in  the  movement  to  carry  out  plans  pro- 
vided for  them.  If  possible,  the  campaign  director 
or  an  active  member  of  the  state  committee  will 
visit  the  town  or  county  for  consultation.  In  any 
case,  plans  very  simple  in  form  and  adaptable  to 
local  conditions  will  be  sent  to  each  committee  from 
state  headquarters.  A  set  of  25  posters  reproduc- 
ing selected  panels  from  the  original  exhibit  will  be 
furnished  to  each  committee  at  cost  of  production 
or  less.  Press  material  and  printed  matter  will 
also  be  supplied. 

The  extension  work  in  such  counties  may  well 
be  considered  as  preliminary  work  to  be  followed 
by  a  campaign  of  education  directed  especially  to 
these  sections  of  the  state. 

II.    AN  EXHIBIT  FOR  CONTINUOUS  EDUCA- 
TIONAL WORK 

Topic:  Industrial  Accidents  to  Eyes 
An  interesting  example  of  an  educational  can\- 
paign  that  was  well  planned  and  well  carried  out 
is  afforded  by  an  exhibit  on  Eye  Accidents  in  the 
Industries  made  by  the  National  Committee  for 
the  Prevention  of  Blindness. 

Purpose  and  Audience 
The  purpose  of  the  campaign  was  to  reduce  the 
appalling  number  of  avoidable  accidents  to  eyes 
that  occur  every  year  in  industry.  It  was  believed 
that  this  could  best  be  accomplished  through  an 
appeal  to  employers  to  provide  proper  safeguards 

185 


atesr 


sf 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

and  to  industrial  workers  to  use  them.  It  was 
decided  that  the  educational  work  should  be 
directed  largely  to  the  latter. 

The  plan  of  the  committee  was  to  construct 
an  exhibit  that  could  be  adapted  to  many  uses 
and  methods  of  display  and  that  would  be  capable 
of  wide  distribution  through  printed  copies.     It 
therefore   prepared   a   small,    carefully   thought 
out  exhibit,  designed  with  a  particular  view  to 
its  being  reproduced  and  distributed.     Its  specific 
aim  was  to  attract  the  attention  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  industrial  workers  throughout  the  coun- 
try, and  to  get  them  to  think  and  talk  about  the 
causes  of  injuries  to  eyes  and  the  methods  of  pre- 
vention.    The  distribution  of  the  material  was 
nation-wide  and  continued  for  months.    In  fact  it 
is  still  going  on  after  two  years  of  campaigning. 

The  Exhibit 
The  Content.  The  aim  in  selecting  the  facts  was 
to  create  the  strongest  possible  impression  with 
the  minimum  of  words  and  of  commands  or  urging. 
The  case  was  put  before  employer  and  workman 
simply  and  convincingly,  and  it  was  left  to  them 
to  decide  whether  to  act  upon  the  information. 
This  information  was  set  forth  under  five  distinct 
subject  headings: 

I.  The  great  number  of  avoidable  accidents  to 
eyes  which  occur  in  industry  each  year  (see 
opposite  page). 

1 86 


j^  i*ii 


From  a 

Skilled 

Workman 

to  a 

Blind 


HE  TOOK  A CHANCE! 

Lardely  because  bofh  employers 

and  workmen  take  chances 

there  are  nearly 

200.000ACCIDENIS  TO  EVES 

in  United  States  industries 
everj^3^ear 

In  one  county  In  Ohio 
one  eve  is  lost  every  ele\endavs 

Doj^ou  know  the  methods 
for  reducing  hazaixls  in 

)^our  industry  orjour  trade? 
Arej^ou  using  them? 


N.ition.11  CMnmiHoo  for  tho  Prevent. 


t.W  r  ■:-. 


t    >^o,l   51     -...„    v,w  k 


on  of  Blindness 


Panel  from  "Eye  Accidents"  Series 
I  his  is  the  first  in  the  series  of  five  posters  used  in  the 
national  campaign  of  education  on  industrial  accidents  to 
eyes,  described  in  this  chapter.     Another  of  the  series  is 
shown  on  page  64b. 

i86a 


ll 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

and  to  industrial  workers  to  use  them.  It  was 
decided  that  the  educational  work  should  be 
directed  largely  to  the  latter. 

The  plan  of  the  committee  was  to  construct 
an  exhibit  that  could  be  adapted  to  many  uses 
and  methods  of  display  and  that  would  be  capable 
of  wide  distribution  through  printed  copies.     It 
therefore    prepared    a    small,    carefully    thought 
out  exhibit,  designed  with  a  particular  view  to 
its  being  reproduced  and  distributed.     Its  specific 
aim  was  to  attract  the  attention  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  industrial  workers  throughout  the  coun- 
try, and  to  get  them  to  think  and  talk  about  the 
causes  of  injuries  to  eyes  and  the  methods  of  pre- 
vention.    The  distribution  of  the  material  was 
nation-wide  and  continued  for  months.    In  fact  it 
IS  still  going  on  after  two  years  of  campaigning. 

The  Exhibit 
file  Content.  The  aim  in  selecting  the  facts  was 
to  create  the  strongest  possible  impression  with 
the  minimum  of  words  and  of  commands  or  urging. 
The  case  was  put  before  employer  and  workman 
simply  and  convincingly,  and  it  was  left  to  them 
to  decide  whether  to  act  upon  the  information. 
This  information  was  set  forth  under  five  distinct 
subject  headings: 

I.  The  great  number  of  avoidable  accidents  to 
tyes  which  occur  in  industry  each  year  (see 
opposite  page). 

i86 


i ''} 


J^  '« 


From  a 

Skilled 

Ubrkman 

loa 

Blind 

Beggar 


HE  TOOK  A  CHANCE! 

lardely  because  both  emplo)^rs 

and  workmen  take  chances 

there  arenearl^^ 

200.000ACCIDENIS  TO  EYES 

in  United  States  industries 
every  j^ear 

In  one  county  in  Ohio 
one  eye  is  lost  every  ele\en  days 

Dojou  know  the  methods 
for  reducing  hazards  in 

your  industry  or  jour  trade? 
Are^^ou  using  them? 


Nat 


KMia!  Commitfoo  for  (he  Prevent 


ion  of  Blindness 


Panel  from  "Eye  Accidents"  Series 
This  is  the  first  in  the  series  of  five  posters  used  in  the 
national  campaign  of  education  on  industrial  accidents  to 
eyes,  described  in  this  chapter.     Another  of  the  series  is 
shown  on  page  64b. 

i86a 


i86b 


TWO   ILLUSTRATIVE    PLANS    FOR   USING   EXHIBITS 

2.  The  danger  of  infection  from  careless  methods 

of  removing  particles  from  eyes  (see  page 
64b). 

3.  Some  of  the  common  causes  of  eye  accidents. 

4.  Goggles  as  a  protection. 

5.  Good  and  bad  lighting  and  good  and  bad  use 

of  light. 

Fonn.  The  form  through  which  these  subjects 
were  displayed  consisted  of  a  series  of  five  panels, 
containing  a  total  of  some  20  sketches,  one  photo- 
graph, and  about  250  words.  The  panels  were 
probably  more  heavily  worded  than  desirable,  but 
as  they  did  not  often  form  part  of  an  extensive 
exhibit  it  was  possible  to  "put  over"  more  reading 
matter  than  might  have  been  the  case  in  a  larger 
display. 

The  panels  were  made  up  in  a  number  of  sizes 
adapted  to  special  uses.  The  originals  were  of 
compo-board  framed  in  wood,  and  were  34  inches 
wide  by  68  inches  high.  The  original  set  was  in 
colors,  a  light  gray  background  and  dark  gray 
frame  forming  a  setting  for  lettering  in  black 
and  red,  together  with  sketches  in  oil  in  bright 
colors.    Boxed,  the  panels  weighed  275  pounds.^ 

Photographic  reproductions  were  printed  on 
India  finish  paper  in  several  sizes,  18  by  33  inches, 
8  by  II  inches,  5  by  9  inches,  and  2  by  3  inches. 

*  An  exact  reproduction  in  colors  of  about  one-fourth  the  size  of 
the  originals  was  ordered  for  the  use  of  the  Bureau  of  Industrial 
Welfare  of  the  Detroit  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

187 


■Ill 


^  o 


I 


i86b 


TWO   ILLUSTRATIVE    PLANS   FOR   USING   EXHIBITS 

2.  The  danger  of  infection  from  careless  methods 

of  removing  particles  from  eyes  (see  page 
64b). 

3.  Some  of  the  common  causes  of  eye  accidents. 

4.  Goggles  as  a  protection. 

5.  Good  and  bad  lighting  and  good  and  bad  use 

of  light. 

Form.  The  form  through  which  these  subjects 
were  displayed  consisted  of  a  series  of  five  panels, 
containing  a  total  of  some  20  sketches,  one  photo- 
graph, and  about  250  words.  The  panels  were 
probably  more  heavily  worded  than  desirable,  but 
as  they  did  not  often  form  part  of  an  extensive 
exhibit  it  was  possible  to  "put  over"  more  reading 
matter  than  might  have  been  the  case  in  a  larger 
display. 

The  panels  were  made  up  in  a  number  of  sizes 
adapted  to  special  uses.  The  originals  were  of 
compo-board  framed  in  wood,  and  were  34  inches 
wide  by  68  inches  high.  The  original  set  was  in 
colors,  a  light  gray  background  and  dark  gray 
frame  forming  a  setting  for  lettering  in  black 
and  red,  together  with  sketches  in  oil  in  bright 
colors.    Boxed,  the  panels  weighed  275  pounds.^ 

Photographic  reproductions  were  printed  on 
India  finish  paper  in  several  sizes,  18  by  33  inches, 
8  by  11  inches,  5  by  9  inches,  and  2  by  3  inches. 


1  An  exact  reproduction  in  colors  of  about  one-fourth  the  size  of 
the  originals  was  ordered  for  the  use  of  the  Bureau  of  Industrial 
Welfare  of  the  Detroit  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

187 


1 

I 


I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

The  larger  posters  were  sent  out  in  mailing  tubes, 
and  the  smaller  ones  in  manila  envelopes. 

Other  forms  in  which  the  exhibit  was  reproduced 
were  slides,  and  as  an  insert  in  a  motion-picture 
film  on  safety  devices;  halftones  for  illustrations 
m  magazines  and  other  periodicals,  together  with 
accompanying  "story  text''  and  articles  describ- 
ing methods  of  preventing  accidents.  Some  of 
these  articles  appeared  in  Hungarian  and  Italian 
magazines. 

Getting  the  Exhibit  Made 
The  exhibit  was  produced  under  the  direction  of 
the  field  secretary  of  the  National  Committee  with 
the  assistance  of  safety  engineers,  industrial  ex- 
perts, exhibit  specialists,  an  artist,  a  commercial 
letterer,  an  exhibit  maker,  and  a  printer.  Before 
the  panels  were  completed  constructive  criticism 
of  the  copy  and  illustrations  was  secured  from  a 
number  of  leaders  in  work  for  the  prevention  of 
blindness  and  of  physicians  and  eye  specialists. 

Publicity  and  Use  of  Exhibit 
Four  chief  methods  were  employed  to  obtain  a 
wide  circulation  of  the  exhibits : 

First,  the  original  panels  were  displayed,  as  op- 
portunity offered,  at  expositions  and  conventions, 
such  as  safety  expositions,  a  convention  of  the 
American  Public  Health  Association,  the  Safety 
Congress  of  the  National  Safety  Council,  meetings 
of  manufacturers  and  of  other  bodies,  also  in  the 

188 


two  illustrative  plans  for  using  exhibits 

windows  of  large  department  stores.  A  sign  stated 
that  a  set  of  halftone  reproductions  of  the  panels 
in  poster  form  could  be  had  for  50  cents,  and  on  a 
table  in  front  of  the  panels  were  coin  cards  which 
could  be  used  in  ordering  sets.  At  present  writing 
the  panels  are  on  exhibition  at  the  Museum  of 
Safety,  New  York. 

The  second  method  was  through  articles  in  about 
20  magazines,  bulletins,  and  trade  journals  de- 
scribing the  exhibit,  as  well  as  through  many  brief 
paragraphs  in  newspapers.  These  were  valuable 
both  in  securing  orders  for  the  panels  and  in  carry- 
ing the  direct  message  of  prevention  to  employers 
and  workers.  In  addition,  the  National  Committee 
issued  a  reprint,  with  halftones  of  the  five  panels, 
of  an  article  by  its  field  secretary  which  had  ap- 
peared in  Safety  Engineering. 

The  third  method  was  the  use  of  circular  letters 
sent  to  a  carefully  selected  mailing  list.  Two  form 
letters,  A  and  B,  were  experimentally  tested,  each 
being  posted  to  about  200  names  selected  alpha- 
betically from  the  mailing  list.  About  20  per  cent 
of  those  to  whom  letter  A  was  sent  responded  with 
orders  for  the  posters,  while  only  about  10  per  cent 
responded  to  letter  B.  Letter  A  was  therefore 
adopted  as  the  letter  to  be  sent  to  1,500  manufac- 
turers, with  the  result  that  many  orders  for  quan- 
tity lots  were  received.  The  difference  in  the  sell- 
ing features  of  these  two  letters  was  that  with  letter 
A  a  complete  set  of  the  posters  was  sent  for  inspec- 
tion, whereas  with  letter  B  a  miniature  copy  of 

189 


li,     liilllii' 


If 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

one  panel  was  enclosed,  soliciting  an  order  for  the 

set 

triPw  'ti>  • 

A  fourth  method  of  distribution  was  made  pos- 
sible by  the  co-operation  of  state  departments  of 
labor  and  industry.  In  seven  states  at  present 
writing,  the  state  department  or  commission  of 
labor  sends  a  printed  form  to  each  employer  who 
reports  an  eye  accident,  calling  attention  to  the 
exhibit  and  enclosing  a  coin  card  for  the  ordering 
of  reproductions  of  the  panels.  The  department 
furnishes  the  letters  and  postage,  and  the  Com- 
mittee on  Blindness  the  coin  card. 

Each  set  of  panels  was  accompanied  by  direc- 
tions for  its  use.  It  was  suggested  that  one  panel 
at  a  time  be  used  on  a  bulletin  board  unless  there 
was  sufficient  display  space  for  the  entire  five  to 
be  well  shown. 

Still  another  way  in  which  the  matter  was  used 
was  in  a  lecture  prepared  by  the  National  Com- 
mittee for  the  Prevention  of  Blindness  and 
loaned  with  the  slides  to  safety  directors  as  a  basis 
for  talks  to  workmen.  The  set  of  slides  included 
reproductions  of  the  five  exhibit  panels. 

A  later  plan  was  to  try  the  experiment  of  using 
the  panels  as  the  basis  of  the  teaching  of  English 
to  industrial  workers  in  night  schools. 

As  illustrations  of  valuable  co-operation,  a  dis- 
tribution of  1,500  copies  of  the  5  by  9  inch  panel 
was  made  by  the  National  Safety  Council  through 
their  regular  bulletin  service.  Twenty-five  thou- 
sand sets  of  the  8  by  1 1  size  were  ordered  by  the 

I9P 


TWO  ILLUSTRATIVE    PLANS   FOR  USING   EXHIBITS 

* 

Pennsylvania  Department  of  Labor  and  Industry, 
and  3,000  of  the  2  by  3  inch  size  by  the  New  Jersey 
Department  of  Health  for  use  in  pay  envelopes. 
In  addition  to  these  orders  by  the  hundred,  a 
steady  stream  of  single  orders  continues  to  pour 
into  the  offices  of  the  committee. 

Cost 

The  cost  of  the  original  set  of  panels  was  ii!25o; 
of  the  first  3,300  posters  of  the  18  by  33  inch  size, 
JJ586.23;  and  of  2,500  of  the  5  by  9  size,  $60.  The 
whole  cost  of  producing  posters  to  fill  the  two 
largest  orders  was  met  by  the  organizations  order- 
ing them. 

As  already  indicated,  a  charge  of  50  cents  was 
made  for  a  single  set  of  the  large  posters.  Other 
prices  were  in  proportion,  with  a  considerable  re- 
duction in  price  for  quantity  lots. 

To  date,  the  sales  have  covered  less  than  50  per 
cent  of  the  cost  of  production  and  advertising,  but 
the  committee  has  had  the  use  of  a  remarkably 
inexpensive  method  of  carrying  on  a  very  wide- 
spread propaganda. 


191 


1 1 

4 


!f 


3 


■11 


# 


hi 


•Ki 


l!» 


APPENDIX  A 
THE  BASIS  OF  THE  EXHIBIT  BUDGET 

A  LIST  of  the  kinds  of  service  and  materials  required  for 
an  exhibit  or  exhibition  may  be  made  up  from  the 
items  enumerated  below.  As  suggested  in  Chapter 
Xni,  How  Much  May  We  Spend,  in  few  if  any  exhibits  will 
all  the  items  below  be  needed.  The  list  has  been  made  compre- 
hensive so  that  it  may  be  used  to  check  the  material  and  ser- 
vices likely  to  be  needed  in  almost  any  kind  of  exhibit  project. 

I.  Exhibits 
Services  of 

Specialist  in  exhibit  subject  matter 
Exhibit  specialist 
Exhibit  designer 
Workshop  for  assembling  and  making  the  exhibit 
Rent 
Light 
Telephone 
Heat 
Cleaning 
Preparation  and  making 
Panels  and  signs  ^ 

Wallboard  or  other  material  for  background 
Frames 
Standards 
Packing  boxes 
Construction 
Bolts  and  other  hardware 
Painting  wallboard  and  frames 
Lettering 

Sketches  or  other  illustrations 
Photographs 
Originals 
Enlargements 
Mounting 

*  Signs  for  titles  of  booths,  directions,  labels  for  objects. 

195 


II 


i  \ 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Rented  or  borrowed  exhibits 

Rental 

Express,  postage,  or  freight 
Models  or  moving  devices 

Materials— wood,  cardboard,  or  papier  mkM 

Construction 

Electrical  supplies 

Electrical  work 

Slides 

Objects  to  be  used  in  demonstrations 

11.    Exhibition,  Construction,  and  Equipment 

Services  for 

Supervision  of  installation 
Construction  materials 
Lumber  for 

Booths 

Railings  for  booths  and  aisle  divisions 

Partitions 

Platforms 

Shelves 
Burlap,  muslin,  wallboard  or  paper  for  covering  tempo- 
rary framework 
Hardware 
Paint 
Construction  work;  services  of 
Carpenters 
Painters 
Helpers 
Otber  installation 

Cartage  to  and  from  exhibition 
Wiring  for 

Additional  lighting  of  hall 

Special  exhibits 
Piping  for 

Running  water  for  cooking  demonstrations  or  lunch 

room 
Additional  gas  fixtures 
Equipment  other  than  exhibits 

Furniture;  tables  and  chairs  for 
Rest  room 
Playhouse 
Meeting  room 
Booths 

196 


THE   BASIS  OF  THE   EXHIBIT  BUDGET 

Motion  pictures 

Machine 

Booth 

Films 
Stereopticon 
Piano 

Stage  curtain 
Other  stage  properties 
Operation 

Rent 

Light 

Heat 

Service 

Janitor 

"Handy  man"  for  repairs 

Ticket  seller 

Doortender 

Matron  for  cloak  room 

Matron  for  rest  room 

Night  watchman 

Operator  for  motion  pictures  or  stereopticon 


HI.  Administration  and  Promotion 


Office 


\m 


Rent 

Light 

Heat 

Janitor  service 

Telephone 

Furniture 

Supplies 

Drinking  water 

Towel  service 

Services 

Adviser 
Director 
Floor  manager 
Publicity  director 
Office  secretary 
Stenographers 
Office  boy  or  girl 


197 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 
Operation 

Postage  for 

Administrative  business 

Committee  notices 

Special  invitations 

Announcements  or  requests  to  special  mailing 

Multigraphing  or  mimeographing 

Advertising 

Telegraph 

Telephone 

Messenger  service 

Incidental  expenses 
Pdntizig  and  engraving 
Stationery 

Preliminary  leaflet  for  mailing 
Advance  program  or  leaflet 
Car  cards 
Window  cards 
Billboard  posters 
Street  car  cards 

Wagon  and  automobile  placards  or  pennants 
Poster  stamps 
Tags  and  stickers 

Emblem-engraved  in  several  sizes  for  printed  matter 

Exhibition  program  and  guide  book 

Insert  slips 

Cards  of  invitation 


•98 


APPENDIX  B 


OUTLINES  FOR  COMMITTEE  WORK 

AT  a  number  of  points  in  this  book  the  desirability  of 
/\  using  volunteer  committees  in  exhibit  work  has  been 
X  V.  pointed  out.  Considerable  experience  with  such  com- 
mittees has  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the  best  results  will  be 
secured  if  there  are  enough  committees  so  that  each  need  not 
be  assigned  many  tasks,  and  if  all  are  given  as  definite  instruc- 
tions as  possible  regarding  what  they  are  expected  to  do  and 
the  method  of  going  about  it.  As  a  suggestion  to  those  who 
may  wish  to  use  committees  in  getting  a  part  at  least  of  their 
exhibit  work  done,  eight  committee  outlines  covering  a  variety 
of  types  of  work  have  been  selected  from  some  40  which  were 
used  in  preparing  and  producing  the  Springfield  Survey  ex- 
hibition and  in  connection  with  several  other  exhibitions;  they 

are  presented  in  slightly  abbreviated  form,  as  follows: 

t 

I.     COMMITTEE  ON  SPECIAL  DAYS 

tVork  of  the  Committee 

This  committee  should  arrange  for  groups  of  people  to  come 
to  the  exhibition  at  specified  times  to  be  advertised  as  "special 
days,"  and  also  for  the  holding  of  regular  or  special  meetings 
of  organizations  at  the  exhibition. 

Methods  of  the  Committee 

A  certain  day — morning,  afternoon,  or  evening — or  a  par- 
ticular hour  of  the  day  or  evening  may  be  announced  (ar- 
rangements having  been  made  beforehand)  as  the  time  when 
the  members  of  a  certain  organization,  institution,  occupation, 
neighborhood,  or  nearby  town,  will  attend.  This  does  not 
necessarily  mean  a  promise  that  they  will  all  attend.  It 
means  rather  that  the  leaders  or  representatives  have  agreed 

199 


i 


i: 


)t 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

S  SLt^'IT""'  ^r  '""  "^'■'"  "'•y  "^  hour  and  will  tor 
to  interest  their  people  m  coming  at  that  time 

Tlie  day  need  not  be  exclusive  for  one  group.'   As  in  an  ex- 
F«.no„.  .here  may  be  a  number  of  "sp'eciardays''  o^a" 

The  special  days  committee  may  also  cooperate  with  com- 

^llTJ^^^'V^"  """"'^  ""''  *°*"*  *"«^''Je  of  the  county, 
sotto  specified  days  may  be  arranged  and  announced  for  them! 

rivTr!!  T^  ''  arrangements  would  be  scheduled  and 

pven  to  the  papers  as  a  part  of  the  regular  daily  program 

^T"""^""''  ^"'  •=*'"  °'8»"i"fon  could  be  made 
through  c<>operatmg  committees  representing  each  organiza- 
non  m  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  exhibition,  or  tSrZh 
some  member  or  officer  of  the  organization. 

Sptciai  Sessions 

h^,^!  ^  *'"'  """'^  "nportant  societies  which  could 

e^hSl^n  ^r*^^  ^''^"■'"  °'  -«"'"  --"  --'"^^  «  t-e 

The  session  could  include: 
r  J;  .f  ,i""'*!*^"'  afternoon  tea,  or  dinner,  served  at  a  low 
Z^^, '  ^"^^"^^"^  ^^  '^^''  --  ^"  — tion  with 

.rtut'  ^"^"^  '''*'^.''''  ^°  ^^"^  «'*^"P  *^y  *  representative  of  the 
executive  committee  of  the  exhibition,  which  could  bring 
before  the  group  some  of  the  ways  in  which  they  might  help 
to  fomard  the  improvements  called  for  in  the  exhibiffon 

the  cllT""'  '''"'''"  ""^  '*"'  ^^^^^  "^^'y'^  ^^  held  in 
the  committee  room  or  a  small  auditorium. 

4^  An  arrangement  whereby  guides  might  personally  con- 
duc^  any  who  so  desired  through  the  exhibits  ^ 

exhTbhL  -"k?  K  *''"  '"  ''^^^  ^  '"^^^^^'"S  ^'  »""^heon  at  the 
spec^  days,  it  is  suggested  that  a  subcommittee  of  the  spe- 
most  worth-while  societies  to  arrange  for  meetings. 

200 


OUTLINES   FOR  COMMITTEE  WORK 

Membership  of  the  Committee 

The  committee  should  be  made  up  of  people  interested  in 
various  institutions,  organizations,  and  occupations,  but  it 
need  not  include  direct  representation  of  the  many  groups  to 
be  invited. 

Division  of  fVork 

Each  member  of  the  committee  might  be  assigned  to  such 
groups  of  organizations  or  to  individual  churches  or  clubs  as 
he  might  select. 

Lists  of  these  organizations  and  institutions  prepared  by  the 
committee  on  directory  of  organizations  would  be  available 
at  the  headquarters  of  the  exhibition. 

Many  dates  for  the  meetings  of  societies,  at  which  invita- 
tions could  be  given  out.  should  be  on  record  at  the  exhibition 
office.  • 

II.    CENSUS  OF  "USEFUL"  PEOPLE 

IVork  of  the  Committee 

This  committee  should  prepare  a  classified  card  catalogue 
of  individuals  to  be  used  in  making  up  committees,  in  securing 
volunteer  helpers,  and  in  carrying  on  promotion  work. 

Many  persons  who  would  willingly  give  some  service  to  the 
exhibition  are  likely  to  be  overlooked  when  committees  are 
made  up  unless  some  such  convenient  guide  or  reference  is  at 
hand,  and  many  others  will  be  likely  to  respond  to  the  appeal 
of  the  campaign  and  become  useful  workers,  to  the  surprise 
of  skeptical  committee  members. 

Methods  of  the  Committee 

The  necessary  information  may  be  obtained  from  well^ 
informed  individuals  and  from  other  sources  that  will  differ  in 
various  communities.  It  should  be  secured  about  leaders  in 
organizations  and  institutions,  in  neighborhoods,  in  the  trades 
or  professions,  and  in  any  and  all  the  main  walks  of  life;  about 
people  interested  in  special  topics  or  ideas,  such  as  health  or 
playgrounds,  and  about  people  with  special  kinds  of  training. 

301 


$1^ 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

such  as  artists,  electrical  engineers,  advertising  specialists 
wnters,  and  others. 

These  lists  should  be  made  up  irrespective  of  the  known 
or  supposed  interest  or  lack  of  interest  of  the  people  in  the 
exhibition. 

A  separate  card  for  each  individual  should  as  far  as  possible 
give  the  following  items: 

Name 

Address— indicating  whether  residence  or  business; 

give  both  if  easily  possible 
Clubs.  lodges,  societies  (one  or  more),  church,  with 

which  he  or  she  is  connected 
Mention  of  special  interests  or  field  of  influence  in  the 

community 
Telephone  numbers 

The  Census  of  Useful  People  should  be  ready  for  use  at  the 
time  when  the  committees  are  being  made  up.  However,  addi- 
tions may  be  made  from  time  to  time  until  the  close  of  the 
exhibition  campaign.  The  taking  of  a  census  of  useful  people 
offers  good  material  for  a  newspaper  story.  People  may  be 
invited  through  the  newspapers  to  register  with  the  committee 
and  state  how  they  can  and  will  serve.  This  publicity  paves 
the  way  for  the  invitation  to  become  a  committee  member, 
that  will  be  sent  out  later. 

Member  ship  of  the  Committee 

It  should  include  several  persons  who  are  willing  to  devote 
time  and  care  to  making  accurate  lists.    The  members  should 

Slited  rml^^^^^^^  'T  '""'*  "'""P  '"  ^'^  con^muniiy. 
aoggestea  members  may  be: 

A  woman  active  socially 

Lodge  member 

Trade  union  official 

Church  leader 

Society  editor  on  one  of  the  newspapers 

One  or  two  persons  well  acquainted  in  the  county 

202 


OUTLINES   FOR  COMMITTEE  WORK 

HI.    COMMITTEE  ON  OFFICE  HELPERS 

Work  of  the  Committee 

This  committee  should  arrange  for  volunteers  to  assist  in 
carrying  on  the  routine  work  of  the  directing  staff  or  com- 
mittee at  the  exhibition  office. 

Methods  of  the  Committee 

Helpers  will  be  needed  for  addressing,  stamping,  and  sealing 
envelopes,  making  lists,  clipping  newspapers,  copying  records, 
writing  notices  of  meetings,  reading  copy,  adding  addresses 
and  telephone  numbers  to  lists  of  names,  securing  information 
for  office  use,  receiving  visitors  to  the  office,  answering  the 
telephone,  arranging  printed  matter  for  distribution,  and 
many  other  kinds  of  service. 

From  the  time  that  the  director  of  the  exhibition  is  in  charge 
of  the  active  campaign,  one  or  more  volunteers  should  be 
available  every  day.  They  should  work  consecutively  for 
three  or  four  hours  in  the  morning  or  afternoon,  and  the  ser- 
vice should  continue  throughout  the  period  of  the  exhibition. 

The  committee  should  prepare  a  schedule  of  volunteers  who 
would  agree  to  serve,  and  an  emergency  list  of  those  who  might 
be  called  upon  if  an  unusual  rush  of  work  occurs. 

A  member  of  the  committee  should  be  in  charge  at  the 
exhibition  office  every  morning  and  afternoon  to  oversee  the 
work  of  these  volunteer  helpers. 

Membership  of  the  Committee 

It  should  consist  of  a  chairman  and  five  or  six  members  in 
addition  to  the  helpers  for  each  day's  work. 

Division  of  Work 

One  arrangement  that  should  bring  satisfactory  results 
would  be  to  distribute  the  six  working  days  in  the  week  among 
committee  members,  each  member  being  responsible  for  sup- 
plying the  volunteers  on  a  given  day. 


203 


1 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

IV.    COUNTY  CX)MMITTEE 
fVork  of  the  Committee 

This  committee  should  endeavor  to  have  co-operating  com- 
mittees appointed  in  towns,  villages,  and  townships  through- 
out  the  county,  which  would  arrange  for  meetings,  special 
days,  and  the  distribution  of  literature. 

Methods  of  the  CommiUee 
The  county  committee  should  utihze  the 
Sunday  schools 
Churches 
Granges 
Institutes 
Schools 

Individuals  influential  in  any  part  of  the  county 

The  committee  may  work  in  co-operation  with  the  commit- 
tees on  special  days  and  excursions.  It  might  secure  modest 
sums  both  from  the  county  government  and  from  individuals 
to  be  utilized  in  special  promotion  work  in  the  county. 

Membership  of  the  Committees 

It  should  be  made  up  of  men  and  women  who  are  fairly 
well  acquamted  with  the  people  of  the  county  through  official 
business,  or  social  relations  and  who  are  interested  and  ener- 
getic enough  to  develop  cooperating  organizations  among  the 
leaders  in  different  sections>f  the  county. 
The  members  may  be: 

Business  men— as  bankers  and  merchants 

Members  of  women's  organizations 

County  officials 

School  officials  and  others 

Division  of  fVork 

It  would  be  most  practicable  for  each  member  of  the  com- 
mittee to  indicate  the  sections  of  the  county  or  the  groups  of 
people  with  which  he  or  she  could  work  to  the  best  advantage. 

204 


OUTLINES   FOR  COMMITTEE   WORK 

If  funds  are  to  be  raised  for  propaganda  in  the  county,  a 
sub-committee  may  be  needed. 


V.    INFORMATION  COMMITTEE 

Work  of  the  Committee 

This  committee  should  manage  the  information  booth  and 
assist  in  supervision  of  the  workers  who  take  part  in  the  ex- 
hibition itself. 

Methods  of  the  Committee 

The  administration  headquarters  during  the  exhibition 
week  may  be  the  information  booth  near  the  entrance  to  the 
hall.  Out-of-town  visitors  should  be  requested  to  register 
here,  and  all  who  come  on  duty  for  any  purpose  should  like- 
wise register  and  receive  their  badges  here,  including: 

Explainers 

Ushers 

Guides 

Policemen 

Firemen 

Doorkeepers 

Messengers 

Attendants 

Stereopticon  operator 

Office  helpers 

Stenographic  aid,  and  possibly 

The  janitors 

Almost  everything  anyone  wants — wants  to  know,  wants 
to  do,  or  wants  to  have  done — should  be  first  reported  to  the 
information  desk,  where  it  may  be  disposed  of  on  the  spot 
or  passed  on  to  the  proper  official  by  messenger,  telephone, 
or  memorandum.  Packages  brought  into  the  hall  while  the 
exhibition  is  open  should  also  be  received  here. 

The  work  at  the  information  desk  would  be  facilitated  by 
the  following: 

205 


1l 


III 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Blueprints  of  the  hall  indicating  stations  for  ushers  and 

other  people 
Cards  and  pencils  for  registration  of  out-of-town  guests 
Railway  time  tables  and  other  information  helps  for 

visitors  and  workers 
A  bulletin  board  on  which  could  be  posted  the  names 
of  doctors,  nurses,  and  others  who  wished  to  in- 
dicate their  presence  or  whose  whereabouts  it 
would  be  desirable  to  make  known 
Schedules  of  explainers  and  all  other  helpers  who  were 

expected  to  be  on  duty  in  the  hall 
Details  of  current  and  future  events  and  activities 
Membership  of  the  Committee 

The  committee  should  consist  of  five  or  six  women  who 
would  be  ready  to  spend  part  or  all  of  each  day  at  the  exhibi- 
tion while  It  remains  open. 

Division  of  Work 

The  schedule  of  work  of  the  committee  should  be  so  planned 
that  from  early  morning  until  the  closing  hour  at  night  one 
Of  the  members  or  a  member  of  the  executive  committee  would 
be  m  charge  of  the  desk,  with  such  assistants  as  might  be  nec- 
essary from  time  to  time. 

VI.    CONSTRUCTION  COMMITTEE 
Work  of  the  Committee 

This  committee  should  obtain  estimates  and  place  contracts 
for  the  mounting  board  and  lumber  used  in  making  panels 
frames,  booths,  and  railings  and  for  the  work  of  carpenters' 
painters,  and  general  utility  men. 

Methods  of  the  Committee 

With  the  exhibit  specialist  it  should  figure  out  estimates  of 
the  material  needed  and  the  work  involved,  together  with  the 
specifications. 

The  committee  should  obtain  as  contributions  as  much 

206 


OUTLINES   FOR  COMMITTEE  WORK 

material  as  possible,  and  should  expect  to  place  many  of  the 
contracts  or  orders  on  a  non-profit  making  basis. 

It  is  suggested  that  signed  contracts  or  agreements  be  re- 
quired for  all  large  orders,  specifying 

Exact  rate  of  charge 

Exactly  what  will  be  done  or  furnished 

Date  when  contract  will  be  carried  out 

It  is  important  to  have  written  agreements  regarding  gifts 
and  concessions  in  rates,  since  misunderstandings  may  easily 
arise  from  more  or  less  indefinite  ofi"ers  of  service,  materials, 
and  concessions. 

Membership  of  the  Committee 

It  might  include  a  general  contractor,  an  architect,  a  con- 
tracting painter,  a  business  man,  and  possibly  an  officer  of  a 
carpenter's  union. 

Vll.    COMMITTEE  ON  USHERS 

Work  of  the  Committee 

This  committee  should  have  charge  of  the  selection  and 
supervision  of  all  ushers  and  messengers  for  the  exhibition. 

Methods  of  the  Committee 

Ushers 

Ushers  should  be  stationed  at  the  entrance,  exits,  and  at 
all  points  where  it  is  desirable  to  direct  visitors  in  order  to 
keep  the  movement  of  the  crowd  in  a  given  direction. 

They  should  also  be  stationed  at  points  where  special  at- 
tractions are  likely  to  draw  crowds  and  block  the  aisles. 

The  groups  of  ushers  might  be  made  up  as  follows: 

Morning  session,  young  women  of  leisure  who  would 
assist  in  the  care  of  school  children. 

Afternoon  session,  high  school  boys. 

Evening  session,  young  men  who  might  come  in 
groups,  each  group  made  up  from  a  military  com- 
pany, a  club,  class,  or  business  house. 

207 


I. 


tt  :  ■  ji 


'•  ^  lil 


'f,.  , 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 
One  meeting  of  ushers  to  explain  plans  and  arouse  a  sense 
of  responsibility  will  be  helpful.  There  is  a  great  advantage 
m  having  the  same  ushers  serve  as  many  times  as  possible,  as 
their  best  training  comes  through  actual  experience  at  the 
exhibition. 

Messengers 
Boys  and  girls  to  act  as  messengers  and  to  perform  various 
kinds  of  services  can  be  of  great  assistance  to  the  information 
committee  and  the  directing  staff.  During  each  afternoon 
and  evening  session,  there  should  be  three  messengers  on  duty 
two  assigned  to  the  information  desk  and  one  to  the  director's 
office. 

This  service  might  well  be  performed  by  Boy  Scouts  and 
Camp  Fire  Giris. 

Members  of  the  Commitiee 

The  committee  should  consist  of  a  chairman  and  six  mem- 
bers, including  a  woman  who  could  secure  the  coK)peration  of 
young  women  of  leisure,  leaders  of  Boy  Scouts  and  Camp  Fire 
Giris,  teachers  from  the  high  school,  and  an  officer  of  a  mili- 
tary  company  or  league. 

Dimsion  of  IVork 

It  might  be  convenient  to  divide  the  committee  into  three 
gfoups  to  be  in  charge  of  the  arrangements  for  ushers  and 
messengers  for  the  morning,  afternoon,  and  evening  sessions. 

It  will  be  desirable  for  the  committee  to  be  personally  ren- 
resented  at  each  session. 

VIII.    COMMITTEE  ON  DIRECTORY  OF  ORGANIZATIONS 
M^ork  cf  the  Committee 

This  committee  would  prepare  a  directory  or  card  catalogue 
of  organizations  of  all  kinds  to  be  used  in  the  promotion  work 
to  making  up  committees  and  in  securing  volunteer  helpers.  ' 
Methods  of  the  Commitiee 

The  necessary  information  for  the  directory  of  organizations 
may  be  obtained  from  the  city  directory,  the  classi  led  section 

208 


OUTLINES   FOR  COMMITTEE  WORK 

of  the  telephone  book,  well-informed  individuals,  and  any 
other  sources,  the  latter  differing  as  the  communities  differ. 
This  directory  should  include  church  societies,  civic  and 
social  welfare  organizations  and  institutions,  athletic,  social, 
and  literary  clubs— in  fact,  any  organized  group  in  the  city  or 
county  formed  for  any  useful  purpose.  The  progress  of  the 
exhibition  campaign  will  make  clear  the  varied  uses  to  be 
made  of  the  list,  which  should  be  as  inclusive  as  possible. 

At  the  end  of  this  outline  are  given  the  headings  under 
which  the  local  organizations  might  be  grouped. 

Probably  not  all  of  the  headings  given  will  be  represented 
in  your  city,  but  the  list  may  help  you  to  discover  many 
organizations  and  institutions  not  generally  known  to  exist 

in  the  city. 

The  committee  may  well  have  in  mind  that  most  locally 
published  lists  of  organizations  are  incomplete  or  not  up  to 
date.  As  far  as  possible  they  should  be  verified  before  being 
included  in  the  card  directory  of  the  committee. 

The  directory  of  organizations  should  be  ready  for  use  at 
the  time  when  the  committees  are  being  made  up.  However, 
additions  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  until  the  close  of  the 
exhibition  campaign. 

Membership  of  the  Committee 

The  members  of  this  committee  should  include  several  per- 
sons who  are  willing  to  devote  time  and  care  to  making  accu- 
rate lists.    Suggested  members  may  be: 

A  member  of  the  library  staff 

The  society  editor  on  one  of  the  newspapers 

One  or  two  persons  well  acquainted  with  the  county 

Suggested  Grouping  of  Organisations 

1.  Unclassified 

2.  State  associations 

3.  National  associations— state  branches 

4.  Agriculture,  horticulture,  and  the  like 

5.  Arts  and    andicraft 

14  209 


%u 


6. 
7. 

a 

10. 
II. 

13. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
2o. 
29. 
30. 

31- 
32. 

33- 
34. 

35. 
36. 

37- 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Boys  and  girls  (under  various  headings) 
Building  and  loan,  and  mutual  benefit 
Charitable,  relief,  and  benevolent  societies 
Institutions  for  dependent,  defective,  delinquent,   and 
diseased 

Milk  commissions  and  other  health  bodies  and  institu- 
tions 

Churches 

Church  societies — men,  women,  young  people,  boys,  girls 

Interdenominational  church  societies.  Christian  associa- 
tions 

Unions  of  church  societies— denominational,  interdenomi- 
national 
Civic  and  public  welfare  associations 
Civic  and  public  welfare— children 
Commercial  and  industrial — employers 
Employes,  labor  unions 
Employes,  municipal  and  governmental 
Women's  auxiliaries  to  employes'  organizations 
Literary  clubs — men 
Literary  clubs — women 
Literary  clubs — ^young  people 
Libraries  and  library  associations 
Military  and  naval 

Musical  clubs,  bands,  orchestras,  choirs 
Patriotic — men 
Patriotic — ^women 
Patriotic — children 
Professional — men  and  women 
Political,  suffrage 

Schools,  public,  private,  commercial,  professional,  kin- 
dergartens 
Student  societies,  clubs,  fraternities 
School  and  college  alumnae  associations 
School  teachers 
Educational 

Secret  orders— men 

210 


OUTLINES   FOR  COMMITTEE   WORK 

38.  Secret  orders — women 

39.  Lodge  bands  and  uniform  ranks 

40.  Social — men 

41.  Social — ^women 

42.  Social— young  people 

43.  Sports,  athletics,  gymnastics 

44.  City  officials 

45.  County  officials 

46.  State  officials 

47.  United  States  officials 


211 


■■I 


■il 


i 


ill 


APPENDIX  C 
STAMFORD  BABY  WEEK  EXHIBIT 

THE  following  outline  of  the  Stamford  (Conn.)  Baby 
Week  Exhibit  is  reprinted  from  Baby  Week  Campaigns 
(revised  edition).  Children's  Bureau,  U.  S.  Department 
of  Labor,  pp.  47-48: 

(All  exhibits  were  displayed  in  shallow  booths  with  a  railing 
across  the  front.  Labels  for  each  article  were  well  lettered  and 
Itrge  enough  to  be  easily  read.) 

'  I.  Prenakd  care,  (Space  7  by  10  feet.)  Display  of  equip- 
ment and  clothing  needed  for  mother  and  baby  at  time  of 
birth. 

Panels,  Prenatal  Care;  Midwives;  Care  at  Birth. 
Leaflets  on  prenatal  care  distributed. 
Stamped  post  cards  addressed  to  Children's  Bureau  re- 
questing pamphlet  on  Prenatal  Care  were  sold  for  one  cent. 

2.  Bathing  the  hahy.  (Space  7  by  10  feet.)  Equipment  for 
baby's  bath,  including  cupboard  with  shelf  for  soap,  a  cheap 
box  for  baby's  clothing,  an  inexpensive  and  attractive  basket 
fitted  up  with  toilet  articles,  towels,  table,  and  tub.  Demon- 
strations given,  using  doll  and  part  of  the  time  a  real  baby. 
The  nurse  in  charge  did  not  merely  go  through  the  motions, 
but  bathed  the  doll  or  the  baby  and  dressed  it.  Water  was 
warmed  on  the  gas  range  in  the  adjoining  booth. 

Panel,  Bathing  the  Baby. 

3.  Filing  the  hahy,  (Space  7  by  14  feet.)  Booth  equipped 
with  stove,  table,  home-made  ice  box,  home-made  fireless 
cooker,  an  equipment  for  modifying  milk,  and  a  washstand. 
A  washbowl  such  as  is  used  in  a  bathroom  was  placed  on  a 
standard  made  by  the  carpenter,  with  a  shelf  at  the  top  upon 


STAMFORD  BABY  WEEK  EXHIBIT 

which  was  placed  a  5  or  10  gallon  oil  can  with  a  faucet;  under- 
neath was  pkced  a  pail  as  large  as  the  can  to  catch  the  water 
from  the  bowl. 

Demonstrations  were  given  by  a  nurse  in  modifying  milk, 
accompanied  by  brief  talks  on  baby  feeding. 

Panels,  Mother's  Milk;  The  Best  Substitute;  Feeding  the 
Baby. 

4.  Sleeping.  (Space  7  by  16  feet.)  The  booth  contained  an 
out-door  sleeping  box  attached  to  the  window,  a  basket  with 
a  doll  baby  to  be  set  in  the  window  box,  a  sleeping-out  ham- 
mock, baby  bed,  pen,  and  good  and  bad  baby  carriages. 

All  the  articles  except  the  baby  carriages  had  been  made  by 
a  carpenter  under  directions  and  were  inexpensive. 

The  demonstrators  went  into  much  detail  in  explaining  the 
use  of  the  equipment,  hours  for  sleeping,  and  so  forth. 

Panels,  The  Baby  Asleep;  Fresh  Air  and  Exercise  for  the 
Baby. 

5.  Things  good  and  had  for  the  hahy,  (Space  7  by  10  feet.) 
A  long  table  was  divided  into  three  parts  by  strips  of  tape. 
The  center  division  contained  a  large  number  of  unassorted 
articles,  and  the  empty  spaces  at  either  side  were  labeled, 
respectively,  "Things  good  for  the  baby,"  and  "Things  bad  for 
the  baby."  The  articles  included  a  pacifier,  a  soothing-sirup 
bottle,  a  celluloid  device  for  the  baby's  thumbs,  a  pickle, 
sausage,  cake;  bottles  labeled  and  containing  tea,  coffee,  beer, 
and  water;  a  banana,  a  toy  bed  with  baby  sleeping  alone  and 
another  with  baby  sleeping  with  mother,  a  rubber  diaper,  a 
good  nursing  bottle,  the  wrong  kind  of  nursing  bottle.  The 
explainer  gathered  a  group  of  spectators  and  then  called  on 
them  to  tell  her  in  which  of  the  two  spaces  (for  good  or  bad) 
each  article  belonged.  After  all  the  articles  had  been  sorted 
into  the  right  spaces,  with  proper  explanations,  they  were 
jumbled  together  again  into  the  central  space,  ready  for  the 
next  crowd. 

Panel,  Things  to  Avoid. 

6.  Clothing  for  the  hahy.    (Space  7  by  20  feet.)   The  clothing 

313 . 


II 


14 


1i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

t^VZVr'''1  'I?  "'^'^^"^"^  ''^'''  ^'^'•^h  sent  show 
cases,  standards,  and  tables.    Patterns  for  simple  garment. 

rC^JfT"  r  ""  '7  °"^  -"*  each'^A  Cfble 
m«eriri  /n^h  •■■ '  ,"^'  ""''  *°'"""  *^^^  '"^'"^d  t°  bring 
was  for  in       '  '*  '"'^°'  "■"•"  "*  '^'  ''°°">.    The  clothinf 

nais  were  displayed  on  cards. 
Panel.  Qothing  for  the  Baby. 

.InL'^f  ^*"'"*  ''^■^''"^'-The  conference  was  carried  out 
aS  fea'turelf'iff ''  '^  '""^  '''""'^^"''  bureau,  with  the 

^e  vear  tn ?  ^  '"""'JT'"™'  ^°"*^*  ^°^  babies  under 
one  year,  to  continue  until  September.  Children  up  to  six 
years  were  examined.  *^         * 

In  Stamford  the  committee  was  especially  fortunate  in 
having  a  space  excellently  adapted  to  a  baby-health  confer- 
ence directly  across  the  hall  from  the  baby  exhibit  TWs  in 
t^:o7^^^'  -".dressing  room,  and'large  rL^aL" 
60  by  30  feet)  for  examinations.  The  large  room  was  divided 
by  wire  scrwn  .„to  examination  and  audience  rooms, 
of  rh^H  '  '^*.W.-As  it  was  decided  to  include  welfare 

Ik  stlZ  ?  "'■°°'  T  '"  '"^  ^<^-«-^'  work  of  the 

Tbtts     ChMH  "^"^'^  ^'  *''  '^'""'"^  *°  *''e  following 
T,^  :  ,^^'''''^"*  g^-nes.  especially  home  occupations 

to  SIX  years;  the  Dontcare  home;  the  Docare  home-   the 
milk  supply;  the  Children's  Home  Society;  a  dentaTc'linic 


214 


APPENDIX  D 

AN  EXAMPLE  OF  AN  EXPLAINER'S  TALK 

THE  following  story  with  many  variations  to  fit  the  oc- 
casion, which  was  told  by  an  explainer  of  the  good 
and  bad  kitchens  in  the  New  Britain  child  welfare  ex- 
hibit of  several  years  ago,  may  have  suggestions  to  those 
who  desire  to  work  out  interesting  interpretations  of  exhibit 
material: 

"This  is  the  home  of  the  Dontcares  and  all  the  Dontcare 
family;  in  the  first  place,  Mr.  Dontcare  really  doesn't  care, 
and  so  does  not  bring  home  a  full  pay  envelope  and  after  he 
gets  home  he  never  does  a  thing  to  help.  He  never  mends  the 
chairs,  nor  the  stove,  nor  the  sink,  and  he  does  not  care  how 
badly  torn  the  wall  paper  gets.  His  wife  is  discouraged  and  so 
she  does  not  care  either;  she  does  not  black  the  stove  or  clean 
the  kettles,  nor  sweep  the  floor,  or  put  away  the  food,  or  train 
the  children.  She  does  not  care  about  the  wall  paper  either,  so 
she  stands  the  mop  wrong  side  up  and  makes  a  bad,  wet  place 
on  the  wall.  She  keeps  her  tub  always  out  in  the  middle  of  the 
floor  as  if  she  were  about  to  wash,  but  neither  the  roller  towel, 
the  dish  towels,  nor  the  children's  clothes  look  as  if  they  had 
ever  been  washed.  Jimmie  Dontcare  hangs  his  hat  up  on  the 
floor  and  his  coat  on  the  table  next  the  bread,  and  the  baby 
throws  its  crackers  on  the  floor  for  it  belongs  to  the  Dontcare 
family.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Dontcare  started  housekeeping  with 
the  same  number  of  articles  as  did  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Docare  next 
door,  and  they  spent  just  about  the  same  amount  of  money, 
but  you  see  there  is  a  great  difi'erence  in  the  two  homes. 

**  For  this  is  where  the  Docares  live.  Father  always  brings 
home  his  pay  envelope;  he  likes  to  tinker  things  around  the 

215 


I 


II 


II 


iSiiiii  'i: 


T    I 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

renlTr  '"o  "°  h'^T  'T'''  '=''"'"  ""'*  *"'''«  ^"^  «°ve  in  good 
Soff  1  h''  ^'i^"'"'  '""^  ^  P°*  °^  "ght  paint  and 
SS.t  VK  ^"^^  *'"  P'P""  '"PP''^-^  ''y  'he  landlord,  re- 
JZTX     Tk  .'  .'""*  °^  ''"""  P"'"'-    •*  ««t  only  63  cents 

Tot  the' win  '  "\'°:  *'^  •"""^^'  ""^  ='ft«^  that  mL  La2 
kept  the  walls  washed  and  spotless.    She  hangs  up  her  Dots 

and  kettles  when  she  is  through  with  them  and  keeps  her  w^h 

n/i™"''*^  """l  'T  '^  •""^"^'^  ^"-^  "-  towels  wXd 

torklTonrT  "^""^  L'  "•^^'^^  '^f*  "°™'''  ='"<»  when  her 
work  ,s  done  she  covers  the  table  with  a  clean  bright  cloth 

that  improves  the  looks  of  the  kitchen  wonderfully.    In  p  a  e 

^Llfrt^'""''  "I!"  *°*''  ^"^  "^^  -""'"^  paper  toJr 

trmuc?^rh;"r  ^""''/''  "''  "P  °"  *"«'  """^  ^'^  he  cares 

n  nX,     ^      ^°'"!'  '."''  ^°"  "^y  ^  *"^«  he  likes  to  stay 

Z^    Mr"^       ""i  J?"^  ?'""=^  '°'  '"^  ^«"»  «  -'ways  s^ 

Soufof^«'    Hv"  ""??  ''"''''''"'  t°  ««  the  most 
good  out  of  the  expenditure  of  their  money,  so  Mr  Docare 

made  a  tireless  cooker  that  cost  less  than  fc  but  saves  iSem 

ma^ny  a  quarter  m  the  gas  meter  and  gives  them  wSm" 

t.T'"'"  '^^  ^f  ''•'*'"''  *'°"8  in  the  exhibit  you  will  come 
to  the  outs.de  of  the  houses  of  the  Dontcares  and  cL^^" 

•nsil  •'■"  M^'  r.""  '"1 :!"''"  """^•^  "^^  '"e  good  kitchen 
inside.  —Mrs.  Labaree,  of  New  Britain. 


216 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

A  BRIEF  list  of  titles  of  accessible  books,  pamphlets, 
and  magazine  articles  treating  some  phase  of  the  topics 
discussed  in  this  volume  follows.  The  printed  matter 
on  exhibit  work  is  not  extensive,  a  large  part  of  it  consisting 
of  news  articles  chronicling  the  holding  of  exhibits  and  expo- 
sitions and  of  brief  descriptions  of  the  events  as  such.  While 
the  list  is  not  aimed  to  be  inclusive,  it  will  give  some  indication 
as  to  what  material  is  available. 

American  Medical  Association.  Council  on  health  and  public 
instruction.  Catalogue  of  public  health  cartoons.  53  pp. 
Chicago.    The  Association,  19 14. 

American  Social  Hygiene  Association.   Social  Hygiene,  Home, 

and  Community.    30  pp.    New  York.    The  Association. 
Ayres,  May.    Educational  Exhibit  of  Greenwich,  Conn.    (In 

American  City,  vol.  7,  pp.  102-06,  August  1912.) 
Braddock,  J.  H.   Efficiency  Value  of  the  Budget  Exhibit.  (In 

Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social 

Science,  vol.  41,  pp.  151-57,  May  1912.) 

Brinton,W.C.  Graphic  Methods  for  Presenting  Facts.  370 
pp.  New  York.  Engineering  Magazine  Company,  19 14. 
(Works  management  library.) 

Brooklyn.  Bureau  of  Charities,  Department  of  Social  Better- 
ment. Five  playlets,  by  H.  D.  Jenkins.  31  pp.  Brook- 
lyn.   The  Bureau. 

Burchard,  E.  L.  "Playing  Up"  a  City's  Most  Valuable 
Asset.  (In  American  City,  vol.  12,  pp.  18-20,  January 
1915.) 

Chicago  Tuberculosis  Exhibit.  (In  Bulletin  of  the  Chicago 
Tuberculosis  Institute.   Series  2,  No.  7,  October  i,  1914.) 

217 


i 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 
Ctobb,  Pwdval,  and  others.    Festivals  and  Plays  in  Schools 
and  Elsewhere.   403  pp.    New  York.    Harper,  1912 

*^m  ^°^K"*••  ^^^  ^y  *^'^"^  '"="«"«  «  the  Peoria 
ua!v  T^aUT    ^'"  ^"""^'y-  ^°'-  "•  PP-  37>-73,  Jan- 

Dunon  6.  A.  "Home-Made"  City  Planning  Exhibit 
and  Its  Results^  (,„  American  City.  vol.  .5'pp.  3^ 
78,  October  1916.) 

Dearholt,  H.  E     Adequate  Educational  Campaign;  with 
Discussion.     (In    National    Tuberculosis    As^iation 
I  ransactions.     1912,  pp.  289-98.) 

Educational  Exhflrition  Co.,    Providence.  R.  I.    Educational 
Exhibitions.    103  pp.    Providence.  The  Company,  19,4. 

Hall,  S.  R,     Writing  an  Advertisement.     216  pp.    Bos- 
ton.   Houghton,  1915. 

aWlingworth,  H.  L.     Advertising  and  Selling.     3,4  np 
New  York.    Appleton,  1913.  ^  4  pp. 

toemational  Harrester  Company  of  New  Jersey.    Agricul- 
tural Extension  Department,  P.  G.  Holden,  director 

mSl"  r-l"'""'  ^!"*"'  ''"'^  ^^''"''  (miscellaneous 
material).    Chicago.  Harvester  Building. 

lAuJsay,  VacheL  Father  Springfield  in  the  Mirror;  survey 
and  exhibition  of  Springfield.  III.,  under  direction  of 
Russell  Sage  Foundation,  with  local  and  national  co- 
operation (In  Survey,  vol.  33,  pp.  j.fr-.s.  December 
19.  1914.) 

Moree,  E.  A.    Public  Health  Publicity:  The  Art  of  Stimu- 

oul.'"„f  lT'"3  ^u""'  ^P'"'""-     ('"  American 
Journal  of  Public  Health,  vol.  6,  pp.  97-108,  269-83 

38i-4or.  497-5 IJ,  730-43,  February-May.  July  19,6.)    ' 
National  Aasodation  for  the  Study  and  Prevention  of  TObti^ 

^rPIav??h"  "t?'''^;    1"'""'''^    The  Association. 
h«UK    i^  ^"""^   '■   '■"^  *°  "'^  P'^y^  '■"  public 

health  education.    4  pp.    New  York.    The  Association 

318 


^mtmm 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

National  Child  Welfare  Association,  Inc.  Children's  year 
campaign.  (In  Child  Welfare  Graphic,  vol.  i,  pp.  1-24, 
February  19 18.) 

New  York.    Publications  containing  illustrations  of 

exhibits. 

National  Child  Welfare  Exhibit  Association,  Inc.  Baby  book. 


New  York.    The  Association. 

Childhood  and  Health.    31  pp. 


New  York.    The 


Association,  191 7. 
National  "Clean  Up  and  Paint  Up"  Campaign  Bureau,  St. 
Louis,  Mo.    Campaign  plans  and  publications  (miscel- 
laneous material). 

« 

National  Committee  of  Patriotic  Societies.  Battle  in 
This  Country;  Fighting  Germany  with  Printer's  Ink,  by 
Edward  Harding.  15  pp.  Washington.  The  Com- 
mittee. 

How  to  Put  in  Patriotic  Posters  the  Stuff  that  Makes 

People  Stop— Look— Listen,  by  Matlack  Price  and 
Horace  Brown.     15  pp.    Washington.    The  Committee. 

National  Conference  of  Tuberculosis  Secretaries.  Report  of 
the  committee  on  exhibits.  17  pp.  Reprint:  National 
Association  for  the  Study  and  Prevention  of  Tuberculosis. 
Transactions  of  tenth  annual  meeting. 

Newark  (N.  J.)  Museum  Association.  Educational  Value  of 
Museums,  by  Louise  Connolly.  70  pp.  Newark.  The 
Association. 

New  York  (City).  Charity  Organization  Society.  Campaign 
of  education  through  advertising.  6  pp.  New  York. 
The  Society,  19 17. 

New  York  Social  Hygiene  Society.  Health  Exhibit 
for  Men,  by  F.  J.  Osborne.  25  pp.  New  York.  The 
Society,  191 7. 

Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition,  San  Francisco,  1915. 
New  York  City's  exhibit  at  the  Panama-Pacific  Inter- 

219 


f:, 


> 


\\  Ui 


'if 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

national  Exposition,  San  Francisco.  1915;  report  of  the 
chairman  of  the  sub-committee  in  charge.  ^6  pp.  New 
York.    The  City,  1916. 

Wmmma^  F.  A.  Principles  of  Advertising  Arrangement. 
127  pp.    New  York.    Prang,  191 2. 

Pnmsyhanli^  Health,  State  Department  of.  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Health  Exhibit  at  the  Panama-Pacific 
International  Exposition.  (Pennsylvania  Health  Bulle- 
tin, January  19 16.) 

Pbiladelpliia.  Baby  Saving  Show.  Report  of  the  Philadel- 
phia baby  saving  show,  with  the  proceedings  of  the  con- 
ference on  infant  hygiene.  Horticultural  Hall,  Philadel- 
phia, May  18-26,  19 12.  270  pp.  Philadelphia.  Execu- 
tive committee,  19 13. 

Milk  Show.    Report  of  the  Philadelphia  milk  show. 


its  organization  and  management,  and  a  description  of 
the  exhibits,  edited  by  A.  E.  Post.  123  pp.  Philadel- 
phia.   Executive  committee,  1911. 

]l^ey,W.Z.    Races  of  Europe.    A  sociological  study.    624 
pp.    New  York.    Appleton,  1899. 
Graphic  methods  of  making  maps  illustrated  in  this. 

Boittzahii,  E.  G.  "Good  Fare,  Good  Care  and  Fresh  Air  for 
Every  Pittsburgh  Baby."  (In  American  City,  vol.  13, 
pp.  415-18,  November  19 15.) 

RiisaeU  Sage  Foundation.  Department  of  Surveys  and  Ex- 
hibits. Chicago  patriotic  food  show,  by  M.  S.  Routzahn. 
7  pp.  New  York.  The  Foundation,  1918  (publication 
SEjo). 

Effective  Exhibition  of  a  Community  Survey. 

Brief  description  of  the  Springfield  Survey  exhibition.  8 
pp.  New  York.  The  Foundation,  191 5  (publication 
SE18). 

Scott,  W.D.  Psychology  of  Advertising.  Newed.  280  pp. 
Boston.    Small,  191 7. 


m - 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Sherbow,  Benjamin.  Making  Type  Work.  129  pp.  New 
York.    Century  Co.,  19 16. 

Starch,  Daniel.  Advertising;  Its  Principles,  Practice  and 
Technique.    281  pp.    New  York.    Scott,  19 14. 

Stelzle,  Charles.  Principles  of  Successful  Church  Adver- 
tising.   Ed.  2.     172  pp.    New  York.    Revell,  1908. 

Storey,  C.  J.  Use  of  Models  in  a  Sanitation  Exhibit.  (In 
New  York  State  Department  of  Health.  Monthly 
bulletin,  vol.  8,  pp.  327-28,  November  19 13.) 

Technique  of  Public  Statistical  Exhibits.  (In  quar- 
terly publications  of  the  American  Statistical  Associa- 
tion.   N.  S.    No.  105,  vol.  14,  pp.  49-53,  March  1914.) 

Swarts,  Jr.,  G.  T.  Notes  on  the  Use  of  Pin  Maps  and  Charts 
by  Health  Officers.  23  pp.  Providence.  Educational 
Exhibition  Co.,  1917. 

United  States.  Agriculture,  Department  of.  Community 
Fair,byJ.S.  Moran.  11  pp.  Washington.  Government, 
1917.    (Farmers'  bulletin  870.) 

Children's  Bureau.  Baby  Week  Campaigns,  Sug- 
gestions for  Communities  of  Various  Sizes.  64  pp. 
Washington.  Government,  191 5.  (Bureau  publication 
No.  15.)    Revised  edition.     152  pp.     191 7. 

Child  Welfare  Exhibits;  Types  and  Prepara- 
tion, by  A.  L.  Strong.  58  pp.  Washington.  Government, 
191 5.    (Bureau  publication  No.  14.) 

Education,  Bureau  of.    Educational  Exhibits  at  the 


Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition,  San  Francisco, 
Cal.,  191 5,  by  W.  C.  Ryan,  Jr.  113  pp.  Washington. 
Government,  1916.    (Bulletin,  19 16,  No.  i.) 

—  Food  Administration.  Graphic  Exhibits  on  Food 
Conservation  at  Fairs  and  Expositions.  52  pp.  Wash- 
ington.   Food  Administration,  191 7. 

—  Rural  and  Agricultural  Education  at  the  Panama-Pa- 
cific International  Exposition,  by  H.  W.  Foght.    1 12  pp. 

221 


i 


tammm 


iji'lHIi' 


ill 


THE  A  B  C  OF  EXHIBIT  PLANNING 

Washington.    Government,  1917.    (Bulletin,  1916,  No. 
2.) 

Upson,  L.  D.  Value  of  Municipal  Exhibits.  (In  National 
Municipal  Review,  vol.  4,  pp.  6$-^,  January  191 5.) 

Viiiliiia.  Public  Instruction.  Department  of.  County  School 
Fairs  in  Virginia.  Ed.  2.  58  pp.  Richmond.  The  State, 
1915- 

Winslow,  C.-E.  A.  Organizing  a  State  Campaign  of  Pub- 
lic Health  Education.  (In  American  Journal  of  Public 
Health,  vol.  6,  pp.  805-13,  August  1916.) 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  International  Commit- 
tee Industrial  department.  Thrift  exhibit;  campaign 
plans  and  campaign  material  (miscellaneous  material). 
New  York,  Association  Press. 

For  numerous  descriptive  articles  and  illustrations  of  exhibits 
and  campaigns,  see  files  of: 
American  City. 
The  Survey. 


INDEX 


333 


11 


INDEX 


Addresses:  speakers,  and  stere- 
opticon  talks,  77,  84;  travel- 
ing campaign  program,  175- 
176 

Administration:  See  Organiza- 
tion 

Advantages  of  Exhibits:  new 
methods,  17-19 

Advertising:  devices,  illus- 
trated, 136a;  mediums,  141- 
142;  printed  matter  illus- 
trated, 136b;  programs,  142; 
publicity  methods,  133-136, 
141-142;  skilful  designing, 
122;  successful  methods,  133- 
136.    See  also  Publicity 

Agricultural  Exhibits:  Inter- 
national Harvester  Co.,  mate- 
rial by,  218;  publications  and 
government  bulletins,  218, 219, 
220,  221 

American  City:  campaign  ar- 
ticles in,  217,  218,  220,  222 

American  Medical  Associa- 
tion: public  health  cartoons, 
217 

American  Museum  of  Natural 
History:  public  health  ex- 
hibit, 44,  45 

American  Museum  of  Safety: 
industrial  welfare  exhibit,  44 

American  Social  Hygiene  As- 
sociation: pamphlet  publica- 
tion by,  217;  platform  ex- 
hibits, 49-50 

American  Tuberculosis  Exhi- 
bition:   traveling  campaign, 

'39       ■   ■  •     ■    ,  f 


Appropriate  Material:  bud- 
get for,  195-198;  exhibit  con- 
tent, 53,  54;  sources  of  in- 
formation, 60-62;  tests  of, 
S4-S9 

Arrangement  of  Exhibits: 
demonstration  space,  94-95; 
floor  plan,  89,  99-100;  group- 
ing, 91-94,  98d;  harmony  of 
scheme,  90-91 

Arrangement  of  Material: 
decorations,  97;  one-way  plan, 
97-98;  range  of  vision,  93; 
sequence  of  ideas,  90;  space 
allotment,  98-99 

Assembling:  exhibit  director, 
122;  specialists  on  construc- 
tion, 120 

Audiences:  classification,  24- 
27;  eye  accidents  in  industry, 
185-186;  forms  that  interest, 
63-88;  groups  to  reach,  5-6, 
7-8, 18,  56;  illustrative  plans, 
168-169,  185-186;  selecting, 
2iy24,  56;  traveling  cam- 
paigns, 168-169;  visualizing, 
1-3.  27,  55-56,  121 

Ayres,  May:  educational  pub- 
lication by,  217 


Baby  Health  Conferences: 
examination  by  physicians, 
82-83 

Baby  Week  Campaigns:  govern- 
ment publications,  221;  Na- 
tional Child  Welfare  Associa- 
tion publications,  219,  221; 
plan  outlined,  7-9;  reports 
on  exhibits,  219,  220;   Stam- 


INDEX 


fonl  czbiMl,  outline  of,  ais- 
314;  wincioir  display  for,  46 

Bmid,  G.  M.  p.:  scene  fiom  a 

play  by,  86b 

BnuoGKAPHY:  publication  ref- 
erences, 217-122 

Booths:  arrangement  in  travel- 
ing eihibit,  174;  baby  weelL 
edoibit,  212-214;  contrasting 
eiiiibits,  36b,  S4a,  5)ob,  90c, 
05,  i86b;  imormation,  30c; 
material,  arrangement  of,  91- 
93;  opportunities  in,  at  faiis, 
43 

Boy  Scouts:  group  demonstm- 
tion,  80;  messenger  service,  308 

BiADDOCK,  J.  H.:  publication 
on  budget  efficiency,  217 

BmnoN,  W.  C:  presentation 
aetliods,  317 

BuDGBiS:  community  exhibi- 
tion, 164;  cost  of  traveling 
can^Kiign,  165,  181-183;  de- 
tenmning  expenditures,  159- 
166,  181-183^  191;  educa> 
tional  campaign  costs,  191; 
exhibit  costs,  examples  of,  163- 
164,  181-183,  291  f  mistakes 
m  planning,  164—165;  service 


matenals,  list  of  kinds, 
195-198;  traveling  exhibits, 
163 

Bulletin  Boards:   poster  for, 
73a.   See  also  Advertising 

BuiCHASD,  E.  L.:   publication 
liy,  317 

By-Pioducts:   co-operative  re- 
lations, 30 


Camp  Fike  Girls:  group  dem- 
onstration, 80;  messenger  ser- 
vice, 308 

Cartoons  :  e£fective  uses,  7  3, 104b 


Census  of  Useful  People: 
committee  methods,  118,201- 

303 

Charts:  class  room  use,  69 

Chud  Lite,  Cycle  of:  publi- 
cation reference  to,  3x8 

Child  Welfare:  arrangement 
of  material,  90,  97;  health 
conferences,  83-^3;  Louisville 
exhibition,  119;  national  com- 
mittees, 83-83;  pubUcations, 
318,  3X9,  320;  reproduction 
of  panels,  sof;  specialized 
knowledge,  33;  window  ex- 
hibits, 46.  See  also  Baby 
Week  Campaigns 

Chubb,  Percival:  publications 
by,  2x8 

Circles:  for  statistics  and  per- 
centages, 6oa;  illustrations, 
6oa,  6oc;  use  of  diagrams,  73, 

74 

Class  Room  Exhibits:  ex- 
amples, 49;  teaching  value  of, 
49 

College  of  the  City  of  New 
York:  municipal  exhibit,  44i 
45 

Committees:  administrative, 
1x3,  1x7;  community  organi- 
sation, X09;  construction,  206- 
307;  co-operation  of  advisory, 
xio-iix;  county  oiganiza- 
tions,  304;  directory  of  or- 
ganizations, 109-113,  3o8-3xx; 
executive,  appointment  of, 
113-1x4;  follow-up  work,  X  57- 
158,  184,  X89;  information, 
205-206;  management,  xx8, 
125;  office  helpers,  20^;  on 
exhibits,  X15-117;  outlines  of 
work,  X99-2 1 X ;  permanent, 
iio-xxx;  promotion,  1x8,  X 23- 
124;  special  days,  X99-201; 
specialists  for,  xxo-xx2,  xxj- 


336 


\  t 


INDEX 


XX4;  special  sessions,  200;  sup- 
plementaxy,  1x8;  temporary, 
ixo-xii;  traveling  campaign 
outlined,  x  79-180;  useful 
people  census,  xx8,  20X-203; 
ushers,  207-208;  volimteere, 
1 15-1x6.  See  also  Of fam'sa/^ 

Community  Exhibitions:  child 
welfare,  33-34,  221;  examples, 
32;  government  publications, 
220,  22x;  oxganization,  X09; 
scope  of,  3X,  32;  U.  S.  De- 
paxtment  of  Agriculture  bul- 
letin, 23X.    See  also  Fairs 

Concessions:  restaurant,  132; 
service  charges  and  fees,  131 

Conferences:  baby  health,  82- 
83;  use  and  suitability,  82-83 

Connolly,  Louise:  publication 
on  museums,  219 

Construction:  assembling, 
problems  of,  x2o,  X22-X23; 
conmiittee  work,  206-207; 
cost  of  panels  and  materials, 
X82,  X83,  X9x;  designing  and 
directing,  12X-X22;  special- 
i2ed  knowledge,  forms  of,  X19- 
x2o;  suit  case  exhibit,  5oe; 
volunteers,  122 

Content  and  Form:  appro- 
priate material,  tests  of,  54- 
59;  audience,  material  for, 
55-56;  direct  form  of  presen- 
tation, 59;  educational  cam- 
paign illustrated,  185-191;  in- 
formation sources,  6a-6i;  oc- 
casion a  factor,  58;  one-idea 
principle,  57;  questions  on, 
30;  space  occupied,  58-59; 
statistics,  53-54;  subject  mat- 
ter, choosing  of,  53-54;  travel- 
ing campaign  illustrated,  170- 

174 

Contrasting  Exhibits:  ex- 
plainer's story,  215-216;  illus- 
tration of  models,  36b,  54a, 


78b,  98a,  i86b;  objects  and 
modek,  75-76,  90b,  90C 

Convention  Exhibition:  de- 
partmental, 36;  examples,  34- 
35;  extent  and  opportunities, 
35;  National  Confexence  of 
Social  Work,  34-3S 

Cooking  Demonstrations:  ex- 
hibit value  of,  x6,  56,  78-79; 
process  by  stages,  78-79;  pro- 
gram reference,  79 

Cost.    See  Expenditures 


Damon,  G.  A.:  publication  by, 
2x8 

Dearholt,  H.  E.:  publication 
by,  on  health  education,  218 

Decoration:  attractive  schemes 
of,  97 

Demonstration:  appropriate 
material,  56;  cooking,  16,  56, 
78-79,  9od;  demonstrator's 
ability,  78,  79,  80;  floor  and 
wall  space,  94-95;  fly  menace, 
13,  X2i;  group  activities, 
80;  illustrations,  78a,  78b, 
8ob;  instruction  and  duties 
of,  12&-129;  processes  ex- 
hibited, 31,  78-79 

Diagrams:  foiias,  and  sug- 
gested uses,  73-74;  illustra- 
tions, 6oa,  6ob,  60C,  74b.  See 
also  Panels 

Directors:  selection  and  re- 
sponsibility, 113-114 

"Drop  In"  Exhibition:  ad- 
vantages, 4X-42 

Dupucation:  examples,  50-51; 
social  welfare  organizations, 
50-52;  value  of  reproduction, 
50-52.  See  also  Miniature 
Reproductions 


237 


INDEX 


Educahonai;  Campaign:  Bureau 
of  Education,  bulletin,  aai: 
Oiwnty  School  Fairs  in  Vii^ 
giiiia,  222;  example,  and 
luetliodso!  planning,  185-191; 
poit  caids  and  cartoons,  S4d, 
loib;  pubHdty  methods,  148; 
taaclung  foreigners,  13,  121, 
See  also  IllmtraHom;    Puh- 


EopcATiONAt  Exhibition  Co.: 
publication  reference,  218 

KMMWiE   of  TlAVELlNO   CAM- 
PAIGN, 167-185 

Exhibit:  relation  to  exhibition, 
10 

ExaiBR  Making.     See   Cm- 
stmHm 

Exhibit  Methods:  booth  at 
'i'^f  43~44;  class  rooms,  48- 
49;  community  exhibitions, 
11-34;  convention,  34-36; 
dMtnbution  of  duplicate,  co- 
Sa;  "drop  in"  exhibitions, 
41-43;  loan  exhibits,  40-41; 
platform  speaking^  49-50; 
po9l  offices,  48;  social  wd&iie 
inineums,  44-45;  time,  place, 
«nd.  circumstances,  30-31; 
touring,  38-40;  tram  exhibits, 
36-39;  waiting  room  exhibits, 
47-48;  window  displays,  46-47 

Expbniiitubes:  budget  plan- 
miiig,  7,  159-161,  165,  i8i- 
i8j,  loi;  contributed  and 
chained  service,  131,  160-161; 
distribution,  mistakes  of,  164- 
165;  National  Conamittee  for 
Prevention  of  Blindness,  191; 
typical  budgets,  162-164, 181- 
183, 191 

ExpLAiNiis:    aid    to   visitors, 
101-104;    function  of,  18-19, 

X  28-1 29;  salesman's  rdle,  102; 
story  on  welfare  work,  215- 
216;  suggestions  for,  104; 
volunteers,  128 


22B 


Eye  Accidents:  National  Com- 
mittee campaign,  185-191; 
panel,  illustrations,  64b,  i86a 

Faiis,  Exhibits  at:  booths,  43; 
department  publications  on, 
221, 222;  examples  of  exhibits, 
43;  farmers*  bulletins,  220, 
221;  school  fairs  in  Virginia,  222 

Flashing  Devices:  advantage 
of,  77;  illustrations  of  panels, 
88b 

Floor  Management:  who  com- 
pose, 127 

Flooi  Space:  advantageous 
planning!  89-100;  arrange- 
ment of  material,  90-94; 
demonstration  platforms,  94- 
95$  exhibit  placing,  91^; 
floor  plans,  accuracy  of,  89, 
99-100;  illustrations  of  plans, 
98b,  98c;  purposes  in  ar- 
ranging, 96-97;  space  allot- 
ment, 98-99 

FoGHT,  H.  W.:  pubh'cation  on 
agricultural  education  by,  221 

Follow-Up  WoEK:  committees, 
permanent  organization,  157, 
184;  mailing  lists,  156,  189; 
preparation  for,  7,  152-153; 
printed  matter,  distribution 
o^  153-154,  156,  189-190; 
volunteer  service,  155 

Food:  concession  agreements, 
132;  cooking  demonstrations, 
16,  56,  78-79»  9od;  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  publica- 
tions, 218,  220,  221;  illustra- 
tions, joa,  50b,  50C,  94b,  154a; 
milk  show,  219;  plan  of  floor, 
98b;  restaurant  panel,  68a; 
train  demonstration,  9od 

Foreigners:  purpose  of  exhibit, 

13;  teaching  audiences  of,  121, 
137 


INDEX 


Forms  of  Material:  confer- 
ences, 82-83;  demonstration, 
78-80;  devices  and  methods, 
63-88;  diagrams,  73-74;  im- 
pressive programs,  86-88;  mo- 
tion pictures,  85-86;  moving 
devices,  77;  objects  and  mod- 
els, 74-76;  panels,  64-67,  69- 
70;  photographs,  71-72;  plays 
and  tableaus,  83-84;  posters, 
6  7 ;  sketches  and  maps,  7  2-73 ; 
speech  and  action,  77;  stere- 
opticon  talks,  84.  See  also 
Slides 

Garden  Exhibits:  people  to 
interest,  21 

Gould,  R.  G.:  floor  plan  of  food 
show,  98b 

Graphs:  charts  and  placards,  69 

Group  Demonstration:  classi- 
fication, 24-27;  placing  exhibit 
units,  91-93;  selecting  audi- 
ences, 24-29;  significance  of, 
80;  table  exhibits,  93,  94; 
teaching  value  of,  80;  con- 
trasting groups  illustrated, 
90b,  90C,  98d 

Halftones:  panel  and  poster 
reproductions,  68,  68a,  69 

Hall,  S.  R.  :  publication  on  ad- 
vertising, 218 

HiNE,  Lewis:  photographs  by, 
on  child  labor,  72c 

Hollingworth,  H.  L.:  publica- 
tion on  advertising  and  sell- 
ing, 218 

Illustrations:  advertising  de- 
vices, 136a,  136b;  announce- 
ment for  display,  142a,  142b; 
bulletin  board  poster,  72a;  cam- 
paign printed  matter,  136b; 
circles,  for  statistics,  6oa,  6oc; 
cleverness  vs.  clearness,  74b; 


contrasting  exhibits,  36b,  78b; 
contrasting  models,  98a;  dem- 
onstrations, contrasting  exhib- 
its, 36b,  78b,  98d;  demonstra- 
tion on  train,  9od;  diagrams, 
uninteresting  panels,  60a,  60b, 
6oc;  exhibit  panel,  64b;  feeble- 
mindedness, panels  on,  6od, 
6oe;  floor  plan  of  food  show, 
98b;  floor  plan  Springfield 
survey  exhibition,  98c;  food 
demonstration  exhibits,  50a, 
sob,  50c,  94b;  group  demon- 
stration, 8ob,  90c,  98d;  health 
exhibit  panel,5oe;  health  poster 
and  cartoons,  54d,  104b;  indus- 
trial welfare  panel,  64a;  "last 
word"  section  of  exhibition, 
104a;  layout  sheet,  88a;  lighting 
devices,  panels,  88b;  map,  pic- 
turesque use  of,  74a;  minia- 
ture and  models,  14a,  54a, 
74a,  i86b;  model  and  sketch, 
fly  menace,  76a;  motion  dia- 
gram, 76b;  moving  models, 
76b;  musical  program  with 
exhibit,  80a;  overloaded  panel, 
14b;  pamphlet  display  on  train, 
154a;  panel  groups,  90a; 
panel,  eye  accidents,  64b,  i86a; 
panel  of  restaurant  worker, 
68a;  panels,  objects  attached, 
72d,94b;  panel  reproductions, 
5of;  photographs,  industrial 
welfare,  72b,  72c;  picture 
panels  on  feeble-mindedness, 
6oe;  play  court  a  feature,  81; 
playhouse  of  exhibition,  86a; 
posters  for  slide,  68b;  posters 
on  babies'  sore  eyes,  24a,  24b; 
prevention  of  blindness  panels, 
64b,  1 86a;  scene  from  play, 
86b;  sequence  of  ideas  panel, 
90a;  suit  case  exhibits,  sod, 
Soe;  train  exhibits,  36a,  98d; 
unattractive  panels,  6oa,  6oc; 
uninteresting  exhibit  groups, 
90b;  wage  commissions,  panel, 
54b;  window  card,  142a;  win- 
dow exhibits,  soa,  50b,  50c 


I 


229 


INDEX 


luusxBATivE  Plans:  aims,  i68, 
i%-i86;  application  of  prin- 
oges,    167-191;     audiences, 
168-169,   186;    booths,   174 
cjnunittee  assignments,  lya- 
181;     cost,    distribution    of, 
181-183, 191;  explainers,  179; 
extension  work,  184-185;  fol- 
low-up   campaign,    183-184; 
fcal  material,  179-180;  mal- 
m  panels  and  models,  174, 
loo;    oiganization  and  com- 
mittees, 178-181;  outline  of 
tacts,  170-171,  186-187;  out- 
of-town  people  reached,  180; 
PJjel   forms,    171-173,    187- 
188;  program,  180;  publicity, 
177-178,   180,   181,  188-190; 
•pedal  days,  180;  speech  and 
action,  175-177 

Industrial  Weifase:  cam- 
paign  for  prevention  of  blind- 
ness, 185-191;  material,  ar- 
langement  of,  90;  museums 
of  safety,  44-45 

Intosmahon:  committee  meth- 
ods,  205-206,  208;  sources  of, 
60-61.  See  also  EdmaHomi 
vampatgn 

Instruction:  cihibit  a  factor 
m,  4;  people  who  seek,  1-4: 
problems  of  exhibitors,  2,  V 
S-ii;  school  room  exhibits,  48- 

49;  ^  sdso  Educational  Cam- 
pmgn 

International  Harvester  Co  • 
publication  reference,  ai8 

iNTiatPRETiVE  Features:  con- 
ipicuous  titles,  105-106;  ex- 
piamers,  101-104;  explanatory 
talks,  104-105;  printed  mat- 
ter, 106 

Jenkins,  H.  D.:  playlets  by,  217 

Labels:  arrangement  and  size, 
94;     interpretation    through 
105, 106 


230 


Leapleis:  panel  reproductions, 
69  * 

LnoTAnONS:  educational  work 
19 

Lindsay,  Vachel:  survey  publi- 
cations, 218 

Loan  Exhibits:  examples,  40; 
m  combination  with  local,  40* 
museums  and  libraries,  45' 
publicity  for,  148-151;  schools 
and  colleges,  49;  uses  sug- 
gested, 41,  45,  46;  window 
display,  46 

Mailing  Lists:    valuable  for 
follow-up  work,  156,  189 

Management:      difficulty     of, 
125-126;  floor  workers,  127 

Maps:  background,  and  other 
use  of ,  73;  illustrations,  74a; 
methods  of  making,  by  W.  Z. 
lupleyi  220;  notes  on  use  of. 
by  G.  T.  Swarts,  Jr.,  221 

MATpiAL:  SeeAppropriakMa- 
iaial;  Arrangemmi  of  Mate- 
nal;  Forms  of  Material 

Messengers:  committee  work. 
208  ' 

Methods.    Sec  Exhibit  Methods 

Miniature  Reproductions:  il- 
lustration, 14a;  models  and 
settings,  74-76;  schools  and 
plawrounds,  76;  types  of 
kitchens,  75-76 

Models:  educational  value  of 
7S;  examples  of  contrasting' 
75-76;  gardens  and  yaids,  76; 
illustrations,  54a,  98a,  186b; 
miniature  types  of,  74-76; 
playgrounds,  76;  pubHcation 
on,  by  C.  J.  Storey,  221;  school 
buildings,  76;  Sing  Sing  prison 
cell,  75 


INDEX 


Moran,  J.  S.:  Community  Fair 
by,  221 

MOREE,  £.  A.:  public  health 
publicity  by,  218 

Motion  Pictures:  agents  for 
fibns,  86;  appropriateness,  85, 
86;  exhibit  panel,  68,  68a 

Moving  Devices:  flash  and 
lighting  novelties,  77;  illustra- 
tions, 88b 

Multiplication  op  Panels: 
reproductions  illustrated,  5of. 
See  also  Duplications 

Museums:  educational  publica- 
tion, 219;  loan  collections,  45; 
social  welfare  exhibits,  44-45 


National  Association  poh 
Study  and  Prevention  op 
Tuberculosis:  health  placard 
illustrated,  5od;  publications 
by,  218;  suit  case  exhibits,  5od, 
5oe;   traveling  campaign,  39 

National  Child  Labor  Com- 
mittee: reproductions,  51; 
suit  case  exhibits,  49 

National  Child  Welfare  As- 
sociation: publication  refer- 
ences, 219;  reproductions  of 
exhibits,  51 

National  "Clean  Up  and 
Paint  Up"  Campaign  Bu- 
reau: publications  by,  219 

National  Committee  for  Pre- 
vention OF  Blindness:  cam- 
paign plan,  50,  52,  185-191 

National  Committee  of  Pa- 
triotic Societies:  publica- 
tions by,  219 

National  Conference  of  So- 
cial Work:  convention  exhi- 
bitions, 34,  36 


251 


National  Conference  of  Tu- 
berculosis Secretaries:  re- 
port on  exhibits,  219 

National  Safety  Council: 
publicity  methods,  188-189, 
190 

Newark  Museum  Association: 
publications,  219 

News:  exhibit  advertising,  139- 
141;  newspaper  co-operation, 
140 

New  York  Social  Hygiene 
Soqety:  health  exhibit,  illus- 
tration of,  36a 

New  York  State  Exhibit  on 
Prison  Reform:  traveling 
campaign,  39 

Office  Helpers:  committee 
work,  203.   See  also  Volunteers 

One-Idea  Principle,  57 

One- Way  Plan:  advantages  of , 
97-98 

Organization:     administrative 
machinery,  114-115;  business 
plan    for    an    exhibit,    5-10; 
committee  on  directory,  208- 
211;    committees,   kinds   of, 
115-118;    demonstrators  and 
ushers,  129,  130;   design  and 
construction  of  exhibits,  119- 
123;  director,  and  staff,  113- 
114;  division  of  responsibility, 
109;      executive     committee, 
113;  explainers,  128-129;  floor 
managers,  127-128;  follow-up 
committees,  157,  184;  group- 
ings   of,    209-210;     handling 
school  children,  130;  installa- 
tion and  oversight,  126-127; 
paid  workers,  131;  permanent 
and  temporary,  110-112;  pub- 
licity, 123-124;  sales  and  con- 
cessions, 131-132;  skilful  man- 
agement, 125-126;   staff  spe- 


'I 


INDEX 


INDEX 


ciaist,  I  lo-i  1 1 ;  subdivisioii  of 
work  and  workers,  112-113; 
tnveling  campaign  outlined, 
178-181;  why  needed,  108. 
See  also  Committees 

Obboihe,  F.  J.:  publication  by, 
on  social  hygiene,  219 

Oversight:    installation,    126; 
responsible  inspectors,  127 


Paid    Wokkers:    assist    floor 

uaniig^,  131 

PANAMA-PAailClNTElNATIONAI, 

Exposition:    exhibit  report, 
219 

Panels:  baby  week  exhibit, 
212-214;  convenience  and  use 
of,  64-67:  diagrams,  attrac- 
tiveness of,  73-74;  educational 
campaign  illustrated,  187;  il- 
liaatimtions  of  diagrams,  60a, 
fie*,  iJoc,  6od,  6oe,  65,  90ft; 
lantem  slides,  70;  layout, 
prepration  of,  66-67;  maps, 
various  uses,  73;  overloaded, 
iilustiated,  15;  photographs 
lot,  ^72;  planning  and  prep- 
antion,  66-67;  poster  repro> 
dictions,  69,  70;  prevention 
of  blindness,  187;  ruled  sheet 
for  layout,  66;  selection  of 
iiittcria],66;  size,  66;  sketches 
used  on,  72-73;  traveling  cam- 
paign illustrated,  172-174 

Parsons,  F.  A.:  publication  on 
advertising,  220 

PATiionc  Food  Show:  govern- 
ment bulletins,  219,  221;  illu- 
strations, soa,  sob,  soc,  94b; 
window  displays,  46 

Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Health:  exhibit  reports,  220 

Pennsylvania  Exhibit  on 
Feeble-Mindedness:  travel- 
ing campaign,  39 


Permanent  Organization:  ad- 
ministration of,  110-112 

Personal  Pubuoty:  co-opera- 
tive campaigns,  143-146 

Photographs:  enlargement  of, 
71;  illustrations,  72b,  72c; 
size  for  panels,  71;    use  and 

.   substitutes,  72 

Placards:  directions  for  pkc- 
in«»  59d,  92;  for  announce- 
ments, 69 

Planning  an  Exhibit:  outline 
of  methods,  5-1 1,  167-191. 
See  also  Illustrative  Plans 

Platform  Exhibits:  examples, 
49;  material  and  uses,  49,  50 

Play  Directors:  group  inter- 
pretation, 80 

Plays:  attractive  themes,  83- 
84;  illustrations,  Sob,  81,  86a, 
86b 

Portable  Material:  uses 
lecommended,  49,  50 

Post,  A.  E.:  milk  show  report 
edited  by,  219 

Posters:  display  purposes,  54d, 
67-68, 69;  panel  reproductions, 
69.   See  also ///i^(fa(fim5 

Prison  Reform:  traveling  ex- 
hibit plan,  167-185 

Problems:  outline  of  plan  to 
meet,  5-11;  people  who  seek 
advice,  2-3 

Programs:  considerations  in 
planning,  86-88,  106;  motion 
pictures  and  addresses,  87,  88; 
printed  matter,  preparation 
of,  106;  souvenir,  142;  travel- 
ing campaign  outlined,  175- 
176 

PuBuaTY:  advertising,  141- 
142;  advertisement  designers, 
122;    committee  on  informa- 


tion, 205-206;  committee  on 
promotion,  118;  determining 
methods  of,  136-138;  distri- 
bution methods,  188-190;  edu- 
cational, 148;  messenger  ser- 
vice, 208;  methods  that  at- 
tract, 133-136, 188-190;  news 
items,  139-141;  organization, 
123-124;  out-of-town  work, 
146-147;  "personal"  cam- 
paigns, 143-146;  prevention 
of  blindness,  188-190;  Prin- 
ciples of  Successful  Church 
Advertising,  220;  printed  mat- 
ter for  foUow-up  work,  153- 
154, 156, 188-191;  Psychology 
of  Advertising,  220;  sale  and 
loan  methods,  148-15 1 ;  travel- 
ing campaign  outlined,  177- 
178 

PuBuc  Opinion:  how  to  create, 
14-17 

Purpose:  definiteness  of,  essen- 
tial, 14-16;  object  vague,  12, 
14;  practical  demonstration, 
I3i  16 


Reproductions.  See  Duplica- 
tion; Miniature  Reproduction; 
Multiplication 

Responsibiuty:  co-operative 
committees,  108-114 

Restaurant:  necessity  for,  132 

Ripley,  W.  Z.:  publication  by, 
on  map  making,  220 

RouTZAHN,  E,  G.:  welfare  pub- 
lication by,  220 

RouTZAHN,  M.  S.:  food  show 
pamphlet  by,  220 

Russell  Sage  Foundation: 
exhibit  publications,  220 

Ryan,  Jr.,  W.  C.  :  publication  on 
educational  exhibits,  221 


School  Children:  plan  for 
handling,  130;  publicity 
through,  i35j  137,  144-14$ 

Scott,  W.  D.:  publication  on 
advertising,  220 

Service:  administrative,  197- 
198;  budget  for,  195-198; 
committee  work  outlined,  199- 
211;  construction  work,  196; 
kinds  needed,  195,  196,  197; 
messenger,  208.  See  also 
Volunteers 

Settings:  exhibit  objects,  value 
of,  74,  75;  models. effective, 
74-76 

Sherbow,  Benjamin:  publica- 
tion by,  on  advertising  and 
printing  typography,  142,  221 

Sketches:  cartoons  and  color 
illustrations,  54d,  72,  73, 104b; 
panel  forms,  72;  relation  to 
subject  matter,  72-73 

Slides:  effective  use  of,  50,  70; 
illustration  of  posters,  68b; 
panel  reproductions,  69-70 

Social  Museum  of  Harvard 
University:  sociological  ex- 
hibit, 44,  4S 

Social  Welfare:  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History, 
44;  American  Museum  of 
Safety  Exhibits,  44;  College 
of  City  of  New  York,  44,  45; 
contrasting  exhibits,  75-76, 
215-216;  distribution  of  mate- 
rial for,  50-52;  exhibit  plan 
outlined,  5-1 1;  explainer's 
story  on,  215-216;  govern- 
ment publications,  220-221; 
information  sources,  60;  mul- 
tiplication of  exhibits,  50-52; 
museums,  44-45 ;  national 
committees,  50-51;  National 
Safety  Council,  188,  189,  190; 
people   who  seek  advice,   2; 


235 


■I  iiiitgiBjMaMgiiagfc; 


INDEX 


Pjacaids,  69;  pkylets  by 
H.  D.  Jenkins,  217;  publica- 
tions, 217-332;  visualizing 
tbe  audience,  i,  2;  wage  com- 
aiiaiioiis,  states  having,  S4&- 
Sie  also  BiUiograpky;  IttuS' 
iraiiom 

Special  Days:  committee  meth- 
ods, 199-201;  personal  cam- 
paigns, 143-146 

Spkoalists  :  construction,  group- 
ing of,  1 19-120;  co-operative 
oonunittees,  iio-ri2, 113-114; 
exhibit  making,  1 19-123;  per- 
manent organization,  110-112; 
publicity  methods,  133-136; 
understanding  audiences,  121 

Special  Methods:  effective  pres- 
entation, 13-19 

Speech  AND  Action:  importance 
of,  77-78;  traveling  campaign 

Spwncpieii)  Survey  Exhibi- 
HOn:  committees  for,  117- 
118;  floor  plan  illustrated,  98c; 
illustrations  of  exhibits,  86a. 
88b,  94a  ' 

Stampoid  (Conn.)  Exhibit: 
baby  week  campaign,  212-214 

Starch,  Daniel:  publication  on 
advertising,  221 

State  Campaigns:  examples  of, 
39;  traveling  exhibit  plan, 
167-18S 

SoLiLE,  Charles:  publication 
an  church  advertising,  221 

Stbreopticons:  vahie  of,  84. 
See  also  Slides 

Storey,  C.  J.:  publications  by, 
on  models  and  statistical  ex- 
hibits,  231 

Storey,  Walter:  floor  plan 
Springfield  Survey  exhibition, 


98c;  hiyout  sheet  design,  88a; 
moving  models  by,  76b 

Strong,  A.  L. :  child  welfare  pub- 
lication by,  221 

Suit  Case  Exhibits:  illustra- 
tion of  panel,  sod,  soe;  plat- 
form use,  49 

Survey,  The:  descriptive  ar- 
ticles in,  218,  222 

SwARTS,  Jr.,  G.  T.:  pubUcation 
by,  on  maps  and  charts,  221 

Temporary  Organization:  ad- 
ministration of,  110-112 

Train  Exhibits:  advantages 
and  disadvantages,  37-38; 
demonstration  of  bread  mak- 
ing, 9od;  examples,  36,  167; 
illustrations  of  demonstrations, 
36a,  98d 

Traveling  Campaigns:  educa- 
tional value,  38-39;  example, 
and  methods  of  planning,  167- 
18s;  examples,  39;  formal 
programs  harmful,  87-88;  or- 
ganization, 109;  on  feeble- 
mindedness, 39;  prison  reform, 
39f  167-185;  tuberculosis,  39 

Tuberculosis:  health  educa- 
tion work,  218;  illustrations, 
Sod,5oe,  S4d,  104b;  publication 
reports,  219;  traveling  exhibit 
on,  39 


United    States    Government 
Publications,  221 

Upson,  L.  D.:  on  municipal  ex- 
hibits, 223 

Useful  People:  card  catalogue 
of,  118;  census  methods,  118, 

301-202 

Ushers:    committee   methods, 
207 


234 


INDEX 


Volunteers:  explainers,  128; 
follow-up  service,  155,  156, 
184;  on  exhibit  committees, 
115-116,  125;  service,  how 
directed,  116,  122 

Wage  Commissions:  functions, 
and  states  having,  54b;  panel 
illustrated,  54c 

Waiting  Room  Exhibits:  ex- 
amples, 47-48;  posters,  48; 
railroad  stations  and  post 
offices,  48 


Window  Exhibit:  decorator's 
skill  valuable,  47;  educational 
features,  47;  examples,  46; 
illustrations,  50a,  50b,  50c; 
uses,  and  vsdue  of,  46-47 

WiNSLOW,  C.-E.  a.:  public 
health  publicity  by,  223 


Young  Men's  Christian  Asso- 
ciation: campaign  plans  and 
material,  222 


235 


4 


iH        .m 


•yy 


m 


|||l ill! ■iPII 


T=?7G 


Routzahn 

The  abo  of  exhibit  planning 

S£Fu6lS94    >. 

NEH 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERS  TY  LIBRARIES 


00414 


9170 


s^ 


•^,Si^'.: 

m 

ml 

'jSWiwifjnffi 

^ 

1 

1 

k 

.IIS 

xm^. 

m 

1 

=  ,»».« 


'^'i-^'M,. 


Tl 


OF 

■HMP 
■■■■ 


